logo October 27, 2009 Ms. Sally Samuel, Esq. Office of Insurance Products Division of Investment Management United States Securities and Exchange Commission 100 F Street, N.E. Washington, D.C. 20549 RE: Initial registration statements on Form N-4 and S-3 Dear Ms. Samuel: Along with this letter, we are filing initial registration statements on Form N-4 and S-3 for a new class of annuities, to be called the "Prudential Premier Retirement Variable Annuity Series". The registration statements are as follows: . Form N-4s that, like our existing Prudential Premier Series annuity, offer a B Series, L Series, and X Series. Also included in the N-4s is a description of a no-load class called the C Series. There is one Form N-4 registration statement for Pruco Life Insurance Company ("Pruco Life") and another Form N-4 registration statement for the New York version of the product offered by Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey ("PLNJ"). . Form N-4s pertaining to another variable annuity designed for investors employing an investment adviser for asset allocation advice. The name of this annuity is yet to be determined. There is one N-4 for Pruco Life and another N-4 for PLNJ. . Each Pruco Life variable annuity will offer a companion MVA option to be registered on Form S-3. This MVA option will offer both multi-year guarantee periods and a dollar cost averaging program under which amounts held within the option are transferred to the Sub-accounts over a 6 month or 12 month period. PLNJ is not offering this MVA option. The prospectus portion of the Form S-3 consists of a XLBC Series prospectus and a prospectus for the investment adviser-related product. We request selective review of each registration statement, based on its similarity to the Prudential Premier registration statements applicable to the B, L, and X Series (333- 2 130989 and 333-131035). Significant portions of the disclosure have been taken from the existing Prudential Premier prospectuses. In brief, the key differences between the Prudential Premier Retirement annuities and the existing Prudential Premier annuities are: . The mortality and expense risk charges, CDSCs, and Annual Maintenance Fee are generally higher than those for Prudential Premier; and . The Prudential Premier Retirement annuities offer a companion MVA option, whereas the Premier annuities currently do not; and . The Prudential Premier Retirement annuities do not offer many of the "legacy" living benefits offered originally under the Premier annuities (e.g., Highest Daily Lifetime Five). Nor do the Prudential Premier annuities offer certain legacy guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits like the Guaranteed Return Option (most of which are no longer offered for new elections on our other products). Instead, the Prudential Premier Retirement annuities offer only our newest-generation living benefits (e.g., Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus); and . Similarly, the Prudential Premier Retirement annuities do not offer all of the "legacy" death benefits offered under the Premier annuities (e.g., Highest Daily Value death benefit). Instead, the only optional death benefits offered under the Prudential Premier Retirement annuities are the Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit and (for Pruco Life only) the Combination 5% Roll-Up and HAV Death Benefit; and . The X Series of the Prudential Premier Retirement annuity offers different purchase credit amounts than under the Premier X Series, including a credit structure applicable only to employees of Prudential Financial and its affiliates and registered representatives of selling firms (and the immediate families of such employees/representatives). Other points of note include the following: . In a separate filing, we will be submitting an application for an order to allow each insurer to recapture purchase credits under the Prudential Premier Retirement X Series; and . Financial statements and certain other exhibits will be included in a pre-effective amendment. If the Staff wishes, we can provide a "courtesy" copy of a Prudential Premier Retirement Series annuity prospectus, marked to show how it differs from the comparable Prudential Premier prospectus. We understand that the Registrants are responsible for the accuracy and adequacy of the disclosure in the filings, and that Staff comments, or our changes to disclosure in response to Staff comments, do not foreclose the Commission from taking any action with respect to the filings. In addition, the Registrants may not assert Staff comments as 3 a defense in any proceeding initiated by the Commission or any person under the federal securities laws of the United States. We appreciate your attention to these filings. Sincerely, /s/ C. Christopher Sprague C. Christopher Sprague PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY A Prudential Financial Company 751 Broad Street, Newark, NJ 07102-3777 Prudential Premier Retirement Variable Annuity X SERIES ("X SERIES") Prudential Premier Retirement Variable Annuity L SERIES ("L SERIES") Prudential Premier Retirement Variable Annuity B SERIES ("B SERIES") Prudential Premier Retirement Variable Annuity C SERIES ("C SERIES") Flexible Premium Deferred Annuities PROSPECTUS: __, 2010 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This prospectus describes four different flexible premium deferred annuity classes offered by Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey ("Pruco Life of New Jersey", "we", "our", or "us"). For convenience in this prospectus, we sometimes refer to each of these annuity contracts as an "Annuity", and to the annuity contracts collectively as the "Annuities." We also sometimes refer to each class by its specific name (e.g., the "B Series"). Each Annuity may be offered as an individual annuity contract or as an interest in a group annuity. Each Annuity has different features and benefits that may be appropriate for you based on your financial situation, your age and how you intend to use the Annuity. There are differences among the Annuities that are discussed throughout the prospectus and summarized in Appendix B entitled "Selecting the Variable Annuity That's Right for You". Financial Professionals may be compensated for the sale of each Annuity. Selling broker-dealer firms through which each Annuity is sold may decline to make available to their customers certain of the optional features and investment options offered generally under the Annuity or may impose restrictions (e.g., a lower maximum issue age for certain optional benefits). Selling broker-dealer firms may not offer all the Annuities described in this prospectus. Please speak to your Financial Professional for further details. Certain terms are capitalized in this prospectus. Those terms are either defined in the Glossary of Terms or in the context of the particular section. Because the X Series Annuity grants Purchase Credits with respect to your Purchase Payments, the expenses of the X Series Annuity are higher than expenses for an Annuity without a Purchase Credit. In addition, the amount of the Purchase Credits that you receive under the X Series Annuity may be more than offset by the additional fees and charges associated with the Purchase Credit. THE SUB-ACCOUNTS Each Sub-account of the Pruco Life of New Jersey Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account invests in an underlying mutual fund - see the following page for a complete list of Sub-accounts. The Pruco Life of New Jersey Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account is a separate account of Pruco Life of New Jersey, and is the investment vehicle in which your Purchase Payments invested in the Sub-accounts are held. Currently, portfolios of Advanced Series Trust and Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust are being offered. PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS This prospectus sets forth information about the Annuities that you ought to know before investing. Please read this prospectus and the current prospectus for the underlying mutual funds. Keep them for future reference. If you are purchasing one of the Annuities as a replacement for an existing variable annuity or variable life coverage, or a fixed insurance policy, you should consider any surrender or penalty charges you may incur and any benefits you may also be forfeiting when replacing your existing coverage and that this Annuity may be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge if you elect to surrender the Annuity or take a partial withdrawal. You should consider your need to access the Annuity's Account Value and whether the Annuity's liquidity features will satisfy that need. AVAILABLE INFORMATION We have also filed a Statement of Additional Information dated the same date as this prospectus that is available from us, without charge, upon your request. The contents of the Statement of Additional Information are described at the end of this prospectus - see Table of Contents. The Statement of Additional Information is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. This prospectus is part of the registration statement we filed with the SEC regarding this offering. Additional information on us and this offering is available in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto. You may review and obtain copies of these materials at no cost to you by contacting us. These documents, as well as documents incorporated by reference, may also be obtained through the SEC's Internet Website (www.sec.gov) for this registration statement as well as for other registrants that file electronically with the SEC. These Annuities are NOT deposits or obligations of, or issued, guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank, are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Federal Reserve Board or any other agency. An investment in an annuity involves investment risks, including possible loss of value, even with respect to amounts allocated to the AST Money Market Sub-account. THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. PRUDENTIAL, PRUDENTIAL FINANCIAL, PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES AND THE ROCK LOGO ARE SERVICEMARKS OF THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA AND ITS AFFILIATES. OTHER PROPRIETARY PRUDENTIAL MARKS MAY BE DESIGNATED AS SUCH THROUGH USE OF THE (SM) OR (R) SYMBOLS. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CALL: 1-888-PRU-2888 Prospectus dated: __, 2010 Statement of Additional Information dated: __, 2010 PLEASE SEE OUR PRIVACY POLICY AND OUR IRA, ROTH IRA AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE STATEMENTS ATTACHED TO THE BACK COVER OF THIS PROSPECTUS. VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS (Certain investment options may not be available with your Annuity) Advanced Series Trust AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio AST AllianceBernstein Core Value Portfolio AST AllianceBernstein Growth & Income Portfolio AST American Century Income & Growth Portfolio AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio AST Bond Portfolio 2017 Portfolio AST Bond Portfolio 2018 Portfolio AST Bond Portfolio 2019 Portfolio AST Bond Portfolio 2020 Portfolio AST Bond Portfolio 2021 Portfolio AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio AST DeAM Large-Cap Value Portfolio AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio AST First Trust Balanced Target Portfolio AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target Portfolio AST Global Real Estate Portfolio AST Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth Portfolio AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio AST High Yield Portfolio AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio AST International Growth Portfolio AST International Value Portfolio AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio AST JPMorgan International Equity Portfolio AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio AST Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture Portfolio AST Marsico Capital Growth Portfolio AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio AST MFS Growth Portfolio AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio AST Money Market Portfolio AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio AST Neuberger Berman Small-Cap Growth Portfolio AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio AST QMA US Equity Portfolio AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies Portfolio AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond Portfolio AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio AST UBS Dynamic Alpha Portfolio AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Fund CONTENTS GLOSSARY OF TERMS........................................................ 1 SUMMARY OF CONTRACT FEES AND CHARGES..................................... 3 EXPENSE EXAMPLES......................................................... 12 SUMMARY.................................................................. 14 INVESTMENT OPTIONS....................................................... 17 VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS.............................................. 17 LIMITATIONS WITH OPTIONAL BENEFITS....................................... 28 FEES, CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS............................................. 32 ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION CHARGES........................................... 33 EXCEPTIONS/REDUCTIONS TO FEES AND CHARGES................................ 33 PURCHASING YOUR ANNUITY.................................................. 33 REQUIREMENTS FOR PURCHASING THE ANNUITY.................................. 33 PURCHASE CREDITS UNDER THE X SERIES...................................... 34 DESIGNATION OF OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY.......................... 35 RIGHT TO CANCEL.......................................................... 37 SCHEDULED PAYMENTS DIRECTLY FROM MY BANK ACCOUNT......................... 37 SALARY REDUCTION PROGRAMS................................................ 37 MANAGING YOUR ANNUITY.................................................... 38 CHANGE OF OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY DESIGNATIONS.................. 38 MANAGING YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE.............................................. 39 DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM............................................ 39 AUTOMATIC REBALANCING PROGRAMS........................................... 39 FINANCIAL PROFESSIONAL PERMISSION TO FORWARD TRANSACTION INSTRUCTIONS.... 39 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS BETWEEN INVESTMENT OPTIONS..................... 39 ACCESS TO ACCOUNT VALUE.................................................. 41 TYPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS AVAILABLE TO YOU.................................. 41 TAX IMPLICATIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS....................................... 41 FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS.................................................. 41 SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS FROM MY ANNUITY DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD.... 42 SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS UNDER SECTIONS 72(t)/72(q) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE........................................................... 42 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS........................................... 43 SURRENDERS 43 SURRENDER VALUE.......................................................... 43 MEDICALLY-RELATED SURRENDERS............................................. 43 ANNUITY OPTIONS.......................................................... 44 CHOOSING THE ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION...................................... 45 LIVING BENEFITS.......................................................... 45 HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME(SM) 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT (HD6 PLUS (SM))......... 46 SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME(SM) 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT (SHD6 PLUS (SM)) 57 GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION(SM) PLUS II (GRO PLUS II)....................... 67 HIGHEST DAILY(SM) GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION(SM) II (HD GRO (SM) II)....... 71 DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS......................... 73 TRIGGERS FOR PAYMENT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT................................ 73 MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT.................................................... 74 OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT................................................... 74 PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS................................................ 77 VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT.................................................. 79 VALUING THE SUB-ACCOUNTS................................................. 79 PROCESSING AND VALUING TRANSACTIONS...................................... 79 TAX CONSIDERATIONS....................................................... 81 OTHER INFORMATION........................................................ 89 PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY AND THE SEPARATE AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT....... 89 LEGAL STRUCTURE OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS.................................. 91 DISTRIBUTION OF ANNUITIES OFFERED BY PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY............ 92 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..................................................... 94 INDEMNIFICATION.......................................................... 94 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS........................................................ 94 CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION...................... 95 HOW TO CONTACT US........................................................ 95 APPENDIX A - ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES.................................... A-1 APPENDIX B - SELECTING THE VARIABLE ANNUITY THAT'S RIGHT FOR YOU B-1 APPENDIX C - FORMULA UNDER HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT AND SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT C-1 APPENDIX D - FORMULA UNDER HIGHEST DAILY GRO II and GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS II......................................................... D-1 GLOSSARY OF TERMS We set forth here definitions of some of the key terms used throughout this prospectus. In addition to the definitions here, we also define certain terms in the section of the prospectus that uses such terms. Account Value: The total value of all allocations to the Sub-accounts on any Valuation Day. The Account Value is determined separately for each Sub-account and then totaled to determine the Account Value for your entire Annuity. Accumulation Period: The period of time from the Issue Date through the last Valuation Day immediately preceding the Annuity Date. Annuitant: The natural person upon whose life annuity payments made to the Owner are based. Annuitization: Annuitization is the process by which you "annuitize" your Account Value. When you annuitize, we apply the Account Value to one of the available annuity options to begin making periodic payments to the Owner. Annuity Date: The date on which we apply your Account Value to the applicable annuity option and begin the payout period. As discussed in the Annuity Options section, there is an age by which you must begin receiving annuity payments, which we call the "Latest Annuity Date." Annuity Year: The first Annuity Year begins on the Issue Date and continues through and includes the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the Issue Date. Subsequent Annuity Years begin on the anniversary of the Issue Date and continue through and include the day immediately preceding the next anniversary of the Issue Date. Beneficiary(ies): The natural person(s) or entity(ies) designated as the recipient(s) of the Death Benefit or to whom any remaining period certain payments may be paid in accordance with the annuity payout options section of this Annuity. Beneficiary Annuity: You may purchase an Annuity if you are a Beneficiary of an account that was owned by a decedent, subject to the requirements discussed in this prospectus. You may transfer the proceeds of the decedent's account into one of the Annuities described in this prospectus and continue receiving the distributions that are required by the tax laws. This transfer option is only available for purchase of an IRA, Roth IRA, or a non-qualified Beneficiary Annuity. Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC): This is a sales charge that may be deducted when you make a surrender or take a partial withdrawal from your Annuity. We refer to this as a "contingent" charge because it is imposed only if you surrender or take a withdrawal from your Annuity. The charge is a percentage of each applicable Purchase Payment that is being surrendered or withdrawn. Due Proof of Death: Due Proof of Death is satisfied when we receive all of the following in Good Order: (a) a death certificate or similar documentation acceptable to us; (b) all representations we require or which are mandated by applicable law or regulation in relation to the death claim and the payment of death proceeds; and (c) any applicable election of the method of payment of the death benefit, if not previously elected by the Owner, by at least one Beneficiary. Free Look: The right to examine your Annuity, during a limited period of time, to decide if you want to keep it or cancel it. In addition, there is a different free look period that applies if your Annuity is held within an IRA. In your Annuity contract, your free look right is referred to as your "Right to Cancel." Good Order: Good Order is the standard that we apply when we determine whether an instruction is satisfactory. An instruction will be considered in Good Order if it is received at our Service Office: (a) in a manner that is satisfactory to us such that it is sufficiently complete and clear that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instruction and complies with all relevant laws and regulations; (b) on specific forms, or by other means we then permit (such as via telephone or electronic submission); and/or (c) with any signatures and dates as we may require. We will notify you if an instruction is not in Good Order. Investment Option: A Sub-account or other option available as of any given time to which Account Value may be allocated. Issue Date: The effective date of your Annuity. Key Life: Under the Beneficiary Continuation Option, or the Beneficiary Annuity, the person whose life expectancy is used to determine the required distributions. 1 Owner: With an Annuity issued as an individual annuity contract, the Owner is either an eligible entity or person named as having ownership rights in relation to the Annuity. In certain states, with an Annuity issued as a certificate under a group annuity contract, the "Owner" refers to the person or entity who has the rights and benefits designated to the "participant" in the certificate. Thus, an Owner who is a participant has rights that are comparable to those of the Owner of an individual annuity contract. Purchase Credit: Under the X Series only, an amount that we add to your Annuity when you make a Purchase Payment. We are entitled to recapture Purchase Credits under certain circumstances. Purchase Payment: A cash consideration in currency of the United States of America given to us in exchange for the rights, privileges, and benefits of the Annuity. Service Office: The place to which all requests and payments regarding the Annuity are to be sent. We may change the address of the Service Office at any time, and will notify you in advance of any such change of address. Separate Account: Referred to as the "Variable Separate Account" in your Annuity, this is the variable separate account(s) shown in the Annuity. Sub-Account: A division of the Separate Account. Surrender Value: The Account Value less any applicable CDSC, any applicable tax charges, any charges assessable as a deduction from the Account Value for any optional benefits provided by rider or endorsement, and any Annual Maintenance Fee. Unit: A share of participation in a Sub-account used to calculate your Account Value prior to the Annuity Date. Valuation Day: Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading or any other day the Securities and Exchange Commission requires mutual funds or unit investment trusts to be valued. we, us, our: Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey. you, your: The Owner(s) shown in the Annuity. 2 SUMMARY OF CONTRACT FEES AND CHARGES The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering one of the Annuities. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time you surrender an Annuity, take a partial withdrawal, or transfer Account Value between the Investment Options. ANNUITY OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE/1/ X SERIES Percentage Applied Against Purchase Age of Purchase Payment being withdrawn Payment being Withdrawn --------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- less than one year old 9.0% 1 year old or older, but not yet 2 years old 9.0% 2 years old or older, but not yet 3 years old 9.0% 3 years old or older, but not yet 4 years old 9.0% 4 years old or older, but not yet 5 years old 8.0% 5 years old or older, but not yet 6 years old 8.0% 6 years old or older, but not yet 7 years old 8.0% 7 years old or older, but not yet 8 years old 5.0% 8 years old or older, but not yet 9 years old 2.5% 9 or more years old 0.0% L SERIES Percentage Applied Against Purchase Age of Purchase Payment being withdrawn Payment being Withdrawn --------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- less than one year old 7.0% 1 year old or older, but not yet 2 years old 7.0% 2 years old or older, but not yet 3 years old 6.0% 3 years old or older, but not yet 4 years old 5.0% 4 or more years old 0.0% 3 B SERIES Percentage Applied Against Purchase Age of Purchase Payment being withdrawn Payment being Withdrawn --------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- less than one year old 7.0% 1 year old or older, but not yet 2 years old 7.0% 2 years old or older, but not yet 3 years old 6.0% 3 years old or older, but not yet 4 years old 6.0% 4 years old or older, but not yet 5 years old 5.0% 5 years old or older, but not yet 6 years old 5.0% 6 years old or older, but not yet 7 years old 5.0% 7 years old, or older 0.0% C SERIES There is no CDSC or other sales load applicable to the C Series. -------- 1 The years referenced in the above CDSC tables refer to the length of time since a Purchase Payment was made (i.e., the "age" of the Purchase Payment). Contingent Deferred Sales Charges are applied against the Purchase Payment(s) being withdrawn. Thus, the appropriate percentage is multiplied by the Purchase Payment(s) being withdrawn to determine the amount of the CDSC. For example, if with respect to the X Series on November 1, 2016 you withdrew a Purchase Payment made on August 1, 2011, that Purchase Payment would be between 5 and 6 years old, and thus subject to an 8% CDSC. FEE/CHARGE X SERIES L SERIES B SERIES C SERIES --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- Transfer Fee/1/ $10 $10 $10 $10 -------- 1 Currently, we deduct the fee after the 20th transfer each Annuity Year. The following table provides a summary of the periodic fees and charges you will pay while you own your Annuity, excluding the underlying portfolio annual expenses. These fees and charges are described in more detail within this prospectus. 4 PERIODIC FEES AND CHARGES FEE/CHARGE X SERIES L SERIES B SERIES C SERIES -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- Annual Lesser of $30 Lesser of $30 Lesser of $30 Lesser of $30 Maintenance or 2% of or 2% of or 2% of or 2% of Fee/1, 3/ Account Value Account Value Account Value Account Value ANNUAL FEES/CHARGES /2/ (assessed as a percentage of the daily net assets of the Sub-accounts) FEE/CHARGE X SERIES L SERIES B SERIES C SERIES -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- Mortality & 1.70%; 1.15 % 1.55%; 1.15% 1.15% 1.60%; 1.15% Expense Risk after 9th after 9th after 9th Charge Annuity Year Annuity Year Annuity Year Administration 0.15% 0.15% 0.15% 0.15% Charge Total 1.85%; 1.30% 1.70%; 1.30% 1.30% 1.75%; 1.30% Annualized after 9th after 9th after 9th Insurance Annuity Year Annuity Year Annuity Year Charge/3/ -------- (1)Assessed annually on the Annuity's anniversary date or upon surrender (but not medically-related surrenders). Only applicable if the sum of the Purchase Payments at the time the fee is due is less than $100,000. (2)The Insurance Charge is the combination of Mortality & Expense Risk Charge and the Administration Charge. (3)For beneficiaries who elect the Beneficiary Continuation Option, the Annual Maintenance Fee is the lesser of $30 or 2% of Account Value and is only applicable if Account Value is less than $25,000 at the time the fee is assessed. For Beneficiaries who elect the Beneficiary Continuation Option, the Mortality and Expense and Administration Charges do not apply. However, a Settlement Service Charge equal to 1.00% is assessed as a percentage of the daily net assets of the Sub-accounts as an annual charge. The following table sets forth the charge for each optional benefit under the Annuity. These fees would be in addition to the periodic fees and transaction fees set forth in the tables above. 5 YOUR OPTIONAL BENEFIT FEES AND CHARGES TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL ANNUALIZED ANNUALIZED ANNUALIZED ANNUALIZED ANNUALIZED OPTIONAL BENEFIT CHARGE/2/ CHARGE/2/ CHARGE/2/ CHARGE/2/ OPTIONAL BENEFIT FEE/CHARGE/1/ for X SERIES for L SERIES for B SERIES for C SERIES ---------------- ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ HIGHEST DAILY 1.50% greater of 1.85% 1.70% 1.30% 1.75% LIFETIME 6 PLUS Account Value and +1.50% +1.50% +1.50% +1.50% Maximum Charge3 PWV greater of greater of greater of greater of Unadjusted Unadjusted Unadjusted Unadjusted Account Value and Account Value and Account Value and Account Value and PWV PWV PWV PWV Current Charge 0.85%greater of 1.85% 1.70% 1.30% 1.75% Account Value and +0.85% +0.85% +0.85% +0.85% PWV greater of greater of greater of greater of Unadjusted Unadjusted Unadjusted Unadjusted Account Value and Account Value and Account Value and Account Value and PWV PWV PWV PWV SPOUSAL 1.50%greater of 1.85% 1.70% 1.30% 1.75% HIGHEST DAILY Account Value and +1.50% +1.50% +1.50% +1.50% LIFETIME 6 PLUS PWV greater of greater of greater of greater of Maximum Charge3 Unadjusted Unadjusted Unadjusted Unadjusted Account Value and Account Value and Account Value and Account Value and PWV PWV PWV PWV Current Charge 0.95%greater of 1.85% 1.70% 1.30% 1.75% Account Value and +0.95% +0.95% +0.95% +0.95% PWV greater of greater of greater of greater of Unadjusted Unadjusted Unadjusted Unadjusted Account Value and Account Value and Account Value and Account Value and PWV PWV PWV PWV GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS II (GRO PLUS II) Charge/4/ 0.60% 2.45% 2.30% 1.90% 2.35% HIGHEST DAILY GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION II (HD GRO II) Charge/4/ 0.60% 2.45% 2.30% 1.90% 2.35% HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT ("HAV") Charge/4/ 0.40% 2.25% 2.10% 1.70% 2.15% -------- (1)The charge for each of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is assessed against the greater of Account Value and PWV. The charge for each of GRO Plus II, Highest Daily GRO II, and Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit, is assessed as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. (2)HOW CHARGE IS DETERMINED For Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus: The charge is taken out of the Sub-accounts. For B Series, in all Annuity Years, the optional benefit charge is in addition to the 1.30% annualized charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts. For each of the L Series, X Series, and C Series the annualized charge for the base Annuity drops after Annuity Year 9 as described below: Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus: 0.85% optional benefit charge is in addition to 1.30% annualized charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts for base Annuity after year 9. 6 Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus: 0.95% optional benefit charge is in addition to 1.30% annualized charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts for base Annuity after year 9. For GRO Plus II and Highest Daily GRO II: For B Series, the optional benefit charge plus base Annuity charge is 1.90% in all Annuity Years. In the case of L Series, X Series, and C Series, the optional benefit charge plus base Annuity charge drops to 1.90% after the 9th Annuity Year. Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit: For B Series, 1.70% total charge applies in all Annuity Years. In the case of the L Series, X Series, and C Series, the optional benefit charge plus base Annuity charge drops to 1.70% after the 9th Annuity Year. (3)We reserve the right to increase the charge to the maximum charge indicated, upon any step-up under the benefit. We also reserve the right to increase the charge if you elect or re-add the benefit post-issue. (4)Because there is no higher charge to which we could increase the current charge, the current charge and maximum charge are one and the same. Thus, so long as you retain the benefit, we cannot increase your charge for the benefit. The following table provides the range (minimum and maximum) of the total annual expenses for the underlying mutual funds ("portfolios") as of December 31, 2008. Each figure is stated as a percentage of the underlying portfolio's average daily net assets. TOTAL ANNUAL PORTFOLIO OPERATING EXPENSES MINIMUM MAXIMUM ------- ------- Total Portfolio Operating Expense 0.62% 2.04% The following are the total annual expenses for each underlying portfolio as of December 31, 2008, except as noted. The "Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses" reflect the combination of the underlying portfolio's investment management fee, other expenses, and any 12b-1 fees. Each figure is stated as a percentage of the underlying portfolio's average daily net assets. There is no guarantee that actual expenses will be the same as those shown in the table. For certain of the underlying portfolios, a portion of the management fee has been waived and/or other expenses have been partially reimbursed. The existence of any such fee waivers and/or reimbursements have been reflected in the footnotes. The following expenses are deducted by the portfolio before it provides Pruco Life of New Jersey with the daily net asset value. The portfolio information was provided by the portfolios and has not been independently verified by us. See the prospectuses and or statements of additional information of the portfolios for further details. Acquired Total Portfolio Annual Management Other (12b-1) Fees & Portfolio UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO Fee Expenses Fee Expenses Expenses ------------------------------ ---------- -------- ------- --------- --------- Advanced Series Trust/1,2,3/ AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation/4/ 0.72% 0.08% 0.00% 0.74% 1.54% AST Advanced Strategies 0.85% 0.22% 0.00% 0.02% 1.09% AST AllianceBernstein Core Value 0.75% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.93% AST AllianceBernstein Growth & Income 0.75% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.88% AST American Century Income & Growth/5/ 0.75% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.93% AST Balanced Asset Allocation 0.15% 0.02% 0.00% 0.93% 1.10% AST Bond Portfolio 2017/6/ 0.65% 0.31% 0.00% 0.00% 0.96% AST Bond Portfolio 2018/6/ 0.64% 0.35% 0.00% 0.00% 0.99% AST Bond Portfolio 2019/6/ 0.64% 0.47% 0.00% 0.00% 1.11% AST Bond Portfolio 2020/6/ 0.65% 1.02% 0.00% 0.00% 1.67% AST Bond Portfolio 2021/6/ 0.65% 0.31% 0.00% 0.00% 0.96% 7 Acquired Total Portfolio Annual Management Other (12b-1) Fees & Portfolio UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO Fee Expenses Fee Expenses Expenses ------------------------------ ---------- -------- ------- --------- --------- AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation 0.15% 0.01% 0.00% 0.96% 1.12% AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation /7/ 0.30% 0.20% 0.00% 0.95% 1.45% AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation /7/ 0.30% 0.16% 0.00% 0.93% 1.39% AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio/5/ 1.00% 0.17% 0.00% 0.00% 1.17% AST DeAM Large-Cap Value 0.85% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.00% AST Federated Aggressive Growth 0.95% 0.21% 0.00% 0.00% 1.16% AST First Trust Balanced Target 0.85% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.00% AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target 0.85% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.00% AST Global Real Estate 1.00% 0.27% 0.00% 0.00% 1.27% AST Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth 0.90% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 1.04% AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth 1.00% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 1.18% AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value 0.95% 0.22% 0.00% 0.00% 1.17% AST High Yield/5/ 0.75% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.93% AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation/8/ 0.30% 0.35% 0.00% 0.93% 1.58% AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation/8/ 0.30% 0.28% 0.00% 0.87% 1.45% AST International Growth 1.00% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 1.18% AST International Value 1.00% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 1.18% AST Investment Grade Bond /6/ 0.64% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.77% AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth 0.90% 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 1.10% AST Jennison Large-Cap Value 0.75% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.93% AST JPMorgan International Equity/5/ 0.89% 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 1.09% AST Large-Cap Value/5/ 0.75% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.87% AST Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture 0.80% 0.17% 0.00% 0.00% 0.97% AST Marsico Capital Growth 0.90% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 1.03% AST MFS Global Equity 1.00% 0.32% 0.00% 0.00% 1.32% AST MFS Growth 0.90% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.05% AST Mid-Cap Value 0.95% 0.19% 0.00% 0.00% 1.14% AST Money Market 0.50% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.62% AST Neuberger Berman / LSV Mid-Cap Value 0.90% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.05% AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth/5/ 0.90% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.05% AST Neuberger Berman Small-Cap Growth 0.95% 0.21% 0.00% 0.00% 1.16% AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation/8/ 0.30% 0.29% 0.00% 0.87% 1.46% AST Paramentric Emerging Markets Equity 1.10% 0.53% 0.00% 0.00% 1.63% AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond 0.65% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.80% AST PIMCO Total Return Bond 0.65% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.78% AST Preservation Asset Allocation 0.15% 0.02% 0.00% 0.87% 1.04% AST QMA US Equity/9/ 1.00% 0.57% 0.00% 0.00% 1.57% AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies 1.10% 0.35% 0.00% 0.00% 1.45% AST Small-Cap Growth 0.90% 0.22% 0.00% 0.00% 1.12% AST Small-Cap Value 0.90% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 1.08% AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation 0.85% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.00% AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond 0.80% 0.19% 0.00% 0.00% 0.99% AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth 0.88% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 1.01% AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio 0.90% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 1.04% AST UBS Dynamic Alpha 1.00% 0.16% 0.00% 0.00% 1.16% 8 Acquired Total Portfolio Annual Management Other (12b-1) Fees & Portfolio UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO Fee Expenses Fee Expenses Expenses ------------------------------ ---------- -------- ------- --------- --------- AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond 0.70% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 0.84% Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust/10/ Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Funds 0.00% 0.13% 0.00% 0.65% 0.78% -------- 1 Advanced Series Trust: Shares of the Portfolios are generally purchased through variable insurance products. The Advanced Series Trust (the "Trust") has entered into arrangements with the issuers of the variable insurance products offering the Portfolios under which the Trust compensates the issuers 0.10% for providing ongoing services to portfolio shareholders in lieu of the Trust providing such services directly to shareholders. Amounts paid under these arrangements are included in "Other Expenses." Subject to the expense limitations set forth below, for each portfolio of the Trust (except as noted below), Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. have agreed to voluntarily waive a portion of the 0.10% administrative services fee, based on the average daily net assets of each portfolio of the Trust, as set forth in the table below. Average Daily Net Asset of Portfolio Rate Fee Including Waiver -------------------------------------------------- ------------------------- Up to and including $500 million 0.10% (no waiver) Over 500 million up to and including $750 million 0.09% Over $750 million up to and including $1 billion 0.08% Over $1 billion 0.07% The administrative services fee is not waived in the case of the Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios and the Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios. The Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios are AST Balanced Asset Allocation, AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation, and AST Preservation Asset Allocation. The Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios are AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation, AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation, AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation, AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation, and AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation. The Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios and the Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios are "fund of funds" which means each of these portfolios invests primarily or exclusively in one or more mutual funds, referred to here as "Underlying Portfolios". A portfolio will not be directly subject to the administrative services fee to the extent it invests in Underlying Portfolios. Because the Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios generally invest all of their assets in Underlying Portfolios, the Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios generally will not be directly subject to the administrative services fee. Because the Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios generally invest at least 90% of their assets in Underlying Portfolios, only 10% of their assets generally will be directly subject to the administrative services fee. Because the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio generally invests approximately 65% of its assets in Underlying Portfolios, only 35% of its assets generally will be directly subject to the administrative services fee. The AST Academic Strategies Portfolio is not directly subject to the administrative services fee to the extent it invests in any other Trust portfolio. In determining the administrative services fee, only assets of a Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolio and the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio that are not invested in Underlying Portfolios will be counted as average daily net assets of the relevant portfolio for purposes of the above-referenced breakpoints. This will result in a portfolio paying higher administrative services fees than if all of the assets of the portfolio were counted for purposes of computing the relevant administrative services fee breakpoints. The underlying portfolios in which the Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios. Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios, and AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio invest, however, will be subject to the administrative services fee. 2 Some of the portfolios invest in other investment companies (the "Acquired Portfolios"). For example, each Dynamic and Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolio invests in shares of other portfolios of the Trust. Investors in a portfolio indirectly bear the fees and expenses of the Acquired Portfolios. The expenses shown under "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" represent a weighted average of the expense ratios of the Acquired Portfolios in which each portfolio invested during the year ended December 31, 2008. The Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios and AST Focus Four Plus Portfolio do not pay any transaction fees when purchasing or redeeming shares of the Acquired Portfolios. When a portfolio's "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" are less that 0.01%, such expenses are included in the column titled "Other Expenses." This may cause the Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses to differ from those set forth in the Financial Highlights tables of such portfolios in the prospectus for the Trust. 3 The management fee rate shown in the "management fees" column is based on the indicated portfolio's average daily net assets as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, except that the fee rate shown does not reflect the impact of any contractual or voluntary management fee waivers that may be applicable and which would result in a reduction in the fee rate paid by the 9 portfolio. The management fee rate for certain portfolios may include "breakpoints" which are reduced fee rates that are applicable at specified levels of portfolio assets; the effective fee rates shown in the table reflect and incorporate any fee "breakpoints" which may be applicable. 4 Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio: The only investment management fee to be paid directly to the Investment Managers by the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio will be the portfolio's annualized contractual investment management fee of 0.72% of its average daily net assets. Since the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio is expected to invest approximately 65% of its assets in portfolios of the Trust (referred to here as "Underlying Trust Funds") under normal circumstances, the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio will also indirectly pay investment management fees on its investments in the Underlying Trust Funds. To the extent that the other Asset Allocation Portfolios invest their assets in Underlying Trust Funds, such Asset Allocation Portfolios will also indirectly pay investment management fees on its investments in the Underlying Trust Funds. The Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio will not be directly subject to the administrative services fee to the extent it invests in Underlying Trust Funds. The Underlying Trust Funds in which the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio invests, however, will be subject to the administrative services fee. The Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio indirectly incurs a pro rata portion of the fees and expenses of the Acquired Portfolios in which it invests. From January 1, 2008 to July 20, 2008, the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio was known as the AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio (the Balanced Portfolio). The Balanced Portfolio invested all of its assets in Acquired Portfolios. The actual annualized "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" for the Balanced Portfolio were 0.88% for the period January 1, 2008 to July 20, 2008. As set forth above, under normal conditions, the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio invests approximately 65% of its assets in Acquired Portfolios. The actual annualized "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" for the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio were 0.735% for the period July 21, 2008 to December 31, 2008. The Investment Managers have voluntarily agreed to reimburse expenses and/or waive fees so that the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" on an annualized basis do not exceed 0.685% of the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets based on the daily calculation described below. This arrangement will be monitored and applied daily based upon the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's then current holdings of Acquired Portfolios and the expense ratios of the relevant Acquired Portfolios as of their most recent fiscal year end. Because the expense ratios of the relevant Acquired Portfolios will change over time and may be higher than the expense ratios as of their most recent fiscal year end, it is possible that the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's actual "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" may be higher than 0.685% of the portfolio's average daily net assets on an annualized basis. These arrangements relating to the portfolio's "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" are voluntary and are subject to termination or modification at any time without prior notice. The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to reimburse expenses and/or waive fees so that the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's investment management fees plus "Other Expenses" (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, distribution fees, dividend and interest expense, if any, related to short sales, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.80% of the portfolio's average daily net assets during the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's first year of operations (i.e., July 21, 2008 through July 20, 2009). 5 Effective as of July 1, 2008, Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. have voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of their management fee and/or limit expenses (expressed as a percentage of average daily net assets) for certain portfolios of the Trust, as set forth in the table below. These arrangements may be discontinued or otherwise modified at any time. Portfolio Fee Waiver and/or Expense Limitation ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ AST Large-Cap Value 0.84% AST Cohen & Steers Realty 0.97% AST American Century Income & Growth 0.87% AST High Yield 0.88% AST Money Market 0.56% AST JP Morgan International Equity 1.01% AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth 1.25% 6 The investment management fee rate for the AST Bond Portfolio 2017, the AST Bond Portfolio 2021, the AST Bond Portfolio 2015, the AST Bond Portfolio 2016, the AST Bond Portfolio 2018, the AST Bond Portfolio 2019, the AST Bond Portfolio 2020, and 10 the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio (each, a "Bond Portfolio" and collectively, the "Bond Portfolios") is subject to certain contractual asset-based breakpoints. In the event the combined average daily net assets of the Bond Portfolios do not exceed $500 million, each Bond Portfolio's investment management fee rate will equal 0.65% of its average daily net assets. In the event the combined average daily net assets of the Bond Portfolios exceed $500 million, the portion of a Portfolio's assets to which the investment management fee rate of 0.65% applies and the portion of a Portfolio's assets to which the investment management fee rate of 0.64% applies will be determined on a pro rata basis. Such fee would be computed as follows. [0.65% x ($500 million x Individual Portfolio Assets / Combined Portfolio Assets)] + [0.64% x (Combined Portfolio Assets - $500 million) x Individual Portfolio Assets / Combined Portfolio Assets] For the AST Bond Portfolio 2017 and the AST Bond Portfolio 2021, estimates of Other Expenses are based on an assumed average daily net asset level of $50 million for those Portfolios during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010. As used in connection with each Portfolio, "other expenses" includes expenses for accounting and valuation services, custodian fees, audit and legal fees, transfer agency fees, fees paid to non-interested Trustees, and certain other miscellaneous items. Each Bond Portfolio also will pay participating insurance companies an administrative services fee of 0.10% of its average daily net assets on an annualized basis, subject to certain voluntary asset-based breakpoints. Such administrative fee will compensate participating insurance companies for providing certain services to beneficial shareholders in lieu of the Trust, including the printing and mailing of fund prospectuses and shareholder reports. For the AST Bond Portfolio 2017 and the AST Bond Portfolio 2021, estimates of Total Annual Portfolio Expenses are based on an assumed average daily net asset level of $50 million for those Portfolios during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010. The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to waive a portion of their investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for each Bond Portfolio so that each Bond Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, distribution fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 1.00% of each Bond Portfolio's average daily net assets for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010. 7 Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. have voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of their investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for each of the AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio and the AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio so that each Asset Allocation Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, distribution fees, dividend and interest expense, if any, related to short sales, extraordinary expenses, and Underlying Portfolio fees and expenses) do not exceed 0.40% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets to $100 million; 0.35% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets from $100 million to $200 million; and 0.30% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets over $200 million. 8 The Investment Managers also have voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of their investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for each of the AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio, the AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio, and the AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio so that each Asset Allocation Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, distribution fees, dividend and interest expense, if any, related to short sales, extraordinary expenses, and Underlying Portfolio fees and expenses) do not exceed 0.40% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets to $250 million; 0.35% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets from $250 million to $750 million; and 0.30% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets over $750 million. All of these arrangements are voluntary and may be discontinued or otherwise modified by the Investment Managers at any time without prior notice. 9 With respect to the AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio, "Other Expenses" includes dividend expenses on short sales and interest expenses on short sales. 10 The manager has agreed in advance to reduce its fee from assets invested by the Fund in a Franklin Templeton money market fund (the Sweep Money Fund which is the acquired fund in this case) to the extent of the Fund's fees and expenses of the acquired fund. This reduction is required by the Trust's board of trustees and an exemptive order by the Securities and Exchange Commission; this arrangement will continue as long as the exemptive order is relied upon. 11 EXPENSE EXAMPLES These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in one Pruco Life of New Jersey Annuity with the cost of investing in other Pruco Life of New Jersey Annuities and/or other variable annuities. Below are examples for each Annuity showing what you would pay in expenses at the end of the stated time periods had you invested $10,000 in the Annuity and your investment has a 5% return each year. The examples reflect the following fees and charges for each Annuity as described in "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges." . Insurance Charge . Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (when and if applicable) . Annual Maintenance Fee . Optional benefit fees, as described below The examples also assume the following for the period shown: . You allocate all of your Account Value to the Sub-account with the maximum gross total operating expenses for 2008, and those expenses remain the same each year* . For each charge, we deduct the maximum charge rather than the current charge . You make no withdrawals of Account Value . You make no transfers, or other transactions for which we charge a fee . No tax charge applies . You elect the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Income Benefit and the HAV Death Benefit (which is the maximum combination of optional benefit charges) . For the X Series example, no Purchase Credit is granted under the Annuity. If Purchase Credits were reflected in the calculations, expenses would be higher, because the charges would have been applied to a larger Account Value. Amounts shown in the examples are rounded to the nearest dollar. -------- *Note: Not all Portfolios offered as Sub-accounts may be available depending on optional benefit selection and selling firm. THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. THEY SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES OF THE UNDERLYING PORTFOLIOS. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE ACCOUNT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS. Expense Examples are provided as follows: [TO BE FILED IN PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT] If you surrender your Annuity at the end of the applicable time period: 1 yr 3 yrs 5 yrs 10 yrs ---- ----- ----- ------ X Series L Series B Series C Series If you do not surrender your Annuity, or if you annuitize your Annuity: 1 yr 3 yrs 5 yrs 10 yrs ---- ----- ----- ------ X Series 12 1 yr 3 yrs 5 yrs 10 yrs ---- ----- ----- ------ L Series B Series C Series 13 SUMMARY This Summary describes key features of the Annuities offered in this prospectus. It is intended to give you an overview, and to point you to sections of the prospectus that provide greater detail. You should not rely on the Summary alone for all the information you need to know before purchasing an Annuity. You should read the entire prospectus for a complete description of the Annuities. Your financial professional can also help you if you have questions. The Annuity: The variable annuity contract issued by Pruco Life of New Jersey is a contract between you, the owner, and Pruco Life of New Jersey, an insurance company. It is designed for retirement purposes, or other long-term investing, to help you save money for retirement, on a tax deferred basis, and provide income during your retirement. The Annuity offers various investment portfolios. With the help of your financial professional, you choose how to invest your money within your Annuity. Investing in a variable annuity involves risk and you can lose your money. On the other hand, investing in a variable annuity can provide you with the opportunity to grow your money through participation in "underlying" mutual funds. This prospectus describes four different Annuities. The Annuities differ primarily in the fees and charges deducted and whether the Annuity provides Purchase Credits in certain circumstances. With the help of your financial professional, you choose the Annuity based on your time horizon, liquidity needs, and desire for Purchase Credits. Please see Appendix B "Selecting the Variable Annuity That's Right For You," for a side-by-side comparison of the key features of each of these Annuities. Purchase: Your eligibility to purchase is based on your age and the amount of your initial Purchase Payment. See your financial professional to complete an application. Maximum Age for Minimum Initial Annuity Initial Purchase Purchase Payment ------- ---------------- ---------------- X Series 80 $ 10,000 L Series 80 $10,000 B Series 85 $1000 C Series 85 $10,000 The "Maximum Age for Initial Purchase" applies to the oldest Owner as of the day we would issue the Annuity. If the Annuity is to be owned by an entity, the maximum age applies to the Annuitant as of the day we would issue the Annuity. For Annuities purchased as a Beneficiary Annuity, the maximum issue age is 70 and applies to the Key Life. After you purchase your Annuity, you will have a limited period of time during which you may cancel (or "Free Look") the purchase of your Annuity. Your request for a Free Look must be received in Good Order. Please see "What Are the Requirements for Purchasing One of the Annuities" for more detail. Investment Options: You may choose from a variety of variable Investment Options ranging from conservative to aggressive. Certain optional benefits may limit your ability to invest in the variable Investment Options otherwise available to you under the Annuity. Each of the underlying mutual funds is described in its own prospectus, which you should read before investing. There is no assurance that any variable Investment Option will meet its investment objective. We also offer other programs to help discipline your investing, such as dollar cost averaging or automatic rebalancing. Please see "Investment Options," and "Managing Your Account Value" for information. Access to Your Money: You can receive income by taking withdrawals or electing annuity payments. Please note that withdrawals may be subject to tax, and may be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (discussed below). You may withdraw up to 10% of your investment each year without being subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. 14 You may elect to receive income through annuity payments over your lifetime, also called "annuitization". If you elect to receive annuity payments, you convert your Account Value into a stream of future payments. This means in most cases you no longer have an Account Value and therefore cannot make withdrawals. We offer different types of annuity options to meet your needs. Please see "Access to Account Value" and "Annuity Options" for more information. Optional Living Benefits Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefits. We offer optional living benefits, for an additional charge, that guarantee your ability to take withdrawals for life as a percentage of "protected withdrawal value", even if your Account Value falls to zero. If you withdraw more than the allowable amount during any year (referred to "Excess Income"), your future level of guaranteed withdrawals decreases. These benefits are: Highest Daily Lifetime(sm) 6 Plus Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime(sm) 6 Plus As part of these benefits you may invest only certain permitted Investment Options. These benefits utilize a predetermined mathematical formula to help manage your guarantee through all market cycles. Please see the applicable optional benefits section as well as the Appendices to this prospectus for more information on the formula. Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefits. We offer two optional benefits, for an additional charge, that guarantee your Account Value to a certain level after a stated period of years. As part of these benefits you may invest only certain permitted Investment Options. These benefits utilize a predetermined mathematical formula to help manage your guarantee through all market cycles. Please see the applicable optional benefits section as well as the Appendices to this prospectus for more information on the formula. These benefits are: Guaranteed Return Option(sm) Plus II Highest Daily(sm) Guaranteed Return Option II Please see "Living Benefits" for more information. Death Benefits: You may name a beneficiary to receive the proceeds of your Annuity upon your death. Your death benefit must be distributed within the time period required by the tax laws. Each of our Annuities offers a basic death benefit. We also offer the following optional death benefit, for an additional charge: Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit The optional death benefit has certain age and investment restrictions. Please see "Death Benefits" for more information. Purchase Credits: We apply a "Purchase Credit" to your Annuity's Account Value with respect to certain Purchase Payments you make under the X Series Annuity. The Purchase Credit is equal to a percentage of each Purchase Payment. The amount of the Purchase Credit depends on your age at the time the Purchase Payment is made and the number of years that the Annuity has been in force. Because the X Series Annuity grants Purchase Credits with respect to your Purchase Payments, the expenses of the X Series Annuity will be higher than expenses for an Annuity without a Purchase Credit. In addition, the amount of the Purchase Credits that you receive under the X Series Annuity may be more than offset by the additional fees and charges associated with the Purchase Credit Fees and Charges: Each Annuity, and the optional living benefit and optional death benefits, are subject to certain fees and charges, as discussed in the "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges" table in the prospectus. In addition, there are fees and expenses of the underlying Portfolios. What does it mean that my Annuity is "tax-deferred"? Variable annuities are "tax deferred", meaning you pay no taxes on any earnings from your Annuity until you withdraw the money. You may also transfer among your Investment Options without paying a tax at the time of the transfer. When you take your money out of the Annuity, however, you will be taxed on the earnings at ordinary income tax rates. If you withdraw money before you reach age 59 1/2, you also may be subject to a 10% federal tax penalty. You may also purchase one of our Annuities as a tax-qualified retirement investment such as an IRA, SEP-IRA, Roth IRA, 401(a) plan, or non-ERISA 403(b) plan. Although there is no additional tax advantage to a variable annuity purchased through one of these plans, the 15 Annuity has features and benefits other than tax deferral that make it an important investment for a qualified plan. You should consult your tax advisor regarding these features and benefits prior to purchasing a contract for use with a tax-qualified plan. Other Information: Please see the section entitled "General Information" for more information about our Annuities, including legal information about our Pruco Life of New Jersey, the separate account, and underlying funds. 16 INVESTMENT OPTIONS The Investment Options under each Annuity consist of the Sub-accounts. Each Sub-account invests in an underlying portfolio whose share price generally fluctuates each Valuation Day. The portfolios that you select, among those that are available, are your choice -- we do not provide investment advice, nor do we recommend any particular portfolio. You bear the investment risk for amounts allocated to the portfolios. As a condition of participating in the optional benefits, you may be prohibited from investing in certain Sub-accounts. We describe those restrictions below. In addition, the optional living benefits (e.g., Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus) employ a pre-determined mathematical formula, under which money is transferred between your chosen Sub-accounts and a bond portfolio (e.g., the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio). You should be aware that the operation of the formula could impact the expenses and performance of the portfolios. Specifically, because transfers to and from the portfolios can be frequent and the amount transferred can vary, the portfolios could experience the following effects, among others: (a) they may be compelled to hold a larger portion of assets in highly liquid securities than they otherwise would, which could diminish performance if the highly liquid securities underperform other securities (e.g., equities) that otherwise would have been held (b) they may experience higher portfolio turnover, which generally will increase the portfolios' expenses and (c) if they are compelled by the formula to sell securities that are thinly-traded, such sales could have a significant impact on the price of such securities. Please consult the prospectus for the applicable portfolio for additional information about these effects. In this section, we describe the portfolios and the investment restrictions that apply if you elect certain optional benefits. VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS Each variable Investment Option is a Sub-account of the Pruco Life of New Jersey Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account (see "Pruco Life of New Jersey and the Separate Account" for more detailed information). Each Sub-account invests exclusively in one portfolio. You should carefully read the prospectus for any portfolio in which you are interested. The Investment Objectives/Policies Chart below classifies each of the portfolios based on our assessment of their investment style. The chart also provides a description of each portfolio's investment objective (in italics) and a short, summary description of their key policies to assist you in determining which Portfolios may be of interest to you. Not all portfolios offered as Sub-accounts may be available depending on optional benefit selection. Thus, if you selected particular optional benefits, you would be precluded from investing in certain portfolios and therefore would not receive investment appreciation (or depreciation) affecting those portfolios. Please see the Additional Information, under the heading concerning "Service Fees Payable to Pruco Life of New Jersey" for a discussion of fees that we may receive from underlying mutual funds and/or their affiliates. The portfolios are not publicly traded mutual funds. They are only available as investment options in variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by insurance companies, or in some cases, to participants in certain qualified retirement plans. However, some of the portfolios available as Sub-accounts under the Annuities are managed by the same portfolio advisor or sub-advisor as a retail mutual fund of the same or similar name that the portfolio may have been modeled after at its inception. Certain retail mutual funds may also have been modeled after a portfolio. While the investment objective and policies of the retail mutual funds and the portfolios may be substantially similar, the actual investments will differ to varying degrees. Differences in the performance of the funds can be expected, and in some cases could be substantial. You should not compare the performance of a publicly traded mutual fund with the performance of any similarly named portfolio offered as a Sub-account. Details about the investment objectives, policies, risks, costs and management of the portfolios are found in the prospectuses for the portfolios. The current prospectus and statement of additional information for the underlying portfolios can be obtained by calling 1-888-PRU-2888. Please read the prospectus carefully before investing. The name of the advisor/sub-advisor for each portfolio appears next to the description. Those portfolios whose name includes the prefix "AST" are portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust. The portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust are co-managed by AST Investment Services, Inc. and Prudential Investments LLC, both of which are affiliated companies of Pruco Life of New Jersey. However, a sub-advisor, as noted below, is engaged to conduct day-to-day management. 17 PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR ------------------------------------ -------------- ----------------------- ADVANCED SERIES TRUST AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio (formerly known as AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio): seeks long term capital appreciation. The portfolio is a AlphaSimplex Group, multi-asset class fund that pursues LLC; First Quadrant both top-down asset allocation L.P.; Jennison strategies and bottom-up selection of Associates LLC; Mellon securities, investment managers, and Asset Capital Management mutual funds. Under normal Allocation Corporation; Pacific circumstances, approximately 60% of Investment Management the assets will be allocated to Company LLC (PIMCO); traditional asset classes (including Prudential Bache Asset US and international equities and Management, bonds) and approximately 40% of the Incorporated; assets will be allocated to Quantitative Management nontraditional asset classes Associates LLC (including real estate, commodities, and alternative strategies). Those percentages are subject to change at the discretion of the advisor. AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio: seeks a high level of absolute return. The portfolio invests in traditional and non-traditional LSV Asset Management; investment strategies and by Marsico Capital investing in domestic and foreign Management, LLC; equity and fixed income securities, Pacific Investment derivative instruments in exchange Asset Management Company LLC traded funds. The asset allocation Allocation (PIMCO); T. Rowe Price generally provides for an allotment Associates, Inc.; of 50% of the portfolio assets to a William Blair & combination of domestic and Company, LLC; international equity strategies and Quantitative Management the remainder in a combination of Associates LLC U.S. fixed income, hedged international bond and real return bonds. The manager will allocate the assets of the portfolio across different investment categories and subadvisors. AST AllianceBernstein Core Value Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in common stocks. The subadviser expects that the majority of the portfolio's assets will be invested in the common stocks of large companies that appear Large AllianceBernstein L.P. to be undervalued. Among other Cap Value things, the portfolio seeks to identify compelling buying opportunities created when companies are undervalued on the basis of investor reactions to near-term problems or circumstances even though their long-term prospects remain sound. The subadviser seeks to identify individual companies with earnings growth potential that may not be recognized by the market at large. AST AllianceBernstein Growth & Income Portfolio: seeks long-term growth of capital and income while attempting to avoid excessive fluctuations in market value. The Portfolio normally will invest in common stocks (and Large AllianceBernstein L.P. securities convertible into common Cap Value stocks). The subadviser will take a value-oriented approach, in that it will try to keep the portfolio's assets invested in securities that are selling at reasonable valuations in relation to their fundamental business prospects. AST American Century Income & Growth Portfolio: seeks capital growth with current income as a secondary objective. The portfolio invests primarily in common stocks that offer potential for capital growth, and may, consistent with its investment objective, invest in stocks that Large American Century offer potential for current income. Cap Value Investment Management, The subadviser utilizes a Inc. quantitative management technique with a goal of building an equity portfolio that provides better returns than the S&P 500 Index without taking on significant additional risk and while attempting to create a dividend yield that will be greater than the S&P 500 Index. 18 PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR ------------------------------------ -------------- ----------------------- AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio (formerly known as AST Conservative Asset Allocation Portfolio): seeks to obtain total return consistent with its specified level of risk. The portfolio primarily invests its assets in a diversified portfolio of other mutual funds, the underlying portfolios, of Asset Prudential Investments the Advanced Series Trust and certain Allocation LLC; Quantitative affiliated money market funds. Under Management Associates normal market conditions, the LLC portfolio will devote approximately 60% of its net assets to underlying portfolios investing primarily in equity securities (with a range of 52.5% to 67.5%, and 40% of its net assets to underlying portfolios investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments (with a range of 32.5% to 47.5%). The portfolio is not limited to investing exclusively in shares of the underlying portfolios and may invest in securities and futures contracts, swap agreements and other financial and derivative instruments. AST Bond Portfolio 2017: seeks the highest potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the parameters established to support the GRO benefits and maintain liquidity Fixed Income Prudential Investment to support changes in market Management, Inc. conditions for a fixed maturity of 2017. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. AST Bond Portfolio 2018: seeks the highest potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the parameters established to support the GRO benefits and maintain liquidity Fixed Income Prudential Investment to support changes in market Management, Inc. conditions for a fixed maturity of 2018. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. AST Bond Portfolio 2019: seeks the highest potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the parameters established to support the GRO benefits and maintain liquidity Fixed Income Prudential Investment to support changes in market Management, Inc. conditions for a fixed maturity of 2019. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. AST Bond Portfolio 2020: seeks the highest potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the parameters established to support the GRO benefits and maintain liquidity Fixed Income Prudential Investment to support changes in market Management, Inc. conditions for a fixed maturity of 2020. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. AST Bond Portfolio 2021: seeks the highest potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the parameters established to support the GRO benefits and maintain liquidity Fixed Income Prudential Investment to support changes in market Management, Inc. conditions for a fixed maturity of 2021. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks to obtain total return consistent with its specified level of risk. The portfolio primarily invests its assets in a diversified portfolio of other mutual funds, the underlying portfolios, of the Advanced Series Trust and certain affiliated money market funds. Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote approximately Prudential Investments 75% of its net assets to underlying Asset LLC; Quantitative portfolios investing primarily in Allocation Management Associates equity securities (with a range of LLC 67.5% to 80%), and 25% of its net assets to underlying portfolios investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments (with a range of 20.0% to 32.5%). The portfolio is not limited to investing exclusively in shares of the underlying portfolios and may invest in securities and futures contracts, swap agreements and other financial and derivative instruments. 19 PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR ------------------------------------ -------------- ----------------------- AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks the highest potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance. Under normal circumstances, at least 90% of the Asset CLS Investments LLC portfolio's assets will be invested Allocation in other portfolios of Advanced Series Trust (the underlying portfolios) while no more than 10% of the portfolio's assets may be invested in exchange traded funds (ETFs). Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote from 60% to 80% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in equity securities, and from 20% to 40% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments. AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks the highest potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance. Under normal circumstances, at least 90% of the portfolio's assets will be invested in other portfolios of Advanced Asset CLS Investments LLC Series Trust (the underlying Allocation portfolios) while no more than 10% of the portfolio's assets may be invested in exchange traded funds (ETFs). Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote from 40% to 60% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in equity securities, and from 40% to 60% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments. AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio: seeks to maximize total return through investment in real estate securities. The Portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in common stocks and other equity securities Specialty Cohen & Steers Capital issued by real estate companies, such Management, Inc. as real estate investment trusts (REITs). Under normal circumstances, the portfolio will invest substantially all of its assets in the equity securities of real estate companies, i.e., a company that derives at least 50% of its revenues from the ownership, construction, financing, management or sale of real estate or that has at least 50% of its assets in real estate. Real estate companies may include real estate investment trusts (REITs). AST DeAM Large-Cap Value Portfolio: seeks maximum growth of capital by investing primarily in the value stocks of larger companies. The portfolio pursues its objective, under normal market conditions, by primarily investing at least 80% of the value of its assets in the equity Large Deutsche Investment securities of large-sized companies Cap Value Management Americas, included in the Russell 1000(R) Value Inc. Index. The subadviser employs an investment strategy designed to maintain a portfolio of equity securities which approximates the market risk of those stocks included in the Russell 1000(R) Value Index, but which attempts to outperform the Russell 1000(R) Value Index through active stock selection. AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio: seeks capital growth. The portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing primarily in Federated Equity the stocks of small companies that Management Company of are traded on national security Small Pennsylvania/ Federated exchanges, NASDAQ stock exchange and Cap Growth Global Investment the over-the-counter-market. Small Management Corp.; companies will be defined as Federated MDTA LLC companies with market capitalizations similar to companies in the Russell 2000 Growth and S&P 600 Small Cap Index. 20 PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR ------------------------------------ -------------- ----------------------- AST First Trust Balanced Target Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth balanced by current income. The portfolio seeks to achieve its objective by investing approximately 65% in common stocks and approximately 35% in fixed income securities. The portfolio allocates the equity portion of the portfolio Asset First Trust Advisors across five uniquely specialized Allocation L.P. strategies - The Dow(R) Target Dividend, the Value Line(R) Target 25, the Global Dividend Target 15, the NYSE(R) International Target 25, and the Target Small Cap. Each strategy employs a quantitative approach by screening common stocks for certain attributes and/or using a multi-factor scoring system to select the common stocks. The fixed income allocation is determined by the DOW Jones Income strategy which utilizes certain screens to select bonds from the DOW Jones Corporate Bond Index or like-bonds not in the index. AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth. The portfolio seeks to achieve its objective by investing approximately 80%. In common stocks and approximately 20% in fixed income securities. The portfolio allocates the equity portion of the portfolio across five. uniquely specialized Asset First Trust Advisors strategies - the Value Line(R) Target Allocation L.P. 25, the Global Dividend Target 15, the Target Small Cap, the Nasdaq(R) Target 15, and the NYSE(R) International Target 25. Each strategy employs a quantitative approach by screening common stocks for certain attributes and/or using a multi-factor scoring system to select the common stocks. The fixed income allocation is determined by the DOW Jones Income strategy which utilizes certain screen to select bonds from the DOW Jones Corporate Bond Index or like-bonds not in the index. AST Global Real Estate Portfolio: seeks capital appreciation and income. The portfolio will normally invest at least 80% of its liquid assets (net assets plus any borrowing made for investment purposes) in SPECIALTY Prudential Real Estate equity-related securities of real Investors estate companies. The portfolio will invest in equity-related securities of real estate companies. The portfolio may invest up to 15% of its net assets in ownership interests in commercial real estate through investments in private real estate. AST Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term growth of capital. The portfolio will pursue its objective by investing primarily in equity securities of companies Large Goldman Sachs Asset that the subadviser believes have the Cap Growth Management, L.P. potential to achieve capital appreciation over the long-term. The portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, in approximately 30 - 45 companies that are considered by the subadviser to be positioned for long-term growth. AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth. The portfolio pursues its investment objective, by investing primarily in equity securities selected for their growth potential, and normally invests at least 80% of the value of its assets in Mid Goldman Sachs Asset medium-sized companies. Medium-sized Cap Growth Management, L.P. companies are those whose market capitalizations (measured at the time of investment) fall within the range of companies in the Russell Mid-cap Growth Index. The subadviser seeks to identify individual companies with earnings growth potential that may not be recognized by the market at large. 21 PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR ------------------------------------ -------------- ----------------------- AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio: seeks long-term capital appreciation. The portfolio will seek its objective through investments primarily in equity securities that are believed to be undervalued in the marketplace. The portfolio will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its Small Goldman Sachs Asset assets plus any borrowings for Cap Value Management, L.P. investment purposes in small capitalization companies. The 80% investment requirement applies at the time the Portfolio invests its assets. The portfolio generally defines small capitalization companies as companies with market capitalizations that are within the range of the Russell 2000 Value Index at the time of purchase. AST High Yield Portfolio: seeks maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. The portfolio will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at time of purchase) in non-investment grade Fixed Income Pacific Investment high yield, fixed-income investments Management Company LLC which may be represented by forwards (PIMCO) or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements. Non-investment grade investments are financial instruments rated Ba or lower by a Moody's Investors Services, Inc. or equivalently rated by Standard Poor's Corporation, or Fitch, or, if unrated, determined by the subadviser to be of comparable quality. AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks the highest potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance. Under normal circumstances, at least 90% of the portfolio's assets will be invested in other portfolios of Advanced Series Trust (the underlying Asset Horizon Investments, portfolios) while no more than 10% of Allocation LLC the portfolio's assets may be invested in exchange traded funds (ETFs). Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote from 60% to 80% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in equity securities, and from 20% to 40% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments. AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks the highest potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance. Under normal circumstances, at least 90% of the portfolio's assets will be invested in other portfolios of Advanced Series Trust (the underlying Asset Horizon Investments, portfolios) while no more than 10% of Allocation LLC the portfolio's assets may be invested in exchange traded funds (ETFs). Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote from 40% to 60% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in equity securities, and from 40% to 60% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments. AST International Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal circumstances, the portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its assets in securities of issuers that are economically tied to countries other than the United States. Although the portfolio intends to invest at least 80% of its International Marsico Capital assets in the securities of issuers Equity Management, LLC; located outside the United States, it William Blair & may at times invest in U.S. issuers Company, LLC and it may invest all of its assets in fewer than five countries or even a single country. The portfolio looks primarily for stocks of companies whose earnings are growing at a faster rate than other companies or which offer attractive growth. AST International Value Portfolio: seeks long-term capital appreciation. The portfolio normally invests at least 80% of the portfolio's assets in equity securities. The portfolio International LSV Asset Management; will invest at least 65% of its net Equity Thornburg Investment assets in the equity securities of Management, Inc. companies in at least three different countries, without limit as to the amount of assets that may be invested in a single country. 22 PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR ------------------------------------ -------------- ----------------------- AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio: seeks the highest potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the parameters established to support the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefits and maintain liquidity to Fixed Income Prudential Investment support changes in market conditions Management, Inc. for a fixed duration (weighted average maturity) of about 6 years. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. AST JPMorgan International Equity Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth by investing in a diversified portfolio of international equity securities. The portfolio seeks to meet its objective by investing, under normal market conditions, at International J.P. Morgan Investment least 80% of its assets in a Equity Management, Inc. diversified portfolio of equity securities of companies located or operating in developed non-U.S. countries and emerging markets of the world. The equity securities will ordinarily be traded on a recognized foreign securities exchange or traded in a foreign over-the-counter market in the country where the issuer is principally based, but may also be traded in other countries including the United States. AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term growth of capital. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its investable assets in the equity and equity-related securities of large-capitalization companies measured, at the time of purchase, to be within the market Large Jennison Associates capitalization of the Russell 1000(R) Cap Growth LLC Index. In deciding which equity securities to buy, the Subadvisor will use a growth investment style and will invest in stocks it believes could experience superior sales or earnings growth, or high returns on equity and assets. The companies in which the Subadvisor will invest generally tend to have a unique market niche, a strong new product profile or superior management. AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio: seeks capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its investable assets in the equity and equity-related securities of large-capitalization companies measured, at the time of purchase, to be within the market Large Jennison Associates capitalization of the Russell 1000(R) Cap Value LLC Index. In deciding which equity securities to buy, the Subadvisor will use a value investment style and will invest in common stocks that it believes are being valued at a discount to their true worth, as defined by the value of their earnings, free cash flow, the value of their assets, their private market value, or some combination of these factors. The Subadvisor will look for catalysts that will help unlock a common stock's inherent value. AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio: seeks current income and long-term growth of income, as well as capital appreciation. The portfolio invests, under normal circumstances, at least Large Eaton Vance Management; 80% of its net assets in common Cap Value Hotchkis and Wiley stocks of large capitalization Capital Management LLC companies. Large capitalization companies are those companies with market capitalizations within the market capitalization range of the Russell 1000 Value Index. 23 PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR ------------------------------------ -------------- ----------------------- AST Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture Portfolio: seeks high current income and the opportunity for capital appreciation to produce a high total return. The portfolio invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its assets in fixed income securities. The portfolio allocates its assets principally among fixed income securities in four market sectors: U.S. investment grade securities, U.S. high yield securities, foreign securities (including emerging market securities) and convertible securities. Under normal circumstances, the portfolio invests in each of the four sectors described above. However, the portfolio may Fixed Income Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC invest substantially all of its assets in any one sector at any time, subject to the limitation that at least 20% of the portfolio's net assets must be invested in any combination of investment grade debt securities, U.S. Government securities and cash equivalents. The portfolio may find good value in high yield securities, sometimes called "lower-rated bonds" or "junk bonds," and frequently may have more than half of its assets invested in those securities. The portfolio may also make significant investments in mortgage-backed securities. Although the portfolio expects to maintain a weighted average maturity in the range of five to twelve years, there are no maturity restrictions on the overall portfolio or on individual securities. The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its net assets in equity securities. The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its net assets in foreign securities. AST Marsico Capital Growth Portfolio: seeks capital growth. Income realization is not an investment objective and any income realized on the portfolio's investments, therefore, will be incidental to the portfolio's objective. The portfolio will pursue its objective by investing primarily in common stocks of large companies that are selected for their growth potential. Large capitalization companies are companies with market capitalizations within the market capitalization range of the Russell 1000 Growth Index. In selecting investments for the portfolio, the subadviser uses an approach that combines "top down" macroeconomic analysis with "bottom Large Marsico Capital up" stock selection. The "top down" Cap Growth Management, LLC approach identifies sectors, industries and companies that may benefit from the trends the subadviser has observed. The subadviser then looks for individual companies with earnings growth potential that may not be recognized by the market at large, utilizing a "bottom up" stock selection process. The portfolio will normally hold a core position of between 35 and 50 common stocks. The portfolio may hold a limited number of additional common stocks at times when the portfolio manager is accumulating new positions, phasing out existing or responding to exceptional market conditions. AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio: seeks capital growth. Under normal circumstances the portfolio invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities. The portfolio may invest in the securities of U.S. and foreign issuers (including issuers in International Massachusetts Financial emerging market countries). While the Equity Services Company portfolio may invest its assets in companies of any size, the portfolio generally focuses on companies with relatively large market capitalizations relative to the markets in which they are traded. AST MFS Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth and future, rather than current income. Under normal market conditions, the portfolio invests at least 80% of its net assets in common stocks and Large Massachusetts Financial related securities, such as preferred Cap Growth Services Company stocks, convertible securities and depositary receipts. The subadviser uses a "bottom up" as opposed to a "top down" investment style in managing the portfolio. 24 PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR ------------------------------------ -------------- ----------------------- AST Mid Cap Value Portfolio: seeks to provide capital growth by investing primarily in mid-capitalization stocks that appear to be undervalued. The portfolio generally invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets in mid-capitalization companies. Mid EARNEST Partners LLC; Mid-capitalization companies are Cap Value WEDGE Capital generally those that have market Management, LLP capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of companies included in the Russell Midcap Value Index during the previous 12-months based on month-end data. AST Money Market Portfolio: seeks high current income while maintaining high levels of liquidity. The portfolio invests in high-quality, short-term, U.S. dollar denominated Fixed Income Prudential Investment corporate, bank and government Management, Inc. obligations. The portfolio will invest in securities which have effective maturities of not more than 397 days. AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly known as AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Value Portfolio): seeks capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the portfolio invests at least 80% of its net assets in the common stocks of medium capitalization companies. For purposes of the portfolio, companies with market capitalizations that fall within the range of the Russell Mid LSV Asset Management; Midcap(R) Index at the time of Cap Value Neuberger Berman investment are considered medium Management LLC capitalization companies. Some of the portfolio's assets may be invested in the securities of large-cap companies as well as in small-cap companies. Under the portfolio's value-oriented investment approach, the subadviser looks for well-managed companies whose stock prices are undervalued and that may rise in price before other investors realize their worth. AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of its net assets in the common stocks of mid-capitalization companies. Mid-capitalization companies are Mid Neuberger Berman those companies whose market Cap Growth Management LLC capitalization is within the range of market capitalizations of companies in the Russell Midcap(R) Growth Index. Using fundamental research and quantitative analysis, the subadviser looks for fast-growing companies that are in new or rapidly evolving industries. The portfolio may invest in foreign securities (including emerging markets securities). AST Neuberger Berman Small-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks maximum growth of investors' capital from a portfolio of growth stocks of smaller companies. The portfolio pursues its Small Neuberger Berman objective, under normal Cap Growth Management LLC circumstances, by primarily investing at least 80% of its total assets in the equity securities of small-sized companies included in the Russell 2000 Growth(R) Index. AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks the highest potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance. Under normal circumstances, at least 90% of the portfolio's assets will be invested in other portfolios of Advanced Series Trust (the underlying Asset Neimann Capital portfolios) while no more than 10% of Allocation Management Inc. the portfolio's assets may be invested in exchange traded funds (ETFs). Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote from 60% to 80% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in equity securities, and from 20% to 40% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments. 25 PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR ------------------------------------ -------------- ----------------------- AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio: seeks long-term capital appreciation. The portfolio normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities traded on the equity markets of emerging market countries, which are those considered to be developing. Emerging markets countries include International Parametric Portfolio countries in Asia, Latin America, the Equity Associates LLC Middle East, Southern Europe, Eastern Europe, Africa and the region formerly comprising the Soviet Union. A company will be considered to be located in an emerging market country if it is domiciled in or derives more that 50% of its revenues or profits from emerging market countries. The portfolio seeks to employ a top-down, disciplined and structured investment process that emphasizes broad exposure and diversification among emerging market countries, economic sectors and issuers. AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio: seeks to maximize total return consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. The portfolio will invest, under normal circumstances, Fixed Income Pacific Investment at least 80% of the value of its net Management Company LLC assets in fixed-income investment (PIMCO) instruments of varying maturities which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements. AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio: seeks to maximize total return consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. The portfolio will Fixed Income Pacific Investment invest, under normal circumstances, Management Company LLC at least 80% of the value of its net (PIMCO) assets in fixed income investments, which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements. AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks to obtain total return consistent with its specified level of risk. The portfolio primarily invests its assets in a diversified portfolio of other mutual funds, the underlying portfolios, of the Advanced Series Trust and certain affiliated money market funds. Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote approximately Asset Prudential Investments 35% of its net assets to underlying Allocation LLC; Quantitative portfolios investing primarily in Management Associates equity securities (with a range of LLC 27.5% to 42.5%), and 65% of its net assets to underlying portfolios investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments (with a range of 57.5% to 72.5%. The portfolio is not limited to investing exclusively in shares of the underlying portfolios and may invest in securities and futures contracts, swap agreements and other financial and derivative instruments. AST QMA US Equity Portfolio: seeks long term capital appreciation. The portfolio utilizes a long/short investment strategy and will normally invest at least 80% of its net assets plus borrowings in equity and equity Large Quantitative Management related securities of US issuers. The Cap Blend Associates LLC benchmark index is the Russell 1000(R) which is comprised of stocks representing more than 90% of the market cap of the US market and includes the largest 1000 securities in the Russell 3000(R) index. AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies (formerly known as AST American Century Strategic Allocation Portfolio): seeks long-term capital appreciation through a global flexible asset allocation approach. This asset allocation approach entails investing in traditional Asset Schroder Investment asset classes, such as equity and Allocation Management North fixed-income investments, and America Inc. alternative asset classes, such as investments in real estate, commodities, currencies, private equity, and absolute return strategies. The sub-advisor seeks to emphasize the management of risk and volatility. Exposure to different asset classes and investment strategies will vary over time based upon the sub advisor's assessments of changing market, economic, financial and political factors and events. 26 PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR ------------------------------------ -------------- ----------------------- AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth. The portfolio pursues its objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Small Eagle Asset Management, value of its assets in Cap Growth Inc. small-capitalization companies. Small-capitalization companies are those companies with a market capitalization, at the time of purchase, no larger than the largest capitalized company included in the Russell 2000(R) Index at the time of the Portfolio's investment. AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio: seeks to provide long-term capital growth by investing primarily in small-capitalization stocks that appear to be undervalued. The ClearBridge Advisors, portfolio invests, under normal Small LLC; J.P. Morgan circumstances, at least 80% of the Cap Value Investment Management, value of its net assets in small Inc.; Lee Munder capitalization stocks. Small Investments, Ltd capitalization stocks are the stocks of companies with market capitalization that are within the market capitalization range of the Russell 2000(R) Value Index. AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks a high level of total return by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of equity and fixed income securities. The portfolio normally invests approximately 60% of its total assets Asset T. Rowe Price in equity securities and 40% in fixed Allocation Associates, Inc. income securities. This mix may vary depending on the subadviser's outlook for the markets. The subadviser concentrates common stock investments in larger, more established companies, but the Portfolio may include small and medium-sized companies with good growth prospects. The fixed income portion of the portfolio will be allocated among investment grade securities, high yield or "junk" bonds, emerging market securities, foreign high quality debt securities and cash reserves. AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond Portfolio: seeks to provide high current income and capital growth by investing in high-quality foreign and U.S. dollar-denominated bonds. The portfolio will invest at least 80% of its total assets in fixed income securities. The portfolio invests in all types of bonds, including those issued or guaranteed by U.S. or foreign governments or their agencies and by foreign authorities, provinces and municipalities as well as investment grade corporate bonds, mortgage and asset-backed securities, Fixed Income T. Rowe Price and high-yield bonds of U.S. and International, Inc. foreign issuers. The portfolio generally invests in countries where the combination of fixed-income returns and currency exchange rates appears attractive, or, if the currency trend is unfavorable, where the subadviser believes that the currency risk can be minimized through hedging. The portfolio may also invest up to 20% of its assets in the aggregate in below investment-grade, high-risk bonds ("junk bonds") and emerging market bonds. In addition, the portfolio may invest up to 30% of its assets in mortgage-related (including mortgage dollar rolls and derivatives, such as collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage securities) and asset-backed securities. The portfolio may invest in futures, swaps and other derivatives in keeping with its objective. AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term growth of capital by investing predominantly in the equity securities of a limited number of large, carefully selected, high-quality U.S. companies that are judged likely to achieve superior Large T. Rowe Price earnings growth. The portfolio takes Cap Growth Associates, Inc. a growth approach to investment selection and normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in the common stocks of large companies. Large companies are defined as those whose market cap is larger than the median market cap of companies in the Russell 1000 Growth Index as of the time of purchase. 27 PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR ------------------------------------ -------------- ----------------------- AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth primarily through invest in the common stocks of companies that own or develop natural resources (such as energy products, precious metals and forest products) and other basic commodities. The portfolio invests, under normal circumstances, Specialty T. Rowe Price at least 80% of the value of its Associates, Inc. assets in natural resource companies. The portfolio may also invest in non-resource companies with the potential for growth. The portfolio looks for companies that have the ability to expand production, to maintain superior exploration programs and production facilities, and the potential to accumulate new resources. Although at least 50% of portfolio assets will be invested in U.S. securities, up to 50% of total assets also may be invested in foreign securities. AST UBS Dynamic Alpha Portfolio: seeks to maximize total return, consisting of capital appreciation and current income. The portfolio invests in securities and financial instruments to gain exposure to global equity, global fixed income Asset UBS Global Asset and cash equivalent markets, Allocation Management (Americas) including global currencies. The Inc. portfolio may invest in equity and fixed income securities of issuers located within and outside the United States or in open-end investment companies advised by UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc., the Portfolio's subadviser, to gain exposure to certain global equity and global fixed income markets. AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio: seeks to maximize total return, consistent with prudent investment management and liquidity needs, by investing to obtain its Fixed Income Western Asset average specified duration. The Management Company portfolio's current target average duration is generally 2.5 to 7 years. The portfolio pursues this objective by investing in all major fixed income sectors with a bias towards non-Treasuries. FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS TRUST Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Fund: Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. The Fund normally Moderate Franklin Templeton invests equal portions in Class 1 Allocation Services, LLC shares of Franklin Income Securities Fund; Mutual Shares Securities Fund; and Templeton Growth Securities Fund. LIMITATIONS WITH OPTIONAL BENEFITS As a condition to your participating in certain optional benefits, we limit the Investment Options to which you may allocate your Account Value. Broadly speaking, we offer two groups of "Permitted Sub-accounts". Under the first group (Group I), your allowable investment options are more limited, but you are not subject to mandatory quarterly re-balancing. We call the second group (Group II) our "Custom Portfolios Program." The Custom Portfolios Program offers a larger menu of portfolios, but you are subject to certain other restrictions. Specifically: 28 . you must allocate at least 20% of your Account Value to certain fixed income portfolios (currently, the AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio and the AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio); and . you may allocate up to 80% in the portfolios listed in the table below; and . on each benefit quarter (or the next Valuation Day, if the quarter-end is not a Valuation Day), we will automatically re-balance your Sub-accounts used with this Program, so that the percentages devoted to each portfolio remain the same as those in effect on the immediately preceding quarter-end. Note that on the first quarter-end following your participation in the Custom Portfolios Program, we will re-balance your Sub-accounts so that the percentages devoted to each portfolio remain the same as those in effect when you began the Custom Portfolios Program; and . between quarter-ends, you may re-allocate your Account Value among the investment options permitted within this category. If you reallocate, the next quarterly rebalancing will restore the percentages to those of your most recent reallocation. While those who do not participate in any optional benefit generally may invest in any of the investment options described in the prospectus, only those who participate in the optional benefits listed in Group II below may participate in the Custom Portfolios Program. If you participate in the Custom Portfolios Program, you may not participate in other Automatic Rebalancing Programs. We may modify or terminate the Custom Portfolios Program at any time. Any such modification or termination will (i) be implemented only after we have notified you in advance, (ii) not affect the guarantees you had accrued under the optional benefit or your ability to continue to participate in those optional benefits, and (iii) not require you to transfer Account Value out of any portfolio in which you participated immediately prior to the modification or termination. If you are not participating in the Custom Portfolios Program at the time of any modification or termination, or if you voluntarily transfer your Account Value out of the Custom Portfolios Program after any modification or termination, we may restrict your further eligibility to participate in the Custom Portfolio Program. 29 Group I: Allowable Benefit Allocations AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation AST Advanced Strategies AST Balanced Asset Allocation AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation AST First Trust Balanced Target AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies Asset Allocation AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation AST UBS Dynamic Alpha Strategy Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Fund ------------------------------------------------------------- Group II: Custom Portfolios Program AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation AST Advanced Strategies AST Alliance Bernstein Core Value AST Alliance Bernstein Growth & Income AST American Century Income & Growth AST Balanced Asset Allocation AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation AST Cohen & Steers Realty AST DeAM Large-Cap Value AST Federated Aggressive Growth AST First Trust Balanced Target AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target AST Global Real Estate AST Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value AST High Yield 30 AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation AST International Growth AST International Value AST JP Morgan International Equity AST Large-Cap Value AST Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture AST Marisco Capital Growth AST MFS Global Equity AST MSF Growth AST Mid-Cap Value AST Money Market AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value AST Neuberger Berman Small-Cap Value AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond AST Preservation Asset Allocation AST QMA US Equity Alpha AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies Asset Allocation AST Small-Cap Growth AST Small-Cap Value AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources AST UBS Dynamic Alpha Strategy AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Franklin Templeton VIP Funding Funds Allocation Fund 31 FEES, CHARGES, AND DEDUCTIONS In this section, we provide detail about the charges you incur if you own the Annuity. The charges under each Annuity are designed to cover, in the aggregate, our direct and indirect costs of selling, administering and providing benefits under each Annuity. They are also designed, in the aggregate, to compensate us for the risks of loss we assume. If, as we expect, the charges that we collect from the Annuities exceed our total costs in connection with the Annuities, we will earn a profit. Otherwise we will incur a loss. For example, Pruco Life of New Jersey may make a profit on the Insurance Charge if, over time, the actual costs of providing the guaranteed insurance obligations and other expenses under an Annuity are less than the amount we deduct for the Insurance Charge. To the extent we make a profit on the Insurance Charge, such profit may be used for any other corporate purpose The rates of certain of our charges have been set with reference to estimates of the amount of specific types of expenses or risks that we will incur. In general, a given charge under the Annuity compensates us for our costs and risks related to that charge and may provide for a profit. However, it is possible that with respect to a particular obligation we have under this Annuity, we may be compensated not only by the charge specifically tied to that obligation, but also from one or more other charges we impose. With regard to charges that are assessed as a percentage of the value of the Sub-accounts, please note that such charges are assessed through a reduction to the unit value of your investment in each Sub-account, and in that way reduce your Account Value. Contingent Deferred Sales Charge ("CDSC"): The CDSC reimburses us for expenses related to sales and distribution of the Annuity, including commissions, marketing materials, other promotional expenses and, in the case of the X series, the cost of providing a Purchase Credit. We may deduct a CDSC if you surrender your Annuity or when you make a partial withdrawal (except that there is no CDSC on the C Series Annuity). The CDSC is calculated as a percentage of your Purchase Payment (not including any Purchase Credit applied on the X series) being surrendered or withdrawn. The CDSC percentage varies with the number of years that have elapsed since each Purchase Payment being withdrawn was made. If a withdrawal is effective on the day before the anniversary of the date that the Purchase Payment being withdrawn was made, then the CDSC percentage as of the next following year will apply. The CDSC percentages for the B Series, the L Series, and the X Series are shown under "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges." With respect to a partial withdrawal, we calculate the CDSC by assuming that any available free withdrawal amount is taken out first (see "Free Withdrawal Amounts" later in this prospectus). If the free withdrawal amount is not sufficient, we then assume that withdrawals are taken from Purchase Payments that have not been previously withdrawn, on a first-in, first-out basis, and subsequently from any other Account Value in the Annuity. You may specify a desired withdrawal amount and have the associated CDSC taken as an additional withdrawal from your Annuity or alternatively, may request a total withdrawal amount that includes both the CDSC and the net amount you receive. Upon surrender, we calculate a CDSC based on any Purchase Payments that have not been withdrawn. The Purchase Payments being withdrawn may be greater than your remaining Account Value. This is most likely to occur if you have made prior partial withdrawals or if your Account Value has declined in value due to negative market performance. Thus, for example, the CDSC could be greater than if it were calculated as percentage of remaining Account Value. We may waive any applicable CDSC under certain circumstances described herein. Transfer Fee: Currently, you may make twenty (20) free transfers between investment options each Annuity Year. We may charge $10 for each transfer after the twentieth in each Annuity Year. We do not consider transfers made as part of a Dollar Cost Averaging, Automatic Rebalancing or Custom Portfolio Program when we count the twenty free transfers. All transfers made on the same day will be treated as one (1) transfer. Transfers made through any electronic method or program we specify are not counted toward the twenty free transfers. The transfer fee is deducted pro rata from all Sub-accounts in which you maintain Account Value immediately subsequent to the transfer. Annual Maintenance Fee: Prior to annuitization, we deduct an Annual Maintenance Fee. The Annual Maintenance Fee is equal to $30.00 or 2% of your Account Value, whichever is less. This fee will be deducted annually on the anniversary of the Issue Date of your Annuity or, if you surrender your Annuity during the Annuity Year, the fee is deducted at the time of surrender unless the surrender is taken within 30 days of most recently assessed Annual Maintenance Fee. The fee is taken out from the Sub-accounts pro rata. The Annual Maintenance Fee is only deducted if the sum of the Purchase Payments at the time the fee is deducted is less than $100,000. We do not impose the Annual Maintenance Fee upon annuitization (unless annuitization occurs on an Annuity anniversary), the payment of a Death Benefit, or a medically-related full surrender. For Beneficiaries that elect the Beneficiary Continuation Option, the Annual 32 Maintenance Fee is the lesser of $30 or 2% of Account Value and is only assessed if the Account Value is less than $25,000 at the time the fee is assessed. Insurance Charge: We deduct an Insurance Charge daily based on the annualized rate shown in the "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges." The charge is assessed against the assets allocated to the Sub-accounts. The Insurance Charge is the combination of the Mortality & Expense Risk Charge and the Administration Charge. The Insurance Charge is intended to compensate Pruco Life of New Jersey for providing the insurance benefits under each Annuity, including each Annuity's basic Death Benefit that provides guaranteed benefits to your beneficiaries even if your Account Value declines, and the risk that persons we guarantee annuity payments to will live longer than our assumptions. The charge also covers administrative costs associated with providing the Annuity benefits, including preparation of the contract and prospectus, confirmation statements, annual account statements and annual reports, legal and accounting fees as well as various related expenses. Finally, the charge covers the risk that our assumptions about the mortality risks and expenses under each Annuity are incorrect and that we have agreed not to increase these charges over time despite our actual costs. Each Annuity has a different Insurance Charge during the first 9 Annuity Years. However, for the L Series, X Series, and C Series, on the Valuation Day immediately following the 9/th/ Annuity Anniversary, the Insurance Charge drops to 1.30% annually (the B Series Insurance Charge is a constant 1.30%). Optional Benefits for which we assess a charge: If you elect to purchase optional benefits, we will deduct an additional charge. For some optional benefits, the charge is assessed against your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts. These charges are included in the daily calculation of the Unit Price for each Sub-account. For certain other optional benefits, such as Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, the charge is assessed against the greater of the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value and is taken out of the Sub-accounts quarterly. Please refer to the section entitled "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges" for the list of charges for each optional benefit. Settlement Service Charge: If your beneficiary takes the death benefit under a Beneficiary Continuation Option, the Insurance Charge no longer applies. However, we then begin to deduct a Settlement Service Charge which is assessed daily against the assets allocated to the Sub-accounts and is equal to an annualized charge of 1.00%. Fees and Expenses Incurred by the Portfolios: Each portfolio incurs total annualized operating expenses comprised of an investment management fee, other expenses and any distribution and service (12b-1) fees that may apply. These fees and expenses are reflected daily by each portfolio before it provides Pruco Life of New Jersey with the net asset value as of the close of business each Valuation Day. More detailed information about fees and expenses can be found in the prospectuses for the portfolios. ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION CHARGES If you select a fixed payment option, the amount of each fixed payment will depend on the Account Value of your Annuity when you elected to annuitize. There is no specific charge deducted from these payments; however, the amount of each annuity payment reflects assumptions about our insurance expenses. Also, a tax charge may apply. EXCEPTIONS/REDUCTIONS TO FEES AND CHARGES We may reduce or eliminate certain fees and charges or alter the manner in which the particular fee or charge is deducted. For example, we may reduce the amount of any CDSC or the length of time it applies, reduce or eliminate the amount of the Annual Maintenance Fee or reduce the portion of the total Insurance Charge that is deducted as an Administration Charge. We will not discriminate unfairly between Annuity purchasers if and when we reduce any fees and charges. PURCHASING YOUR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS FOR PURCHASING THE ANNUITY Initial Purchase Payment: Unless we agree otherwise and subject to our rules, you must make a minimum initial Purchase Payment as follows: $1,000 for the B Series and $10,000 for the X Series, C Series, and L Series. However, if you decide to make payments under a systematic investment or an electronic funds transfer program, we may accept a lower initial Purchase Payment provided that, within the first Annuity Year, your subsequent Purchase Payments plus your initial Purchase Payment total the minimum initial Purchase Payment amount required for the Annuity purchased. We must approve any initial and additional Purchase Payments where the total amount of Purchase Payments equal $1,000,000 or more with respect to this Annuity and any other annuities you are purchasing from us (or that you already own) and/or our affiliates. Applicable laws designed to counter terrorists and prevent money laundering might, in certain circumstances, require us to block an Annuity Owner's ability to make certain transactions, and thereby refuse to accept Purchase Payments or requests for transfers, partial 33 withdrawals, total withdrawals, death benefits, or income payments until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator. We also may be required to provide additional information about you and your Annuity to government regulators. Except as noted below, Purchase Payments must be submitted by check drawn on a U.S. bank, in U.S. dollars, and made payable to Pruco Life of New Jersey. Purchase payments may also be submitted via 1035 exchange or direct transfer of funds. Under certain circumstances, Purchase Payments may be transmitted to Pruco Life of New Jersey via wiring funds through your Financial Professional's broker-dealer firm. Additional Purchase Payments may also be applied to your Annuity under an electronic funds transfer, an arrangement where you authorize us to deduct money directly from your bank account. We may reject any payment if it is received in an unacceptable form. Our acceptance of a check is subject to our ability to collect funds. Once we accept your application, we invest your Purchase Payment in your Annuity according to your instructions. You can allocate Purchase Payments to one or more available Investment Options. Investment restrictions will apply if you elect optional benefits. Age Restrictions: Unless we agree otherwise and subject to our rules, each of the Owner(s) and Annuitant(s) must not be older than a maximum issue age as of the Issue Date of the Annuity as follows: age 85 for the B Series, C Series, and L Series and age 80 for the X Series. No additional Purchase Payments will be permitted after age 85 for any of the Annuities. If you purchase a Beneficiary Annuity, the maximum issue age is 70 based on the Key Life. The availability and level of protection of certain optional benefits may vary based on the age of the oldest Owner (or Annuitant, if entity owned) on the Issue Date of the Annuity or the date of the Owner's death. Additional Purchase Payments. You may make additional Purchase Payments, provided that the payment is at least $100 (we impose a $50 minimum for EFT purchases). We may amend this Purchase Payment minimum, and/or limit the Investment Options to which you may direct Purchase Payments. You may make additional Purchase Payments, unless the Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity, at any time before the earlier of the Annuity Date and the oldest of the Owner's or Annuitant's 86th birthday. However, Purchase Payments are not permitted after the Account Value is reduced to zero. We may limit or reject any Purchase Payment. Depending on the tax status of your Annuity (e.g, if you own the Annuity through an IRA), there may be annual contribution limits dictated by applicable law. Please see the Tax Considerations section for additional information on these contribution limits. Additional Purchase Payments will be allocated to the Investment Options according to your instructions. If you have not provided any allocation instructions with the additional Purchase Payment, we will allocate the Purchase Payment on a pro rata basis to the Sub-accounts in which your Account Value is then allocated, excluding any Sub-accounts to which you may not electively allocate Account Value. If your Account Value in the Sub-accounts to which you may electively allocate Account Value is zero, we will allocate your additional Purchase Payment to the AST Money Market Sub-account. PURCHASE CREDITS UNDER THE X SERIES As detailed below, we apply a "Purchase Credit" to your Annuity's Account Value with respect to certain Purchase Payments you make under the X Series Annuity. The Purchase Credit is equal to a percentage of each Purchase Payment. To determine the amount of the Purchase Credit, we multiply the amount of the Purchase Payment by the applicable Purchase Credit percentage. With respect to Purchase Payments (of any amount) received during Annuity Years 1 through 4, the credit percentage will equal 6%, so long as the oldest Owner (or Annuitant, if entity owned) of the Annuity is younger than 82 at the time the Purchase Payment is made. If the oldest Owner (or Annuitant, if entity owned) is aged 82-85 at the time the Purchase Payment (of any amount) is made, the credit percentage will equal 3% during Annuity Years 1-4. With respect to Purchase Payments received after the fourth Annuity Year, regardless of the Owner or Annuitant's age, the credit percentage will be 0%. Credits applied to Purchase Payments for a designated class of Annuity Owners. We may also offer a special class of the Annuity to the following class of purchasers: (a) current or retired officers, directors, trustees, and employees (and their immediate families, where "immediate family" includes the spouse, children, mother and father of the Owner) of Prudential Financial, Inc. and its affiliates and (b) current employees and registered representatives (and their immediate families) of any broker-dealer firm that has a selling agreement with Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc. Under those Annuities, with respect to Purchase Payments (of any amount) received during years 1 through 4 after the Issue Date, the Purchase Credit percentage will equal 9%, so long as the oldest Owner is younger than 82 at the time the Purchase Payment is made. If the oldest Owner is aged 82-85 at the time the Purchase Payment (of any amount) is made, the Purchase Credit percentage will equal 4.5% during years 1-4 after the Issue Date. With respect to Purchase Payments received after the fourth Annuity Year, regardless of the owner's age, the Purchase Credit percentage will be 0%. Each Purchase Credit is allocated to your Account Value at the time the Purchase Payment is applied to your Account Value. The amount of the Purchase Credit is allocated to the Investment Options in the same ratio as the applicable Purchase Payment is applied. We do not consider the Purchase Credit as an "investment in the contract" for income tax purposes. 34 Example of Applying the Purchase Credit Initial Purchase Payment Assume you are 65 years old, you make an initial Purchase Payment of $450,000, and are not an employee or registered representative (as discussed above). We would apply a 6.0% Purchase Credit to your Purchase Payment and allocate the amount of the Purchase Credit ($27,000 = $450,000 * .06) to your Account Value in the proportion that your Purchase Payment is allocated. Recapture of Purchase Credits. The amount of any Purchase Credit applied to your X Series Account Value can be recaptured by Pruco Life of New Jersey under certain circumstances: . the amount available under the medically-related surrender portion of the Annuity will not include the amount of any Purchase Credit associated with any Purchase Payments made within 12 months of the date the medically-related surrender is exercised; and . if you free look your Annuity, the amount returned to you will not include the amount of any Purchase Credit. The amount we recapture will equal the Purchase Credit, without adjustment up or down for investment performance. Therefore, any gain on the Purchase Credit amount will not be recaptured. But if there was a loss on the Purchase Credit, the amount we recapture will still equal the amount of the Purchase Credit. We do not consider a Purchase Credit to be "investment in the contract" for income tax purposes. DESIGNATION OF OWNER, ANNUITANT, AND BENEFICIARY Owner, Annuitant and Beneficiary Designations: We will ask you to name the Owner(s), Annuitant and one or more Beneficiaries for your Annuity. . Owner: The Owner(s) holds all rights under the Annuity. You may name up to two Owners in which case all ownership rights are held jointly. Generally, joint owners are required to act jointly; however, if each owner provides us with an instruction that we find acceptable, we will permit each owner to act independently on behalf of both owners. All information and documents that we are required to send you will be sent to the first named owner. Co-ownership by entity owners or an entity owner and an individual is not permitted. Refer to the Glossary of Terms for a complete description of the term "Owner." Prior to annuitization, there is no right of survivorship (other than any spousal continuance right that may be available to a surviving spouse). . Annuitant: The Annuitant is the person upon whose life we make annuity payments. You must name an Annuitant who is a natural person. We do not accept a designation of joint Annuitants during the Accumulation Period. In limited circumstances and where allowed by law, we may allow you to name one or more "Contingent Annuitants" with our prior approval. Generally, a Contingent Annuitant will become the Annuitant if the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date. Please refer to the discussion of "Considerations for Contingent Annuitants" in the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus. For Beneficiary Annuities, instead of an Annuitant there is a "Key Life" which is used to determine the annual required distributions. . Beneficiary: The Beneficiary is the person(s) or entity you name to receive the Death Benefit. Your Beneficiary designation should be the exact name of your Beneficiary, not only a reference to the Beneficiary's relationship to you. If you use a class designation in lieu of designating individuals (e.g. "surviving children"), we will pay the class of Beneficiaries as determined at the time of your death and not the class of Beneficiaries that existed at the time the designation was made. If no Beneficiary is named, the Death Benefit will be paid to you or your estate. For Beneficiary Annuities, instead of a Beneficiary, the term "Successor" is used. Your right to make certain designations may be limited if your Annuity is to be used as an IRA, Beneficiary Annuity or other "qualified" investment that is given beneficial tax treatment under the Code. You should seek competent tax advice on the income, estate and gift tax implications of your designations. "Beneficiary" Annuity You may purchase an Annuity if you are a Beneficiary of an account that was owned by a decedent, subject to the following requirements. You may transfer the proceeds of the decedent's account into one of the Annuities described in this prospectus and receive distributions that are required by the tax laws. This transfer option is not available if the proceeds are being transferred from an annuity issued by us or one of our affiliates and the annuity offers a "Beneficiary Continuation Option". 35 Upon purchase, the Annuity will be issued in the name of the decedent for your benefit. You must take required distributions at least annually, which we will calculate based on the applicable life expectancy in the year of the decedent's death, using Table 1 in IRS Publication 590. We do not assess a CDSC (if applicable) on distributions from your Annuity if you are required by law to take such distributions from your Annuity at the time it is taken, provided the amount withdrawn is the amount we calculate and is paid out through a program of systematic withdrawals that we make available. For IRAs and Roth IRAs, distributions must begin by December 31 of the year following the year of the decedent's death. If you are the surviving spouse Beneficiary, distributions may be deferred until the decedent would have attained age 70 1/2, however if you choose to defer distributions, you are responsible for complying with the distribution requirements under the Code, and you must notify us when you would like distributions to begin. For additional information regarding the tax considerations applicable to beneficiaries of an IRA or Roth IRA, see "Required Distributions Upon Your Death for Qualified Annuity Contracts" in the Tax Considerations section of this prospectus. For non-qualified Annuities, distributions must begin within one year of the decedent's death. For additional information regarding the tax considerations applicable to beneficiaries of a non-qualified Annuity see "Required Distributions Upon Your Death for Nonqualified Annuity Contracts" in the Tax Considerations section of this prospectus. You may take withdrawals in excess of your required distributions, however such withdrawals may be subject to the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. Any withdrawals you take count toward the required distribution for the year. All applicable charges will be assessed against your Annuity, such as the Insurance Charge and the Annual Maintenance Fee. The Annuity provides a basic Death Benefit upon death, and you may name "successors" who may either receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum or continue receiving distributions after your death under the Beneficiary Continuation Option. Please note the following additional limitations for a Beneficiary Annuity: .. No additional Purchase Payments are permitted. You may only make a one-time initial Purchase Payment transferred to us directly from another annuity or eligible account. You may not make your Purchase Payment as an indirect rollover, or combine multiple assets or death benefits into a single contract as part of this Beneficiary Annuity. .. You may not elect any optional living or death benefits. .. You may not annuitize the Annuity; no annuity options are available. .. You may participate only in the following programs: Auto-Rebalancing, Dollar Cost Averaging, or Systematic Withdrawals. .. You may not assign or change ownership of the Annuity, and you may not change or designate another life upon which distributions are based. A Beneficiary Annuity may not be co-owned. .. If the Annuity is funded by means of transfer from another Beneficiary Annuity with another company, we require that the sending company or the beneficial owner provide certain information in order to ensure that applicable required distributions have been made prior to the transfer of the contract proceeds to us. We further require appropriate information to enable us to accurately determine future distributions from the Annuity. Please note we are unable to accept a transfer of another Beneficiary Annuity where taxes are calculated based on an exclusion amount or an exclusion ratio of earnings to original investment. We are also unable to accept a transfer of an annuity that has annuitized. .. The beneficial owner of the Annuity can be an individual, grantor trust, or, for an IRA or Roth IRA, a qualified trust. In general, a qualified trust (1) must be valid under state law; (2) must be irrevocable or became irrevocable by its terms upon the death of the IRA or Roth IRA owner; and (3) the Beneficiaries of the trust who are Beneficiaries with respect to the trust's interest in this Annuity must be identifiable from the trust instrument and must be individuals. A qualified trust may be required to provide us with a list of all Beneficiaries to the trust (including contingent and remainder Beneficiaries with a description of the conditions on their entitlement), all of whom must be individuals, as of September 30th of the year following the year of death of the IRA or Roth IRA owner, or date of Annuity application if later. The trustee may also be required to provide a copy of the trust document upon request. If the beneficial owner of the Annuity is a grantor trust, distributions must be based on the life expectancy of the grantor. If the beneficial owner of the Annuity is a qualified trust, distributions must be based on the life expectancy of the oldest Beneficiary under the trust. .. If this Beneficiary Annuity is transferred to another company as a tax-free exchange with the intention of qualifying as a beneficiary annuity with the receiving company, we may require certifications from the receiving company that required distributions will be made as required by law. .. If you are transferring proceeds as Beneficiary of an annuity that is owned by a decedent, we must receive your transfer request at least 45 days prior to your first or next required distribution. If, for any reason, your transfer request impedes our ability to complete your required distribution by the required date, we will be unable to accept your transfer request. 36 RIGHT TO CANCEL You may cancel (or "free look") your Annuity for a refund by notifying us in Good Order or by returning the Annuity to our Service Office or to the representative who sold it to you within 10 days after you receive it. The Annuity can be mailed or delivered either to us, at our Service Office, or to the representative who sold it to you. Return of the Annuity by mail is effective on being postmarked, properly addressed and postage prepaid. With respect to the X Series, if you return your Annuity, we will not return any Purchase Credits we applied to your Annuity based on your Purchase Payments. SCHEDULED PAYMENTS DIRECTLY FROM MY BANK ACCOUNT You can make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity by authorizing us to deduct money directly from your bank account and applying it to your Annuity, unless the Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity. Investment restrictions will apply if you elect optional benefits. No additional Purchase Payments are permitted if you have elected the Beneficiary Annuity. We may suspend or cancel electronic funds transfer privileges if sufficient funds are not available from the applicable financial institution on any date that a transaction is scheduled to occur. SALARY REDUCTION PROGRAMS These types of programs are only available with certain types of qualified investments. If your employer sponsors such a program, we may agree to accept periodic Purchase Payments through a salary reduction program as long as the allocations are made only to Sub-accounts and the periodic Purchase Payments received in the first year total at least the minimum Purchase Payment set forth above. 37 MANAGING YOUR ANNUITY CHANGE OF OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY DESIGNATIONS You may change the Owner, Annuitant and Beneficiary designations by sending us a request in Good Order. However, if the Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity, the Owner may not be changed and you may not designate another Key Life upon which distributions are based. Upon an ownership change, any automated investment or withdrawal programs will be canceled. The new owner must submit the applicable program enrollment if they wish to participate in such a program. Where allowed by law, such changes will be subject to our acceptance. Some of the changes we will not accept include, but are not limited to: . a new Owner subsequent to the death of the Owner or the first of any co-Owners to die, except where a spouse-Beneficiary has become the Owner as a result of an Owner's death; . a new Annuitant subsequent to the Annuity Date if the annuity option includes a life contingency; . a new Annuitant prior to the Annuity Date if the Owner is an entity; . a new Owner such that the new Owner is older than the age for which we would then issue the Annuity as of the effective date of such change, unless the change of Owner is the result of spousal continuation; and . a designation change if the change request is received at our Service Office after the Annuity Date; or . a change of Beneficiary designation if the change request is received at our Service Office after the Annuity Date. We reserve the right to reject any proposed change of Owner, Annuitant, or Beneficiary, as well as any proposed assignment of the Annuity. We will implement this right on a non-discriminatory basis. There are restrictions on designation changes when you have elected certain optional benefits. We assume no responsibility for the validity or tax consequences of any change of ownership. A change of Owner, Annuitant or Beneficiary will take effect on the date the notice of change is signed. Any change we accept is subject to any transactions processed by us before we receive the notice of change. Death Benefit Suspension Upon Change of Owner or Annuitant. If there is a change of Owner or Annuitant, the change may affect the amount of the Death Benefit. See the Death Benefits and Optional Death Benefit Riders section of this prospectus for additional details. Spousal Designations If an Annuity is co-owned by spouses, we will assume that the sole primary Beneficiary is the surviving spouse that was named as the co-owner unless you elect an alternative Beneficiary designation. We may offer certain spousal benefits to civil union couples or same-sex marriages. You should be aware, however, that federal tax law does not recognize civil unions or same-sex marriages. Therefore, we cannot permit a civil union partner or same-sex spouse to continue the annuity upon the death of the first partner within the meaning of the federal tax law. This limits the benefits afforded a civil union partner or same-sex spouse under the annuity's "spousal continuance" provision. Civil union couples and same-sex marriage spouses should consider that limitation before selecting a spousal benefit under the annuity. Contingent Annuitant Generally, if an Annuity is owned by an entity and the entity has named a Contingent Annuitant, the Contingent Annuitant will become the Annuitant upon the death of the Annuitant, and no Death Benefit is payable. Unless we agree otherwise, the Annuity is only eligible to have a Contingent Annuitant designation if the entity which owns the Annuity is (1) a plan described in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(s)(5)(A)(i) (or any successor Code section thereto); (2) an entity described in Code Section 72(u)(1) (or any successor Code section thereto); or (3) a Custodial Account as described in the above section. Where the Annuity is held by a Custodial Account, the Contingent Annuitant will not automatically become the Annuitant upon the death of the Annuitant. Upon the death of the Annuitant, the Custodial Account will have the choice, subject to our rules, to either elect to receive the Death Benefit or elect to continue the Annuity. If the Custodial Account elects to continue the Annuity, the Death Benefit payable will equal the Death benefit described in spousal continuation section of the Death Benefits and Optional Death Benefit Riders section of this prospectus. See the section above entitled "Spousal Designations" for more information about how the Annuity can be continued by a Custodial Account. 38 MANAGING YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE There are several programs we administer to help you manage your Account Value, as described in this section. DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM We offer a Dollar Cost Averaging Program during the Accumulation Period. In general, Dollar Cost Averaging allows you to systematically transfer an amount periodically from one Sub-account to one or more other Sub-accounts. You can choose to transfer earnings only, principal plus earnings or a flat dollar amount. You may elect a Dollar Cost Averaging program that transfers amounts monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually from Sub-accounts (if you make no selection, we will effect transfers on a monthly basis). There is no guarantee that Dollar Cost Averaging will result in a profit or protect against a loss in a declining market. We do not deduct a charge for participating in a Dollar Cost Averaging program. AUTOMATIC REBALANCING PROGRAMS During the Accumulation Period, we offer Automatic Rebalancing among the Sub-accounts you choose. You can choose to have your Account Value rebalanced monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. On the appropriate date, the Sub-accounts you chose are rebalanced to the allocation percentages you requested. With Automatic Rebalancing, we transfer the appropriate amount from the "overweighted" Sub-accounts to the "underweighted" Sub-accounts to return your allocations to the percentages you request. For example, over time the performance of the Sub-accounts will differ, causing your percentage allocations to shift. You may make additional transfers; however, the Automatic Rebalancing program will not reflect such transfers unless we receive instructions from you indicating that you would like to adjust the program. There is no minimum Account Value required to enroll in Automatic Rebalancing. All rebalancing transfers as part of an Automatic Rebalancing program are not included when counting the number of transfers each year toward the maximum number of free transfers. We do not deduct a charge for participating in an Automatic Rebalancing program. Participation in the Automatic Rebalancing program may be restricted if you are enrolled in certain other optional programs. Sub-accounts that are part of a systematic withdrawal program or Dollar Cost Averaging program will be excluded from an Automatic Rebalancing program. FINANCIAL PROFESSIONAL PERMISSION TO FORWARD TRANSACTION INSTRUCTIONS Unless you direct otherwise, your Financial Professional may forward instructions regarding the allocation of your Account Value, and request financial transactions involving investment options. If your Financial Professional has this authority, we deem that all such transactions that are directed by your Financial Professional with respect to your Annuity have been authorized by you. You will receive a confirmation of any financial transaction involving the purchase or sale of Units of your Annuity. You must contact us immediately if and when you revoke such authority. We will not be responsible for acting on instructions from your Financial Professional until we receive notification of the revocation of such person's authority. We may also suspend, cancel or limit these authorizations at any time. In addition, we may restrict the Investment Options available for transfers or allocation of Purchase Payments by such Financial Professional. We will notify you and your Financial Professional if we implement any such restrictions or prohibitions. Please Note: Contracts managed by your Financial Professional also are subject to the restrictions on transfers between investment options that are discussed in the section below entitled " RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS BETWEEN INVESTMENT OPTIONS" We may also require that your Financial Professional transmit all financial transactions using the electronic trading functionality available through our Internet website (www.prudential.com). Limitations that we may impose on your Financial Professional under the terms of an administrative agreement (e.g., a custodial agreement) do not apply to financial transactions requested by an Owner on their own behalf, except as otherwise described in this prospectus. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS BETWEEN INVESTMENT OPTIONS During the Accumulation Period you may transfer Account Value between Investment Options subject to the restrictions outlined below. Transfers are not subject to taxation on any gain. We do not currently require a minimum amount in each Sub-account you allocate Account Value to at the time of any allocation or transfer. Although we do not currently impose a minimum transfer amount, we reserve the right to require that any transfer be at least $50. Transfers under this Annuity consist of those you initiate or those made under a systematic program, such as the dollar cost averaging program, or pursuant to a mathematical formula required as part of an optional benefit (e.g., Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus). The transfer restrictions discussed in this section apply only to the former type of transfer (i.e., a transfer that you initiate). 39 Once you have made 20 transfers among the Sub-accounts during an Annuity Year, we will accept any additional transfer request during that year only if the request is submitted to us in writing with an original signature and otherwise is in Good Order. For purposes of this 20 transfer limit, we (i) do not view a facsimile transmission as a "writing", (ii) will treat multiple transfer requests submitted on the same Valuation Day as a single transfer, and (iii) do not count any transfer that solely involves Sub-accounts corresponding to the AST Money Market Portfolio, or any transfer that involves one of our systematic programs, such as automated withdrawals. Frequent transfers among Sub-accounts in response to short-term fluctuations in markets, sometimes called "market timing," can make it very difficult for a portfolio manager to manage a portfolio's investments. Frequent transfers may cause the portfolio to hold more cash than otherwise necessary, disrupt management strategies, increase transaction costs, or affect performance. Each Annuity offers Sub-accounts designed for Owners who wish to engage in frequent transfers (i.e., the Sub-account corresponding to the AST Money Market portfolio), and we encourage Owners seeking frequent transfers to utilize those Sub-accounts. In light of the risks posed to Owners and other investors by frequent transfers, we reserve the right to limit the number of transfers in any Annuity Year for all existing or new Owners and to take the other actions discussed below. We also reserve the right to limit the number of transfers in any Annuity Year or to refuse any transfer request for an Owner or certain Owners if: (a) we believe that excessive transfer activity (as we define it) or a specific transfer request or group of transfer requests may have a detrimental effect on Unit Values or the share prices of the portfolios; or (b) we are informed by a portfolio (e.g., by the portfolio's portfolio manager) that the purchase or redemption of shares in the portfolio must be restricted because the portfolio believes the transfer activity to which such purchase and redemption relates would have a detrimental effect on the share prices of the affected portfolio. Without limiting the above, the most likely scenario where either of the above could occur would be if the aggregate amount of a trade or trades represented a relatively large proportion of the total assets of a particular portfolio. In furtherance of our general authority to restrict transfers as described above, and without limiting other actions we may take in the future, we have adopted the following specific restrictions: .. With respect to each Sub-account (other than the AST Money Market Sub-account), we track amounts exceeding a certain dollar threshold that were transferred into the Sub-account. If you transfer such amount into a particular Sub-account, and within 30 calendar days thereafter transfer (the "Transfer Out") all or a portion of that amount into another Sub-account, then upon the Transfer Out, the former Sub-account becomes restricted (the "Restricted Sub-account"). Specifically, we will not permit subsequent transfers into the Restricted Sub-account for 90 calendar days after the Transfer Out if the Restricted Sub-account invests in a non-international portfolio, or 180 calendar days after the Transfer Out if the Restricted Sub-account invests in an international portfolio. For purposes of this rule, we (i) do not count transfers made in connection with one of our systematic programs, such as automated withdrawals; (ii) do not count any transfer that solely involves the AST Money Market Portfolio; and (iii) do not categorize as a transfer the first transfer that you make after the Issue Date, if you make that transfer within 30 calendar days after the Issue Date. Even if an amount becomes restricted under the foregoing rules, you are still free to redeem the amount from your Annuity at any time. .. We reserve the right to effect exchanges on a delayed basis for all Annuities. That is, we may price an exchange involving the Sub-accounts on the Valuation Day subsequent to the Valuation Day on which the exchange request was received. Before implementing such a practice, we would issue a separate written notice to Owners that explains the practice in detail. If we deny one or more transfer requests under the foregoing rules, we will inform you or your Financial Professional promptly of the circumstances concerning the denial. There are contract owners of different variable annuity contracts that are funded through the same Separate Account that may not be subject to the above-referenced transfer restrictions and, therefore, might make more numerous and frequent transfers than contract owners who are subject to such limitations. Finally, there are contract owners of other variable annuity contracts or variable life contracts that are issued by Pruco Life of New Jersey as well as other insurance companies that have the same underlying mutual fund portfolios available to them. Since some contract owners are not subject to the same transfer restrictions, unfavorable consequences associated with such frequent trading within the underlying mutual fund (e.g., greater portfolio turnover, higher transaction costs, or performance or tax issues) may affect all contract owners. Similarly, while contracts managed by a Financial Professional are subject to the restrictions on transfers between investment options that are discussed above, if the advisor manages a number of contracts in the same fashion unfavorable consequences may be associated with management activity since it may involve the movement of a substantial portion of an underlying mutual fund's assets which may affect all contract owners invested in the affected options. Apart from jurisdiction-specific and contract differences in transfer restrictions, we will apply these rules uniformly (including contracts managed by an Financial Professional) and will not waive a transfer restriction for any Owner. Although our transfer restrictions are designed to prevent excessive transfers, they are not capable of preventing every potential occurrence of excessive transfer activity. The portfolios have adopted their own policies and procedures with respect to excessive trading of their respective shares, and we reserve the right to enforce any such current or future policies and procedures. The prospectuses for the portfolios describe any such policies and procedures, which may be more or less restrictive than the policies and procedures we have adopted. Under SEC rules, we are required to: (1) enter into a written agreement with each portfolio or its principal underwriter or its transfer agent that obligates us to provide to the portfolio promptly upon request certain information about the trading activity of individual contract owners (including an Annuity 40 Owner's TIN number), and (2) execute instructions from the portfolio to restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific contract owners who violate the excessive trading policies established by the portfolio. In addition, you should be aware that some portfolios may receive "omnibus" purchase and redemption orders from other insurance companies or intermediaries such as retirement plans. The omnibus orders reflect the aggregation and netting of multiple orders from individual owners of variable insurance contracts and/or individual retirement plan participants. The omnibus nature of these orders may limit the portfolios in their ability to apply their excessive trading policies and procedures. In addition, the other insurance companies and/or retirement plans may have different policies and procedures or may not have any such policies and procedures because of contractual limitations. For these reasons, we cannot guarantee that the portfolios (and thus contract owners) will not be harmed by transfer activity relating to other insurance companies and/or retirement plans that may invest in the portfolios. A portfolio also may assess a short term trading fee (redemption fee) in connection with a transfer out of the Sub-account investing in that portfolio that occurs within a certain number of days following the date of allocation to the Sub-account. Each portfolio determines the amount of the short term trading fee and when the fee is imposed. The fee is retained by or paid to the portfolio and is not retained by us. The fee will be deducted from your Account Value, to the extent allowed by law. At present, no portfolio has adopted a short-term trading fee. ACCESS TO ACCOUNT VALUE TYPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS AVAILABLE TO YOU During the Accumulation Period you can access your Account Value through partial withdrawals, Systematic Withdrawals, and where required for tax purposes, Required Minimum Distributions. You can also surrender your Annuity at any time. Depending on your instructions, we may deduct a portion of the Account Value being withdrawn or surrendered as a CDSC, if applicable. If you surrender your Annuity, in addition to any CDSC, we may deduct the Annual Maintenance Fee, any Tax Charge that applies and the charge for any optional benefits. Certain amounts may be available to you each Annuity Year that are not subject to a CDSC. These are called "Free Withdrawals." Unless you notify us differently as permitted, withdrawals are taken pro rata (i.e. "pro rata" meaning that the percentage of each Investment Option withdrawn is the same percentage that the investment option bears to the total Account Value). Each of these types of distributions is described more fully below. TAX IMPLICATIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS Prior to Annuitization A distribution prior to annuitization is deemed to come first from any "gain" in your Annuity and second as a return of your "tax basis", if any. Distributions from your Annuity are generally subject to ordinary income taxation on the amount of any investment gain unless the distribution qualifies as a non-taxable exchange or transfer. If you take a distribution prior to the taxpayer's age 59 1/2, you may be subject to a 10% penalty in addition to ordinary income taxes on any gain. You may wish to consult a professional tax advisor for advice before requesting a distribution. During the Annuitization Period During the annuitization period, a portion of each annuity payment is taxed as ordinary income at the tax rate you are subject to at the time of the payment. The Code and regulations have "exclusionary rules" that we use to determine what portion of each annuity payment should be treated as a return of any tax basis you have in your Annuity. Once the tax basis in your Annuity has been distributed, the remaining annuity payments are taxable as ordinary income. The tax basis in your Annuity may be based on the tax-basis from a prior contract in the case of a 1035 exchange or other qualifying transfer. For more information, see "Tax Considerations". FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS You can make a full or partial withdrawal from any of the Annuities during the accumulation period, although a CDSC, and tax consequences may apply. There is no CDSC with respect to the C Series. A CDSC may apply to the B Series, L Series, and X Series, but each Annuity offers a "Free Withdrawal" amount. The Free Withdrawal amount is the amount that can be withdrawn from your Annuity each Annuity Year without the application of any CDSC. The Free Withdrawal amount during each Annuity Year is equal to 10% of all Purchase Payments that are currently subject to a CDSC. Withdrawals made within an Annuity Year reduce the Free Withdrawal amount available for the remainder of the Annuity Year. If you do not make a withdrawal during an Annuity Year, you are not allowed to carry over the Free Withdrawal amount to the next Annuity Year. With respect to the C Series, because any withdrawal is free of a CDSC, the concept of "free withdrawal" is not applicable. 41 . The Free Withdrawal amount is not available if you choose to surrender your Annuity. Amounts withdrawn as a Free Withdrawal do not reduce the amount of CDSC that may apply upon a subsequent withdrawal or surrender of your Annuity. . You can also make withdrawals in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount. The minimum partial withdrawal you may request is $100. To determine if a CDSC applies to partial withdrawals, we: 1. First determine what, if any, amounts qualify as a Free Withdrawal. These amounts are not subject to the CDSC. 2. Next determine what, if any, remaining amounts are withdrawals of Purchase Payments. Amounts in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount will be treated as withdrawals of Purchase Payments unless all Purchase Payments have been previously withdrawn. These amounts may be subject to the CDSC. Purchase Payments are withdrawn on a first-in, first-out basis. We withdraw your oldest Purchase Payments first so that the lowest CDSC will apply to the amount withdrawn. 3. Withdraw any remaining amounts from any other Account Value. These amounts are not subject to the CDSC. You may request a withdrawal for an exact dollar amount that assumes that any CDSC or tax withholding already has been taken out (called a "net withdrawal"). Alternatively, you may request a "gross" withdrawal amount, with the understanding that the amount you actually receive will be less - reflecting any CDSC or tax withholding. If you request a net withdrawal, the amount deducted from your Account Value to pay the CDSC may also be subject to a CDSC. If you do not provide instruction on how you want the withdrawal processed, we will process the withdrawal as a gross withdrawal. We will deduct the partial withdrawal from your Account Value in accordance with your instructions, although if you are participating in an optional living benefit, your withdrawal must be taken pro-rata from each of your Investment Options. Please be aware that although a given withdrawal may qualify as a Free Withdrawal for purposes of avoiding a CDSC, the amount of the withdrawal could exceed the Annual Income Amount under one of the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefits. In that scenario, the withdrawal would be deemed an "excess withdrawal" - thereby reducing your Annual Income Amount for future years. SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS FROM MY ANNUITY DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD You can receive Systematic Withdrawals of earnings only, or a flat dollar amount. Systematic Withdrawals may be subject to a CDSC (except that no CDSC applies to the C Series). We will determine whether a CDSC applies and the amount in the same way as we would for a partial withdrawal. Systematic Withdrawals can be made from Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts. There is no minimum Surrender Value we require to allow you to begin a program of Systematic Withdrawals. The minimum amount for each Systematic Withdrawal is $100. If any scheduled Systematic Withdrawal is for less than $100 (which may occur under a program that provides payment of an amount equal to the earnings in your Annuity for the period requested), we may postpone the withdrawal and add the expected amount to the amount that is to be withdrawn on the next scheduled Systematic Withdrawal. We will withdraw systematic withdrawals from the Investment Options you have designated. Unless you notify us differently as permitted, withdrawals are taken pro rata based on the Account Value in the Investment Options at the time we receive your withdrawal request (i.e. "pro rata" meaning that the percentage of each Investment Option withdrawn is the same percentage that the Investment Option bears to the total Account Value). SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS UNDER SECTIONS 72(t)/72(q) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE If your Annuity is used as a funding vehicle for certain retirement plans that receive special tax treatment under Sections 401, 403(b), 408 or 408A of the Code, Section 72(t) of the Code may provide an exception to the 10% penalty tax on distributions made prior to age 59 1/2 if you elect to receive distributions as a series of "substantially equal periodic payments." For Annuities issued as non-qualified annuities, the Code may provide a similar exemption from penalty under Section 72(q) of the Code. Systematic withdrawals occurring under these provisions in any Annuity Year that exceed the maximum amount available as a free withdrawal will be subject to any applicable CDSC. To request a program that complies with Sections 72(t)/72(q), you must provide us with certain required information in writing on a form acceptable to us. We may require advance notice to allow us to calculate the amount of 72(t)/72(q) withdrawals. There is no minimum Surrender Value we require to allow you to begin a program for withdrawals under Sections 72(t)/72(q). The minimum amount for any such withdrawal is $100 and payments may be made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. You may also annuitize your Annuity and begin receiving payments for the remainder of your life (or life expectancy) as a means of receiving income payments before age 59 1/2 that are not subject to the 10% penalty. Please note that if a withdrawal under 72(t) or 72(q) was scheduled to be effected between December 25 and December 31/st/ of a given year, then, we will implement the withdrawal on the last Valuation Day prior to Christmas of that year. 42 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS Required Minimum Distributions are a type of Systematic Withdrawal we allow to meet distribution requirements under Sections 401, 403(b) or 408 of the Code. Required Minimum Distribution rules do not apply to Roth IRAs during the Owner's lifetime. Under the Code, you may be required to begin receiving periodic amounts from your Annuity. In such case, we will allow you to make Systematic Withdrawals in amounts that satisfy the minimum distribution rules under the Code. We do not assess a CDSC (if applicable) on Required Minimum Distributions from your Annuity if you are required by law to take such Required Minimum Distributions from your Annuity at the time it is taken, provided the amount withdrawn is the amount we calculate as the Required Minimum Distribution and is paid out through a program of systematic withdrawals that we make available. However, a CDSC (if applicable) may be assessed on that portion of a Systematic Withdrawal that is taken to satisfy the Required Minimum Distribution provisions in relation to other savings or investment plans under other qualified retirement plans. The amount of the Required Minimum Distribution for your particular situation may depend on other annuities, savings or investments. We will only calculate the amount of your Required Minimum Distribution based on the value of your Annuity. We require three (3) days advance written notice to calculate and process the amount of your payments. You may elect to have Required Minimum Distributions paid out monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. The $100 minimum amount that applies to Systematic Withdrawals applies to monthly Required Minimum Distributions but does not apply to Required Minimum Distributions taken out on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. You may also annuitize your Annuity and begin receiving payments for the remainder of your life (or life expectancy) as a means of receiving income payments and satisfying the Required Minimum Distribution provisions under the Code. Please see " Living Benefits" for further information relating to Required Minimum Distributions if you own that benefit. In any year in which the requirement to take Required Minimum Distributions is suspended by law, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion and regardless of any position taken on this issue in a prior year, to treat any amount that would have been considered as a Required Minimum Distribution if not for the suspension as eligible for treatment as described herein. Please note that if a Required Minimum Distribution was scheduled to be effected between December 25/th/ and December 31/st/ of a given year, then, we will implement the Required Minimum Distribution on the last Valuation Day prior to Christmas of that year. See "Tax Considerations" for a further discussion of Required Minimum Distributions. SURRENDERS SURRENDER VALUE During the Accumulation Period you can surrender your Annuity at any time, and you will receive the Surrender Value. Upon surrender of your Annuity, you will no longer have any rights under the surrendered Annuity. Your Surrender Value is equal to the Account Value less any applicable CDSC, any applicable tax charges, any charges assessable as a deduction from the Account Value for any optional benefits provided by rider or endorsement, and any Annual Maintenance Fee. MEDICALLY-RELATED SURRENDERS Where permitted by law, you may request to surrender all or part of your B Series, X Series, or L Series Annuity prior to the Annuity Date without application of any otherwise applicable CDSC upon occurrence of a medically-related "Contingency Event" as described below. This CDSC waiver is not applicable to the C Series. If you request a full surrender, the amount payable will be your Account Value minus the amount of any Purchase Credits applied within 12 months prior to your request in Good Order to surrender your Annuity under this provision. With respect to partial surrenders, we similarly reserve the right to recapture Purchase Credits. This waiver of any applicable CDSC is subject to our rules in place at the time of your request, which currently include but are not limited to the following: . If the Owner is an entity, the Annuitant must have been named or any change of Annuitant must have been accepted by us, prior to the "Contingency Event" described below in order to qualify for a medically-related surrender; 43 . If the Owner is an entity, the Annuitant must be alive as of the date we pay the proceeds of such surrender request; . If the Owner is one or more natural persons, all such Owners must also be alive at such time; . We must receive satisfactory proof of the Owner's (or the Annuitant's if entity-owned) confinement in a Medical Care Facility or Fatal Illness in writing on a form satisfactory to us; . no additional Purchase Payments can be made to the Annuity; and We reserve the right to impose a maximum amount of medically-related surrender. That is, if the amount of a partial medically-related withdrawal request, when added to the aggregate amount of medically-related surrenders you have taken previously under this Annuity and any other annuities we have issued to you exceeds a maximum amount that we may specify, we reserve the right to treat your partial withdrawal request as a request for a full surrender. A "Contingency Event" occurs if the Owner (or Annuitant if entity-owned) is: . first confined in a "Medical Care Facility" after the Issue Date and while the Annuity is in force, remains confined for at least 90 consecutive days, and remains confined on the date we receive the Medically Related surrender request at our Service Office; or . first diagnosed as having a "Fatal Illness" after the Issue Date and while the Annuity is in force. We may require a second or third opinion (at our expense) by a physician chosen by us regarding a diagnosis of Fatal Illness. We will pay for any such second or third opinion. "Fatal Illness" means a condition (a) diagnosed by a licensed physician; and (b) that is expected to result in death within 24 months after the diagnosis in 80% of the cases diagnosed with the condition. "Medical Care Facility" means a facility operated and licensed pursuant to the laws of any United States jurisdiction providing medically-necessary in-patient care, which is (a) prescribed by a licensed physician in writing; (b) recognized as a general hospital or long-term care facility by the proper authority of the United States jurisdiction in which it is located; (c) recognized as a general hospital by the Joint Commission on the Accreditation of Hospitals; and (d) certified as a hospital or long-term care facility; OR (e) a nursing home licensed by the United States jurisdiction in which it is located and offers the services of a Registered Nurse (RN) or Licensed Practical Nurse (LPN) 24 hours a day that maintains control of all prescribed medications dispensed and daily medical records. Specific details and definitions in relation to this benefit may differ in certain jurisdictions. ANNUITY OPTIONS We currently make annuity options available that provide fixed annuity payments. Fixed options provide the same amount with each payment. Please refer to the "Living Benefits" section below for a description of annuity options that are available when you elect one of the living benefits. Please note that annuitization involves converting your Account Value to an annuity payment stream, the length of which depends on the terms of the applicable annuity option. Thus, once annuity payments begin, your death benefit is determined solely under the terms of the applicable annuity payment option, and you no longer participate in any optional living benefit (unless you have annuitized under that benefit). You may choose an Annuity Date, an annuity option, and the frequency of annuity payments. You may change your choices before the Annuity Date. The "Latest Annuity Date" must be no later than the first day of the calendar month next following the 95th birthday of the oldest of any Owner and Annuitant (whichever occurs first). Certain annuity options may not be available depending on the age of the Annuitant. If needed, we will require proof in Good Order of the Annuitant's age before commencing annuity payments. Likewise, we may require proof in Good Order that an Annuitant is still alive, as a condition of our making additional annuity payments while the Annuitant lives. We will seek to recover life income annuity payments that we made after the death of the Annuitant. If the initial annuity payment would be less than $100, we will not allow you to annuitize. Instead, we will pay you your current Account Value in a lump sum and terminate your Annuity. Similarly, we reserve the right to pay your Account Value in a lump sum, rather than allow you to annuitize, if the surrender value of your Annuity is less than $2000 on the date on which you would annuitize. Once annuity payments begin, you no longer receive benefits under any optional living benefit (unless you have annuitized under that benefit) or the Death Benefit(s) described below. Certain of these annuity options may be available to Beneficiaries who choose to receive the Death Benefit proceeds as a series of payments instead of a lump sum payment. Please note that you may not annuitize within the first Annuity Year. For Beneficiary Annuities, no annuity payments are available and all references to an Annuity Date are not applicable. Option 1 Annuity Payments for a Period Certain: Under this option, we will make equal payments for the period chosen, up to 25 years (but not to exceed life expectancy). The annuity payments may be made monthly, quarterly, semiannually, or annually, as you choose, for the fixed period. If the annuitant dies during the income phase, payments will continue to the Beneficiary (or your estate if no Beneficiary is named) for the remainder of the period certain. If the Beneficiary so chooses, we will make a single lump sum payment. The amount of the lump sum payment is determined by calculating the present value of the unpaid future payments. This is done by using the interest 44 rate used to compute the actual payments. We will not offer a period certain that exceeds the life expectancy of the Annuitant at the time the Annuity Option becomes effective, as computed under applicable IRS tables. Option 2 Life Income Annuity Option With a Period Certain: Under this option, income is payable monthly, quarterly, semiannually, or annually for the number of years selected (the "period certain"), subject to our then current rules, and thereafter until the death of the Annuitant. Should the Annuitant die before the end of the period certain, the remaining period certain payments are paid to the named Beneficiary, or your estate if no Beneficiary is named, until the end of the period certain. If an annuity option is not selected by the Annuity Date, this is the option we will automatically select for you, using a period certain of 8 years, unless prohibited by applicable law. If the Annuitant's life expectancy is less than the period certain, we will institute a shorter period certain, determined according to applicable IRS tables. If the life income annuity option is prohibited by applicable law, then we will pay you a lump sum in lieu of this option. Other Annuity Options We may make available other annuity options not described above. At the time annuity payments are chosen, we may make available to you any of the fixed annuity options that are offered at your Annuity Date. Currently, we make available one annuity option that makes payments for the life of the Annuitant, and another annuity option that makes payments for the life of the Annuitant and his/her spouse. Under the payments for life option, income is payable periodically until the death of the Annuitant. The Annuitant is the person or persons upon whose life annuity payments are based. No additional annuity payments are made after the death of the Annuitant. Since no minimum number of payments is guaranteed, this option offers the largest potential number of periodic payments of the life contingent annuity options. It is possible that only one payment will be payable if the death of the Annuitant occurs before the date the second payment was due, and no other payments nor death benefits would be payable. Under the payments based on joint lives option, income is payable periodically during the joint lifetime of two Annuitants, ceasing with the last payment prior to the survivor's death. No minimum number of payments is guaranteed under this option. It is possible that only one payment will be payable if the death of all the Annuitants occurs before the date the second payment was due, and no other payments or death benefits would be payable. We reserve the right to cease offering those life-only annuity options. CHOOSING THE ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION You have a right to choose your annuity start date provided that it is no later than the Latest Annuity Date indicated above. If you have not provided us with your Annuity Date or annuity payment option in writing, then your Annuity Date will be the Latest Annuity Date indicated above. Certain annuity options and/or periods certain may not be available, depending on the age of the Annuitant. If a CDSC is still remaining on your Annuity, any period certain must be at least 10 years (or the maximum period certain available, if life expectancy is less than 10 years) In addition, certain annuity payment options may not be available if your Annuity Date occurs during the period that a CDSC would apply. LIVING BENEFITS Pruco Life of New Jersey offers different optional benefits, for an additional charge, that can provide investment protection for Owners while they are alive. No optional living benefit may be elected if your Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity. Notwithstanding the additional protection provided under the optional Living Benefits, the additional cost has the impact of reducing net performance of the Investment Options. Each optional benefit offers a distinct type of guarantee, regardless of the performance of the Sub-accounts, that may be appropriate for you depending on the manner in which you intend to make use of your Annuity while you are alive. Depending on which optional benefit you choose, you can have substantial flexibility to invest in the Sub-accounts while: .. protecting a principal amount from decreases in value due to investment performance; .. guaranteeing a minimum amount of growth will be applied to your principal, if it is to be used as the basis for lifetime withdrawals; or .. providing spousal continuation of certain benefits. The "living benefits" are as follows: .. Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Income Benefit .. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Income Benefit .. Guaranteed Return Option Plus II (GRO Plus II) .. Highest Daily Guaranteed Return Option II (HD GRO II) 45 Here is a general description of each kind of living benefit that exists under this Annuity: Lifetime Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits. These benefits are designed for someone who wants a guaranteed lifetime income stream through withdrawals over time, rather than by annuitizing. Please note that there is a Latest Annuity Date under your Annuity, by which date annuity payments must commence. Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefits. The common characteristic of these benefits is that your Account Value is guaranteed to be at least a specified amount at some point in the future. Thus, these benefits may be appropriate for an annuity owner who wants a guaranteed minimum Account Value after a specified number of years. Because the guarantee inherent in the benefit does not take effect until a specified number of years into the future, you should elect such a benefit only if your investment time horizon is of at least that duration. Please refer to the benefit description that follows for a complete description of the terms, conditions and limitations of each optional benefit. See the chart in the "Investment Options" section of the prospectus for a list of Investment Options available and permitted with each benefit. You should consult with your Financial Professional to determine if any of these optional benefits may be appropriate for you based on your financial needs. As is the case with optional living benefits in general, the fulfillment of our guarantee under these benefits is dependent on our claims paying ability. Termination of Existing Benefits and Election of New Benefits If you elect an optional living benefit, you may subsequently terminate the benefit and elect one of the then currently available benefits, subject to availability of the benefit at that time and our then current rules. There is currently no waiting period for such an election (you may elect a new benefit beginning on the next Valuation Day), provided that upon such an election, your Account Value must be allocated to the Investment Options prescribed for the optional benefit. We reserve the right to waive, change and/or further limit availability and election frequencies in the future. Check with your Financial Professional regarding the availability of re-electing or electing a benefit and any waiting period. The benefit you re-elect or elect may be more expensive than the benefit you are terminating. Note that once you terminate an existing benefit, you lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under your existing benefit and will begin the new guarantees under the new benefit you elect based on your Account Value as of the date the new benefit becomes effective. You should carefully consider whether terminating your existing benefit and electing a new benefit is appropriate for you. HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME/sm/ 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT (HD 6 Plus)/sm/ Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is a lifetime guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit, under which, subject to the terms of the benefit, we guarantee your ability to take a certain annual withdrawal amount for life. We offer a benefit that guarantees until the death of the single designated life (the Annuitant) the ability to withdraw an annual amount (the "Annual Income Amount") equal to a percentage of an initial value (the "Protected Withdrawal Value") regardless of the impact of Sub-account performance on the Account Value, subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals. You are guaranteed to be able to withdraw the Annual Income Amount for the rest of your life provided that you do not take withdrawals of excess income that resulted in your Account Value being reduced to zero. We also permit you to designate the first withdrawal from your Annuity as a one-time "Non-Lifetime Withdrawal". All other withdrawals from your Annuity are considered a "Lifetime Withdrawal" under the benefit. Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus may be appropriate if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your Annuity, and wish to ensure that Sub-account performance will not affect your ability to receive annual payments. You are not required to take withdrawals as part of the benefit -the guarantees are not lost if you withdraw less than the maximum allowable amount each year under the rules of the benefit. An integral component of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is the predetermined mathematical formula we employ that may periodically transfer your Account Value to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. See the section below entitled "How Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Transfers Account Value Between Your Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account." The income benefit under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus currently is based on a single "designated life" who is at least 45 years old on the date that the benefit is acquired. The Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit is not available if you elect any other optional living benefit, although you may elect any optional death benefit. As long as your Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the permitted Sub-accounts and other investment option(s) available with this benefit. For a more detailed description of the permitted investment options, see the "Investment Options" section. Although you are guaranteed the ability to withdraw your Annual Income Amount for life even if your Account Value falls to zero, if you take withdrawals of excess income that bring your Account Value to zero, your Annual Income Amount would also fall to zero, and the benefit would terminate. In that scenario, no further amount would be payable under the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. 46 Key Feature - Protected Withdrawal Value The Protected Withdrawal Value is used to calculate the initial Annual Income Amount. The Protected Withdrawal Value is separate from your Account Value and not available as cash or a lump sum. On the effective date of the benefit, the Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to your Account Value. On each Valuation Day thereafter, until the date of your first Lifetime Withdrawal (excluding any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal discussed below), the Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to the "Periodic Value" described in the next paragraphs. The "Periodic Value" initially is equal to the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day thereafter until the first Lifetime Withdrawal, we recalculate the Periodic Value. We stop determining the Periodic Value upon your first Lifetime Withdrawal after the effective date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day (the "Current Valuation Day"), the Periodic Value is equal to the greater of: (1) the Periodic Value for the immediately preceding business day (the "Prior Valuation Day") appreciated at the daily equivalent of 6% annually during the calendar day(s) between the Prior Valuation Day and the Current Valuation Day (i.e., one day for successive Valuation Days, but more than one calendar day for Valuation Days that are separated by weekends and/or holidays), plus the amount of any Purchase Payment (including any associated Purchase Credits) made on the Current Valuation Day (the Periodic Value is proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal); and (2) the Account Value on the current Valuation Day. If you have not made a Lifetime Withdrawal on or before the 10th or 20th Anniversary of the effective date of the benefit, your Periodic Value on the 10th or 20th Anniversary of the benefit effective date is equal to the greater of: (1) the Periodic Value described above or, (2) the sum of (a), (b) and (c) below (proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime Withdrawals): (a) 200% (on the 10th anniversary) or 400% (on the 20th anniversary) of the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit including any Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits) made on that day; (b) 200% (on the 10th anniversary) or 400% (on the 20th anniversary) of all Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits) made within one year following the effective date of the benefit; and (c) all Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits) made after one year following the effective date of the benefit. In the rider for this benefit, as respects the preceding paragraph, we use the term "Guaranteed Base Value" to refer to the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit, plus the amount of any "adjusted" Purchase Payments made within one year after the effective date of the benefit. "Adjusted" Purchase Payments means Purchase Payments we receive, increased by any Purchase Credits applied to your Account Value in relation to Purchase Payments, and decreased by any fees or tax charges deducted from such Purchase Payments upon allocation to the Annuity. Once the first Lifetime Withdrawal is made, the Protected Withdrawal Value at any time is equal to the greater of (i) the Protected Withdrawal Value on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, increased for subsequent Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits) and reduced for subsequent Lifetime Withdrawals, and (ii) the highest daily Account Value upon any step-up, increased for subsequent Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits) and reduced for subsequent Lifetime Withdrawals (see below). Key Feature - Annual Income Amount under the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit The Annual Income Amount is equal to a specified percentage of the Protected Withdrawal Value. The percentage initially depends on the age of the Annuitant on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal after election of the benefit. The percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than 59 1/2; 5% for ages 59 1/2-79, and 6% for ages 80 or older. (Note that for purposes of the age tiers used with this benefit, we deem the Annuitant to have reached age 59 1/2 on the 183/rd/ day after his/her 59/th/ birthday). Under the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit, if your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year and also will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value on a dollar-for-dollar basis. If your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are in excess of the Annual Income Amount ("Excess Income"), your Annual Income Amount in subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard to Required Minimum Distributions for this Annuity that comply with our rules) by the result of the ratio of the Excess Income to the Account Value immediately prior to such withdrawal (see examples of this calculation below). Excess Income also will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value by the same ratio. Reductions are based on the actual "gross" amount of the withdrawal, including any Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC) that may apply. Thus, you should be aware that if you ask to receive a specified withdrawal amount that itself is not deemed Excess Income, with the understanding that any charges applicable to that withdrawal will be assessed from your remaining Account Value, the total amount of the withdrawal may result in the withdrawal being treated as Excess Income. If your withdrawal of the Annual Income Amount in a given Annuity Year exceeds the applicable free withdrawal amount under the 47 Annuity (but is not considered Excess Income), we will not impose any CDSC on the amount of that withdrawal. However, please be aware that although a given withdrawal may qualify as a free withdrawal for purposes of avoiding a CDSC, the amount of the withdrawal could exceed the Annual Income Amount under this benefit. In that scenario, the withdrawal would be deemed Excess Income - thereby reducing your Annual Income Amount for future years. You may use the Systematic Withdrawal program to make withdrawals of the Annual Income Amount. Any systematic withdrawal will be deemed a Lifetime Withdrawal under this benefit. Any Purchase Payment that you make subsequent to the election of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and subsequent to the first Lifetime Withdrawal will (i) increase the then-existing Annual Income Amount by an amount equal to a percentage of the Purchase Payment (including any associated Purchase Credits) based on the age of the Annuitant at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal (the percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than 59 1/2; 5% for ages 59 1/2-79 and 6% for ages 80 and older) and (ii) increase the Protected Withdrawal Value by the amount of the Purchase Payment (including any associated Purchase Credits). If your Annuity permits additional Purchase Payments, we may limit any additional Purchase Payment(s) if we determine that as a result of the timing and amounts of your additional Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the Annual Income Amount is being increased in an unintended fashion. Among the factors we will use in making a determination as to whether an action is designed to increase the Annual Income Amount in an unintended fashion is the relative size of additional Purchase Payment(s). We reserve the right to not accept additional Purchase Payments if we are not then offering this benefit for new elections. We will exercise such reservation of right for all annuity purchasers in the same class in a nondiscriminatory manner. Highest Daily Auto Step-Up An automatic step-up feature ("Highest Daily Auto Step-Up") is part of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. As detailed in this paragraph, the Highest Daily Auto Step-Up feature can result in a larger Annual Income Amount subsequent to your first Lifetime Withdrawal. The Highest Daily Auto Step-Up starts with the anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity (the "Annuity Anniversary") immediately after your first Lifetime Withdrawal under the benefit. Specifically, upon the first such Annuity Anniversary, we identify the Account Value on each Valuation Day within the immediately preceding Annuity Year after your first Lifetime Withdrawal. Having identified the highest daily value (after all daily values have been adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals), we then multiply that value by a percentage that varies based on the age of the Annuitant on the Annuity Anniversary as of which the step-up would occur. The percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than 59 1/2; 5% for ages 59 1/2-79, and 6% for ages 80 and older. If that value exceeds the existing Annual Income Amount, we replace the existing amount with the new, higher amount. Otherwise, we leave the existing Annual Income Amount intact. The Account Value on the Annuity Anniversary is considered the last daily step-up value of the Annuity Year. All daily valuations and annual step-ups will only occur on a Valuation Day. In later years (i.e., after the first Annuity Anniversary after the first Lifetime Withdrawal), we determine whether an automatic step-up should occur on each Annuity Anniversary, by performing a similar examination of the Account Values that occurred on Valuation Days during the year. Taking Lifetime Withdrawals could produce a greater difference between your Protected Withdrawal Value and your Account Value, which may make a Highest Daily Auto Step-up less likely to occur. At the time that we increase your Annual Income Amount, we also increase your Protected Withdrawal Value to equal the highest daily value upon which your step-up was based only if that results in an increase to the Protected Withdrawal Value. Your Protected Withdrawal Value will never be decreased as a result of an income step-up. If, on the date that we implement a Highest Daily Auto Step-Up to your Annual Income Amount, the charge for Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus has changed for new purchasers, you may be subject to the new charge at the time of such step-up. Prior to increasing your charge for Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus upon a step-up, we would notify you, and give you the opportunity to cancel the automatic step-up feature. If you receive notice of a proposed step-up and accompanying fee increase, you should consult with your Financial Professional and carefully evaluate whether the amount of the step-up justifies the increased fee to which you will be subject. If you are enrolled in a Systematic Withdrawal program, we will not automatically increase the withdrawal amount when there is an increase to the Annual Income Amount. You must notify us in order to increase the withdrawal amount of any Systematic Withdrawal program. The Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit does not affect your ability to take withdrawals under your Annuity, or limit your ability to take withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount. Under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, if your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year. If your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in any Annuity Year are less than the Annual Income Amount, you cannot carry over the unused portion of the Annual Income Amount to subsequent Annuity Years. Because each of the Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount is determined in a way that is not solely related to Account Value, it is possible for the Account Value to fall to zero, even though the Annual Income Amount remains. 48 Examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions, and the Highest Daily Auto Step-Up are set forth below. The values shown here are purely hypothetical, and do not reflect the charges for the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. Assume the following for all three examples: .. The Issue Date is November 1, 2010 .. The Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit is elected on August 1, 2011 .. The Annuitant was 70 years old when he/she elected the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. Example of dollar-for-dollar reductions On October 24, 2011, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $120,000, resulting in an Annual Income Amount of $6,000 (since the designated life is between the ages of 59 1/2 and 79 at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Annual Income Amount is 5% of the Protected Withdrawal Value, in this case 5% of $120,000). Assuming $2,500 is withdrawn from the Annuity on this date, the remaining Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year (up to and including October 31, 2011) is $3,500. This is the result of a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Annual Income Amount ($6,000 less $2,500 = $3,500). Example of proportional reductions Continuing the previous example, assume an additional withdrawal of $5,000 occurs on October 27, 2011 and the Account Value at the time and immediately prior to this withdrawal is $118,000. The first $3,500 of this withdrawal reduces the Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year to $0. The remaining withdrawal amount of $1,500 - reduces the Annual Income Amount in future Annuity Years on a proportional basis based on the ratio of the excess withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the excess withdrawal. (Note that if there are other future withdrawals in that Annuity Year, each would result in another proportional reduction to the Annual Income Amount). Here is the calculation: Account Value before Lifetime Withdrawal $118,000.00 Less amount of "non" excess withdrawal $ 3,500.00 Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal of $1,500 $114,500.00 Excess withdrawal amount $ ,1500.00 Ratio 1.31% Annual Income Amount $ 6,000.00 Less ratio of 1.31% $ 78.60 Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years $ 5,921.40 Example of highest daily auto step-up On each Annuity Anniversary date after the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Annual Income Amount is stepped-up if the appropriate percentage (based on the Annuitant's age on that Annuity Anniversary) of the highest daily value since your first Lifetime Withdrawal (or last Annuity Anniversary in subsequent years), adjusted for withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits), is higher than the Annual Income Amount, adjusted for excess withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits). Continuing the same example as above, the Annual Income Amount for this Annuity Year is $6,000. However, the excess withdrawal on October 27 reduces the amount to $5,921.40 for future years (see above). For the next Annuity Year, the Annual Income Amount will be stepped up if 5% (since the designated life is between 59 1/2 and 79 on the date of the potential step-up) of the highest daily Account Value adjusted for withdrawals and Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits), is higher than $5,921.40. Here are the calculations for determining the daily values. Only the October 25 value is being adjusted for excess withdrawals as the October 30 and October 31 Valuation Days occur after the excess withdrawal on October 27. 49 Highest Daily Value (adjusted for Adjusted Annual withdrawal and Purchase Income Amount (5% of the Date* Account value Payments)** Highest Daily Value) ----------------- -------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ October 25, 2011 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00 October 26, 2011 October 27, 2011 $113,000.00 $113,986.95 $5,699.35 October 30, 2011 $113,000.00 $113,986.95 $5,699.35 October 31, 2011 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00 -------- * In this example, the Annuity Anniversary date is November 1. The Valuation Dates are every day following the first Lifetime Withdrawal. In subsequent Annuity Years Valuation Dates will be the Annuity Anniversary and every day following the Annuity Anniversary. The Annuity Anniversary Date of November 1 is considered the first Valuation Date in the Annuity Year. ** In this example, the first daily value after the first Lifetime Withdrawal is $119,000 on October 25, resulting in an adjusted Annual Income Amount of $5,950.00. This amount is adjusted on October 27 to reflect the $5,000 withdrawal. The calculations for the adjustments are: . The Account Value of $119,000 on October 25 is first reduced dollar-for-dollar by $3,500 ($3,500 is the remaining Annual Income Amount for the Annuity Year), resulting in Unadjusted Account Value of $115,500 before the excess withdrawal. . This amount ($115,500) is further reduced by 1.31% (this is the ratio in the above example which is the excess withdrawal divided by the Account Value immediately preceding the excess withdrawal) resulting in a Highest Daily Value of $113,986.95. . The Annual Income Amount is carried forward to the next Valuation Date of October 30. At this time, we compare this amount to 5% of the Account Value on October 30. Since the October 27 adjusted Annual Income Amount of $5,699.35 is higher than $5,650.00 (5% of $113,000), we continue to carry $5,699.35 forward to the next and final Valuation Date of October 31. The Account Value on October 31 is $119,000 and 5% of this amount is $5,950. Since this is higher than $5,699.35, the adjusted Annual Income Amount is reset to $5,950.00. In this example, 5% of the October 31 value results in the highest amount of $5,950.00. Since this amount is higher than the current year's Annual Income Amount of $5,921.40 (adjusted for excess withdrawals), the Annual Income Amount for the next Annuity Year, starting on November 1, 2011 and continuing through October 31, 2012, will be stepped-up to $5,950.00. Non-Lifetime Withdrawal Feature You may take a one-time non-lifetime withdrawal ("Non-Lifetime Withdrawal") under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. It is an optional feature of the benefit that you can only elect at the time of your first withdrawal. The amount of the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal cannot be more than the amount that would cause the Annuity to be taken below the minimum Surrender Value after a withdrawal for your Annuity. This Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will not establish your initial Annual Income Amount and the Periodic Value described above will continue to be calculated. However, the total amount of the withdrawal will proportionally reduce all guarantees associated with the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. You must tell us at the time you take the withdrawal if your withdrawal is intended to be the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal and not the first Lifetime Withdrawal under the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. If you don't elect the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, the first withdrawal you make will be the first Lifetime Withdrawal that establishes your Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount. Once you elect to take the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal or Lifetime Withdrawals, no additional Non-Lifetime Withdrawals may be taken. The Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will proportionally reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Periodic Value guarantees on the tenth and twentieth anniversaries of the benefit effective date, described above, by the percentage the total withdrawal amount (including any applicable CDSC) represents of the then current Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal. If you are participating in a Systematic Withdrawal program, the first withdrawal under the program cannot be classified as the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal. Example - Non-Lifetime Withdrawal (proportional reduction) This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. It is intended to illustrate the proportional reduction of the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal under this benefit. 50 Assume the following: The Issue Date is December 1, 2010 . The Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit is elected on September 1, 2011 . The Account Value at benefit election was $105,000 . The Annuitant was 70 years old when he/she elected the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit . No previous withdrawals have been taken under the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit On October 2, 2011, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $125,000, the 10/th/ benefit year minimum Periodic Value guarantee is $210,000, and the 20/th/ benefit year minimum Periodic Value guarantee is $420,000, and the Account Value is $120,000. Assuming $15,000 is withdrawn from the Annuity on October 2, 2011 and is designated as a Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, all guarantees associated with the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit will be reduced by the ratio the total withdrawal amount represents of the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal being taken. Here is the calculation: Withdrawal amount divided by $ 15,000 Account Value before withdrawal $120,000 Equals ratio 12.5% All guarantees will be reduced by the above ratio (12.5%) Protected Withdrawal Value $109,375 10th benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $183,750 20th benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $367,500 Required Minimum Distributions Withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount, but which you are required to take as a Required Minimum Distribution for this Annuity, will not reduce the Annual Income Amount for future years. No additional Annual Income Amounts will be available in an Annuity Year due to Required Minimum Distributions unless the Required Minimum Distribution amount is greater than the Annual Income Amount. Unless designated as a Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, Required Minimum Distributions are considered Lifetime Withdrawals. If you take a withdrawal in an Annuity Year in which your Required Minimum Distributions for that year is not greater than the Annual Income Amount, and the amount of the withdrawal exceeds the remaining Annual Income Amount for that year, we will treat the withdrawal as a withdrawal of Excess Income. Such a withdrawal of Excess Income will reduce the Annual Income Amount available in future years. If the Required Minimum Distribution (as calculated by us for your Annuity and not previously withdrawn in the current calendar year) is greater than the Annual Income Amount, an amount equal to the remaining Annual Income Amount plus the difference between the Required Minimum Distribution amount not previously withdrawn in the current calendar year and the Annual Income Amount will be available in the current Annuity Year without it being considered a withdrawal of Excess Income. In the event that a Required Minimum Distribution is calculated in a calendar year that crosses more than one Annuity Year and you choose to satisfy the entire Required Minimum Distribution for that calendar year in the next Annuity Year, the distribution taken in the next Annuity Year will reduce your Annual Income Amount in that Annuity Year by the amount of the distribution. If the Required Minimum Distribution not taken in the prior Annuity Year is greater than the Annual Income Amount as guaranteed by the benefit in the current Annuity Year, the total Required Minimum Distribution amount may be taken without being treated as a withdrawal of Excess Income. Example - Required Minimum Distributions The following example is purely hypothetical and is intended to illustrate a scenario in which the required minimum distribution amount in a given Annuity Year is greater than the Annual Income Amount Annual Income Amount = $5,000 Remaining Annual Income Amount = $3,000 Required Minimum Distribution = $6,000 The amount you may withdraw in the current Annuity Year without it being treated as an Excess Withdrawal is $4,000: ($3,000 + ($6,000 - $5,000) = $4,000). If the $4,000 withdrawal is taken, the remaining Annual Income Amount will be zero and the remaining required minimum distribution amount of $2,000 may be taken in the subsequent Annuity Year (when your Annual Income Amount is reset to $5,000) without proportionally reducing all of the guarantees associated with the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit as described above. The amount you may withdraw in the subsequent Annuity Year if you stop taking withdrawals in the current Annuity Year and choose not to satisfy 51 the Required Minimum Distribution in the current Annuity Year (assuming the Annual Income Amount in the subsequent Annuity Year is $5,000), without being treated as a withdrawal of Excess Income is $6,000. This withdrawal must comply with all IRS guidelines in order to satisfy the Required Minimum Distribution for the current calendar year. Benefits Under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus .. To the extent that your Account Value was reduced to zero as a result of cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year that are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, and amounts are still payable under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, we will make an additional payment, if any, for that Annuity Year equal to the remaining Annual Income Amount for the Annuity Year. Thus, in that scenario, the remaining Annual Income Amount would be payable even though your Account Value was reduced to zero. In subsequent Annuity Years we make payments that equal the Annual Income Amount as described in this section. We will make payments until the death of the single designated life. After the Account Value is reduced to zero, you will not be permitted to make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity. To the extent that cumulative withdrawals in the Annuity Year that reduced your Account Value to zero are more than the Annual Income Amount, the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit terminates, and no additional payments are made. However, if a withdrawal in the latter scenario was taken to satisfy a Required Minimum Distribution (as described above) under the Annuity, then the benefit will not terminate, and we will continue to pay the Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years until the death of the designated life. .. Please note that if your Account Value is reduced to zero, all subsequent payments will be treated as annuity payments. Further, payments that we make under this benefit after the Latest Annuity Date will be treated as annuity payments. .. If annuity payments are to begin under the terms of your Annuity, or if you decide to begin receiving annuity payments and there is an Annual Income Amount due in subsequent Annuity Years, you can elect one of the following two options: (1) apply your Account Value, less any applicable tax charges, to any annuity option available; or (2) request that, as of the date annuity payments are to begin, we make annuity payments each year equal to the Annual Income Amount. If this option is elected, the Annual Income Amount will not increase after annuity payments have begun. We will make payments until the death of the single designated life. We must receive your request in a form acceptable to us at our office. If applying your Account Value, less any applicable tax charges, to the life-only annuity payment rates results in a higher annual payment, we will give you the higher annual payment. .. In the absence of an election when mandatory annuity payments are to begin we currently make annual annuity payments in the form of a single life fixed annuity with eight payments certain, by applying the greater of the annuity rates then currently available or the annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity. We reserve the right at any time to increase or decrease the certain period in order to comply with the Code (e.g., to shorten the period certain to match life expectancy under applicable Internal Revenue Service tables). The amount that will be applied to provide such annuity payments will be the greater of: (1) the present value of the future Annual Income Amount payments. Such present value will be calculated using the greater of the single life fixed annuity rates then currently available or the single life fixed annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity; and (2) the Account Value. If no Lifetime Withdrawal was ever taken, we will calculate the Annual Income Amount as if you made your first Lifetime Withdrawal on the date the annuity payments are to begin. Other Important Considerations .. Withdrawals made while the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit is in effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the Annuity. Any withdrawals made under the benefit will be taken pro rata from the Sub-accounts (including the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account). If you have an active Systematic Withdrawal program running at the time you elect this benefit, the program must withdraw funds pro rata. The first Systematic Withdrawal that processes after your election of the benefit will be deemed a Lifetime Withdrawal. You cannot allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Account Value to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. A summary description of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio appears within the section entitled "Investment Objectives and Policies of The Portfolios." You can find a copy of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio prospectus by going to www.prudentialannuities.com. .. Transfers to and from the Sub-accounts, and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account triggered by the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus mathematical formula will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers allowable under an Annuity. .. Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must be allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. We may amend the Permitted Sub-accounts from time to time. Changes to the Permitted Sub-accounts, or to the requirements as to how you may allocate your Account Value with this benefit, will apply to new elections of the benefit and may apply to current participants in the 52 benefit. To the extent that changes apply to current participants in the benefit, they will only apply upon re-allocation of Account Value, or upon addition of subsequent Purchase Payments. That is, we will not require such current participants to re-allocate Account Value to comply with any new requirements. .. If you elect this benefit and in connection with that election, you are required to reallocate to different Sub-accounts, then on the Valuation Day we receive your request in good order, we will (i) sell units of the non-permitted investment options and (ii) invest the proceeds of those sales in the Sub-accounts that you have designated. During this reallocation process, your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts will remain exposed to investment risk, as is the case generally. The newly-elected benefit will commence at the close of business on the following Valuation Day. Thus, the protection afforded by the newly-elected benefit will not arise until the close of business on the following Valuation Day. .. The current charge for Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is 0.85% annually of the greater of the Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. The maximum charge for Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is 1.50% annually of the greater of the Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. As discussed in "Highest Daily Auto Step-Up" above, we may increase the fee upon a step-up under this benefit. We deduct this charge on quarterly anniversaries of the benefit effective date, based on the values on the last Valuation Day prior to the quarterly anniversary. Thus, we deduct, on a quarterly basis, 0.2125% of the greater of the prior Valuation Day's Account Value and the prior Valuation Day's Protected Withdrawal Value. We deduct the fee pro rata from each of your Sub-accounts, including the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If the deduction of the charge would result in the Account Value falling below the lesser of $500 or 5% of the sum of the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit plus all Purchase Payments made subsequent thereto (and any associated Purchase Credits) (we refer to this as the "Account Value Floor"), we will only deduct that portion of the charge that would not cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. If the Account Value on the date we would deduct a charge for the benefit is less than the Account Value Floor, then no charge will be assessed for that benefit quarter. Charges deducted upon termination of the benefit may cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. If a charge for the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit would be deducted on the same day we process a withdrawal request, the charge will be deducted first, then the withdrawal will be processed. The withdrawal could cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. While the deduction of the charge (other than the final charge) may not reduce the Account Value to zero, withdrawals may reduce the Account Value to zero. If this happens and the Annual Income Amount is greater than zero, we will make payments under the benefit. Election of and Designations under the Benefit For Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, there must be either a single Owner who is the same as the Annuitant, or if the Annuity is entity owned, there must be a single natural person Annuitant. In either case, the Annuitant must be at least 45 years old. Any change of the Annuitant under the Annuity will result in cancellation of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. Similarly, any change of Owner will result in cancellation of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, except if (a) the new Owner has the same taxpayer identification number as the previous owner, (b) ownership is transferred from a custodian to the Annuitant, or vice versa or (c) ownership is transferred from one entity to another entity that is satisfactory to us. Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus can be elected at the time that you purchase your Annuity or after the Issue Date, subject to its availability, and our eligibility rules and restrictions. If you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and terminate it, you can re-elect it, subject to our current rules and availability. See "Termination of Existing Benefits and Election of New Benefits" for information pertaining to elections, termination and re-election of benefits. Please note that if you terminate a living benefit and elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, you lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under your existing benefit and your guarantees under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus will be based on the Account Value on the effective date of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. You should consult with your Financial Professional and carefully consider whether terminating your existing benefit and electing Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is appropriate for you. We reserve the right to waive, change and/or further limit the election frequency in the future. If you wish to elect this benefit and you are currently participating in a systematic withdrawal program, amounts withdrawn under the program must be taken on a pro rata basis from your Annuity's Sub-accounts (i.e., in direct proportion to the proportion that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account Value) in order for you to be eligible for the benefit. Thus, you may not elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus so long as you participate in a systematic withdrawal program in which withdrawals are not taken pro rata. Termination of the Benefit You may terminate Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus at any time by notifying us. If you terminate the benefit, any guarantee provided by the benefit will terminate as of the date the termination is effective, and certain restrictions on re-election may apply. 53 The benefit automatically terminates upon the first to occur of the following: (i) your termination of the benefit, (ii) your surrender of the Annuity, (iii) your election to begin receiving annuity payments (although if you have elected to receive the Annual Income Amount in the form of annuity payments, we will continue to pay the Annual Income Amount), (iv) our receipt of Due Proof of Death of the Owner or Annuitant (for entity-owned Annuities) (v)both the Account Value and Annual Income Amount equal zero, or (vi) you cease to meet our requirements as described in "Election of and Designations under the Benefit" above. Upon termination of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus other than upon the death of the Annuitant or annuitization, we impose any accrued fee for the benefit (i.e., the fee for the pro-rated portion of the year since the fee was last assessed), and thereafter we cease deducting the charge for the benefit. This final charge will be deducted even if it results in the Account Value falling below the Account Value Floor. With regard to your investment allocations, upon termination we will: (i) leave intact amounts that are held in the Permitted Sub-accounts, and (ii) unless you are participating in an asset allocation program (i.e., Custom Portfolios Program for which we are providing administrative support), transfer all amounts held in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to your variable investment options, pro rata (i.e. in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable investment options). If, prior to the transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the Account Value in the variable investment options is zero, we will transfer such amounts to the AST Money Market Sub-Account. If a surviving spouse elects to continue the Annuity, the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit terminates upon Due Proof of Death. The spouse may newly elect the benefit subject to the restrictions discussed above. How Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Transfers Account Value Between Your Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus (including Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus) is the pre-determined mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-Accounts and a specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the "AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account"). The AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or make transfers to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The formula monitors your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula, systematically transfers amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The formula is set forth in Appendix C (and is described below). As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. For purposes of these benefits, we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted Sub-accounts". Speaking generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates as follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical) income amount. Note that 5% is used in the formula, irrespective of the Annuitant's attained age. Then it produces an estimate of the total amount targeted in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the "Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any automatic step-up, any subsequent Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits with respect to the X Series), and any excess withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value that is not offset by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If, on each of three consecutive Valuation Days, the Target Ratio is greater than 83% but less than or equal to 84.5%, the formula will, on such third Valuation Day, make a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts in which you are invested (subject to the 90% cap discussed below) to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once a transfer is made, the three consecutive Valuation Days begin again. If, however, on any Valuation Day, the Target Ratio is above 84.5%, the formula will make a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts (subject to the 90% cap) to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (as described above). If the Target Ratio falls below 78% on any Valuation Day, then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub account to the Permitted Sub-accounts will occur. The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account ("90% cap") on that Valuation Day. Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that would result in more than 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, only the amount that results in exactly 90% of the 54 Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. However, it is possible that, due to the investment performance of your allocations in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and your allocations in the Permitted Sub-accounts you have selected, your Account Value could be more than 90% invested in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional Purchase Payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional Purchase Payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and the formula will still not transfer any of your Account Value to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account). For example, .. September 1, 2010 - a transfer is made to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. .. September 2, 2010 - you make an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000. No transfers have been made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on September 1, 2010. .. On September 2, 2010 - (and at least until first a transfer is made out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000 payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you have 82% in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account). .. Once there is a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (of any amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the formula could transfer amounts to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into and out of effect multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula, systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula. As you can glean from the formula, investment performance of your Account Value that is negative, flat, or even moderately positive may result in a transfer of a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because such investment performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio. Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target Ratio will be fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus in the future, however, we reserve the right to change such values. Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be used), following all of the above described daily calculations, if there is money allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account, we will perform an additional monthly calculation to determine whether or not a transfer will be made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts. This transfer will automatically occur provided that the Target Ratio, as described above, would be less than 83% after the transfer. The formula will not execute a transfer if the Target Ratio after this transfer would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%. The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of: a) The total value of all your Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, or b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value. While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The formula by 55 which the transfer operates is designed primarily to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. Depending on the results of the calculations of the formula, we may, on any Valuation Day: . Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or . If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts (as described above); or . Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The amount and timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account pursuant to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to your Annuity (and is not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets, or interest rates, in general) including: . The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal Value; . How long you have owned Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus; . The performance of the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen . The performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; . The amount allocated to each of the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen . The amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; . Additional Purchase Payments, if any, you make to your Annuity; and . Withdrawals, if any, you take from your Annuity (withdrawals are taken pro rata from your Account Value). At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula. The more of your Account Value that is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the greater the impact of the performance of that Sub-account in determining whether (and how much) your Account Value is transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts. Further, it is possible under the formula that, if a significant portion of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has good performance but the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative, that the formula might transfer your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts. Similarly, the more you have allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact of the performance of those Permitted Sub-accounts will have on any transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be allocated according to your allocation instructions. Once they are allocated to your Annuity, they will also be subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio, if dictated by the formula. Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be available to participate in the investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts regardless of whether there is a subsequent Sub-account decline or recovery until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Additional Tax Considerations If you purchase an annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified" investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the Required Minimum Distribution rules under the Code provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts beginning after age 70 1/2. For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a 401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than five (5) percent owner of the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred to retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the owner's lifetime. The amount required under the Code may exceed the Annual Income Amount, which will cause us to increase the Annual Income Amount in any Annuity Year that Required Minimum Distributions due from your Annuity are greater than such amounts, as discussed above. In addition, the amount and duration of payments under the annuity payment provision may be adjusted so that the payments do not trigger any penalty or excise taxes due to tax considerations such as Required Minimum Distribution provisions under the tax law. As indicated, withdrawals made while this benefit is in effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the Annuity. Please see the Tax Considerations section for a detailed discussion of the tax treatment of withdrawals. We do not address each potential tax scenario that could arise with respect to this benefit here. However, we do note that if you participate in Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus through a non-qualified annuity, as with all withdrawals, once all Purchase Payments are returned under the Annuity, all subsequent withdrawal amounts will be taxed as ordinary income. 56 Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime/SM/ 6 Plus Income Benefit (SHD6 Plus/SM/) Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is a lifetime guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit, under which, subject to the terms of the benefit, we guarantee your ability to take a certain annual withdrawal amount for the lives of two spouses. We offer a benefit that guarantees, until the later death of two natural persons who are each other's spouses at the time of election of the benefit and at the first death of one of them (the "designated lives", and each, a "designated life"), the ability to withdraw an annual amount (the "Annual Income Amount") equal to a percentage of an initial principal value (the "Protected Withdrawal Value") regardless of the impact of Sub-account performance on the Account Value, subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals. You are guaranteed to be able to withdraw the Annual Income Amount for the lives of the designated lives, provided you have not made withdrawals of excess income that have resulted in your Account Value being reduced to zero. We also permit you to designate the first withdrawal from your Annuity as a one-time "Non-Lifetime Withdrawal." All other withdrawals from your Annuity are considered a "Lifetime Withdrawal" under the benefit. The benefit may be appropriate if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your Annuity, wish to ensure that Sub-account performance will not affect your ability to receive annual payments, and wish either spouse to be able to continue the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit after the death of the first spouse. You are not required to make withdrawals as part of the benefit - the guarantees are not lost if you withdraw less than the maximum allowable amount each year under the rules of the benefit. An integral component of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is the mathematical formula we employ that may periodically transfer your Account Value to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. See the section above entitled "How Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Transfers Account Value Between Your Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account." Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is the spousal version of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. Currently, if you elect Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and subsequently terminate the benefit, you may elect another living benefit, subject to our current rules. See "Election of and Designations under the Benefit" below and "Termination of Existing Benefits and Election of New Benefits" for details. Please note that if you terminate Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and elect another benefit, you lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under your existing benefit and will begin the new guarantees under the new benefit you elect based on your Account Value as of the date the new benefit becomes active. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus must be elected based on two designated lives, as described below. The youngest designated life must be at least 50 years old and the oldest designated life must be at least 55 years old when the benefit is elected. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is not available if you elect any other optional living benefit, although you may elect any optional death benefit. As long as your Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the Permitted Sub-accounts available with this benefit. For a more detailed description of Permitted Sub-Accounts, see the "Investment Options" section. Key Feature - Protected Withdrawal Value The Protected Withdrawal Value is used to calculate the initial Annual Income Amount. The Protected Withdrawal Value is separate from your Account Value and not available as cash or a lump sum. On the effective date of the benefit, the Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to your Account Value. On each Valuation Day thereafter until the date of your first Lifetime Withdrawal (excluding any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal discussed below), the Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to the "Periodic Value" described in the next paragraph. The "Periodic Value" initially is equal to the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day thereafter until the first Lifetime Withdrawal, we recalculate the Periodic Value. We stop determining the Periodic Value upon your first Lifetime Withdrawal after the effective date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day (the "Current Valuation Day"), the Periodic Value is equal to the greater of: (1) the Periodic Value for the immediately preceding business day (the "Prior Valuation Day") appreciated at the daily equivalent of 6% annually during the calendar day(s) between the Prior Valuation Day and the Current Valuation Day (i.e., one day for successive Valuation Days, but more than one calendar day for Valuation Days that are separated by weekends and/or holidays), plus the amount of any Purchase Payment (including any associated Purchase Credits) made on the Current Valuation Day (the Periodic Value is proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal); and (2) the Account Value on the current Valuation Day. 57 If you have not made a Lifetime Withdrawal on or before the 10th or 20/th/ Anniversary of the effective date of the benefit, your Periodic Value on the 10th or 20th Anniversary of the benefit effective date is equal to the greater of: (1) the Periodic Value described above or, (2) the sum of (a), (b) and (c) (proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal): (a) 200% (on the 10th anniversary) or 400% (on the 20th anniversary) of the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit including any Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits) made on that day; (b) 200% (on the 10th anniversary) or 400% (on the 20th anniversary) of all Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits) made within one year following the effective date of the benefit; and (c) all Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits) made after one year following the effective date of the benefit. In the rider for this benefit, as respects the preceding paragraph, we use the term "Guaranteed Base Value" to refer to the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit, plus the amount of any "adjusted" Purchase Payments made within one year after the effective date of the benefit. "Adjusted" Purchase Payments means Purchase Payments we receive, increased by any Purchase Credits applied to your Account Value in relation to Purchase Payments, and decreased by any fees or tax charges deducted from such Purchase Payments upon allocation to the Annuity. Once the first Lifetime Withdrawal is made, the Protected Withdrawal Value at any time is equal to the greater of (i) the Protected Withdrawal Value on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, increased for subsequent Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits) and reduced for subsequent Lifetime Withdrawals, and (ii) the highest daily Account Value upon any step-up, increased for subsequent Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits) and reduced for subsequent Lifetime Withdrawals. Key Feature - Annual Income Amount under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit The Annual Income Amount is equal to a specified percentage of the Protected Withdrawal Value. The percentage initially depends on the age of the younger designated life on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal after election of the benefit. The percentages are: 4% for ages 50-64, 5% for ages 65-84, and 6% for ages 85 and older. We use the age of the younger designated life even if that designated life is no longer a participant under the Annuity due to death or divorce. Under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit, if your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year and also will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value on a dollar-for-dollar basis. If your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are in excess of the Annual Income Amount for any Annuity Year ("Excess Income"), your Annual Income Amount in subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard to Required Minimum Distributions for this Annuity that comply with our rules) by the result of the ratio of the Excess Income to the Account Value immediately prior to such withdrawal (see examples of this calculation below). If you take withdrawals of Excess Income, only the portion of the Lifetime Withdrawal that exceeds the remaining Annual Income Amount will proportionally reduce your Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount in future years. Reductions are based on the actual "gross" amount of the withdrawal, including any CDSC that may apply. Thus, you should be aware that if you ask to receive a specified withdrawal amount that itself is not deemed Excess Income, with the understanding that any charges applicable to that withdrawal will be assessed against your remaining Account Value, the total amount of the withdrawal may result in the withdrawal being treated as Excess Income. Note that if your withdrawal of the Annual Income Amount in a given Annuity Year exceeds the applicable free withdrawal amount under the Annuity (but is not considered Excess Income), we will not impose any CDSC on the amount of that withdrawal. However, please be aware that although a given withdrawal may qualify as a free withdrawal for purposes of avoiding a CDSC, the amount of the withdrawal could exceed the Annual Income Amount under this benefit. In that scenario, the withdrawal would be deemed Excess Income - thereby reducing your Annual Income Amount for future years. You may use the Systematic Withdrawal program to make withdrawals of the Annual Income Amount. Any systematic withdrawal will be deemed a Lifetime Withdrawal under this benefit. Any Purchase Payment that you make subsequent to the election of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and subsequent to the first Lifetime Withdrawal will (i) increase the then-existing Annual Income Amount by an amount equal to a percentage of the Purchase Payment (including any associated Purchase Credits) based on the age of the younger designated life at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal (the percentages are: 4% for ages 50-64, 5% for ages 65-84, and 6% for ages 85 and older, and (ii) increase the Protected Withdrawal Value by the amount of the Purchase Payment (including any associated Purchase Credits). 58 If your Annuity permits additional Purchase Payments, we may limit any additional Purchase Payment(s) if we determine that as a result of the timing and amounts of your additional Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the Annual Income Amount is being increased in an unintended fashion. Among the factors we will use in making a determination as to whether an action is designed to increase the Annual Income Amount in an unintended fashion is the relative size of additional Purchase Payment(s). We reserve the right to not accept additional Purchase Payments if we are not then offering this benefit for new elections. We will exercise such reservation of right for all annuity purchasers in the same class in a nondiscriminatory manner. Highest Daily Auto Step-Up An automatic step-up feature ("Highest Daily Auto Step-Up") is part of this benefit. As detailed in this paragraph, the Highest Daily Auto Step-Up feature can result in a larger Annual Income Amount subsequent to your first Lifetime Withdrawal. The Highest Daily Step-Up starts with the anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity (the "Annuity Anniversary") immediately after your first Lifetime Withdrawal under the benefit. Specifically, upon the first such Annuity Anniversary, we identify the Account Value on each Valuation Day within the immediately preceding Annuity Year after your first Lifetime Withdrawal. Having identified the highest daily value (after all daily values have been adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals), we then multiply that value by a percentage that varies based on the age of the younger designated life on the Annuity Anniversary as of which the step-up would occur. The percentages are 4% for ages 50-64, 5% for ages 65-84, and 6% for ages 85 and older. If that value exceeds the existing Annual Income Amount, we replace the existing amount with the new, higher amount. Otherwise, we leave the existing Annual Income Amount intact. The Account Value on the Annuity Anniversary is considered the last daily step-up value of the Annuity Year. In later years (i.e., after the first Annuity Anniversary after the first Lifetime Withdrawal), we determine whether an automatic step-up should occur on each Annuity Anniversary by performing a similar examination of the Account Values that occurred on Valuation Days during the year. Taking Lifetime Withdrawals could produce a greater difference between your Protected Withdrawal Value and your Account Value, which may make a Highest Daily Auto Step-up less likely to occur. At the time that we increase your Annual Income Amount, we also increase your Protected Withdrawal Value to equal the highest daily value upon which your step-up was based only if that results in an increase to the Protected Withdrawal Value. Your Protected Withdrawal Value will never be decreased as a result of an income step-up. If, on the date that we implement a Highest Daily Auto Step-Up to your Annual Income Amount, the charge for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus has changed for new purchasers, you may be subject to the new charge at the time of such step-up. Prior to increasing your charge for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus upon a step-up, we would notify you, and give you the opportunity to cancel the automatic step-up feature. If you receive notice of a proposed step-up and accompanying fee increase, you should carefully evaluate whether the amount of the step-up justifies the increased fee to which you will be subject. If you are enrolled in a Systematic Withdrawal program, we will not automatically increase the withdrawal amount when there is an increase to the Annual Income Amount. You must notify us in order to increase the withdrawal amount of any Systematic Withdrawal program. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit does not affect your ability to take withdrawals under your Annuity, or limit your ability to take withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount. Under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, if your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year. If, cumulatively, you withdraw an amount less than the Annual Income Amount in any Annuity Year, you cannot carry-over the unused portion of the Annual Income Amount to subsequent Annuity Years. Because each of the Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount is determined in a way that is not solely related to Account Value, it is possible for the Account Value to fall to zero, even though the Annual Income Amount remains. Examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions, and the Highest Daily Auto Step-Up are set forth below. The values shown here are purely hypothetical, and do not reflect the charges for the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. Assume the following for all three examples: . The Issue Date is November 1, 2010 . The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit is elected on August 1, 2011 . The younger designated life was 70 years old when he/she elected the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. Example of dollar-for-dollar reductions On October 24, 2011, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $120,000, resulting in an Annual Income Amount of $6,000 (since the younger designated life is between the ages of 65 and 84 at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Annual Income Amount is 5% of the Protected Withdrawal Value, in this case 5% of $120,000). Assuming $2,500 is withdrawn from the Annuity on this date, the remaining Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year (up to and including October 31, 2011) is $3,500. This is the result of a dollar-for-dollar 59 reduction of the Annual Income Amount ($6,000 less $2,500 = $3,500). Example of proportional reductions Continuing the previous example, assume an additional withdrawal of $5,000 occurs on October 27, 2011 and the Account Value at the time and immediately prior to this withdrawal is $118,000. The first $3,500 of this withdrawal reduces the Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year to $0. The remaining withdrawal amount of $1,500 - reduces the Annual Income Amount in future Annuity Years on a proportional basis based on the ratio of the excess withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the excess withdrawal. (Note that if there were other withdrawals in that Annuity Year, each would result in another proportional reduction to the Annual Income Amount). Here is the calculation: Account Value before Lifetime Withdrawal $118,000.00 Less Amount of "non" excess withdrawal $ 3,500.00 Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal of $1,500 $ 1,500.00 Divided by Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal $114,500.00 Ratio 1.31% Annual Income Amount $ 6,000.00 Less Ratio of 1.31% $ 78.60 Annual Income Amount for Future Annuity Years $ 5,921.40 Example of highest daily auto step-up On each Annuity Anniversary date after the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Annual Income Amount is stepped-up if the appropriate percentage (based on the younger designated life's age on that Annuity Anniversary) of the highest daily value since your first Lifetime Withdrawal (or last Annuity Anniversary in subsequent years), adjusted for withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits), is higher than the Annual Income Amount, adjusted for excess withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits). Continuing the same example as above, the Annual Income Amount for this Annuity Year is $6,000. However, the excess withdrawal on October 27 reduces the amount to $5,921.40 for future years (see above). For the next Annuity Year, the Annual Income Amount will be stepped up if 5% (since the youngest designated life is between 65 and 84 on the date of the potential step-up) of the highest daily Account Value adjusted for withdrawals and Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits), is higher than $5921.40. Here are the calculations for determining the daily values. Only the October 25 value is being adjusted for excess withdrawals as the October 30 and October 31 Valuation Days occur after the excess withdrawal on October 27. Highest Daily Value (adjusted for Adjusted Annual withdrawal and Purchase Income Amount (5% of the Date* Account value Payments)** Highest Daily Value) ----------------- -------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ October 25, 2011 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00 October 26, 2011 October 27, 2011 $113,000.00 $113,986.95 $5,699.35 October 30, 2011 $113,000.00 $113,986.95 $5,699.35 October 31, 2011 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00 * In this example, the Annuity Anniversary date is November 1. The Valuation Dates are every day following the first Lifetime Withdrawal. In subsequent Annuity Years Valuation Dates will be every day following the Annuity Anniversary. The Annuity Anniversary Date of November 1 is considered the final Valuation Date for the Annuity Year. ** In this example, the first daily value after the first Lifetime Withdrawal is $119,000 on October 25, resulting in an adjusted Annual Income Amount of $5,950.00. This amount is adjusted on October 27 to reflect the $5,000 withdrawal. The calculations for the adjustments are: 60 . The Account Value of $119,000 on October 25 is first reduced dollar-for-dollar by $3,500 ($3,500 is the remaining Annual Income Amount for the Annuity Year), resulting in an Account Value of $115,500 before the excess withdrawal. . This amount ($115,500) is further reduced by 1.31% (this is the ratio in the above example which is the excess withdrawal divided by the Account Value immediately preceding the excess withdrawal) resulting in a Highest Daily Value of $113,986.95. . The adjusted Annual Income Amount is carried forward to the next Valuation Date of October 30. At this time, we compare this amount to 5% of the Account Value on October 30. Since the October 27 adjusted Annual Income Amount of $5,699.35 is higher than $5,650.00 (5% of $113,000), we continue to carry $5,699.35 forward to the next and final Valuation Day of October 31. The Account Value on October 31 is $119,000 and 5% of this amount is $5,950. Since this is higher than $5,699.35, the adjusted Annual Income Amount is reset to $5,950.00. In this example, 5% of the October 31 value results in the highest amount of $5,950.00. Since this amount is higher than the current year's Annual Income Amount of $5,921.40 (adjusted for excess withdrawals), the Annual Income Amount for the next Annuity Year, starting on November 1, 2011 and continuing through October 31, 2012, will be stepped-up to $5,950.00. Non-Lifetime Withdrawal Feature You may take a one-time non-lifetime withdrawal ("Non-Lifetime Withdrawal") under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. It is an optional feature of the benefit that you can only elect at the time of your first withdrawal. The amount of the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal cannot be more than the amount that would cause the Annuity to be taken below the minimum Surrender Value after a withdrawal for your Annuity. This Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will not establish our initial Annual Income Amount and the Periodic Value above will continue to be calculated. However, the total amount of the withdrawal will proportionally reduce all guarantees associated with the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. You must tell us at the time you take the withdrawal if your withdrawal is intended to be the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal and not the first Lifetime Withdrawal under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. If you don't elect the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, the first withdrawal you make will be the first Lifetime Withdrawal that establishes your Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount. Once you elect the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal or Lifetime Withdrawals, no additional Non-Lifetime withdrawals may be taken. The Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will proportionally reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Periodic Value guarantees on the tenth and twentieth anniversaries of the benefit effective date, described above, by the percentage the total withdrawal amount (including any applicable CDSC) represents of the then current Account Value immediately prior to the time of the withdrawal. If you are participating in a Systematic Withdrawal program, the first withdrawal under the program cannot be classified as the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal. Example - Non-Lifetime Withdrawal (proportional reduction) This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. It is intended to illustrate the proportional reduction of the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal under this benefit. Assume the following: . The Issue Date is December 1, 2010 . The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit is elected on September 1, 2011 . The Account Value at benefit election was $105,000 . The younger designated life was 70 years old when he/she elected the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit . No previous withdrawals have been taken under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit On October 2, 2011, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $125,000, the 10th benefit year minimum Periodic Value guarantee is $210,000 and the 20th benefit year minimum Periodic Value guarantee is $420,000, and the Account Value is $120,000. Assuming $15,000 is withdrawn from the Annuity on October 2, 2011 and is designated as a Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, all guarantees associated with the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit will be reduced by the ratio the total withdrawal amount represents of the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal being taken. Here is the calculation: 61 Withdrawal amount divided by $ 15,000 Account Value before withdrawal $120,000 Equals ratio 12.5% All guarantees will be reduced by the above ratio (12.5%) Protected Withdrawal Value $109,375 10th benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $183,750 20th benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $367,500 Required Minimum Distributions Withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount, but which you are required to take as a Required Minimum Distribution for this Annuity, will not reduce the Annual Income Amount for future years. No additional Annual Income Amounts will be available in an Annuity Year due to Required Minimum Distributions unless the Required Minimum Distribution amount is greater than the Annual Income Amount. Unless designated as a Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, Required Minimum Distributions are considered Lifetime Withdrawals. If you take a withdrawal in an Annuity Year in which your Required Minimum Distribution for that year is not greater than the Annual Income Amount, and the amount of the withdrawal exceeds the remaining Annual Income Amount for that year, we will treat the withdrawal as a withdrawal of Excess Income. Such a withdrawal of Excess Income will reduce the Annual Income Amount available in future years. If the Required Minimum Distribution (as calculated by us for your Annuity and not previously withdrawn in the current calendar year) is greater than the Annual Income Amount, an amount equal to the remaining Annual Income Amount plus the difference between the Required Minimum Distribution amount not previously withdrawn in the current calendar year and the Annual Income Amount will be available in the current Annuity Year without it being considered a withdrawal of Excess Income. In the event that a Required Minimum Distribution is calculated in a calendar year that crosses more than one Annuity Year and you choose to satisfy the entire Required Minimum Distribution for that calendar year in the next Annuity Year, the distribution taken in the next Annuity Year will reduce your Annual Income Amount in that Annuity Year by the amount of the distribution. If the Required Minimum Distribution not taken in the prior Annuity Year is greater than the Annual Income Amount as guaranteed by the benefit in the current Annuity Year, the total Required Minimum Distribution amount may be taken without being treated as a withdrawal of Excess Income. Example - Required Minimum Distributions The following example is purely hypothetical and is intended to illustrate a scenario in which the Required Minimum Distribution amount in a given Annuity Year is greater than the Annual Income Amount. Annual Income Amount = $5,000 Remaining Annual Income Amount = $3,000 Required Minimum Distribution = $6,000 The amount you may withdraw in the current Annuity Year without it being treated as an Excess Withdrawal is $4,000. ($3,000 + ($6,000 - $5,000) = $4,000). If the $4,000 withdrawal is taken, the remaining Annual Income Amount will be zero and the remaining Required Minimum Distribution amount of $2,000 may be taken in the subsequent Annuity Year (when your Annual Income Amount is reset to $5,000) without proportionally reducing all guarantees associated with the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit as described above. The amount you may withdraw in the subsequent Annuity Year if you stop taking withdrawals in the current Annuity Year and choose not to satisfy the Required Minimum Distribution in the current Annuity Year (assuming the Annual Income Amount in the subsequent Annuity Year is $5,000) without being treated as a withdrawal of Excess Income is $6,000. This withdrawal must comply with all IRS guidelines in order to satisfy the Required Minimum Distribution for the current calendar year. Benefits Under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus . To the extent that your Account Value was reduced to zero as a result of cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year that are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, and amounts are still payable under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, we will make an additional payment, if any, for that Annuity Year equal to the remaining Annual Income Amount for the Annuity Year. Thus, in that scenario, the remaining Annual Income Amount would be payable even though your Account Value was reduced to zero. In subsequent Annuity Years we make payments that equal the Annual Income Amount as described in this section. We will make payments until the death of the first of the designated lives to die, and will continue to make payments until the death of the second designated life as long as the designated lives were spouses at the time of the first death. After the Account Value is reduced to zero, you are not permitted to make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity. To the extent that cumulative withdrawals in the Annuity Year that reduced your Account Value to zero are more than the Annual Income Amount, the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit terminates, and no additional payments will be made. However, if a withdrawal in the latter scenario was taken to satisfy a Required Minimum Distribution (as described above) under the Annuity then the 62 benefit will not terminate, and we will continue to pay the Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years until the death of the second designated life provided the designated lives were spouses at the death of the first designated life. . Please note that if your Account Value is reduced to zero, all subsequent payments will be treated as annuity payments. Further, payments that we make under this benefit after the Latest Annuity Date will be treated as annuity payments. . If annuity payments are to begin under the terms of your Annuity, or if you decide to begin receiving annuity payments and there is an Annual Income Amount due in subsequent Annuity Years, you can elect one of the following two options: (1) apply your Account Value to any annuity option available; or (2) request that, as of the date annuity payments are to begin, we make annuity payments each year equal to the Annual Income Amount. We will make payments until the first of the designated lives to die, and will continue to make payments until the death of the second designated life as long as the designated lives were spouses at the time of the first death. If, due to death of a designated life or divorce prior to annuitization, only a single designated life remains, then annuity payments will be made as a life annuity for the lifetime of the designated life. We must receive your request in a form acceptable to us at our office. If applying your Account Value, less any applicable tax charges, to our current life only (or joint life, depending on the number of designated lives remaining) annuity payment rates results in a higher annual payment, we will give you the higher annual payment. . In the absence of an election when mandatory annuity payments are to begin, we currently make annual annuity payments as a joint and survivor or single (as applicable) life fixed annuity with eight payments certain, by applying the greater of the annuity rates then currently available or the annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity. We reserve the right at any time to increase or decrease the certain period in order to comply with the Code (e.g., to shorten the period certain to match life expectancy under applicable Internal Revenue Service tables). The amount that will be applied to provide such annuity payments will be the greater of: (1) the present value of the future Annual Income Amount payments. Such present value will be calculated using the greater of the joint and survivor or single (as applicable) life fixed annuity rates then currently available or the joint and survivor or single (as applicable) life fixed annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity; and (2) the Account Value. If no Lifetime Withdrawal was ever taken, we will calculate the Annual Income Amount as if you made your first Lifetime Withdrawal on the date the annuity payments are to begin. Other Important Considerations .. Withdrawals under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Annuity, including any applicable CDSC for the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal as well as withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount. .. Withdrawals made while the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit is in effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the Annuity. Any withdrawals made under the benefit will be taken pro rata from the Sub-accounts (including the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account). If you have an active Systematic Withdrawal program running at the time you elect this benefit, the program must withdraw funds pro rata. The first Systematic Withdrawal that processes after your election of the benefit will be deemed a Lifetime Withdrawal. .. You cannot allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Account Value to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. A summary description of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolios appears in the prospectus section entitled "What Are The Investment Objectives and Policies of The Portfolios?" In addition, you can find a copy of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio prospectus by going to www.prudentialannuities.com. .. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity without purchasing the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit provides a guarantee that if your Account Value declines due to Sub-account performance, you will be able to receive your Annual Income Amount in the form of periodic benefit payments. .. Transfers to and from the elected Sub-accounts, and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account triggered by the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus mathematical formula will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers allowable under an Annuity. .. Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must be allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. We may amend the Permitted Sub-accounts from time to time. Changes to Permitted Sub-accounts, or to the requirements as to how you may allocate your Account Value with this benefit, will apply to new elections of the benefit and may apply to current participants in the benefit. To the extent that changes apply to current participants in the benefit, they will apply only upon re-allocation of Account Value, or upon addition of additional Purchase Payments. That is, we will not require such current participants to re-allocate Account Value to comply with any new requirements. 63 .. If you elect this benefit and in connection with that election, you are required to reallocate to different Sub-accounts, then on the Valuation Day we receive your request in Good Order, we will (i) sell units of the non-permitted investment options and (ii) invest the proceeds of those sales in the Sub-accounts that you have designated. During this reallocation process, your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts will remain exposed to investment risk, as is the case generally. The newly-elected benefit will commence at the close of business on the following Valuation Day. Thus, the protection afforded by the newly-elected benefit will not arise until the close of business on the following Valuation Day. .. The current charge for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is 0.95% annually of the greater of Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. The maximum charge for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is 1.50% annually of the greater of the Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. We deduct this charge on quarterly anniversaries of the benefit effective date, based on the values on the last Valuation Day prior to the quarterly anniversary. Thus, we deduct, on a quarterly basis, 0.2375% of the greater of the prior Valuation Day's Account Value, or the prior Valuation Day's Protected Withdrawal Value. We deduct the fee pro rata from each of your Sub-accounts, including the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If the deduction of the charge would result in the Account Value falling below the lesser of $500 or 5% of the sum of the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit plus all Purchase Payments made subsequent thereto (and any associated Purchase Credits) (we refer to this as the "Account Value Floor"), we will only deduct that portion of the charge that would not cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. If the Account Value on the date we would deduct a charge for the benefit is less than the Account Value Floor, then no charge will be assessed for that benefit quarter. Charges deducted upon termination of the benefit may cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. If a charge for the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit would be deducted on the same day we process a withdrawal request, the charge will be deducted first, then the withdrawal will be processed. The withdrawal could cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. While the deduction of the charge (other than the final charge) may not reduce the Account Value to zero, withdrawals may reduce the Account Value to zero. If this happens and the Annual Income Amount is greater than zero, we will make payments under the benefit and the Death Benefit (described above) will not be payable. Election of and Designations under the Benefit Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus can only be elected based on two designated lives. Designated lives must be natural persons who are each other's spouses at the time of election of the benefit and at the death of the first of the designated lives to die. Currently, Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus only may be elected where the Owner, Annuitant, and Beneficiary designations are as follows: .. One Annuity Owner, where the Annuitant and the Owner are the same person and the sole beneficiary is the Owner's spouse. The younger Owner/Annuitant and the beneficiary must be at least 50 years old and the older must be at least 55 years old at the time of election; or .. Co-Annuity Owners, where the Owners are each other's spouses. The beneficiary designation must be the surviving spouse, or the spouses named equally. One of the owners must be the Annuitant. The younger Owner must be at least 50 years old and the older owner must be at least 55 years old at the time of election; or .. One Annuity Owner, where the Owner is a custodial account established to hold retirement assets for the benefit of the Annuitant pursuant to the provisions of Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor Code section thereto) ("Custodial Account"), the beneficiary is the Custodial Account, and the spouse of the Annuitant is the Contingent Annuitant. The younger of the Annuitant and the Contingent Annuitant must be at least 50 years old and the older must be at least 55 years old at the time of election. We do not permit a change of Owner under this benefit, except as follows: (a) if one Owner dies and the surviving spousal Owner assumes the Annuity, or (b) if the Annuity initially is co-owned, but thereafter the Owner who is not the Annuitant is removed as Owner. We permit changes of Beneficiary designations under this benefit, however if the Beneficiary is changed, the benefit may not be eligible to be continued upon the death of the first designated life. If the designated lives divorce, the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit may not be divided as part of the divorce settlement or judgment. Nor may the divorcing spouse who retains ownership of the Annuity appoint a new designated life upon re-marriage. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus can be elected at the time that you purchase your Annuity or after the Issue Date, subject its availability, and our eligibility rules and restrictions. If you elect Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and terminate it, you can re-elect it, subject to our current rules and availability. See "Termination of Existing Benefits and Election of New Benefits" for information pertaining to elections, termination and re-election of benefits. Please note that if you terminate a living benefit and elect Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, you lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under your existing benefit, and your guarantees under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus will be based on your Account Value on the effective date of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. You should carefully consider whether terminating your existing benefit and electing a new benefit is appropriate for you. We reserve the right to waive, change and/or further limit the election frequency in the future. 64 If you wish to elect this benefit and you are currently participating in a systematic withdrawal program, amounts withdrawn under the program must be taken on a pro rata basis from your Annuity's Sub-accounts (i.e., in direct proportion to the proportion that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account Value) in order for you to be eligible for the benefit. Thus, you may not elect Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus so long as you participate in a systematic withdrawal program in which withdrawals are not taken pro rata. Termination of the Benefit You may terminate the benefit at any time by notifying us. If you terminate the benefit, any guarantee provided by the benefit will terminate as of the date the termination is effective, and certain restrictions on re-election may apply. The benefit automatically terminates upon the first to occur of the following: . upon our receipt of Due Proof of Death of the first designated life, if the surviving spouse opts to take the death benefit under the Annuity (rather than continue the Annuity) or if the surviving spouse is not an eligible designated life; . upon the death of the second designated life; . your termination of the benefit; . your surrender of the Annuity; . your election to begin receiving annuity payments (although if you have elected to take annuity payments in the form of the Annual Income Amount, we will continue to pay the Annual Income Amount); . both the Account Value and Annual Income Amount equal zero; and . you cease to meet our requirements as described in "Election of and Designations under the Benefit". Upon termination of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus other than upon death of a designated life or annuitization, we impose any accrued fee for the benefit (i.e., the fee for the pro-rated portion of the year since the fee was last assessed), and thereafter we cease deducting the charge for the benefit. This final charge will be deducted even if it results in the Account Value falling below the Account Value Floor. With regard to your investment allocations, upon termination we will: (i) leave intact amounts that are held in the Permitted Sub-accounts, and (ii) unless you are participating in an asset allocation program (i.e., Custom Portfolios Program, or Automatic Rebalancing Program) for which we are providing administrative support, transfer all amounts held in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account to your variable Investment Options, pro rata (i.e. in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable Investment Options). If prior to the transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account the Account Value in the variable Investment Options is zero, we will transfer such amounts to the AST Money Market Sub-account. How Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Transfers Account Value between Your Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. See "How Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Transfers Account Value Between Your Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account" above for information regarding this component of the benefit. Additional Tax Considerations If you purchase an annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified" investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the Required Minimum Distribution rules under the Code provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts beginning after age 70 1/2. For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a 401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than five (5) percent owner of the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred to retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the owner's lifetime. The amount required under the Code may exceed the Annual Income Amount, which will cause us to increase the Annual Income Amount in any Annuity Year that Required Minimum Distributions due from your Annuity are greater than such amounts, as discussed above. In addition, the amount and duration of payments under the annuity payment provisions may be adjusted so that the payments do not trigger any penalty or excise taxes due to tax considerations such as Required Minimum Distribution provisions under the tax law. As indicated, withdrawals made while this benefit is in effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the Annuity. Please see the Tax Considerations section for a detailed discussion of the tax treatment of withdrawals. We do not address each potential tax scenario that could arise with respect to this benefit here. However, we do note that if you participate in Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus through a non-qualified annuity, as with all withdrawals, 65 once all Purchase Payments are returned under the Annuity, all subsequent withdrawal amounts will be taxed as ordinary income. 66 GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION/SM/ Plus II (GRO Plus II) GRO Plus II is a form of "guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit" that guarantees a specified Account Value at one or more dates in the future. If you participate in this benefit, you are subject to the predetermined mathematical formula described below that transfers Account Value between your Sub-accounts and an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Under GRO Plus II, we guarantee that on the seventh anniversary of benefit election, and each anniversary thereafter, the Account Value will be not less than the Account Value on the date that the benefit is added to your Annuity (adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals as detailed below) ..We refer to this initial guarantee as the "base guarantee." In addition to the base guarantee, GRO Plus II offers the possibility of an enhanced guarantee. You may "manually" lock in an enhanced guarantee once per "benefit year" (i.e., a year beginning on the date you acquired the benefit and each anniversary thereafter) if your Account Value on that Valuation Day exceeds the amount of any outstanding base guarantee or enhanced guarantee. If you elect to manually lock-in an enhanced guarantee on an anniversary of the effective date of the benefit, that lock-in will not count towards the one elective manual lock-in you may make each benefit year. We guarantee that the Account Value locked-in by that enhanced guarantee will not be any less seven years later, and each anniversary of that date thereafter. In addition, you may elect an automatic enhanced guarantee feature under which, if your Account Value on a benefit anniversary exceeds the highest existing guarantee by 7% or more, we guarantee that such Account Value will not be any less seven benefit anniversaries later and each benefit anniversary thereafter. You may maintain only one enhanced guarantee in addition to your base guarantee. Thus, when a new enhanced guarantee is created, it cancels any existing enhanced guarantee. However, the fact that an enhanced guarantee was effected automatically on a benefit anniversary does not prevent you from "manually" locking-in an enhanced guarantee during the ensuing benefit year. In addition, the fact that you "manually" locked in an enhanced guarantee does not preclude the possibility of an automatic enhanced guarantee on the subsequent benefit anniversary. You may elect to terminate an enhanced guarantee without also terminating the base guarantee. If you do, any amounts held in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account (which is used as part of a pre-determined mathematical formula used with this benefit) with respect to that enhanced guarantee will be transferred to your other Sub-accounts in accordance with your most recent allocation instructions, and if none exist, then pro rata to your variable Sub-accounts (see below "Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value"). Amounts held in an AST bond portfolio Sub-account with respect to the base guarantee will not be transferred as a result of the termination of an enhanced guarantee. You may not lock in an enhanced guarantee, either manually or through our optional automatic program, within seven years prior to the Latest Annuity Date (please see "Annuity Options" for further information). This also applies to a new Owner who has acquired the Annuity from the original Owner. In this section, we refer to a date on which the Account Value is guaranteed to be present as the "maturity date". If the Account Value on the maturity date is less than the guaranteed amount, we will contribute funds from our general account to bring your Account Value up to the guaranteed amount. If the maturity date is not a Valuation Day, then we would contribute such an amount on the next Valuation Day. We will allocate any such amount to each Sub-account (other than the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with this benefit and described below) in accordance with your most recent allocation instructions, which means: a) the Custom Portfolio Program or, b) if you are not participating in this program, then such amounts will be allocated to your Sub-accounts on a pro rata basis. Regardless of whether we need to contribute funds at the end of a Guarantee Period, we will at that time transfer all amounts held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the maturing guarantee in accordance with your most recent allocation instructions, which means: a) the Custom Portfolio Program or, b) if you are not participating in this program, then such amounts will be allocated to you Sub-accounts on a pro rata basis. If the former (i.e., an asset allocation program), your Account Value will be transferred according to the program. Any addition or transferred amount may be subsequently re-allocated based on the predetermined mathematical formula described below. The guarantees provided by the benefit exist only on the applicable maturity date(s). However, due to the ongoing monitoring of your Account Value, and the transfer of Account Value to support your future guarantees, the benefit may provide some protection from significant Sub-account losses. For this same reason, the benefit may limit your ability to benefit from Sub-account increases while it is in effect. We increase both the base guarantee and any enhanced guarantee by the amount of each Purchase Payment (including any associated Purchase Credits) made subsequent to the date that the guarantee was established. For example, if the effective date of the benefit was January 1, 2011 and the Account Value was $100,000 on that date, then a $30,000 Purchase Payment made on March 30, 2012 would increase the base guarantee amount to $130,000. If you make a withdrawal (including any CDSC), we effect a proportional reduction to each existing guarantee amount. We calculate a proportional reduction by reducing each existing guarantee amount by the percentage represented by the ratio of the withdrawal amount (including any CDSC) to your Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal. If you make a withdrawal, we will deduct the withdrawal amount pro rata from each of your Sub-accounts (including the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with this benefit). 67 EXAMPLE This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. It is intended to illustrate the proportional reduction of a withdrawal on each guarantee amount under this benefit. Assume the following: . The Issue Date is December 1, 2010 . The benefit is elected on December 1, 2010 . The Account Value on December 1, 2010 is $200,000, which results in a base guarantee of $200,000 . An enhanced guarantee amount of $350,000 is locked in on December 1, 2011 . The Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal is equal to $380,000 . No CDSC is applicable If a withdrawal of $50,000 is taken on December 15, 2011, all guarantee amounts will be reduced by the ratio of the total withdrawal amount to the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal being taken. Here is the calculation (figures are rounded): . Withdrawal Amount divided by $ 50,000 . Account Value before withdrawal $380,000 . Equals ratio 13.16% . All guarantees will be reduced by the above ratio (13.16%) . Base guarantee amount $173,680 . Enhanced guarantee amount $303,940 Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value for GRO Plus II and Highest Daily GRO II We limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account Value if you elect GRO Plus II and Highest Daily GRO Plus II (HD GRO II)(see below). For purposes of these benefits, we refer to those permitted investment options (other than the required bond portfolio Sub-accounts discussed below) as the "Permitted Sub-accounts." GRO Plus II and HD GRO II use a predetermined mathematical formula to help manage your guarantees through all market cycles. The formula applicable to you may not be altered once you elect the benefit. However, subject to regulatory approval, we do reserve the right to amend the formula for newly-issued Annuities that elect or re-elect GRO Plus II and HD GRO II and for existing Annuities that elect the benefit post-issue. This required formula helps us manage our financial exposure under GRO Plus II and HD GRO II, by moving assets out of certain Sub-accounts if dictated by the formula (see below). In essence, we seek to preserve Account Value, by transferring them to a more stable option (i.e., one or more specified bond Portfolios of Advanced Series Trust). We refer to the Sub-accounts corresponding to these bond Portfolios collectively as the "AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts". The formula also contemplates the transfer of Account Value from an AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the other Sub-accounts. The formula is set forth in Appendix D of this prospectus. A summary description of each AST bond portfolio Sub-account appears within the prospectus section entitled "What Are The Investment Objectives and Policies Of The Portfolios?" You will be furnished with a prospectus describing the AST bond Portfolios. In addition, you can find a copy of the AST bond portfolio prospectus by going to www.prudentialannuities.com. For purposes of operating the formula applicable to GRO Plus II and HD GRO II, we have included within this Annuity several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. Each AST bond portfolio is unique, in that its underlying investments generally mature at different times. For example, there would be an AST bond portfolio whose underlying investments generally mature in 2020, an AST bond portfolio whose underlying investments generally mature in 2021, and so forth. As discussed below, the formula determines the appropriate AST bond portfolio Sub-account to which Account Value is transferred. We will introduce new AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts in subsequent years, to correspond generally to the length of new guarantee periods that are created under this benefit (and the Highest Daily GRO II benefit). If you have elected GRO Plus II or HD GRO II, you may have Account Value allocated to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account only by operation of the formula, and thus you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or make transfers to or from an AST bond portfolio Sub-Account. Although we employ several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts for purposes of the benefit, the formula described in the next paragraph operates so that your Account Value may be allocated to only one AST bond portfolio Sub-account at one time. The formula determines the appropriate AST Bond Portfolio Sub-account to which Unadjusted Account Value is transferred. On any day a transfer into or out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account is made the formula may dictate that a transfer out of one AST bond portfolio Sub-account be made into another AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Any transfer into an AST bond portfolio Sub-account will be directed to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the "current liability", as described below. As indicated, the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts are 68 employed with this benefit to help us mitigate the financial risks under our guarantee. Thus, in accordance with the formula applicable to you under the benefit, we determine which AST bond portfolio Sub-account your Account Value is transferred to, and under what circumstances a transfer is made. In general, the formula works as follows. On each Valuation Day, the formula automatically performs an analysis with respect to each guarantee that is outstanding. For each outstanding guarantee, the formula begins by determining the present value on that Valuation Day that, if appreciated at the applicable "discount rate", would equal the applicable guarantee amount on the maturity date. As detailed in the formula, the discount rate is an interest rate determined by taking a benchmark index used within the financial services industry and then reducing that interest rate by a prescribed adjustment. Once selected, we do not change the applicable benchmark index (although we do reserve the right to use a new benchmark index if the original benchmark is discontinued). The greatest of each such present value is referred to as the "current liability" in the formula. The formula compares the current liability to the amount of your Account Value held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and to your Account Value held within the Permitted Sub-accounts. If the current liability, reduced by the amount held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and divided by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts, exceeds an upper target value (currently, 85%), then the formula will make a transfer into the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, in the amount dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap discussed below). If the current liability, reduced by the amount held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and divided by the amount within the Permitted Sub-accounts, is less than a lower target value (currently, 79%), then the formula will transfer Account Value from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account into the Permitted Sub-accounts, in the amount dictated by the formula. The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account ("90% cap"). Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that would result in more than 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, only the amount that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the AST bond portfolio Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. However, it is possible that, due to the investment performance of your allocations in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and your allocations in the Permitted Sub-accounts you have selected, your Account Value could be more than 90% invested in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional Purchase Payments to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional Purchase Payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and the formula will still not transfer any of your Account Value to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account (at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account). For example, . March 19, 2011 - a transfer is made to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. . March 20, 2011 - you make an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000. No transfers have been made from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on March 19, 2011. . On March 20, 2011 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000 payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you have 82% in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account). . Once there is a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account (of any amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the formula could transfer amounts to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into and out of effect multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula, systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST bond portfolio Sub-account as dictated by the formula. As discussed above, each Valuation Day, the formula analyzes the difference between your Account Value and your guarantees, as well as how long you have owned the benefit, and determines if any portion of your Account Value needs to be transferred into or 69 out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or most of your Account Value may be allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. The amount that is transferred to and from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts pursuant to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to your Annuity (and is not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets, or interest rates, in general) including: . The difference between your Account Value and your guarantee amount(s); . The amount of time until the maturity of your guarantee(s); . The amount invested in, and the performance of, the Permitted Sub-accounts; . The amount invested in, and the performance of, the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts; . The discount rate used to determine the present value of your guarantee(s); . Additional Purchase Payments, if any, that you make to the Annuity; and .. Withdrawals, if any, taken from the Annuity. Any amounts invested in the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts will affect your ability to participate in a subsequent market recovery within. Conversely, the Account Value may be higher at the beginning of the market recovery, e.g. more of the Account Value may have been protected from decline and volatility than it otherwise would have been had the benefit not been elected. The AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts are available only with certain optional living benefits, and you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or transfer Account Value to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. Transfers under the formula do not impact any guarantees under the benefit that have already been locked-in. Election/Cancellation of the Benefit GRO Plus II can be elected on the Issue Date of your Annuity, or on any Valuation Day thereafter as long as the benefit is available, provided that your Account Value is allocated in a manner permitted with the benefit and that you otherwise meet our eligibility rules. You may elect GRO Plus II only if the oldest of the Owner and Annuitant is 84 or younger on the date of election. However you will lose all guarantees that you had accumulated under those benefits. The base guarantee under GRO Plus II will be based on your current Account Value at the time GRO Plus II becomes effective on your Annuity. GRO Plus II is not available if you participate in any other optional living benefit. However, GRO Plus II may be elected together with any optional death benefit. GRO Plus II will terminate automatically upon: (a) the death of the Owner or the Annuitant (in an entity owned contract), unless the Annuity is continued by the surviving spouse; (b) as of the date Account Value is applied to begin annuity payments; (c) as of the anniversary of benefit election that immediately precedes the contractually-mandated latest annuity date, or (d) upon full surrender of the Annuity. If you elect to terminate the benefit, GRO Plus II will no longer provide any guarantees. The charge for the GRO Plus II benefit will no longer be deducted from your Account Value upon termination of the benefit. If you elect this benefit, and in connection with that election you are required to reallocate to different investment options permitted under this benefit, then on the Valuation Day on which we receive your request in Good Order, we will (i) sell units of the non-permitted investment options and (ii) invest the proceeds of those sales in the permitted investment options that you have designated. During this reallocation process, your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts will remain exposed to investment risk, as is the case generally. The protection afforded by the newly-elected benefit will not arise until the close of business on the following Valuation Day. If you wish, you may cancel the GRO Plus II benefit. You may also cancel an enhanced guarantee, but leave the base guarantee intact. Upon cancellation, you may elect any other currently available living benefit on any Valuation Day after you have cancelled the GRO Plus II benefit, provided that your Account Value is allocated in a manner permitted with that new benefit and that you otherwise meet our eligibility rules. Upon cancellation of the GRO Plus II benefit, any Account Value allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with the formula will be reallocated to the Permitted Sub-Accounts according to your most recent allocation instructions or, in absence of such instructions, pro rata (i.e., in direct proportion to your current allocations). Upon your re-election of GRO Plus II, Account Value may be transferred between the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts and the Permitted Sub-accounts according to the predetermined mathematical formula (see "Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value" above for more details). You also should be aware that upon cancellation of the GRO Plus II benefit, you will lose all guarantees that you had accumulated under the benefit. Thus, the guarantees under any newly-elected benefit will be based on your current Account Value at benefit effectiveness. The benefit you elect or re-elect may be more expensive than the benefit you cancel. Once the GRO Plus II benefit is canceled you are not required to re-elect another optional living benefit and any subsequent benefit election may be made 70 on or after the first Valuation Day following the cancellation of the GRO Plus II benefit provided that the benefit you are looking to elect is available at that time and on a post-issue basis. Special Considerations under GRO Plus II This benefit is subject to certain rules and restrictions, including, but not limited to the following: . Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must be allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. The Permitted Sub-accounts are those described in the Investment Option section of this prospectus . Transfers as dictated by the formula will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers allowable under the Annuity. . Any amounts applied to your Account Value by us on a maturity date will not be treated as "investment in the contract" for income tax purposes. . Only systematic withdrawal programs in which amounts withdrawn are being taken on a pro rata basis from your Annuity's Sub-accounts (i.e., in direct proportion to the proportion that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account Value) will be permitted if you participate in GRO Plus II. Thus, you may not elect GRO Plus II so long as you participate in a systematic withdrawal program in which withdrawals are not taken pro rata. Similarly, if you currently participate in GRO Plus II, we will allow you to add a systematic withdrawal program only if withdrawals under the program are to be taken pro rata. . As the time remaining until the applicable maturity date(s) gradually decreases, the benefit may become increasingly sensitive to moves to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Charges under the Benefit We deduct an annualized charge equal to 0.60% of the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts (including any AST bond portfolio Sub-account) for participation in the GRO Plus II benefit. The annualized charge is deducted daily. The charge is deducted to compensate us for: (a) the risk that your Account Value on a maturity date is less than the amount guaranteed and (b) administration of the benefit. HIGHEST DAILY/sm/ GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION/sm/ II (HD GRO/sm/II) HD GRO II is a form of "guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit" that guarantees a specified Account Value at one or more dates in the future. If you participate in this benefit, you are subject to a predetermined mathematical formula that transfers Account Value between your Sub-accounts and an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. HD GRO II creates a series of separate guarantees, each of which is based on the highest Account Value attained on a day during the applicable time period. As each year of your participation in the benefit passes, we create a new guarantee. Each guarantee then remains in existence until the date on which it matures (unless the benefit terminates sooner). We refer to each date on which the specified Account Value is guaranteed as the "maturity date" for that guarantee. HD GRO II will not create a guarantee if the maturity date of that guarantee would extend beyond the Latest Annuity Date. This is true even with respect to a new Owner who has acquired the Annuity from the original Owner. The guarantees provided by the benefit exist only on the applicable maturity date(s). However, due to the ongoing monitoring of your Account Value, and the transfer of Account Value to support your future guarantees, the benefit may provide some protection from significant Sub-account losses. For this same reason, the benefit may limit your ability to benefit from Sub-account increases while it is in effect. The initial guarantee is created on the day that the HD GRO II benefit is added to your Annuity. We guarantee that your Account Value on the tenth anniversary of that day (we refer to each such anniversary as a "benefit anniversary") will not be less than your Account Value on the day that the HD GRO II benefit was added to your Annuity. Each benefit anniversary thereafter, we create a new guarantee. With respect to each such subsequent guarantee, we identify the highest Account Value that occurred between the date of that benefit anniversary and the date on which HD GRO II was added to your Annuity. We guarantee that your Account Value ten years after that benefit anniversary will be no less than the highest daily Account Value (adjusted for Purchase Payments and withdrawals, as described below) that occurred during that time period. The following example illustrates the time period over which we identify the highest daily Account Value for purposes of each subsequent guarantee under the benefit. If the date of benefit election were January 1, 2010, we would create a guarantee on January 1, 2014 based on the highest Account Value achieved between January 1, 2010 and January 1, 2014, and that guarantee would mature on January 1, 2024. As described below, we adjust each of the guarantee amounts for Purchase Payments (and any associated Purchase Credits) and withdrawals. If the Account Value on the maturity date is less than the guaranteed amount, we will contribute funds from our general account to bring your Account Value up to the guaranteed amount. If the maturity date is not a Valuation Day, then we would contribute such an amount on the next Valuation Day. We will allocate any such amount to each Sub-account (other than the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with this benefit and described below) in accordance with your most recent allocations instructions. Regardless of whether we need to contribute funds at the end of a guarantee period, we will at that time transfer all amounts held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the maturing guarantee to your other Sub-accounts on a pro rata basis, unless your Account Value is either (1) being allocated according to an asset allocation program or (2) at that time allocated entirely to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. If the 71 former (i.e., an asset allocation program), your Account Value will be transferred according to the program. If the latter (i.e., an AST bond portfolio Sub-account), then your Account Value will be transferred to the Sub-accounts permitted with this benefit according to your most recent allocation instructions. Any addition or transferred amount may subsequently be re-allocated based on the predetermined mathematical formula described below. We increase the amount of each guarantee that has not yet reached its maturity date, as well as the highest daily Account Value that we calculate to establish a guarantee, by the amount of each subsequent Purchase Payment (including any associated Purchase Credits) made prior to the applicable maturity date. For example, if the effective date of the benefit was January 1, 2011, and there was an initial guaranteed amount that was set at $100,000 maturing January 1, 2021, and a second guaranteed amount that was set at $120,000 maturing January 1, 2022, then a $30,000 Purchase Payment made on March 30, 2012 would increase the guaranteed amounts to $130,000 and $150,000, respectively. If you make a withdrawal (including any CDSC), we effect a proportional reduction to each existing guarantee amount. We calculate a proportional reduction by reducing each existing guarantee amount by the percentage represented by the ratio of the withdrawal amount (including any CDSC) to your Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal. If you make a withdrawal, we will deduct the withdrawal amount pro rata from each of your Sub-accounts (including the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with this benefit). EXAMPLE This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. It is intended to illustrate the proportional reduction of a withdrawal on each guarantee amount under this benefit. Assume the following: .. The Issue Date is December 1, 2010 .. The benefit is elected on December 1, 2010 .. The Account Value on December 1, 2010 is $200,000, which results in an initial guarantee of $200,000 .. An additional guarantee amount of $350,000 is locked in on December 1, 2011 .. The Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal is equal to $380,000 .. No CDSC is applicable If a withdrawal of $50,000 is taken on December 15, 2011, all guarantee amounts will be reduced by the ratio the total withdrawal amount represents of the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal being taken. Here is the calculation (figures are rounded): .. Account Value before Withdrawal $380,000 .. Equals ratio 13.16% .. All guarantees will be reduced by the above (13.16%) .. Initial guarantee amount $173,680 .. Additional guarantee amount $303,940 Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value We limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account Value if you elect HD GRO II. For purposes of this benefit, we refer to those permitted investment options (other than the AST bond portfolio used with this benefit) as the "Permitted Sub-accounts". HD GRO II uses a predetermined mathematical formula to help manage your guarantees through all market cycles. The formula, and its manner of operation, is the same as that for GRO Plus II. Please see "Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value" in the GRO Plus II section of this prospectus for a discussion of the mathematical formula. Election/Cancellation of the Benefit HD GRO II can be elected on the Issue Date of your Annuity, or on any Valuation Day thereafter as long as the benefit is available, provided that your Account Value is allocated in a manner permitted with the benefit and you otherwise meet our eligibility requirements. You may elect HD GRO II only if the oldest of the Owner and Annuitant is 84 or younger on the date of election. If you currently participate in a living benefit that may be cancelled, you may terminate that benefit at any time and elect HD GRO II. However you will lose all guarantees that you had accumulated under the previous benefit. The initial guarantee under HD GRO II will be based on your current Account Value at the time the new benefit becomes effective on your Annuity. HD GRO II is not available if you participate in any other living benefit. However, HD GRO II may be elected together with any optional death benefit. 72 HD GRO II will terminate automatically upon: (a) the death of the Owner or the Annuitant (in an entity owned contract), unless the Annuity is continued by the surviving spouse; (b) as of the date Account Value is applied to begin annuity payments; (c) as of the anniversary of benefit election that immediately precedes the contractually-mandated latest annuity date, or (d) upon full surrender of the Annuity. If you elect to terminate the benefit, HD GRO II will no longer provide any guarantees. The charge for the HD GRO II benefit will no longer be deducted from your Account Value upon termination of the benefit. If you elect this benefit, and in connection with that election you are required to reallocate to different investment options permitted under this benefit, then on the Valuation Day on which we receive your request in Good Order, we will (i) sell units of the non-permitted investment options and (ii) invest the proceeds of those sales in the permitted investment options that you have designated. During this reallocation process, your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts will remain exposed to investment risk, as is the case generally. The protection afforded by the newly-elected benefit will not arise until the close of business on the following Valuation Day. If you wish, you may cancel the HD GRO II benefit. You may then elect any other currently available living benefit on any Valuation Day after you have cancelled the HD GRO II benefit, provided that your Account Value is allocated in the manner permitted with that new benefit and you otherwise meet our eligibility requirements. Upon cancellation of the HD GRO II benefit, any Account Value allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts used with the formula will be reallocated to the Permitted Sub-Accounts according to your most recent allocation instructions or, in absence of such instructions, pro rata (i.e., in direct proportion to your current allocations). Upon your re-election of HD GRO II, Account Value may be transferred between the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts and the other Sub-accounts according to the predetermined mathematical formula (see "Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value" section for more details). You also should be aware that upon cancellation of the HD GRO II benefit, you will lose all guarantees that you had accumulated under the benefit. Thus, the guarantees under your newly-elected benefit will be based on your current Account Value at the time the new benefit becomes effective. The benefit you elect or re-elect may be more expensive than the benefit you cancel. Special Considerations under HD GRO II This benefit is subject to certain rules and restrictions, including, but not limited to the following: .. Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must be allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. The Permitted Sub-accounts are those described in the Investment Option section. Transfers as dictated by the formula will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers allowable under the Annuity. .. Any amounts applied to your Account Value by us on a maturity date will not be treated as "investment in the contract" for income tax purposes. .. As the time remaining until the applicable maturity date gradually decreases, the benefit may become increasingly sensitive to moves to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. .. Only systematic withdrawal programs in which amounts withdrawn are being taken on a pro rata basis from your Annuity's Sub-accounts (i.e., in direct proportion to the proportion that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account Value) will be permitted if you participate in HD GRO II. Thus, you may not elect HD GRO II so long as you participate in a systematic withdrawal program in which withdrawals are not taken pro rata. Similarly, if you currently participate in HD GRO II, we will allow you to add a systematic withdrawal program only if withdrawals under the program are to be taken pro rata. Charges under the Benefit We deduct an annualized charge equal to 0.60% of the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts (including any AST bond portfolio Sub-account) for participation in the HD GRO II benefit. The annualized charge is deducted daily. The charge is deducted to compensate us for: (a) the risk that your Account Value on the maturity date is less than the amount guaranteed and (b) administration of the benefit. DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS TRIGGERS FOR PAYMENT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT Each Annuity provides a Death Benefit prior to annuitization. If the Annuity is owned by one or more natural persons, the Death Benefit is payable upon the death of the Owner (or the first to die, if there are multiple Owners). If an Annuity is owned by an entity, the Death Benefit is payable upon the Annuitant's death if there is no Contingent Annuitant. Generally, if a Contingent Annuitant was designated before the Annuitant's death and the Annuitant dies, then the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant and a Death Benefit will not be paid upon the Annuitant's death. The person upon whose death the Death Benefit is paid is referred to below as the "decedent." Where an Annuity is structured so that it is owned by a grantor trust but the Annuitant is not the grantor, then the Annuity is required to terminate upon the death of the grantor if the grantor pre-deceases the Annuitant under Section 72(s) of the Code. Under this circumstance, the SurrenderValue will be paid out to the trust and is not eligible for the Death Benefit provided under the Annuity. 73 We determine the amount of the Death Benefit as of the date we receive "Due Proof of Death". Due Proof of Death can be met only if each of the following is submitted to us in Good Order: (a) a death certificate or similar documentation acceptable to us (b) all representations we require or which are mandated by applicable law or regulation in relation to the death claim and the payment of death proceeds and (c) any applicable election of the method of payment of the death benefit by at least one Beneficiary (if not previously elected by the Owner). We must be made aware of the entire universe of eligible Beneficiaries in order for us to have received Due Proof of Death. Any given Beneficiary must submit the written information we require in order to be paid his/her share of the Death Benefit. Once we have received Due Proof of Death, each eligible Beneficiary may take his/her portion of the Death Benefit in one of the forms described in this prospectus (e.g., distribution of the entire interest in the Annuity within 5 years after the date of death, or as periodic payments over a period not extending beyond the life or life expectancy of the Beneficiary). Each Beneficiary choosing to continue the Annuity may re-allocate Account Value among the other available Sub-accounts. After our receipt of Due Proof of Death, we automatically transfer any remaining Death Benefit to the AST Money Market Sub-account. However, between the date of death and the date that we transfer any remaining Death Benefit to the AST Money Market Sub-account, the amount of the Death Benefit could be subject to market fluctuations. If we receive Due Proof of Death more than one year after the date of death, we reserve the right to limit the Death Benefit to the Account Value on the date we receive Due Proof of Death (i.e., we would not pay the basic Death Benefit or any Optional Death Benefit). We reserve the right to waive or extend the one year day period on a non-discriminatory basis. With respect to a Beneficiary Annuity, the Death Benefit is triggered by the death of the beneficial owner (or the Key Life, if entity owned). However, if the Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity, the Owner is an entity, and the Key Life is already deceased, then no Death Benefit is payable upon the death of the beneficial owner. MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT Each Annuity provides a minimum Death Benefit at no additional charge. The amount of the minimum Death Benefit is equal to the greater of: . The sum of all Purchase Payments you have made since the Issue Date of the Annuity (excluding any Purchase Credits) until the date of Due Proof of Death, reduced proportionally by the ratio of the amount of any withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; AND . Your Account Value. OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT One optional Death Benefit is offered for purchase with your Annuity to provide an enhanced level of protection for your beneficiaries. The optional Death Benefit is called the Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit. This optional Death Benefit is also available if your Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity. Investment restrictions apply if you elect the optional Death Benefit. See the chart in the "Investment Options" section of the prospectus for a list of Investment Options available and permitted with the benefit. If subsequent to your election of the optional Death Benefit, we change our requirements as to how your Account Value must be allocated, we will not compel you to re-allocate your Account Value in accordance with our newly-adopted requirements. Key Terms Used with the Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit: . The Death Benefit Target Date for the Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit initially is the later of (a) the anniversary of the Issue Date coinciding with or next following the date the oldest Owner (or Annuitant, if the Annuity is entity-owned) reaches age 80 and (b) the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity. If there is a change of Owner (or Annuitant, if the Annuity is entity-owned) prior to the Death Benefit Target Date, then we will set the Death Benefit Target Date with reference to the age of the oldest new Owner (or Annuitant). However, we will not change the Death Benefit Target Date if the change of Owner (or Annuitant, for an entity-owned Annuity) occurs after the previous Death Benefit Target Date. . The Highest Anniversary Value on the Issue Date is equal to your Account Value (including any Purchase Credits, in the case of the X Series). Thereafter, we calculate a Highest Anniversary Value on each anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity ("Annuity Anniversary") up to and including the earlier of the date of death or attainment of the Death Benefit Target Date. On each such anniversary, the Anniversary Value is equal to the greater of (a) the previous Highest Anniversary Value and (b) the Account Value on each such Anniversary. Between such anniversaries, the Highest Anniversary Value is increased by the sum 74 of all Purchase Payments (including any associated Purchase Credits) since the prior anniversary date and reduced by any Proportional Withdrawals since the prior anniversary date. . Proportional Withdrawals are determined by calculating the ratio of the amount of the withdrawal (including any applicable CDSC) to the Account Value as of the date of the withdrawal but immediately prior to the withdrawal. Proportional withdrawals result in a reduction to the Highest Anniversary Value by reducing such value in the same proportion as the Account Value was reduced by the withdrawal as of the date the withdrawal occurred. For example, if your Highest Anniversary Value is $125,000 and you subsequently withdraw $10,000 at a time when your Account Value is equal to $100,000 (a 10% reduction), then we will reduce your Highest Anniversary Value ($ 125,000) by 10%, or $12,500. 75 Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit ("HAV") If an Annuity has one Owner, the Owner must be age 79 or less at the time the Highest Anniversary Value Optional Death Benefit is elected. If an Annuity has joint Owners, the oldest Owner must be age 79 or less upon election. If an Annuity is owned by an entity, the Annuitant must be age 79 or less upon election. Calculation of Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit If the decedent's date of death occurs before the Death Benefit Target Date, the Death Benefit equals the greater of: 1. the greater of the minimum Death Benefit described above, and 2. the Highest Anniversary Value as of the date on which we receive Due Proof of Death. If the Owner dies on or after the Death Benefit Target Date, the Death Benefit equals the greater of: 1. the greater of the minimum Death Benefit described above, and, 2. the Highest Anniversary Value on the Death Benefit Target Date, plus any Purchase Payments (and associated Purchase Credits) since the Death Benefit Target Date, less the effect of any Proportional Withdrawals since the Death Benefit Target Date. This Death Benefit may not be an appropriate feature where the oldest Owner's age (Annuitant if entity owned) is near age 80. This is because the benefit may not have the same potential for growth as it otherwise would, since there will be fewer Annuity anniversaries before the Death Benefit Target Date is reached. What are the charges for the optional Death Benefit? For elections of the Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit, we impose a charge equal to 0.40%, per year of the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. We deduct the charge to compensate Pruco Life of New Jersey for providing increased insurance protection under the optional Death Benefit. The additional annualized charge is deducted daily against your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts. Can I terminate the optional Death Benefit? The Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit may not be terminated by you once elected. The optional Death Benefit will terminate upon the first to occur of the following: . the date that the Death Benefit is determined, unless the Annuity is continued by a spouse Beneficiary; . upon your designation of a new Owner or Annuitant who, as of the effective date of the change, is older than the age at which we would then issue the Death Benefit (or if we do not then consent to continue the Death Benefit); . upon the Annuity Date; . upon surrender of the Annuity; or . if your Account Value reaches zero. Where an Annuity is structured so that it is owned by a grantor trust but the Annuitant is not the grantor, then the Annuity is required to be surrendered upon the death of the grantor if the grantor pre-deceases the Annuitant under Section 72(s) of the Code. Under this circumstance, the Account Value will be paid out to the beneficiary and it is not eligible for the Death Benefit provided under the Annuity. Upon termination, we cease to assess the fee for the optional Death Benefit. Is there a Death Benefit Suspension Period? If the decedent was not the Owner or Annuitant as of the Issue Date (or within 60 days thereafter) and did not become the Owner or Annuitant due to the prior Owner's or Annuitant's death, any Death Benefit (including any optional Death Benefit) that applies will be suspended for a two-year period as to that person from the date he or she first became Owner or Annuitant. While the two year suspension is in effect, the Death Benefit amount will equal the Account Value. Thus, if you had elected an Optional Death benefit, and the suspension were in effect, you would be paying the fee for the Optional Death Benefit even though during the suspension period your Death Benefit would be limited to the Account Value. After the two-year suspension period is completed the Death Benefit is the same as if the suspension period had not been in force. See the section of the prospectus above generally with regard to changes of Owner or Annuitant that are allowable. Spousal Continuation of Annuity Unless you designate a Beneficiary other than your spouse, upon the death of either spousal Owner, the surviving spouse may elect to continue ownership of the Annuity instead of taking the Death Benefit payment. The Account Value as of the date of Due Proof of Death 76 will be equal to the Death Benefit that would have been payable. Any amount added to the Account Value will be allocated to the Sub-accounts (if you participate in an optional living benefit, such amount will not be directly added to any bond portfolio Sub-account used by the benefit, but may be reallocated by the pre-determined mathematical formula on the same day). No CDSC will apply to purchase payments made prior to the effective date of a spousal continuance. However, any additional Purchase Payments applied after the date the continuance is effective will be subject to all provisions of the Annuity, including the CDSC when applicable. Subsequent to spousal continuation, the minimum Death Benefit will be equal to the greater of: . The Account Value on the effective date of the spousal continuance, plus all Purchase Payments you have made since the spousal continuance (excluding any Purchase Credits) until the date of Due Proof of Death, reduced proportionally by the ratio of the amount of any withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and . The Account Value on Due Proof of Death of the surviving spouse. Spousal continuation is also permitted, subject to our rules and regulatory approval, if the Annuity is held by a custodial account established to hold retirement assets for the benefit of the natural person Annuitant pursuant to the provisions of Section 408(a) of the Code ("Custodial Account") and, on the date of the Annuitant's death, the spouse of the Annuitant is (1) the Contingent Annuitant under the Annuity and (2) the beneficiary of the Custodial Account. The ability to continue the Annuity in this manner will result in the Annuity no longer qualifying for tax deferral under the Code. However, such tax deferral should result from the ownership of the Annuity by the Custodial Account. Please consult your tax or legal adviser. Federal law only permits a spousal continuance to defer the distribution requirements of the Code to spouses recognized under federal law. Any Optional Death Benefit in effect at the time the first of the spouses dies will continue only if spousal assumption occurs prior to the Death Benefit Target Date and prior to the assuming spouse's 80th birthday. If spousal assumption occurs after the Death Benefit Target Date (or the 80th birthday of the assuming spouse), then any Optional Death Benefit will terminate as of the date of spousal assumption. In that event, the assuming spouse's Death Benefit will equal the basic Death Benefit. We allow a spouse to continue the Annuity even though he/she has reached or surpassed the Latest Annuity Date. However, upon such a spousal continuance, annuity payments would begin immediately. PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS Alternative Death Benefit Payment Options - Annuities owned by Individuals (not associated with Tax-Favored Plans) Except in the case of a spousal continuation as described above, upon your death, certain distributions must be made under the Annuity. The required distributions depend on whether you die before you start taking annuity payments under the Annuity or after you start taking annuity payments under the Annuity. If you die on or after the Annuity Date, the remaining portion of the interest in the Annuity must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of death. In the event of the decedent's death before the Annuity Date, the Death Benefit must be distributed: . within five (5) years of the date of death; or . as a series of payments not extending beyond the life expectancy of the beneficiary or over the life of the beneficiary. Payments under this option must begin within one year of the date of death. If the Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity, the payment of the Death Benefit must be distributed: . as a lump sum payment; or . as a series of required distributions under the Beneficiary Continuation Option as described below in the section entitled "Beneficiary Continuation Option,", unless you have made an election prior to Death Benefit proceeds becoming due Alternative Death Benefit Payment Options - Annuities Held by Tax-Favored Plans The Code provides for alternative death benefit payment options when an Annuity is used as an IRA, 403(b) or other "qualified investment" that requires minimum distributions. Upon your death under an IRA, 403(b) or other "qualified investment", the designated Beneficiary may generally elect to continue the Annuity and receive Required Minimum Distributions under the Annuity instead of receiving the Death Benefit in a single payment. The available payment options will depend on whether you die before the date 77 Required Minimum Distributions under the Code were to begin, whether you have named a designated beneficiary and whether the Beneficiary is your surviving spouse. . If you die after a designated Beneficiary has been named, the death benefit must be distributed by December 31st of the year including the five year anniversary of the date of death, or as periodic payments not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary (provided such payments begin by December 31st of the year following the year of death). However, if your surviving spouse is the Beneficiary, the death benefit can be paid out over the life expectancy of your spouse with such payments beginning no later than December 31st of the year following the year of death or December 31st of the year in which you would have reached age 70 1/2, whichever is later. Additionally, if the Death Benefit is payable to (or for the benefit of) your surviving spouse, that portion of the Annuity may be continued with your spouse as the owner. If your Beneficiary elects to receive full distribution by December 31st of the year including the five year anniversary of the date of death, 2009 shall not be included in the five year requirement period. This effectively extends this period to December 31st of the year including the six year anniversary date of death. . If you die before a designated Beneficiary is named and before the date Required Minimum Distributions must begin under the Code, the Death Benefit must be paid out by December 31st of the year including the five year anniversary of the date of death. For Annuities where multiple Beneficiaries have been named and at least one of the Beneficiaries does not qualify as a designated Beneficiary and the account has not been divided into separate accounts by December 31st of the year following the year of death, such Annuity is deemed to have no designated Beneficiary. For this distribution requirement also, 2009 shall not be included in the five year requirement period. . If you die before a designated Beneficiary is named and after the date Required Minimum Distributions must begin under the Code, the Death Benefit must be paid out at least as rapidly as under the method then in effect. For Annuities where multiple Beneficiaries have been named and at least one of the Beneficiaries does not qualify as a designated Beneficiary and the account has not been divided into separate accounts by December 31st of the year following the year of death, such Annuity is deemed to have no designated Beneficiary. A Beneficiary has the flexibility to take out more each year than mandated under the Required Minimum Distribution rules. Until withdrawn, amounts in an IRA, 403(b) or other "qualified investment" continue to be tax deferred. Amounts withdrawn each year, including amounts that are required to be withdrawn under the Required Minimum Distribution rules, are subject to tax. You may wish to consult a professional tax advisor for tax advice as to your particular situation. For a Roth IRA, if death occurs before the entire interest is distributed, the Death Benefit must be distributed under the same rules applied to IRAs where death occurs before the date Required Minimum Distributions must begin under the Code. The tax consequences to the Beneficiary may vary among the different Death Benefit payment options. See the Tax Considerations section of this prospectus, and consult your tax advisor. Beneficiary Continuation Option Instead of receiving the Death Benefit in a single payment, or under an Annuity Option, a Beneficiary may take the Death Benefit under an alternative Death Benefit payment option, as provided by the Code and described above under the sections entitled "Payment of Death Benefits" and "Alternative Death Benefit Payment Options - Annuities Held by Tax-Favored Plans." This "Beneficiary Continuation Option" is described below and is available for both qualified Annuities (i.e. annuities sold to an IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA, or 403(b)), Beneficiary Annuities and non-qualified Annuities. This option is different from the "Beneficiary Annuity", because the Beneficiary Continuation Option is a death benefit payout option used explicitly for annuities issued by a Prudential affiliate . Under the Beneficiary Continuation Option: . The Beneficiary must apply at least $15,000 to the Beneficiary Continuation Option (thus, the Death Benefit amount payable to each beneficiary must be at least $15,000). . The Annuity will be continued in the Owner's name, for the benefit of the Beneficiary. . Beginning on the date we receive an election by the Beneficiary to take the Death Benefit in a form other than a lump sum, the Beneficiary will incur a Settlement Service Charge which is an annual charge assessed on a daily basis against the average assets allocated to the Sub-accounts. The charge is 1.00% per year. . Beginning on the date we receive an election by the Beneficiary to take the Death Benefit in a form other than a lump sum, the Beneficiary will incur an annual maintenance fee equal to the lesser of $30 or 2% of Account Value. The fee will only apply if the Account Value is less than $25,000 at the time the fee is assessed. The fee will not apply if it is assessed 30 days prior to a surrender request. . The initial Account Value will be equal to any Death Benefit (including any optional Death Benefit) that would have been payable to the Beneficiary if the Beneficiary had taken a lump sum distribution. 78 . The available Sub-accounts will be among those available to the Owner at the time of death, however certain Sub-Accounts may not be available. . The Beneficiary may request transfers among Sub-accounts, subject to the same limitations and restrictions that applied to the Owner. Transfers in excess of 20 per year will incur a $10 transfer fee. . No additional Purchase Payments can be applied to the Annuity. Multiple deaths cannot be combined in a single Beneficiary Continuation Option. . The basic Death Benefit and any optional benefits elected by the Owner will no longer apply to the Beneficiary. . The Beneficiary can request a withdrawal of all or a portion of the Account Value at any time, unless the Beneficiary Continuation Option was the payout predetermined by the Owner and the Owner restricted the Beneficiary's withdrawal rights. . Withdrawals are not subject to CDSC. . Upon the death of the Beneficiary, any remaining Account Value will be paid in a lump sum to the person(s) named by the Beneficiary (successor), unless the successor chooses to continue receiving payments through a Beneficiary Continuation Option established for the successor. However, the distributions will continue to be based on the Key Life of the Beneficiary Continuation Option the successor received the death benefit proceeds from. We may pay compensation to the broker-dealer of record on the Annuity based on amounts held in the Beneficiary Continuation Option. Please contact us for additional information on the availability, restrictions and limitations that will apply to a Beneficiary under the Beneficiary Continuation Option. VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT VALUING THE SUB-ACCOUNTS When you allocate Account Value to a Sub-account, you are purchasing units of the Sub-account. Each Sub-account invests exclusively in shares of an underlying Portfolio. The value of the Units fluctuates with the market fluctuations of the Portfolios. The value of the Units also reflects the daily accrual for the Insurance Charge, and if you elected one or more optional benefits whose annualized charge is deducted daily, the additional charge for such benefits. Each Valuation Day, we determine the price for a Unit of each Sub-account, called the "Unit Price." The Unit Price is used for determining the value of transactions involving Units of the Sub-accounts. We determine the number of Units involved in any transaction by dividing the dollar value of the transaction by the Unit Price of the Sub-account as of the Valuation Day. There may be several different Unit Prices for each Sub-account to reflect the Insurance Charge and the charges for any optional benefits. The Unit Price for the Units you purchase will be based on the total charges for the benefits that apply to your Annuity. See the section below entitled "Termination of Optional Benefits" for a detailed discussion of how Units are purchased and redeemed to reflect changes in the daily charges that apply to your Annuity. Example Assume you allocate $5,000 to a Sub-account. On the Valuation Day you make the allocation, the Unit Price is $14.83. Your $5,000 buys 337.154 Units of the Sub-account. Assume that later, you wish to transfer $3,000 of your Account Value out of that Sub-account and into another Sub-account. On the Valuation Day you request the transfer, the Unit Price of the original Sub-account has increased to $16.79 and the Unit Price of the new Sub-account is $17.83. To transfer $3,000, we sell 178.677 Units at the current Unit Price, leaving you 158.477 Units. We then buy $3,000 of Units of the new Sub-account at the Unit Price of $17.83. You would then have 168.255 Units of the new Sub-account. PROCESSING AND VALUING TRANSACTIONS Pruco Life of New Jersey is generally open to process financial transactions on those days that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for trading. There may be circumstances where the NYSE does not open on a regularly scheduled date or time or closes at an earlier time than scheduled (normally 4:00 p.m. EST). Generally, financial transactions requested before the close of the NYSE which meet our requirements will be processed according to the value next determined following the close of business. Financial transactions requested on a non-business day or after the close of the NYSE will be processed based on the value next computed on the next Valuation Day. There may be circumstances when the opening or closing time of the NYSE is different than other major stock exchanges, such as NASDAQ or the American Stock Exchange. Under such circumstances, the closing time of the NYSE will be used when valuing and processing transactions. There may be circumstances where the NYSE is open, however, due to inclement weather, natural disaster or other circumstances beyond our control, our offices may be closed or our business processing capabilities may be restricted. Under those circumstances, your Account Value may fluctuate based on changes in the Unit Values, but you may not be able to transfer Account Value, or make a purchase or redemption request. The NYSE is closed on the following nationally recognized holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas. On those dates, we will not 79 process any financial transactions involving purchase or redemption orders. Pruco Life of New Jersey will also not process financial transactions involving purchase or redemption orders or transfers on any day that: .. trading on the NYSE is restricted; .. an emergency, as determined by the SEC, exists making redemption or valuation of securities held in the separate account impractical; or .. the SEC, by order, permits the suspension or postponement for the protection of security holders. We have arrangements with certain selling firms, under which receipt by the firm in good order prior to our cut-off time on a given Valuation Day is treated as receipt by us on that Valuation Day for pricing purposes. Currently, we have such an arrangement with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. ("CGM"). We extend this pricing treatment to orders that you submit directly through CGM and to certain orders submitted through Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC ("MSSB") where CGM serves as clearing firm for MSSB. Your MSSB registered representative can tell you whether your order will be cleared through CGM. In addition, we currently have an arrangement with Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc. ("Merrill Lynch") under which transfer orders between Sub-accounts that are received in good order by Merrill Lynch prior to the NYSE close on a given Valuation Day will be priced by us as of that Valuation Day. The arrangements with CGM, MSSB, and Merrill Lynch may be terminated or modified in certain circumstances. Initial Purchase Payments: We are required to allocate your initial Purchase Payment to the Sub-accounts within two (2) Valuation Days after we receive all of our requirements at our office to issue an Annuity. If we do not have all the required information to allow us to issue your Annuity, we may retain the Purchase Payment while we try to reach you or your representative to obtain all of our requirements. If we are unable to obtain all of our required information within five (5) Valuation Days, we are required to return the Purchase Payment to you at that time, unless you specifically consent to our retaining the Purchase Payment while we gather the required information. Once we obtain the required information, we will invest the Purchase Payment (and any associated Purchase Credit with respect to the X Series) and issue an Annuity within two (2) Valuation Days. With respect to both your initial Purchase Payment and any subsequent Purchase Payment that is pending investment in our separate account, we may hold the amount temporarily in our general account and may earn interest on such amount. You will not be credited with interest during that period. Additional Purchase Payments: We will apply any additional Purchase Payments (and any associated Purchase Credit with respect to the X Series) on the Valuation Day that we receive the Purchase Payment at our Service Office in Good Order. Scheduled Transactions: Scheduled transactions include transfers under Dollar Cost Averaging, the Asset Allocation Program, Auto-Rebalancing, Systematic Withdrawals, Systematic Investments, required Minimum Distributions, substantially equal periodic payments under section 72(t)/72(q) of the Code, and annuity payments. Scheduled transactions are processed and valued as of the date they are scheduled, unless the scheduled day is not a Valuation Day. In that case, the transaction will be processed and valued on the next Valuation Day, unless (with respect to required Minimum Distributions, substantially equal periodic payments under Section 72(t)/72(q) of the Code, and annuity payments only), the next Valuation Day falls in the subsequent calendar year, in which case the transaction will be processed and valued on the prior Valuation Day. Unscheduled Transactions: "Unscheduled" transactions include any other non-scheduled transfers and requests for Partial Withdrawals or Free Withdrawals or Surrenders. With respect to certain written requests to withdraw Account Value, we may seek to verify the requesting Owner's signature. Specifically, we reserve the right to perform a signature verification for (a) any withdrawal exceeding a certain dollar amount and (b) a withdrawal exceeding a certain dollar amount if the payee is someone other than the Owner. In addition, we will not honor a withdrawal request in which the requested payee is the Financial Professional or agent of record. We reserve the right to request a signature guarantee with respect to a written withdrawal request. If we do perform a signature verification, we will pay the withdrawal proceeds within 7 days after the withdrawal request was received by us in Good Order, and will process the transaction in accordance with the discussion in " Processing And Valuing Transactions" Medically-related Surrenders & Death Benefits: Medically-related surrender requests and Death Benefit claims require our review and evaluation before processing. We price such transactions as of the date we receive at our Service Office in Good Order all supporting documentation we require for such transactions. We are generally required by law to pay any surrender request or death benefit claims from the Separate Account within 7 days of our receipt of your request in Good Order. Termination of Optional Benefits: If any optional benefit terminates, we will no longer deduct the charge we apply to purchase the optional benefit. Certain optional benefits may be added after you have purchased your Annuity. On the date a charge no longer applies or a charge for an optional benefit begins to be deducted, your Annuity will become subject to a different charge. 80 TAX CONSIDERATIONS The tax considerations associated with an Annuity vary depending on whether the contract is (i) owned by an individual or non-natural person, and not associated with a tax-favored retirement plan, or (ii) held under a tax-favored retirement plan. We discuss the tax considerations for these categories of contracts below. The discussion is general in nature and describes only federal income tax law (not state or other tax laws). It is based on current law and interpretations, which may change. The information provided is not intended as tax advice. You should consult with a qualified tax advisor for complete information and advice. References to Purchase Payments below relate to your cost basis in your contract. Generally, your cost basis in a contract not associated with a tax-favored retirement plan is the amount you pay into your contract, or into annuities exchanged for your contract, on an after-tax basis less any withdrawals of such payments. Cost basis for a tax-favored retirement plan is provided only in limited circumstances, such as for contributions to a Roth IRA or nondeductible IRA contributions. The discussion includes a description of certain spousal rights under the contract, and our administration of such spousal rights and related tax reporting accords with our understanding of the Defense of Marriage Act (which defines a "marriage" as a legal union between a man and a woman and a "spouse" as a person of the opposite sex). Depending on the state in which your annuity is issued, we may offer certain spousal benefits to civil union couples or same-sex marriages. You should be aware, however, that federal tax law does not recognize civil unions or same-sex marriages. Therefore, we cannot permit a civil union partner or same-sex spouse to continue the annuity upon the death of the first partner within the meaning of the federal tax law. This limits the benefits afforded a civil union partner or same-sex spouse under the annuity's "spousal continuance" provision. Civil union couples and same-sex marriage spouses should consider that limitation before selecting a spousal benefit under the annuity. The discussion below generally assumes that the Annuity Contract is issued to the Contract Owner. For Annuity Contracts issued under the Beneficiary Continuation Option or as a Beneficiary Annuity, refer to the Taxes Payable by Beneficiaries for Nonqualified Annuity Contracts and Required Distributions Upon Your Death for Qualified Annuity Contracts in this Tax Considerations section. NONQUALIFIED ANNUITY CONTRACTS In general, as used in this prospectus, a Nonqualified Annuity is owned by an individual or non-natural person and is not associated with a tax-favored retirement plan. Taxes Payable by You We believe the Annuity is an annuity contract for tax purposes. Accordingly, as a general rule, you should not pay any tax until you receive money under the contract. Generally, annuity contracts issued by the same company (and affiliates) to you during the same calendar year must be treated as one annuity contract for purposes of determining the amount subject to tax under the rules described below. Charges for investment advisory fees that are taken from the contract are treated as a partial withdrawal from the contract and will be reported as such to the contract owner. It is possible that the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) would assert that some or all of the charges for the optional benefits under the contract should be treated for federal income tax purposes as a partial withdrawal from the contract. If this were the case, the charge for this benefit could be deemed a withdrawal and treated as taxable to the extent there are earnings in the contract. Additionally, for owners under age 59 1/2, the taxable income attributable to the charge for the benefit could be subject to a tax penalty. If the IRS determines that the charges for one or more benefits under the contract are taxable withdrawals, then the sole or surviving owner will be provided with a notice from us describing available alternatives regarding these benefits. You must commence annuity payments no later than the first day of the calendar month next following the maximum Annuity date for your Contract. For some of our contracts, you are able to choose to defer the Annuity Date beyond the default Annuity date described in your Contract. However, the IRS may not then consider your contract to be an annuity under the tax law. Taxes on Withdrawals and Surrender If you make a withdrawal from your contract or surrender it before annuity payments begin, the amount you receive will be taxed as ordinary income, rather than as return of Purchase Payments, until all gain has been withdrawn. Once all gain has been withdrawn, payments will be treated as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments until all Purchase Payments have been returned. After all Purchase Payments are returned, all subsequent amounts will be taxed as ordinary income. You will generally be taxed on any withdrawals from the contract while you are alive even if the withdrawal is paid to someone else. Withdrawals under any of the optional living benefits or as a systematic payment are taxed under these rules. If you assign or pledge all or part of your contract as collateral for a loan, the part assigned generally will be treated as a withdrawal. If you transfer your contract for less than full consideration, such as by gift, you will also trigger tax on any gain in the contract. This rule does not apply if you transfer the contract to your spouse or under most circumstances if you transfer the contract incident to divorce. If you choose to receive payments under an interest payment option, or a beneficiary chooses to receive a death benefit under an interest payment option, that election will be treated, for tax purposes, as surrendering your Annuity and will immediately subject any gain in the contract to income tax. Taxes on Annuity Payments A portion of each annuity payment you receive will be treated as a partial return of your Purchase Payments and will not be taxed. The remaining portion will be taxed as ordinary income. Generally, the nontaxable portion is determined 81 by multiplying the annuity payment you receive by a fraction, the numerator of which is your Purchase Payments (less any amounts previously received tax-free) and the denominator of which is the total expected payments under the contract. After the full amount of your Purchase Payments have been recovered tax-free, the full amount of the annuity payments will be taxable. If annuity payments stop due to the death of the annuitant before the full amount of your Purchase Payments have been recovered, a tax deduction may be allowed for the unrecovered amount. Please refer to your Annuity contract for the maximum Annuity Date. Tax Penalty for Early Withdrawal from a Nonqualified Annuity Contract You may owe a 10% tax penalty on the taxable part of distributions received from your Nonqualified Annuity contract before you attain age 59 1/2. Amounts are not subject to this tax penalty if: . the amount is paid on or after you reach age 59 1/2 or die; . the amount received is attributable to your becoming disabled; . generally the amount paid or received is in the form of substantially equal payments not less frequently than annually (please note that substantially equal payments must continue until the later of reaching age 59 1/2 or 5 years and modification of payments during that time period will result in retroactive application of the 10% tax penalty); or . the amount received is paid under an immediate annuity contract (in which annuity payments begin within one year of purchase). Other exceptions to this tax may apply. You should consult your tax advisor for further details. Special Rules in Relation to Tax-free Exchanges Under Section 1035 Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), permits certain tax-free exchanges of a life insurance, annuity or endowment contract for an annuity, including tax-free exchanges of annuity death benefits for a Beneficiary Annuity. Partial surrenders may be treated in the same way as tax-free 1035 exchanges of entire contracts, therefore avoiding current taxation of any gains in the contract as well as the 10% tax penalty on pre-age 59 1/2 withdrawals. In Revenue Procedure 2008-24, the IRS has indicated that where there is a surrender or distribution from either the initial annuity contract or receiving annuity contract within 12 months of the date on which the partial exchange was completed, the transfer will retroactively be treated as a taxable distribution from the initial annuity contract and a contribution to the receiving annuity contract. Tax free exchange treatment will be retained if the subsequent surrender or distribution would be eligible for an exception to the 10% federal income tax penalty, other than the exceptions for substantially equal periodic payments or distributions under an immediate annuity. It is unclear how the IRS will treat a partial exchange from a life insurance, endowment, or annuity contract into an immediate annuity. As of the date of this prospectus, we will accept a partial 1035 exchange from a non-qualified annuity into an immediate annuity as a "tax-free" exchange for future tax reporting purposes, except to the extent that we, as a reporting and withholding agent, believe that we would be expected to deem the transaction to be abusive. However, some insurance companies may not recognize these partial surrenders as tax-free exchanges and may report them as taxable distributions to the extent of any gain distributed as well as subjecting the taxable portion of the distribution to the 10% tax penalty. We strongly urge you to discuss any transaction of this type with your tax advisor before proceeding with the transaction. If an Annuity is purchased through a tax-free exchange of a life insurance, annuity or endowment contract that was purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any Purchase Payments made to the original contract prior to August 14, 1982 will be treated as made to the new contract prior to that date. Generally, such pre-August 14, 1982 withdrawals are treated as a recovery of your investment in the contract first until Purchase Payments made before August 14, 1982 are withdrawn. Moreover, any income allocable to Purchase Payments made before August 14, 1982, is not subject to the 10% tax penalty. Taxes Payable by Beneficiaries The Death Benefit options are subject to income tax to the extent the distribution exceeds the cost basis in the contract. The value of the Death Benefit, as determined under federal law, is also included in the owner's estate. Generally, the same tax rules described above would also apply to amounts received by your beneficiary. Choosing any option other than a lump sum Death Benefit may defer taxes. Certain minimum distribution requirements apply upon your death, as discussed further below in the Annuity Qualification section. Tax consequences to the beneficiary vary depending upon the Death Benefit payment option selected. Generally, for payment of the Death Benefit . As a lump sum payment: the beneficiary is taxed on gain in the contract. . Within 5 years of death of owner: the beneficiary is taxed as amounts are withdrawn (in this case gain is treated as being distributed first). . Under an annuity or annuity settlement option with distribution beginning within one year of the date of death of the owner: the beneficiary is taxed on each payment (part will be treated as gain and part as return of Purchase Payments). 82 Considerations for Contingent Annuitants: We may allow the naming of a contingent annuitant when a Nonqualified Annuity contract is held by a pension plan or a tax favored retirement plan. In such a situation, the Annuity may no longer qualify for tax deferral where the Annuity contract continues after the death of the Annuitant. Reporting and Withholding on Distributions Taxable amounts distributed from an Annuity are subject to federal and state income tax reporting and withholding. In general, we will withhold federal income tax from the taxable portion of such distribution based on the type of distribution. In the case of an annuity or similar periodic payment, we will withhold as if you are a married individual with three (3) exemptions unless you designate a different withholding status. If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is provided, we will automatically withhold using single with zero exemptions as the default. In the case of all other distributions, we will withhold at a 10% rate. You may generally elect not to have tax withheld from your payments. An election out of withholding must be made on forms that we provide. State income tax withholding rules vary and we will withhold based on the rules of your State of residence. Special tax rules apply to withholding for nonresident aliens, and we generally withhold income tax for nonresident aliens at a 30% rate. A different withholding rate may be applicable to a nonresident alien based on the terms of an existing income tax treaty between the United States and the nonresident alien's country. Please refer to the discussion below regarding withholding rules for a Qualified Annuity. Regardless of the amount withheld by us, you are liable for payment of federal and state income tax on the taxable portion of annuity distributions. You should consult with your tax advisor regarding the payment of the correct amount of these income taxes and potential liability if you fail to pay such taxes. Entity Owners Where a contract is held by a non-natural person (e.g. a corporation), other than as an agent or nominee for a natural person (or in other limited circumstances), the contract will not be taxed as an annuity and increases in the value of the contract over its cost basis will be subject to tax annually. Where a contract is issued to a trust, and such trust is characterized as a grantor trust under the Internal Revenue Code, such contract shall not be considered to be held by a non-natural person and will generally be subject to the tax reporting and withholding requirements for a Nonqualified Annuity. Where a contract is structured so that it is owned by a grantor trust but the annuitant is not the grantor, then the contract is required to terminate upon the death of the grantor if the grantor pre-deceases the annuitant under Section 72(s) of the Code. Under this circumstance, the contract value will be paid out to the beneficiary and it is not eligible for the death benefit provided under the contract. Annuity Qualification Diversification And Investor Control. In order to qualify for the tax rules applicable to annuity contracts described above, the assets underlying the Sub-accounts of an Annuity must be diversified, according to certain rules under the Internal Revenue Code. Each portfolio is required to diversify its investments each quarter so that no more than 55% of the value of its assets is represented by any one investment, no more than 70% is represented by any two investments, no more than 80% is represented by any three investments, and no more than 90% is represented by any four investments. Generally, securities of a single issuer are treated as one investment and obligations of each U.S. Government agency and instrumentality (such as the Government National Mortgage Association) are treated as issued by separate issuers. In addition, any security issued, guaranteed or insured (to the extent so guaranteed or insured) by the United States or an instrumentality of the U.S. will be treated as a security issued by the U.S. Government or its instrumentality, where applicable. We believe the Portfolios underlying the variable investment options of the Annuity meet these diversification requirements. An additional requirement for qualification for the tax treatment described above is that we, and not you as the contract owner, must have sufficient control over the underlying assets to be treated as the owner of the underlying assets for tax purposes. While we also believe these investor control rules will be met, the Treasury Department may promulgate guidelines under which a variable annuity will not be treated as an annuity for tax purposes if persons with ownership rights have excessive control over the investments underlying such variable annuity. It is unclear whether such guidelines, if in fact promulgated, would have retroactive effect. It is also unclear what effect, if any, such guidelines might have on transfers between the investment options offered pursuant to this prospectus. We reserve the right to take any action, including modifications to your Annuity or the investment options, required to comply with such guidelines if promulgated. Any such changes will apply uniformly to affected owners and will be made with such notice to affected owners as is feasible under the circumstances. Required Distributions Upon Your Death for Nonqualified Annuity Contracts. Upon your death, certain distributions must be made under the contract. The required distributions depend on whether you die before you start taking annuity payments under the contract or after you start taking annuity payments under the contract. If you die on or after the Annuity Date, the remaining portion of the interest in the contract must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of death. If you die before the Annuity Date, the entire interest in the contract must be distributed within 5 years after the date of death, or as periodic payments over 83 a period not extending beyond the life or life expectancy of the designated beneficiary (provided such payments begin within one year of your death). Your designated beneficiary is the person to whom benefit rights under the contract pass by reason of death, and must be a natural person in order to elect a periodic payment option based on life expectancy or a period exceeding five years. Additionally, if the Annuity is payable to (or for the benefit of) your surviving spouse, that portion of the contract may be continued with your spouse as the owner. For Nonqualified annuity contracts owned by a non-natural person, the required distribution rules apply upon the death of the annuitant. This means that for a contract held by a non-natural person (such as a trust) for which there is named a co-annuitant, then such required distributions will be triggered by the death of the first co-annuitants to die. Changes In Your Annuity. We reserve the right to make any changes we deem necessary to assure that your Annuity qualifies as an annuity contract for tax purposes. Any such changes will apply to all contract owners and you will be given notice to the extent feasible under the circumstances. Qualified Annuity Contracts In general, as used in this prospectus, a Qualified Annuity is an Annuity contract with applicable endorsements for a tax-favored plan or a Nonqualified Annuity contract held by a tax-favored retirement plan. The following is a general discussion of the tax considerations for Qualified Annuity contracts. This Annuity may or may not be available for all types of the tax-favored retirement plans discussed below. This discussion assumes that you have satisfied the eligibility requirements for any tax-favored retirement plan. Please consult your Financial Professional prior to purchase to confirm if this contract is available for a particular type of tax-favored retirement plan or whether we will accept the type of contribution you intend for this contract. A Qualified annuity may typically be purchased for use in connection with: .. Individual retirement accounts and annuities (IRAs), including inherited IRAs (which we refer to as a Beneficiary IRA), which are subject to Sections 408(a) and 408(b) of the Code; .. Roth IRAs, including inherited Roth IRAs (which we refer to as a Beneficiary Roth IRA) under Section 408A of the Code; .. A corporate Pension or Profit-sharing plan (subject to 401(a) of the Code); .. H.R. 10 plans (also known as Keogh Plans, subject to 401(a) of the Code) .. Tax Sheltered Annuities (subject to 403(b) of the Code, also known as Tax Deferred Annuities or TDAs); .. Section 457 plans (subject to 457 of the Code). A Nonqualified annuity may also be purchased by a 401(a) trust or custodial IRA or Roth IRA account, or a Section 457 plan, which can hold other permissible assets. The terms and administration of the trust or custodial account or plan in accordance with the laws and regulations for 401(a) plans, IRAs or Roth IRAs, or a Section 457 plan, as applicable, are the responsibility of the applicable trustee or custodian. You should be aware that tax favored plans such as IRAs generally provide income tax deferral regardless of whether they invest in annuity contracts. This means that when a tax favored plan invests in an annuity contract, it generally does not result in any additional tax benefits (such as income tax deferral and income tax free transfers). Types of Tax-favored Plans IRAs. If you buy an Annuity for use as an IRA, we will provide you a copy of the prospectus and contract. The "IRA Disclosure Statement" and "Roth IRA Disclosure Statement" which accompany the prospectus contain information about eligibility, contribution limits, tax particulars, and other IRA information. In addition to this information (some of which is summarized below), the IRS requires that you have a "free look" after making an initial contribution to the contract. During this time, you can cancel the Annuity by notifying us in writing, and we will refund all of the Purchase Payments under the Annuity (or, if provided by applicable state law, the amount credited under the Annuity, if greater), less any applicable federal and state income tax withholding. Contributions Limits/Rollovers. Subject to the minimum Purchase Payment requirements of an Annuity, you may purchase an Annuity for an IRA in connection with a "rollover" of amounts from a qualified retirement plan, as a transfer from another IRA, by making a single contribution consisting of your IRA contributions and catch-up contributions, if applicable, attributable to the prior year and the current year during the period from January 1 to April 15, or as a current year contribution. In 2009 the contribution limit is $5,000. The contribution amount is indexed for inflation. The tax law also provides for a catch-up provision for individuals who are age 50 and above, allowing these individuals an additional $1,000 contribution each year. The catch-up amount is not indexed for inflation. The "rollover" rules under the Code are fairly technical; however, an individual (or his or her surviving spouse) may generally "roll over" certain distributions from tax favored retirement plans (either directly or within 60 days from the date of these distributions) if he or she meets the requirements for distribution. Once you buy an Annuity, you can make regular IRA contributions under the Annuity (to the 84 extent permitted by law). However, if you make such regular IRA contributions, you should note that you will not be able to treat the contract as a "conduit IRA," which means that you will not retain possible favorable tax treatment if you subsequently "roll over" the contract funds originally derived from a qualified retirement plan or TDA into another Section 401(a) plan or TDA. In some circumstances, non-spouse beneficiaries may directly roll over to an IRA amounts due from qualified plans, 403(b) plans, and governmental 457(b) plans. The rollover rules applicable to non-spouse beneficiaries under the Code are more restrictive than the rollover rules applicable to owner/participants and spouse beneficiaries. Generally, non-spouse beneficiaries may roll over distributions from tax favored retirement plans only as a direct rollover, and if permitted by the plan. Under the Worker, Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, employer retirement plans are required to permit non-spouse beneficiaries to roll over funds to an inherited IRA for plan years beginning after December 31, 2009. An inherited IRA must be directly rolled over from the employer plan or IRA and must be titled in the name of the deceased (i.e., John Doe deceased for the benefit of Jane Doe). No additional contributions can be made to an inherited IRA. In this prospectus, an inherited IRA is also referred to as a Beneficiary Annuity. Required Provisions. Contracts that are IRAs (or endorsements that are part of the contract) must contain certain provisions: .. You, as owner of the contract, must be the "annuitant" under the contract (except in certain cases involving the division of property under a decree of divorce); .. Your rights as owner are non-forfeitable; .. You cannot sell, assign or pledge the contract; .. The annual contribution you pay cannot be greater than the maximum amount allowed by law, including catch-up contributions if applicable (which does not include any rollover amounts); .. The date on which required minimum distributions must begin cannot be later than April 1st of the calendar year after the calendar year you turn age 70 1/2; and .. Death and annuity payments must meet "required minimum distribution" rules described below. Usually, the full amount of any distribution from an IRA (including a distribution from this contract) which is not a rollover is taxable. As taxable income, these distributions are subject to the general tax withholding rules described earlier regarding a Nonqualified Annuity. In addition to this normal tax liability, you may also be liable for the following, depending on your actions: .. A 10% early withdrawal penalty described below; .. Liability for "prohibited transactions" if you, for example, borrow against the value of an IRA; or .. Failure to take a required minimum distribution, also described below. SEPs. SEPs are a variation on a standard IRA, and contracts issued to a SEP must satisfy the same general requirements described under IRAs (above). There are, however, some differences: .. If you participate in a SEP, you generally do not include in income any employer contributions made to the SEP on your behalf up to the lesser of (a) $49,000 in 2009 ($46,000 in 2008) or (b) 25% of your taxable compensation paid by the contributing employer (not including the employer's SEP contribution as compensation for these purposes). However, for these purposes, compensation in excess of certain limits established by the IRS will not be considered. In 2009, this limit is $245,000 ($230,000 for 2008); .. SEPs must satisfy certain participation and nondiscrimination requirements not generally applicable to IRAs; and .. SEPs that contain a salary reduction or "SARSEP" provision prior to 1997 may permit salary deferrals up to $16,500 in 2009 with the employer making these contributions to the SEP. However, no new "salary reduction" or "SARSEPs" can be established after 1996. Individuals participating in a SARSEP who are age 50 or above by the end of the year will be permitted to contribute an additional $5,500 in 2009. These amounts are indexed for inflation. These Annuities are not available for SARSEPs. You will also be provided the same information, and have the same "free look" period, as you would have if you purchased the contract for a standard IRA. ROTH IRAs. The "Roth IRA Disclosure Statement" contains information about eligibility, contribution limits, tax particulars and other Roth IRA information. Like standard IRAs, income within a Roth IRA accumulates tax-free, and contributions are subject to specific limits. Roth IRAs have, however, the following differences: .. Contributions to a Roth IRA cannot be deducted from your gross income; .. "Qualified distributions" from a Roth IRA are excludable from gross income. A "qualified distribution" is a distribution that satisfies two requirements: (1) the distribution must be made (a) after the owner of the IRA attains age 59 1/2; (b) after the owner's death; (c) due to the owner's disability; or (d) for a qualified first time homebuyer distribution within the meaning of Section 72(t)(2)(F) of the Code; and (2) the distribution must be made in the year that is at least five tax years after the first year for which a contribution was made to any Roth IRA established for the owner or five years after a rollover, transfer, or conversion was made from a traditional IRA 85 to a Roth IRA. Distributions from a Roth IRA that are not qualified distributions will be treated as made first from contributions and then from earnings and earnings will be taxed generally in the same manner as distributions from a traditional IRA. .. If eligible (including meeting income limitations and earnings requirements), you may make contributions to a Roth IRA after attaining age 70 1/2, and distributions are not required to begin upon attaining such age or at any time thereafter. Subject to the minimum Purchase Payment requirements of an Annuity, if you meet certain income limitations you may purchase an Annuity for a Roth IRA in connection with a "rollover" of amounts of another traditional IRA, conduit IRA, SEP, SIMPLE-IRA or Roth IRA by making a single contribution consisting of your Roth IRA contributions and catch-up contributions, if applicable, attributable to the prior year and the current year during the period from January 1 to April 15 of the current year, or with a current contribution. The Code permits persons who meet certain income limitations (generally, adjusted gross income under $100,000) who are not married filing a separate return and who receive certain qualifying distributions from such non-Roth IRAs, to directly rollover or make, within 60 days, a "rollover" of all or any part of the amount of such distribution to a Roth IRA which they establish. Beginning January 2008, an individual receiving an eligible rollover distribution from an employer sponsored retirement plan under sections 401(a) or 403(b) of the Code can directly roll over contributions to a Roth IRA, subject to the same income limits. This conversion triggers current taxation (but is not subject to a 10% early distribution penalty). Once an Annuity has been purchased, regular Roth IRA contributions will be accepted to the extent permitted by law. In addition, an individual receiving an eligible rollover distribution from a designated Roth account under an employer plan may roll over the distribution to a Roth IRA even if the individual is not eligible to make regular contributions to a Roth IRA. Until 2010, participants with an adjusted gross income greater than $100,000 are not permitted to roll over funds from an employer plan, other than a Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b) distribution, to a Roth IRA. Non-spouse beneficiaries receiving a distribution from an employer sponsored retirement plan under sections 401(a) or 403(b) of the Code can also directly roll over contributions to a Roth IRA, subject to the same income limits. However, it is our understanding of the Code that non-spouse beneficiaries cannot "rollover" benefits from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. TDAs. You may own a Tax Deferred Annuity (also known as a TDA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (TSA), 403(b) plan or 403(b) annuity) generally if you are an employee of a tax-exempt organization (as defined under Code Section 501(c)(3)) or a public educational organization, and you may make contributions to a TDA so long as your employer maintains such a plan and your rights to the annuity are nonforfeitable. Contributions to a TDA, and any earnings, are not taxable until distribution. You may also make contributions to a TDA under a salary reduction agreement, generally up to a maximum of $16,500 in 2009. Individuals participating in a TDA who are age 50 or above by the end of the year will be permitted to contribute an additional $5,500 in 2009. This amount is indexed for inflation. Further, you may roll over TDA amounts to another TDA or an IRA. You may also roll over TDA amounts to a qualified retirement plan, a SEP and a 457 government plan. A contract may generally only qualify as a TDA if distributions of salary deferrals (other than "grandfathered" amounts held as of December 31, 1988) may be made only on account of: .. Your attainment of age 59 1/2; .. Your severance of employment; .. Your death; .. Your total and permanent disability; or .. Hardship (under limited circumstances, and only related to salary deferrals, not including earnings attributable to these amounts). In any event, you must begin receiving distributions from your TDA by April 1st of the calendar year after the calendar year you turn age 70 1/2 or retire, whichever is later. These distribution limits do not apply either to transfers or exchanges of investments under the contract, or to any "direct transfer" of your interest in the contract to another employer's TDA plan or mutual fund "custodial account" described under Code Section 403(b)(7). Employer contributions to TDAs are subject to the same general contribution, nondiscrimination, and minimum participation rules applicable to "qualified" retirement plans. Caution: Under recent IRS regulations we can accept contributions, transfers and rollovers only if we have entered into an information-sharing agreement, or its functional equivalent, with the applicable employer or its agent. In addition, in order to comply with the regulations, we will only process certain transactions (e.g, transfers, withdrawals, hardship distributions and, if applicable, loans) with employer approval. This means that if you request one of these transactions we will not consider your request to be in good order, and will not therefore process the transaction, until we receive the employer's approval in written or electronic form. Required Minimum Distributions and Payment Options If you hold the contract under an IRA (or other tax-favored plan), required minimum distribution rules must be satisfied. This means that generally payments must start by April 1 of the year after the year you reach age 70 1/2 and must be made for each year thereafter. For a TDA or a 401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than 5% owner of the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred to retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the Owner's lifetime. The amount of the payment must at least equal the minimum required under the IRS rules. Several choices are available for calculating the minimum amount. More information on the mechanics of this calculation is available on request. 86 Please contact us at a reasonable time before the IRS deadline so that a timely distribution is made. Please note that there is a 50% tax penalty on the amount of any required minimum distribution not made in a timely manner. Required minimum distributions are calculated based on the sum of the Account Value and the actuarial value of any additional death benefits and benefits from optional riders that you have purchased under the contract. As a result, the required minimum distributions may be larger than if the calculation were based on the Account Value only, which may in turn result in an earlier (but not before the required beginning date) distribution of amounts under the Annuity and an increased amount of taxable income distributed to the Annuity owner, and a reduction of death benefits and the benefits of any optional riders. You can use the Minimum Distribution option to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules for an Annuity without either beginning annuity payments or surrendering the Annuity. We will distribute to you the required minimum distribution amount, less any other partial withdrawals that you made during the year. Such amount will be based on the value of the contract as of December 31 of the prior year, but is determined without regard to other contracts you may own. If you have previously elected the Minimum Distribution Option to satisfy your required minimum distributions, we will continue to make such distributions to you in 2009 based on this methodology, unless you tell us not to make a 2009 distribution. Although the IRS rules determine the required amount to be distributed from your IRA each year, certain payment alternatives are still available to you. If you own more than one IRA, you can choose to satisfy your minimum distribution requirement for each of your IRAs by withdrawing that amount from any of your IRAs. If you inherit more than one IRA or more than one Roth IRA from the same owner, similar rules apply. Required Distributions Upon Your Death for Qualified Annuity Contracts Upon your death under an IRA, Roth IRA, 403(b) or other employer sponsored plan, the designated beneficiary may generally elect to continue the contract and receive required minimum distributions under the contract instead of receiving the death benefit in a single payment. The available payment options will depend on whether you die before the date required minimum distributions under the Code were to begin, whether you have named a designated beneficiary and whether that beneficiary is your surviving spouse. .. If you die after a designated beneficiary has been named, the death benefit must be distributed by December 31st of the year including the five year anniversary of the date of death, or as periodic payments not extending beyond the life or life expectancy of the designated beneficiary (as long as payments begin by December 31st of the year following the year of death). However, if your surviving spouse is the beneficiary, the death benefit can be paid out over the life or life expectancy of your spouse with such payments beginning no later than December 31st of the year following the year of death or December 31st of the year in which you would have reached age 70 1/2, which ever is later. Additionally, if the contract is payable to (or for the benefit of) your surviving spouse, that portion of the contract may be continued with your spouse as the owner. If you die before a designated beneficiary is named and before the date required minimum distributions must begin under the Code, the death benefit must be paid out by December 31st of the year including the five year anniversary of the date of death. For contracts where multiple beneficiaries have been named and at least one of the beneficiaries does not qualify as a designated beneficiary and the account has not been divided into separate accounts by December 31st of the year following the year of death, such contract is deemed to have no designated beneficiary. A designated beneficiary may elect to apply the rules for no designated beneficiary if those would provide a smaller payment requirement. For this distribution requirement also, 2009 shall not be included in the five year requirement period. .. If you die before a designated beneficiary is named and after the date required minimum distributions must begin under the Code, the death benefit must be paid out at least as rapidly as under the method then in effect. For contracts where multiple beneficiaries have been named and at least one of the beneficiaries does not qualify as a designated beneficiary and the account has not been divided into separate accounts by December 31st of the year following the year of death, such contract is deemed to have no designated beneficiary. A designated beneficiary may elect to apply the rules for no designated beneficiary if those would provide a smaller payment requirement. A beneficiary has the flexibility to take out more each year than mandated under the required minimum distribution rules. Until withdrawn, amounts in a Qualified Annuity contract continue to be tax deferred. Amounts withdrawn each year, including amounts that are required to be withdrawn under the required minimum distribution rules, are subject to tax. You may wish to consult a professional tax advisor for tax advice as to your particular situation. For a Roth IRA, if death occurs before the entire interest is distributed, the death benefit must be distributed under the same rules applied to IRAs where death occurs before the date required minimum distributions must begin under the Code. Tax Penalty for Early Withdrawals from Qualified Annuity Contracts You may owe a 10% tax penalty on the taxable part of distributions received from an IRA, SEP, Roth IRA, TDA or qualified retirement plan before you attain age 59 1/2. Amounts are not subject to this tax penalty if: .. the amount is paid on or after you reach age 59 1/2 or die; 87 .. the amount received is attributable to your becoming disabled; or .. generally the amount paid or received is in the form of substantially equal payments not less frequently than annually. (Please note that substantially equal payments must continue until the later of reaching age 59 1/2 or 5 years. Modification of payments during that time period will result in retroactive application of the 10% tax penalty.) Other exceptions to this tax may apply. You should consult your tax advisor for further details. Withholding We will withhold federal income tax at the rate of 20% for any eligible rollover distribution paid by us to or for a plan participant, unless such distribution is "directly" rolled over into another qualified plan, IRA (including the IRA variations described above), SEP, 457 government plan or TDA. An eligible rollover distribution is defined under the tax law as a distribution from an employer plan under 401(a), a TDA or a 457 governmental plan, excluding any distribution that is part of a series of substantially equal payments (at least annually) made over the life expectancy of the employee or the joint life expectancies of the employee and his designated beneficiary, any distribution made for a specified period of 10 years or more, any distribution that is a required minimum distribution and any hardship distribution. Regulations also specify certain other items which are not considered eligible rollover distributions. For all other distributions, unless you elect otherwise, we will withhold federal income tax from the taxable portion of such distribution at an appropriate percentage. The rate of withholding on annuity payments where no mandatory withholding is required is determined on the basis of the withholding certificate that you file with us. If you do not file a certificate, we will automatically withhold federal taxes on the following basis: . For any annuity payments not subject to mandatory withholding, you will have taxes withheld by us as if you are a married individual, with 3 exemptions . If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is provided, we will automatically withhold using single with zero exemptions as the default; and . For all other distributions, we will withhold at a 10% rate. We will provide you with forms and instructions concerning the right to elect that no amount be withheld from payments in the ordinary course. However, you should know that, in any event, you are liable for payment of federal income taxes on the taxable portion of the distributions, and you should consult with your tax advisor to find out more information on your potential liability if you fail to pay such taxes. There may be additional state income tax withholding requirements. ERISA Requirements ERISA (the "Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974") and the Code prevent a fiduciary and other "parties in interest" with respect to a plan (and, for these purposes, an IRA would also constitute a "plan") from receiving any benefit from any party dealing with the plan, as a result of the sale of the contract. Administrative exemptions under ERISA generally permit the sale of insurance/annuity products to plans, provided that certain information is disclosed to the person purchasing the contract. This information has to do primarily with the fees, charges, discounts and other costs related to the contract, as well as any commissions paid to any agent selling the contract. Information about any applicable fees, charges, discounts, penalties or adjustments may be found in the applicable sections of this prospectus. Information about sales representatives and commissions may be found in the sections of this prospectus addressing distribution of the Annuities. Other relevant information required by the exemptions is contained in the contract and accompanying documentation. Please consult with your tax advisor if you have any questions about ERISA and these disclosure requirements. Spousal Consent Rules for Retirement Plans - Qualified Contracts If you are married at the time your payments commence, you may be required by federal law to choose an income option that provides survivor annuity income to your spouse, unless your spouse waives that right. Similarly, if you are married at the time of your death, federal law may require all or a portion of the Death Benefit to be paid to your spouse, even if you designated someone else as your beneficiary. A brief explanation of the applicable rules follows. For more information, consult the terms of your retirement arrangement. Defined Benefit Plans and Money Purchase Pension Plans. If you are married at the time your payments commence, federal law requires that benefits be paid to you in the form of a "qualified joint and survivor annuity" (QJSA), unless you and your spouse waive that right, in writing. Generally, this means that you will receive a reduced payment during your life and, upon your death, your spouse will receive at least one-half of what you were receiving for life. You may elect to receive another income option if your spouse consents to the election and waives his or her right to receive the QJSA. If your spouse consents to the alternative form of payment, your spouse may not receive any benefits from the plan upon your death. Federal law also requires that the plan pay a Death Benefit to your spouse if you are married and die before you begin receiving your 88 benefit. This benefit must be available in the form of an annuity for your spouse's lifetime and is called a "qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity" (QPSA). If the plan pays Death Benefits to other beneficiaries, you may elect to have a beneficiary other than your spouse receive the Death Benefit, but only if your spouse consents to the election and waives his or her right to receive the QPSA. If your spouse consents to the alternate beneficiary, your spouse will receive no benefits from the plan upon your death. Any QPSA waiver prior to your attaining age 35 will become null and void on the first day of the calendar year in which you attain age 35, if still employed. Defined Contribution Plans (including 401(k) Plans and ERISA 403(b) Annuities). Spousal consent to a distribution is generally not required. Upon your death, your spouse will receive the entire Death Benefit, even if you designated someone else as your beneficiary, unless your spouse consents in writing to waive this right. Also, if you are married and elect an annuity as a periodic income option, federal law requires that you receive a QJSA (as described above), unless you and your spouse consent to waive this right. IRAs, non-ERISA 403(b) Annuities, and 457 Plans. Spousal consent to a distribution usually is not required. Upon your death, any Death Benefit will be paid to your designated beneficiary. Additional Information For additional information about federal tax law requirements applicable to IRAs and Roth IRAs, see the IRA Disclosure Statement or Roth IRA Disclosure Statement, as applicable. Gifts and Generation-skipping Transfers If you transfer your contract to another person for less than adequate consideration, there may be gift tax consequences in addition to income tax consequences. Also, if you transfer your contract to a person two or more generations younger than you (such as a grandchild or grandniece) or to a person that is more than 37 1/2 years younger than you, there may be generation-skipping transfer tax consequences. Company Income Taxes We will pay company income taxes on the taxable corporate earnings created by this Annuity. While we may consider company income taxes when pricing our products, we do not currently include such income taxes in the tax charges you pay under the Annuity. We will periodically review the issue of charging for these taxes. In calculating our corporate income tax liability, we may derive certain corporate income tax benefits associated with the investment of company assets, including separate account assets, which are treated as company assets under applicable income tax law. These benefits reduce our overall corporate income tax liability. We do not pass these tax benefits through to holders of the separate account annuity contracts because (i) the contract owners are not the owners of the assets generating these benefits under applicable income tax law and (ii) we do not currently include company income taxes in the tax charges you pay under the contract. OTHER INFORMATION PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT Pruco Life of New Jersey. Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey (Pruco Life of New Jersey) is a stock life insurance organized in 1982 under the laws of the State of New Jersey. It is licensed to sell life insurance and annuities in New Jersey and New York, and accordingly is subject to the laws of each of those states. Pruco Life of New Jersey is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential Insurance Company of America (Prudential), a New Jersey stock life insurance company doing business since 1875. Prudential is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential Financial), a New Jersey insurance holding company. As Pruco Life of New Jersey's ultimate parent, Prudential Financial exercises significant influence over the operations and capital structure of Pruco Life of New Jersey and Prudential. However, neither Prudential Financial, Prudential, nor any other related company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that Pruco Life of New Jersey may owe under the contract. Pruco Life of New Jersey incorporates by reference into the prospectus its latest annual report on Form 10-K filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) since the end of the fiscal year covered by its latest annual report. In addition, all documents subsequently filed by Pruco Life of New Jersey pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act also are incorporated into the prospectus by reference. Pruco Life of New Jersey will provide to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the information that has been incorporated by reference into the prospectus but not delivered with the prospectus. Such information will be provided upon written or oral request at no cost to the requester by writing to Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey, One Corporate Drive, Shelton, CT 06484 or by calling 800-752-6342. Pruco Life of New Jersey files periodic reports as required under the Exchange Act. The public may read and copy any materials that Pruco Life of New Jersey files with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC 89 maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy, and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (see http://www.sec.gov). Our internet address is http://www.prudentialannuities.com. Pruco Life of New Jersey conducts the bulk of its operations through staff employed by it or by affiliated companies within the Prudential Financial family. Certain discrete functions have been delegated to non-affiliates that could be deemed "service providers" under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The entities engaged by Pruco Life of New Jersey may change over time. As of December 31, 2008, non-affiliated entities that could be deemed service providers to Pruco Life of New Jersey and/or another insurer within the Prudential Annuities business unit consisted of the following: Alliance-One Services Inc. (administration of variable life policies) located at 55 Hartland Street East Hartford CT 06108, Ascensus (qualified plan administrator) located at 200 Dryden Road, Dresher, PA 19025, Blue Frog Solutions, Inc. (order entry systems provider) located at 555 SW 12th Ave, Suite 202 Pompano Beach, FL 33069, Broadridge Investor Communication Solutions, Inc. (proxy tabulation services), 51 Mercedes Way, Edgewood, NY 11717, EBIX Inc. (order-entry system) located at 5 Concourse Parkway Suite 3200 Atlanta, GA 30328, Diversified Information Technologies Inc. (records management) located at 123 Wyoming Avenue Scranton, PA 18503, Fosdick Fulfillment Corp. (fulfillment of prospectuses and marketing materials) located at 26 Barnes Industrial Park Road North Wallingford, CT 06492, Insurance Technologies (annuity illustrations) located at 38120 Amrhein Ave., Livonia, MI 48150, Lason Systems Inc. (contract printing and mailing) located at 1305 Stephenson Highway Troy, MI 48083, Morningstar Associates LLC (asset allocation recommendations) located at 225 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606, Pershing LLC (order-entry systems provider) located at One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399, Personix (printing and fulfillment of confirmations and client statements) located at 13100 North Promenade Boulevard Stafford, TX 77477, RR Donnelley Receivables Inc. (printing annual reports and prospectuses) located at 111 South Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606-4301, Stanton Group (qualified plan administrator) located at Two Pine Tree Drive Suite 400 Arden Hills, MN 55112 Attention: Alerus Retirement Solutions, State Street (accumulation unit value calculations) located at State Street Financial Center One Lincoln Street Boston, Massachusetts 02111, The Harty Press, Inc. (printing and fulfillment of marketing materials) located at 25 James Street New Haven, CT 06513, VG Reed & Sons Inc. (printing and fulfillment of annual reports) located at 1002 South 12th Street Louisville, KY 40210, William B. Meyer (printing and fulfillment of prospectuses and marketing materials) located at 255 Long Beach Boulevard Stratford, CT 06615. The Separate Account. We have established a separate account, the Pruco Life of New Jersey Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account (separate account), to hold the assets that are associated with the variable annuity contracts. The separate account was established under New Jersey law on May 20, 1996, and is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust, which is a type of investment company. The assets of the separate account are held in the name of Pruco Life of New Jersey and legally belong to us. These assets are kept separate from all of our other assets and may not be charged with liabilities arising out of any other business we may conduct. More detailed information about Pruco Life of New Jersey, including its audited consolidated financial statements, is provided in the Statement of Additional Information. We may offer new Sub-accounts, eliminate Sub-accounts, or combine Sub-accounts at our sole discretion. We may also close Sub-accounts to additional Purchase Payments on existing Annuities or close Sub-accounts for Annuities purchased on or after specified dates. We will first notify you and receive any necessary SEC and/or state approval before making such a change. If an underlying mutual fund is liquidated, we will ask you to reallocate any amount in the liquidated fund. If you do not reallocate these amounts, we will reallocate such amounts only in accordance with SEC pronouncements and only after obtaining an order from the SEC, if required. We reserve the right to substitute underlying portfolios, as allowed by applicable law. If we make a fund substitution or change, we may change the Annuity contract to reflect the substitution or change. We do not control the underlying mutual funds, so we cannot guarantee that any of those funds will always be available. If you are enrolled in a Dollar Cost Averaging, Asset Rebalancing, or comparable programs while an underlying fund merger, substitution or liquidation takes place, unless otherwise noted in any communication from us, your Account Value invested in such underlying fund will be transferred automatically to the designated surviving fund in the case of mergers, the replacement fund in the case of substitutions, and an available Money Market Fund in the case of fund liquidations. Your enrollment instructions will be automatically updated to reflect the surviving fund, the replacement fund or a Money Market Fund for any continued and future investments. Service Fees Payable to Pruco Life of New Jersey Pruco Life of New Jersey and/or our affiliates receive substantial and varying administrative service payments, Rule 12b-1 fees, and "revenue sharing" payments from certain underlying Portfolios or related parties. Rule 12b-1 fees compensate our affiliated principal underwriter for distribution, marketing, and/or servicing functions. Administrative services payments compensate us for providing administrative services with respect to Annuity Owners invested indirectly in the Portfolio, which include duties such as recordkeeping shareholder services, and the mailing of periodic reports. We receive administrative services fees with respect to both affiliated underlying Portfolios and unaffiliated underlying Portfolios. The administrative services fees we receive from affiliates originate from the assets of the affiliated Portfolio itself and/or the assets of the Portfolio's investment advisor. In recognition of the administrative services provided by the relevant affiliated insurance companies, the investment advisors to certain affiliated Portfolios also make "revenue 90 sharing" payments to such affiliated insurance companies. In any case, the existence of these fees tends to increase the overall cost of investing in the Portfolio. In addition, because these fees are paid to us, allocations you make to these affiliated underlying Portfolios benefit us financially. We collect these payments and fees under agreements between us and a Portfolio's principal underwriter, transfer agent, investment advisor and/or other entities related to the Portfolio. The 12b-1 fees and administrative services fees that we receive may vary among the different fund complexes that are part of our investment platform. Thus, the fees we collect may be greater or smaller, based on the Portfolios that you select. In addition, we may consider these payments and fees, among a number of factors, when deciding to add or keep a Portfolio on the "menu" of Portfolios that we offer through the Annuity. Please see the table entitled "Underlying Mutual Fund Portfolio Annual Expenses" for a listing of the Portfolios that pay a 12b-1 fee. With respect to administrative services fees, the maximum fee that we receive is equal to [____]% of the average assets allocated to the Portfolio(s) under the Annuity. We expect to make a profit on these fees. In addition, an investment advisor, sub-advisor or distributor of the underlying Portfolios may also compensate us by providing reimbursement, defraying the costs of, or paying directly for, among other things, marketing and/or administrative services and/or other services they provide in connection with the Annuity. These services may include, but are not limited to: sponsoring or co-sponsoring various promotional, educational or marketing meetings and seminars attended by distributors, wholesalers, and/or broker dealer firms' registered representatives, and creating marketing material discussing the contract, available options, and underlying Portfolios. The amounts paid depend on the nature of the meetings, the number of meetings attended by the advisor, sub-advisor, or distributor, the number of participants and attendees at the meetings, the costs expected to be incurred, and the level of the advisor's, sub-advisor's or distributor's participation. These payments or reimbursements may not be offered by all advisors, sub-advisors, or distributors, and the amounts of such payments may vary between and among each advisor, sub-advisor, and distributor depending on their respective participation. During 2008, with regard to amounts that were paid under these kinds of arrangements described immediately above, the amounts ranged from approximately $750 to approximately $1,138,481. These amounts may have been paid to one or more Prudential-affiliated insurers issuing individual variable annuities. LEGAL STRUCTURE OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS Each underlying mutual fund is registered as an open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act. Shares of the underlying mutual fund Portfolios are sold to separate accounts of life insurance companies offering variable annuity and variable life insurance products. The shares may also be sold directly to qualified pension and retirement plans. Voting Rights We are the legal owner of the shares of the underlying mutual funds in which the Sub-accounts invest. However, under SEC rules, you have voting rights in relation to Account Value maintained in the Sub-accounts. If an underlying mutual fund portfolio requests a vote of shareholders, we will vote our shares based on instructions received from Owners with Account Value allocated to that Sub-account. Owners have the right to vote an amount equal to the number of shares attributable to their contracts. If we do not receive voting instructions in relation to certain shares, we will vote those shares in the same manner and proportion as the shares for which we have received instructions. This voting procedure is sometimes referred to as "mirror voting" because, as indicated in the immediately preceding sentence, we mirror the votes that are actually cast, rather than decide on our own how to vote. In addition, because all the shares of a given mutual fund held within our separate account are legally owned by us, we intend to vote all of such shares when that underlying fund seeks a vote of its shareholders. As such, all such shares will be counted towards whether there is a quorum at the underlying fund's shareholder meeting and towards the ultimate outcome of the vote. Thus, under "mirror voting", it is possible that the votes of a small percentage of contract holders who actually vote will determine the ultimate outcome. We will furnish those Owners who have Account Value allocated to a Sub-account whose underlying mutual fund portfolio has requested a "proxy" vote with proxy materials and the necessary forms to provide us with their voting instructions. Generally, you will be asked to provide instructions for us to vote on matters such as changes in a fundamental investment strategy, adoption of a new investment advisory agreement, or matters relating to the structure of the underlying mutual fund that require a vote of shareholders. Advanced Series Trust (the "Trust") has obtained an exemption from the Securities and Exchange Commission that permits its co-investment advisers, AST Investment Services, Inc. and Prudential Investments LLC, subject to approval by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, to change sub-advisors for a Portfolio and to enter into new sub-advisory agreements, without obtaining shareholder approval of the changes. This exemption (which is similar to exemptions granted to other investment companies that are organized in a similar manner as the Trust) is intended to facilitate the efficient supervision and management of the sub-advisors by AST Investment Services, 91 Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and the Trustees. The Trust is required, under the terms of the exemption, to provide certain information to shareholders following these types of changes. We may add new Sub-accounts that invest in a series of underlying funds other than the Trust. Such series of funds may have a similar order from the SEC. You also should review the prospectuses for the other underlying funds in which various Sub-accounts invest as to whether they have obtained similar orders from the SEC. Material Conflicts It is possible that differences may occur between companies that offer shares of an underlying mutual fund portfolio to their respective separate accounts issuing variable annuities and/or variable life insurance products. Differences may also occur surrounding the offering of an underlying mutual fund portfolio to variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts that we offer. Under certain circumstances, these differences could be considered "material conflicts," in which case we would take necessary action to protect persons with voting rights under our variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies against persons with voting rights under other insurance companies' variable insurance products. If a "material conflict" were to arise between owners of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by us we would take necessary action to treat such persons equitably in resolving the conflict. "Material conflicts" could arise due to differences in voting instructions between owners of variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts of the same or different companies. We monitor any potential conflicts that may exist. Confirmations, Statements, and Reports We send any statements and reports required by applicable law or regulation to you at your last known address of record. You should therefore give us prompt notice of any address change. We reserve the right, to the extent permitted by law and subject to your prior consent, to provide any prospectus, prospectus supplements, confirmations, statements and reports required by applicable law or regulation to you through our Internet Website at www.prudential.com or any other electronic means, including diskettes or CD ROMs. We send a confirmation statement to you each time a transaction is made affecting Account Value, such as making additional Purchase Payments, transfers, exchanges or withdrawals. We also send quarterly statements detailing the activity affecting your Annuity during the calendar quarter, if there have been transactions during the quarter. We may confirm regularly scheduled transactions, including, but not limited to the Annual Maintenance Fee, Systematic Withdrawals (including 72(t)/72(q) payments and Required Minimum Distributions), electronic funds transfer, Dollar Cost Averaging, auto rebalancing, and the Custom Portfolios Program in quarterly statements instead of confirming them immediately. You should review the information in these statements carefully. You may request additional reports. We reserve the right to charge $50 for each such additional report, but may waive that charge in the future. We will also send an annual report and a semi-annual report containing applicable financial statements for the portfolios to Owners or, with your prior consent, make such documents available electronically through our Internet Website or other electronic means. DISTRIBUTION OF ANNUITIES OFFERED BY PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc. (PAD), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Annuities, Inc., is the distributor and principal underwriter of the annuities offered through this prospectus. PAD acts as the distributor of a number of annuity and life insurance products. PAD's principal business address is One Corporate Drive, Shelton, Connecticut 06484. PAD is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Each Annuity is offered on a continuous basis. PAD enters into distribution agreements with broker/dealers who are registered under the Exchange Act and with entities that may offer the Annuities but are exempt from registration (firms). Applications for each Annuity are solicited by registered representatives of those firms. Such representatives will also be our appointed insurance agents under state insurance law. In addition, PAD may offer the Annuity directly to potential purchasers. Commissions are paid to firms on sales of the Annuity according to one or more schedules. The registered representative will receive a portion of the compensation, depending on the practice of his or her firm. Commissions are generally based on a percentage of Purchase Payments made, up to a maximum of ____% for the L Series, ____% for the X Series ____% for the B Series and ______ for the C Series. Alternative compensation schedules are available that provide a lower initial commission plus ongoing annual compensation based on all or a portion of Account Value. We may also provide compensation to the distributing firm for providing ongoing service to you in relation to the Annuity. Commissions and other compensation paid in relation to the Annuity do not result in any additional charge to you or to the separate account. Compensation varies by Annuity product, and such differing compensation could be a factor in which Annuity a Financial Professional recommends to you. In addition, in an effort to promote the sale of our products (which may include the placement of Pruco Life of New Jersey and/or the Annuity on a preferred or recommended company or product list and/or access to the firm's registered representatives), we or PAD may enter into compensation arrangements with certain broker/dealers firms with respect to certain or all registered representatives of such firms under which such firms may receive separate compensation or reimbursement for, among other things, training of sales personnel and/or marketing and/or administrative services and/or other services they provide to us or our affiliates. These services may include, but 92 are not limited to: educating customers of the firm on the Annuity's features; conducting due diligence and analysis; providing office access, operations and systems support; holding seminars intended to educate registered representatives and make them more knowledgeable about the Annuities; providing a dedicated marketing coordinator; providing priority sales desk support; and providing expedited marketing compliance approval and preferred programs to PAD. We or PAD also may compensate third-party vendors, for services that such vendors render to broker-dealer firms. To the extent permitted by the FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations, PAD may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the forms of cash or non-cash compensation. These arrangements may not be offered to all firms and the terms of such arrangements may differ between firms. In addition, we or our affiliates may provide such compensation, payments and/or incentives to firms arising out of the marketing, sale and/or servicing of variable annuities or life insurance offered by different Prudential business units. The list below identifies three general types of payments that PAD pays which are broadly defined as follows: .. Percentage Payments based upon "Assets under Management" or "AUM": This type of payment is a percentage payment that is based upon the total assets, subject to certain criteria in certain Pruco Life of New Jersey products. .. Percentage Payments based upon sales: This type of payment is a percentage payment that is based upon the total amount of money received as Purchase Payments under Pruco Life of New Jersey annuity products sold through the firm (or its affiliated broker-dealers). .. Fixed Payments: These types of payments are made directly to or in sponsorship of the firm (or its affiliated broker-dealers). Examples of arrangements under which such payments may be made currently include, but are not limited to: sponsorships, conferences (national, regional and top producer), speaker fees, promotional items and reimbursements to firms for marketing activities or services paid by the firms and/or their registered representatives. The amount of these payments varies widely because some payments may encompass only a single event, such as a conference, and others have a much broader scope. In addition, we may make payments periodically during the relationship for systems, operational and other support. The list below includes the names of the firms (or their affiliated broker/dealers) that we are aware (as of December 31, 2008) received payment with respect to Prudential Annuities' annuity business generally during 2008 (or as to which a payment amount was accrued during 2008). The firms listed below include those receiving payments in connection with marketing of products issued by Pruco Life Insurance Company and Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey. Your registered representative can provide you with more information about the compensation arrangements that apply upon the sale of the contract. During 2008, the least amount paid, and greatest amount paid, were $1,578 and $1,376,472, respectively. The firms listed below are those that received payments during 2008 with respect to Pruco Life and Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey Annuities. Each of these Annuities also is distributed by other selling firms that previously were appointed only with our affiliate Prudential Annuities Life Assurance Corporation ("PALAC"). Such other selling firms may have received compensation similar to the types discussed above with respect to their sale of PALAC annuities. Name of Firm: A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. Advantage Capital AIG Financial Advisors, Inc. American General Securities Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. Financial Network Investment Corp. FSC Securities Corp. ING Financial Partners, Inc. Merrill Lynch Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated Multi-Financial Securities Corp. PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc. Pruco Securities LLC Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Raymond James Financial Services Royal Alliance Associates, Inc. Stifel Nicolaus & Co., Inc. UBS Financial Services, Inc. Wachovia Securities, Inc. Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC Wells Fargo Investments, LLC 93 You should note that firms and individual registered representatives and branch managers with some firms participating in one of these compensation arrangements might receive greater compensation for selling the Annuities than for selling a different annuity that is not eligible for these compensation arrangements. While compensation is generally taken into account as an expense in considering the charges applicable to a contract product, any such compensation will be paid by us or PAD and will not result in any additional charge to you. Your registered representative can provide you with more information about the compensation arrangements that apply upon the sale of the Annuity. On July 1, 2003, Prudential Financial combined its retail securities brokerage and clearing operations with those of Wachovia Corporation ("Wachovia") and formed Wachovia Securities, a joint venture currently headquartered in St. Louis, Missouri. On October 1, 2007, Wachovia completed the acquisition of A.G. Edwards, Inc. ("A.G. Edwards") and on January 1, 2008 contributed the retail securities brokerage business of A.G. Edwards to the joint venture. Wachovia's contribution of this business entitled Prudential Financial to elect a "lookback" option (which Prudential Financial elected) permitting Prudential Financial to delay for a period of two years ending on January 1, 2010, the decision on whether or not to make payments to avoid or limit dilution of its 38% ownership interest in the joint venture or, alternatively, to "put" its joint venture interests to Wachovia based on the appraised value of the joint venture, excluding the A.G. Edwards business, as of January 1, 2008, the date of the combination of the A.G. Edwards business with Wachovia Securities. On October 3, 2008, Wachovia and Wells Fargo & Company ("Wells Fargo") announced that they had entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, pursuant to which Wachovia would be merged into Wells Fargo, which would succeed to Wachovia's rights and obligations under the joint venture arrangements. As reported by Wells Fargo, this merger was completed on December 31, 2008. Wachovia Securities is now using the Wells Fargo Advisors name. On June 17, 2009, Prudential Financial provided notice to Wells Fargo of its exercise of its "lookback" option put rights. Under the terms of the joint venture agreements, the Company expects that the closing of the put transaction will occur on or about January 1, 2010. Wachovia and Wachovia Securities are key distribution partners for certain products of Prudential Financial affiliates, including mutual funds and individual annuities that are distributed through their financial advisors, bank channel and independent channel. In addition, Prudential Financial is a service provider to the managed account platform and certain wrap-fee benefits offered by Wachovia Securities. This Annuity is sold through firms that are unaffiliated with us, and also is sold through an affiliated firm called Pruco Securities LLC. Pruco Securities, LLC is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial that sells variable annuities and variable life insurance (among other products) through its registered representatives. Pruco Securities LLC also serves as principal underwriter of certain variable life insurance contracts issued by subsidiary insurers of Prudential Financial. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The financial statements of the Separate Account and Pruco Life of New Jersey are included in the Statement of Additional Information. INDEMNIFICATION Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS Pruco Life of New Jersey is subject to legal and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of its businesses, including class action lawsuits. Legal and regulatory actions may include proceedings relating to aspects of the businesses and operations that are specific to Pruco Life of New Jersey and that are typical of the businesses in which Pruco Life of New Jersey operates. Class action and individual lawsuits may involve a variety of issues and/or allegations, which include sales practices, underwriting practices, claims payment and procedures, premium charges and policy servicing. Pruco Life of New Jersey may also be subject to litigation arising out of its general business activities, such as investments and third party contracts. In certain of these matters, plaintiffs may seek large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive or exemplary damages. Commencing in 2003, Prudential Financial received formal requests for information from the SEC and the New York Attorney General's Office ("NYAG") relating to market timing in variable annuities by certain American Skandia entities. In connection with these investigations, with the approval of Skandia, an offer was made by American Skandia to the SEC and NYAG, to settle these matters by paying restitution and a civil penalty of $95 million in the aggregate. In April 2009, AST Investment Services, Inc., formerly named American Skandia Investment Services, Inc. ("ASISI"), reached a resolution of the previously disclosed investigations by the SEC and the NYAG into market timing related misconduct involving certain variable annuities. The settlements relate to conduct that generally occurred between January 1998 and September 2003. ASISI is an affiliate of Pruco Life of New Jersey and serves as investment manager for certain investment options under Pruco Life of New Jersey's variable life insurance and annuity products. Prudential Financial acquired ASISI from Skandia Insurance Company Ltd. (publ) ("Skandia") in May 2003. Subsequent to the acquisition, Prudential Financial implemented controls, procedures and measures designed to protect customers from the types of activities involved in these 94 investigations. These settlements resolve the investigations by the above named authorities into these matters, subject to the settlement terms. Under the terms of the settlements, ASISI has paid a total of $34 million in disgorgement and an additional $34 million as a civil money penalty. These amounts will be paid into a Fair Fund administered by the SEC to compensate those harmed by the market timing related activities. In the settlements, ASISI has agreed to retain, at its ongoing cost and expense, the services of an Independent Distribution consultant acceptable to the Staff of the SEC to develop a proposed plan for the distribution of Fair Fund amounts according to a methodology developed in consultation with and acceptable to the Staff. As part of these settlements, ASISI has undertaken that by the end of 2009 it will undergo a compliance review by an independent third party, who shall issue a report of its findings and recommendations to ASISI's Board of Directors, the Audit Committee of the Advanced Series Trust Board of Trustees and the Staff of the SEC. In addition, ASISI has agreed, among other things, to continue to cooperate with the SEC and NYAG in any litigation, ongoing investigations or other proceedings relating to or arising from their investigations into these matters. Under the terms of the purchase agreement pursuant to which Prudential Financial acquired ASISI from Skandia, Prudential Financial was indemnified for the costs of the settlements. Pruco Life of New Jersey's litigation and regulatory matters are subject to many uncertainties, and given their complexity and scope, their outcomes cannot be predicted. It is possible that results of operations or cash flow of Pruco Life of New Jersey in a particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by an ultimate unfavorable resolution of pending litigation and regulatory matters depending, in part, upon the results of operations or cash flow for such period. In light of the unpredictability of Pruco Life of New Jersey's litigation and regulatory matters, it is also possible that in certain cases an ultimate unfavorable resolution of one or more pending litigation or regulatory matters could have a material adverse effect on Pruco Life of New Jersey's financial position. Management believes, however, that, based on information currently known to it, the ultimate outcome of all pending litigation and regulatory matters, after consideration of applicable reserves and rights to indemnification, is not likely to have a material adverse effect on Pruco Life of New Jersey's financial position. CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The following are the contents of the Statement of Additional Information: .. Company .. Experts .. Principal Underwriter .. Allocation of Initial Purchase Payment .. Determination of Accumulation Unit Values Financial Statements HOW TO CONTACT US You can contact us by: .. calling our Customer Service Team at 1-888-PRU-2888 during our normal business hours, .. writing to us via regular mail at Prudential Annuity Service Center, P.O. Box 7960, Philadelphia, PA 19176. NOTE: Failure to send mail to the proper address may result in a delay in our receiving and processing your request. .. accessing information about your Annuity through our Internet Website at www.prudential.com. You can obtain account information by calling our automated response system and at www.prudential.com, our Internet Website. Our Customer Service representatives are also available during business hours to provide you with information about your account. You can request certain transactions through our telephone voice response system, our Internet Website or through a customer service representative. You can provide authorization for a third party, including your attorney-in-fact acting pursuant to a power of attorney, to access your account information and perform certain transactions on your account. You will need to complete a form provided by us which identifies those transactions that you wish to authorize via telephonic and electronic means and whether you wish to authorize a third party to perform any such transactions. Please note that unless you tell us otherwise, we deem that all transactions that are directed by your Financial Professional with respect to your Annuity have been authorized by you. We require that you or your representative provide proper identification before performing transactions over the telephone or through our Internet Website. This may include a Personal Identification Number (PIN) that will be provided to you upon issue of your Annuity or you may establish or change your PIN by calling our automated response system and at www.prudential.com, our Internet Website. Any third party that you authorize to perform financial transactions on your account will be assigned a PIN for your account. 95 Transactions requested via telephone are recorded. To the extent permitted by law, we will not be responsible for any claims, loss, liability or expense in connection with a transaction requested by telephone or other electronic means if we acted on such transaction instructions after following reasonable procedures to identify those persons authorized to perform transactions on your Annuity using verification methods which may include a request for your Social Security number, PIN or other form of electronic identification. We may be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions if we did not follow such procedures. Pruco Life of New Jersey does not guarantee access to telephonic, facsimile, Internet or any other electronic information or that we will be able to accept transaction instructions via such means at all times. Regular and/or express mail will be the only means by which we will accept transaction instructions when telephonic, facsimile, Internet or any other electronic means are unavailable or delayed. Pruco Life of New Jersey reserves the right to limit, restrict or terminate telephonic, facsimile, Internet or any other electronic transaction privileges at any time. 96 APPENDIX A - ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES As we have indicated throughout this prospectus, each Annuity is a contract that allows you to select or decline any of several features that carries with it a specific asset-based charge. We maintain a unique unit value corresponding to each combination of such contract features. Because each Annuity is new, no historical unit values are depicted here. However, such historical unit values will be set forth in subsequent amendments to this prospectus. A-1 APPENDIX B - SELECTING THE VARIABLE ANNUITY THAT'S RIGHT FOR YOU Pruco Life Insurance Company offers several deferred variable annuity products. Each annuity, (X, L, B, C Series), has different features and benefits that may be appropriate for you based on your individual financial situation and how you intend to use the annuity. Not all of these annuities may be available to you, depending on your state of residence and/or the broker-dealer through which your annuity was sold. You can verify which of these annuities is available to you by speaking to your Financial Professional or calling 1-888-PRU-2888. Among the factors you should consider when choosing which annuity product may be most appropriate for your individual needs are the following: .. Your age; .. The amount of your investment and any planned future Purchase Payments into the annuity, .. How long you intend to hold the annuity (also referred to as investment time horizon); .. Your desire to make withdrawals from the annuity and the timing thereof; .. Your investment objectives; .. The guarantees optional benefits may provide .. Your desire to minimize costs and/or maximize return associated with the annuity. You can compare the costs of the X-Series, L-Series, B-Series, and C-Series by examining the section in this prospectus entitled "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges". There are trade-offs associated with the costs and benefits provided by each of the Series. Generally, shorter-term CDSC products such as the C-Series and L-Series provide higher Surrender Value in short-duration scenarios, while long-term CDSC classes such as the B-Series and X-Series provide higher Surrender Values in long-term scenarios. Please note, while the Insurance Charges differ among the Series, beginning after the 9th contract Anniversary they are all equal. In choosing which Series to purchase, you should consider the features and the associated costs that offer the greatest value to you. The different features may include: . Variations on your ability to access funds in your Annuity without the imposition of a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC), . Different ongoing fees and charges you pay to stay in the contract, . Purchase Credits made available. An Annuity without CDSC or a shorter CDSC may provide flexibility and greater Surrender Value in earlier years; however, if you intend to hold the Annuity long term, it may result in a trade off for value in later years. An Annuity that provides a Purchase Credit has a higher Insurance Charge until the 9th contract Anniversary and a longer CDSC period than other Annuities without a Purchase Credit. However, the Purchase Credit may add long term value. The following chart outlines some of the different features for each Annuity sold through this prospectus. The availability of optional benefits, such as those noted in the chart, may increase the total cost of the annuity. Certain living benefits are intended to address longevity risks or market risk. You should consider whether your need for a living benefit alters your time horizon and then ultimately your share class decision. You should carefully consider which features you plan to use when selecting your annuity, and the impact of such features in relation to your investment objectives and which share class may be most appropriate for you. To demonstrate the impact of the various expense structures, the hypothetical examples on the following pages reflect the Account Value and Surrender Value of each variable annuity over a variety of holding periods. These charts reflect the impact of different hypothetical rates of return and the comparable value of each of the Annuities (which reflects the charges associated with each Annuity) under the assumptions noted. B-1 Annuity Comparison B Series C Series L Series X Series ------------------ --------------------- ----------- ----------------- ----------------------- Minimum Investment $1,000 $10,000 Maximum Issue Age 85 80 Contingent Deferred 7 Years N/A 4 Years 9 Years Sales Charge Schedule (7%, 7%, 6%, 5%) (Based on date of (7%, 7%, 6%, 6%, 5%, (9%, 9%, 9%, 9%, each purchase 5%, 5%) 8%, 8%, 8%, 5%, payment) 2.5%) Insurance Charge 1.30% 1.75% 1.70% 1.85% (Yrs 1-9) Insurance Charge 1.30% (Yrs 10+) Annual Maintenance Lesser of: Fee . $30 , or . 2% of Account Value . Waived for Premiums => $100k Purchase Credit No Yes, based on purchase payments . Yrs 1-4: 6% (3% age 82+) . Yrs 5+: N/A Recaptured in certain circumstances Variable Investment Advanced Series Trust Portfolios; Options Franklin Templeton VIT (Not all options available with certain optional benefits) Minimum Death Greater of: Greater of: Benefit . Purchase payments minus proportional withdrawals, and . Purchase payments . Account Value minus proportional withdrawals, and . Account Value Optional Death HAV; Benefits (for an additional cost) Optional Living HD6 Plus; Benefits Spousal HD6 Plus; (for an additional HD GRO II; cost) GRO Plus II B-2 Hypothetical Illustration The following examples outline the value of each Annuity as well as the amount that would be available to an investor as a full surrender at the end of each of the Annuity years specified. The values shown below are based on the following assumptions: .. An initial investment of $100,000 is made into each Annuity earning a gross rate of return of 0% and 6% and 10%, respectively. .. No additional Purchase Payments or withdrawals are made from the Annuity. .. The hypothetical gross rates of return are reduced by the arithmetic average of the fees and expenses of the underlying portfolios and the charges that are deducted from the Annuity at the Separate Account level as follows: ____% for B Series, ____% for X Series, ____% for L Series, and ____% for C Series, based on the fees and expenses of the applicable underlying portfolios as of December 31, 2008. The arithmetic average of all fund expenses is computed by adding portfolios. For purposes of the illustrations, we do not reflect any expense reimbursements or expense waivers that might apply and are described in the prospectus fee table. -- The Separate Account level charges refer to the Insurance Charge. The Account Value and Surrender Value are further reduced by the Annual Maintenance Fee, if applicable. For X-Series, the Account Value and Surrender Value also reflect the addition of any applicable Purchase Credits. The Account Value assumes no surrender, while the Surrender Value assumes a 100% surrender two days prior to the anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity ("Annuity Anniversary"), therefore reflecting the CDSC applicable to that Annuity Year. Note that a withdrawal on the Annuity Anniversary, or the day before the Annuity Anniversary, would be subject to the CDSC applicable to the next Annuity Year, which may be lower. The CDSC is calculated based on the date that the Purchase Payment was made and for purposes of these examples, we assume that a single Purchase Payment of $100,000 was made on the Issue Date. The values that you actually experience under an Annuity will be different from what is depicted here if any of the assumptions we make here differ from your circumstances, however the relative values for each Annuity reflected below will remain the same. (We will provide your Financial Professional with a personalized illustration upon request). L Series 0% Gross rate of return 6% Gross rate of return 10% Gross rate of return ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------ All years -% All years % All years % ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Yr Value Value Value Value Value Value -- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B-3 0% Gross rate of return 6% Gross rate of return 10% Gross rate of return ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------ All years -% All years % All years % ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Yr Value Value Value Value Value Value -- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- 18 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Assumptions: a. $100,000 initial investment b. Fund Expenses = ____% c. No optional death benefits or living benefits elected d. Surrender value is accounted for 2 days prior to Annuity anniversary Assuming a 10% gross annual return, the C-Series has the highest Surrender Value in the first four Annuity Years, the L-Series has the highest Surrender Value in Annuity Years five, six, and seven, the B-Series has the highest Surrender Value in Annuity Years eight and nine, and the X-Series has the highest Surrender Value from the tenth Annuity Year on. B Series 0% Gross rate of return 6% Gross rate of return 10% Gross rate of return ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------ All years -% All years % All years % ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Yr Value Value Value Value Value Value -- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B-4 0% Gross rate of return 6% Gross rate of return 10% Gross rate of return ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------ All years -% All years % All years % ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Yr Value Value Value Value Value Value -- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- 16 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Assumptions: a. $100,000 initial investment b. Fund Expenses = ____% c. No optional death benefits or living benefits elected d. Surrender value is accounted for 2 days prior to Annuity anniversary Assuming a 10% gross annual return, the C-Series has the highest Surrender Value in the first four Annuity Years, the L-Series has the highest Surrender Value in Annuity Years five, six, and seven, the B-Series has the highest Surrender Value in Annuity Years eight and nine, and the X-Series has the highest Surrender Value from the tenth Annuity Year on. X Series 0% Gross rate of return 6% Gross rate of return 10% Gross rate of return ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------ All years -% All years % All years % ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Yr Value Value Value Value Value Value -- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B-5 0% Gross rate of return 6% Gross rate of return 10% Gross rate of return ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------ All years -% All years % All years % ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Yr Value Value Value Value Value Value -- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- 15 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Assumptions: a. $100,000 initial investment b. Fund Expenses = ____% c. No optional death benefits or living benefits elected d. Surrender value is accounted for 2 days prior to Annuity anniversary Assuming a 10% gross annual return, the C-Series has the highest Surrender Value in the first four Annuity Years, the L-Series has the highest Surrender Value in Annuity Years five, six, and seven, the B-Series has the highest Surrender Value in Annuity Years eight and nine, and the X-Series has the highest Surrender Value from the tenth Annuity Year on. C Series 0% Gross rate of return 6% Gross rate of return 10% Gross rate of return ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------ All years -% All years % All years % ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Yr Value Value Value Value Value Value -- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- B-6 0% Gross rate of return 6% Gross rate of return 10% Gross rate of return ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------ All years -% All years % All years % ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Annuity Surrender Yr Value Value Value Value Value Value -- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- 14 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 25 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Assumptions: a. $100,000 initial investment b. Fund Expenses = ____% c. No optional death benefits or living benefits elected d. Surrender value is accounted for 2 days prior to Annuity anniversary Assuming a 10% gross annual return, the C-Series has the highest Surrender Value in the first four Annuity Years, the L-Series has the highest Surrender Value in Annuity Years five, six, and seven, the B-Series has the highest Surrender Value in Annuity Years eight and nine, and the X-Series has the highest Surrender Value from the tenth Annuity Year on. B-7 APPENDIX C - FORMULA FOR HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT AND SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT TRANSFERS OF ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT TERMS AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCED IN THE CALCULATION FORMULAS: .. C\\u\\ - the upper target is established on the effective date of the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit (the "Effective Date") and is not changed for the life of the guarantee. Currently, it is 83%. .. Cu\\s\\ - The secondary upper target is established on the Effective Date of the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit and is not changed for the life of the guarantee. Currently it is 84.5% .. C\\t\\ - the target is established on the Effective Date and is not changed for the life of the guarantee. Currently, it is 80%. .. C\\l\\ - the lower target is established on the Effective Date and is not changed for the life of the guarantee. Currently, it is 78%. .. L - the target value as of the current Valuation Day. .. r - the target ratio. .. a - factors used in calculating the target value. These factors are established on the Effective Date and are not changed for the life of the guarantee. (See below for the table of "a" factors .. V\\v\\ - the total value of all Permitted Sub-accounts in the Annuity. .. V\\F\\ - the Account Value of any Fixed Allocations in the Annuity .. B - the total value of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account. .. P - Income Basis. Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Income Basis is equal to the Protected Withdrawal Value calculated as if the first Lifetime Withdrawal were taken on the date of calculation. After the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Income Basis is equal to the greater of (1) the Protected Withdrawal Value on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, increased for additional Purchase Payments, including the amount of any associated Purchase Credits, and adjusted proportionally for Excess Income *, and (2) the Protected Withdrawal Value on any Annuity Anniversary subsequent to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, increased for subsequent additional Purchase Payments (including the amount of any associated Purchase Credits) and adjusted proportionately for Excess Income* and (3) any highest daily Account Value occurring on or after the later of the immediately preceding anniversary of the Issue Date, or the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, and prior to or including the date of this calculation, increased for additional Purchase Payments (including the amount of any associated Purchase Credits) and adjusted for withdrawals, as described herein. .. T - the amount of a transfer into or out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account. .. T\\M\\ - the amount of a monthly transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio. -------- * Note: Lifetime Withdrawals of less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount do not reduce the Income Basis. DAILY TARGET VALUE CALCULATION: On each Valuation Day, a target value (L) is calculated, according to the following formula. If the variable Account Value (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) is equal to zero, no calculation is necessary. Target Values are subject to change for new elections of this benefit on a going-forward basis. L = 0.05 * P * a DAILY TRANSFER CALCULATION: The following formula, which is set on the Benefit Effective Date and is not changed for the life of the guarantee, determines when a transfer is required: Target Ratio r = (L - B) / (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\). C-1 . If on the third consecutive Valuation Day r > Cu and r (less or =) Cu\\s\\ or if on any day r > Cu\\s\\, and transfers have not been suspended due to the 90% cap rule, assets in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Fixed Allocations, if applicable, are transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account. . If r < C\\l\\, and there are currently assets in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account (B > 0), assets in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account are transferred to the Permitted Sub-accounts as described above. 90% Cap Rule: If, on any Valuation Day this benefit remains in effect, a transfer into the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account occurs that results in 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account, any transfers into the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account will be suspended, even if the formula would otherwise dictate that a transfer into the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account should occur. Transfers out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account and into the elected Sub-accounts will still be allowed. The suspension will be lifted once a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account occurs either due to a Daily or Monthly Transfer Calculation. Due to the performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account and the elected Sub-accounts, the Account value could be more than 90% invested in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account. . The following formula, which is set on the Benefit Effective Date and is not changed for the life of the guarantee, determines the transfer amount: T = Min (MAX (0, (0.90 * (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\ + B)) - B), Money is transferred from the Permitted [L - B - (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) * C\\t\\] / (1 - C\\t\\)) Sub-accounts and the Fixed Allocations to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account T = {Min (B, - [L - B - (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) * C\\t\\] / (1 - C\\t\\))} Money is transferred from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts Monthly Transfer Calculation On each monthly anniversary of the Annuity Issue Date and following the daily Transfer Calculation above, the following formula determines if a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-Account will occur: If, after the daily Transfer Calculation is performed, {Min (B, .05 * (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\ + B))} (less than) (C\\u\\ * (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) - L + B) / (1 - C\\u\\), then T\\M\\ = {Min (B, .05 * (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\ + B))} Money is transferred from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts. "a" Factors for Liability Calculations (in Years and Months since Benefit Effective Date)* Months ------ Years 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ----- ------ ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 1 15.34 15.31 15.27 15.23 15.20 15.16 15.13 15.09 15.05 15.02 14.98 14.95 2 14.91 14.87 14.84 14.80 14.76 14.73 14.69 14.66 14.62 14.58 14.55 14.51 3 14.47 14.44 14.40 14.36 14.33 14.29 14.26 14.22 14.18 14.15 14.11 14.07 4 14.04 14.00 13.96 13.93 13.89 13.85 13.82 13.78 13.74 13.71 13.67 13.63 5 13.60 13.56 13.52 13.48 13.45 13.41 13.37 13.34 13.30 13.26 13.23 13.19 6 13.15 13.12 13.08 13.04 13.00 12.97 12.93 12.89 12.86 12.82 12.78 12.75 7 12.71 12.67 12.63 12.60 12.56 12.52 12.49 12.45 12.41 12.38 12.34 12.30 8 12.26 12.23 12.19 12.15 12.12 12.08 12.04 12.01 11.97 11.93 11.90 11.86 C-2 Months ------ Years 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ----- ------ ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 9 11.82 11.78 11.75 11.71 11.67 11.64 11.60 11.56 11.53 11.49 11.45 11.42 10 11.38 11.34 11.31 11.27 11.23 11.20 11.16 11.12 11.09 11.05 11.01 10.98 11 10.94 10.90 10.87 10.83 10.79 10.76 10.72 10.69 10.65 10.61 10.58 10.54 12 10.50 10.47 10.43 10.40 10.36 10.32 10.29 10.25 10.21 10.18 10.14 10.11 13 10.07 10.04 10.00 9.96 9.93 9.89 9.86 9.82 9.79 9.75 9.71 9.68 14 9.64 9.61 9.57 9.54 9.50 9.47 9.43 9.40 9.36 9.33 9.29 9.26 15 9.22 9.19 9.15 9.12 9.08 9.05 9.02 8.98 8.95 8.91 8.88 8.84 16 8.81 8.77 8.74 8.71 8.67 8.64 8.60 8.57 8.54 8.50 8.47 8.44 17 8.40 8.37 8.34 8.30 8.27 8.24 8.20 8.17 8.14 8.10 8.07 8.04 18 8.00 7.97 7.94 7.91 7.88 7.84 7.81 7.78 7.75 7.71 7.68 7.65 19 7.62 7.59 7.55 7.52 7.49 7.46 7.43 7.40 7.37 7.33 7.30 7.27 20 7.24 7.21 7.18 7.15 7.12 7.09 7.06 7.03 7.00 6.97 6.94 6.91 21 6.88 6.85 6.82 6.79 6.76 6.73 6.70 6.67 6.64 6.61 6.58 6.55 22 6.52 6.50 6.47 6.44 6.41 6.38 6.36 6.33 6.30 6.27 6.24 6.22 23 6.19 6.16 6.13 6.11 6.08 6.05 6.03 6.00 5.97 5.94 5.92 5.89 24 5.86 5.84 5.81 5.79 5.76 5.74 5.71 5.69 5.66 5.63 5.61 5.58 25 5.56 5.53 5.51 5.48 5.46 5.44 5.41 5.39 5.36 5.34 5.32 5.29 26 5.27 5.24 5.22 5.20 5.18 5.15 5.13 5.11 5.08 5.06 5.04 5.01 27 4.99 4.97 4.95 4.93 4.91 4.88 4.86 4.84 4.82 4.80 4.78 4.75 28 4.73 4.71 4.69 4.67 4.65 4.63 4.61 4.59 4.57 4.55 4.53 4.51 29 4.49 4.47 4.45 4.43 4.41 4.39 4.37 4.35 4.33 4.32 4.30 4.28 30 4.26 4.24 4.22 4.20 4.18 4.17 4.15 4.13 4.11 4.09 4.07 4.06** -------- * The values set forth in this table are applied to all ages. ** In all subsequent years and months thereafter, the annuity factor is 4.06 C-3 APPENDIX D: FORMULA FOR HIGHEST DAILY GRO II and GRO Plus II THE FOLLOWING ARE THE TERMS AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCED IN THE TRANSFER CALCULATION FORMULA: . AV is the current Account Value of the Annuity . V\\V\\ is the current Account Value of the elected Sub-accounts of the Annuity . V\\F\\ - the Account Value of any Fixed Allocations in the Annuity D-1 . B is the total current value of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account . Cl is the lower target value. Currently, it is 79%. . Ct is the middle target value. Currently, it is 82%. . Cu is the upper target value. Currently, it is 85%. . T is the amount of a transfer into or out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. For each guarantee provided under the benefit, . Gi is the guarantee amount . Ni is the number of days until the maturity date . di is the discount rate applicable to the number of days until the maturity date. It is determined with reference a benchmark index, reduced by the Discount Rate Adjustment and subject to the discount rate minimum. The discount rate minimum, beginning on the effective date of the benefit, is three percent, and will decline monthly over the first twenty-four months following the effective date of the benefit to one percent in the twenty-fifth month, and will remain at one percent for every month thereafter. Once selected, we will not change the applicable benchmark index. However, if the benchmark index is discontinued, we will substitute a successor benchmark index, if there is one. Otherwise we will substitute a comparable benchmark index. We will obtain any required regulatory approvals prior to substitution of the benchmark index. The formula, which is set on the effective date and is not changed while the benefit is in effect, determines, on each Valuation Day, when a transfer is required. The formula begins by determining the value on that Valuation Day that, if appreciated at the applicable discount rate, would equal the guarantee amount at the end of each applicable guarantee period. We call the greatest of these values the "current liability (L)." L = MAX (Li), where Li = Gi / (1 + di) /(Ni/365)/ Next the formula calculates the following formula ratio: r = (L - B) / (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) If the formula ratio exceeds an upper target value, then all or a portion of the Account Value will be transferred to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the current liability subject to the rule that prevents a transfer into that AST bond portfolio Sub-account if 90% or more of Account Value is in that Sub-account (90% cap). If at the time we make a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the current liability there is Account Value allocated to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account not associated with the current liability, we will transfer all assets from that AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the current liability. The formula will transfer assets into the AST bond portfolio Sub-account if r > Cu, subject to the 90% cap. The transfer amount is calculated by the following formula: T = {Min (MAX(0, (.90 * (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\ + B)) - B), [L - B - (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) * Ct] / (1 - Ct))} If the formula ratio is less than a lower target value and there are assets in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, then the formula will transfer assets out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account into the elected Sub-accounts. D-2 The formula will transfer assets out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account if r < Cl and B > 0. The transfer amount is calculated by the following formula: T = {Min (B, - [L - B - (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) * Ct] / (1 - Ct))} If following a transfer to the elected Sub-accounts, there are assets remaining in a AST bond portfolio Sub-account not associated with the current liability, we will transfer all assets from that AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the current liability. If transfers into the AST bond portfolio Sub-account are restricted due to the operation of the 90% cap `, then we will not perform any intra-AST bond portfolio Sub-account transfers. However, if assets transfer out of an AST bond portfolio Sub-account and into the elected Sub-accounts due to the maturity of the AST bond portfolio, by operation of the formula, assets may subsequently transfer to another AST bond portfolio Sub-account that is associated with a future guarantee, subject to the 90% cap rule. [postcard to request SAI to be added at end of prospectus] D-3 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY A Prudential Financial Company 751 Broad Street, Newark, NJ 07102-3777 Prudential Variable Annuity Series ("_______ SERIES") Flexible Premium Deferred Annuity PROSPECTUS: __, 2010 This prospectus describes a flexible premium deferred annuity offered by Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey ("Pruco Life of New Jersey"), which we refer to in this prospectus as the "Annuity" or the "______ Series". The Annuity described in this prospectus is designed for investors who have hired an investment advisor to provide advice about allocating Account Value within the Annuity. The Annuity may be offered as an individual annuity contract or as an interest in a group annuity. The Annuity has different features and benefits that may be appropriate for you based on your financial situation, your age and how you intend to use the Annuity. Financial Professionals may be compensated for the sale of the Annuity. Selling broker-dealer firms through which the Annuity is sold may decline to make available to their customers certain of the optional features and investment options offered generally under the Annuity or may impose restrictions (e.g., a lower maximum issue age for certain optional benefits). Please speak to your Financial Professional for further details. Certain terms are capitalized in this prospectus. Those terms are either defined in the Glossary of Terms or in the context of the particular section. THE SUB-ACCOUNTS The Pruco Life of New Jersey Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account is a separate account of Pruco Life of New Jersey, and is the investment vehicle in which your Purchase Payments invested in the Sub-accounts are held. Each Sub-account of the Pruco Life of New Jersey Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account invests in an underlying mutual fund- see the following page for a complete list of the Sub-accounts. Currently, portfolios of Advanced Series Trust, Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust and ProFunds VP are being offered. PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS This prospectus sets forth information about the Annuity that you ought to know before investing. Please read this prospectus and the current prospectus for the underlying mutual funds. Keep them for future reference. If you are purchasing the Annuity as a replacement for an existing variable annuity or variable life coverage, or a fixed insurance policy, you should consider any surrender or penalty charges you may incur and any benefits you may also be forfeiting when replacing your existing coverage. AVAILABLE INFORMATION We have also filed a Statement of Additional Information dated the same date as this prospectus that is available from us, without charge, upon your request. The contents of the Statement of Additional Information are described at the end of this prospectus - see Table of Contents. The Statement of Additional Information is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. This prospectus is part of the registration statement we filed with the SEC regarding this offering. Additional information on us and this offering is available in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto. You may review and obtain copies of these materials at no cost to you by contacting us. These documents, as well as documents incorporated by reference, may also be obtained through the SEC's Internet Website (www.sec.gov) for this registration statement as well as for other registrants that file electronically with the SEC. This Annuity is NOT a deposit or obligation of, or issued, guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank, is NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Federal Reserve Board or any other agency. An investment in an annuity involves investment risks, including possible loss of value, even with respect to amounts allocated to the AST Money Market Sub-account. THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. PRUDENTIAL, PRUDENTIAL FINANCIAL, PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES AND THE ROCK LOGO ARE SERVICE MARKS OF THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA AND ITS AFFILIATES. OTHER PROPRIETARY PRUDENTIAL MARKS MAY BE DESIGNATED AS SUCH THROUGH USE OF THE (SM) OR (R) SYMBOLS. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CALL: 1-888-PRU-2888 Prospectus dated: __, 2010 Statement of Additional Information dated: __, 2010 PLEASE SEE OUR PRIVACY POLICY AND OUR IRA, ROTH IRA AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE STATEMENTS ATTACHED TO THE BACK COVER OF THIS PROSPECTUS. VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS (Certain investment options may not be available with your Annuity) Advanced Series Trust AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio AST AllianceBernstein Core Value Portfolio AST AllianceBernstein Growth & Income Portfolio AST American Century Income & Growth Portfolio AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio AST Bond Portfolio 2017 AST Bond Portfolio 2018 AST Bond Portfolio 2019 AST Bond Portfolio 2020 AST Bond Portfolio 2021 AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio AST DeAM Large-Cap Value Portfolio AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio AST First Trust Balanced Target Portfolio AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target Portfolio AST Global Real Estate Portfolio AST Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth Portfolio AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio AST High Yield Portfolio AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio AST International Growth Portfolio AST International Value Portfolio AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio AST JPMorgan International Equity Portfolio AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio AST Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture Portfolio AST Marsico Capital Growth Portfolio AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio AST MFS Growth Portfolio AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio AST Money Market Portfolio AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio AST Neuberger Berman Small-Cap Growth Portfolio AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio AST QMA US Equity Portfolio AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies Portfolio AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond Portfolio AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio AST UBS Dynamic Alpha Portfolio AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Fund ProFund VP Portfolios Consumer Goods Consumer Services Financials Health Care Industrials Large-Cap Growth Large-Cap Value Mid-Cap Growth Mid-Cap Value Real Estate Small-Cap Growth Small-Cap Value Telecommunications Utilities CONTENTS GLOSSARY OF TERMS....................................................................... SUMMARY OF CONTRACT FEES AND CHARGES.................................................... EXPENSE EXAMPLES........................................................................ SUMMARY................................................................................. INVESTMENT OPTIONS...................................................................... VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS LIMITATIONS WITH OPTIONAL BENEFITS...................................................... FEES, CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS............................................................ ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION CHARGES.......................................................... EXCEPTIONS/REDUCTIONS TO FEES AND CHARGES............................................... PURCHASING YOUR ANNUITY................................................................. REQUIREMENTS FOR PURCHASING THE ANNUITY................................................. DESIGNATION OF OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY......................................... RIGHT TO CANCEL......................................................................... SCHEDULED PAYMENTS DIRECTLY FROM MY BANK ACCOUNT........................................ SALARY REDUCTION PROGRAMS............................................................... MANAGING YOUR ANNUITY................................................................... CHANGE OF OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY DESIGNATIONS................................. MANAGING YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE............................................................. DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAMS.......................................................... AUTOMATIC REBALANCING PROGRAMS.......................................................... AUTHORIZATION OF A THIRD PARTY INVESTMENT ADVISOR TO MANAGE MY ACCOUNT.................. FINANCIAL PROFESSIONAL PERMISSION TO FORWARD TRANSACTION INSTRUCTIONS................... RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS BETWEEN INVESTMENT OPTIONS.................................... ACCESS TO ACCOUNT VALUE................................................................. TYPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS AVAILABLE TO YOU................................................. TAX IMPLICATIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS...................................................... SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS FROM MY ANNUITY DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD................... SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS UNDER SECTIONS 72(t)/72(q) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.......... REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS.......................................................... SURRENDERS SURRENDER VALUE......................................................................... ANNUITY OPTIONS CHOOSING THE ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION..................................................... LIVING BENEFITS......................................................................... HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME(SM) 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT (HD6 PLUS (SM))........................ SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME(SM) 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT (SHD6 PLUS (SM))............... GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION(SM) PLUS II (GRO PLUS II)(SM) HIGHEST DAILY(SM) GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION(SM) II (HD GRO (SM) II)...................... DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS........................................ TRIGGERS FOR PAYMENT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT ............................................. MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT................................................................... OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT.................................................................. PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS............................................................... VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT................................................................. VALUING THE SUB-ACCOUNTS .............................................................. PROCESSING AND VALUING TRANSACTIONS ................................................... TAX CONSIDERATIONS...................................................................... OTHER INFORMATION....................................................................... PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT....................................... LEGAL STRUCTURE OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS................................................. DISTRIBUTION OF ANNUITIES OFFERED BY PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY........................... FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.................................................................... INDEMNIFICATION......................................................................... LEGAL PROCEEDINGS....................................................................... CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION..................................... HOW TO CONTACT US....................................................................... APPENDIX A - ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES................................................... APPENDIX B - FORMULA UNDER HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT AND SPOUSAL .... HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT............................................ APPENDIX C - FORMULA UNDER HIGHEST DAILY GRO II and GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS II.... GLOSSARY OF TERMS We set forth here definitions of some of the key terms used throughout this prospectus. In addition to the definitions here, we also define certain terms in the section of the prospectus that uses such terms. Account Value: The total value of all allocations to the Sub-accounts on any Valuation Day. The Account Value is determined separately for each Sub-account and then totaled to determine the Account Value for your entire Annuity. Accumulation Period: The period of time from the Issue Date through the last Valuation Day immediately preceding the Annuity Date. Annuitant: The natural person upon whose life annuity payments made to the Owner are based. Annuitization: Annuitization is the process by which you "annuitize" your Account Value. When you annuitize, we apply the Account Value to one of the available annuity options to begin making periodic payments to the Owner. Annuity Date: The date on which we apply your Account Value to the applicable annuity option and begin the payout period. As discussed in the Annuity Options section, there is an age by which you must begin receiving annuity payments, which we call the "Latest Annuity Date." Annuity Year: The first Annuity Year begins on the Issue Date and continues through and includes the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the Issue Date. Subsequent Annuity Years begin on the anniversary of the Issue Date and continue through and include the day immediately preceding the next anniversary of the Issue Date. Beneficiary(ies): The natural person(s) or entity(ies) designated as the recipient(s) of the Death Benefit or to whom any remaining period certain payments may be paid in accordance with the annuity payout options section of this Annuity. Beneficiary Annuity: You may purchase an Annuity if you are a Beneficiary of an account that was owned by a decedent, subject to the requirements discussed in this prospectus. You may transfer the proceeds of the decedent's account into the Annuity described in this prospectus and continue receiving the distributions that are required by the tax laws. This transfer option is only available for purchase of an IRA, Roth IRA, or a non-qualified Beneficiary Annuity. Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Due Proof of Death: Due Proof of Death is satisfied when we receive all of the following in Good Order: (a) a death certificate or similar documentation acceptable to us; (b) all representations we require or which are mandated by applicable law or regulation in relation to the death claim and the payment of death proceeds; and (c) any applicable election of the method of payment of the death benefit, if not previously elected by the Owner, by at least one Beneficiary. Free Look: The right to examine your Annuity, during a limited period of time, to decide if you want to keep it or cancel it. In addition, there is a different free look period that applies if your Annuity is held within an IRA. In your Annuity contract, your free look right is referred to as your "Right to Cancel." Good Order: Good Order is the standard that we apply when we determine whether an instruction is satisfactory. An instruction will be considered in Good Order if it is received at our Service Office: (a) in a manner that is satisfactory to us such that it is sufficiently complete and clear that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instruction and complies with all relevant laws and regulations; (b) on specific forms, or by other means we then permit (such as via telephone or electronic submission); and/or (c) with any signatures and dates as we may require. We will notify you if an instruction is not in Good Order. Investment Option: A Sub-account or other option available as of any given time to which Account Value may be allocated. Issue Date: The effective date of your Annuity. Key Life: Under the Beneficiary Continuation Option, or the Beneficiary Annuity, the person whose life expectancy is used to determine the required distributions. Owner: With an Annuity issued as an individual annuity contract, the Owner is either an eligible entity or person named as having ownership rights in relation to the Annuity. In certain states, with an Annuity issued as a certificate under a group annuity contract, the "Owner" refers to the person or entity who has the rights and benefits designated to the "participant" in the certificate. Thus, an Owner who is a participant has rights that are comparable to those of the Owner of an individual annuity contract. 1 Purchase Payment: A cash consideration in currency of the United States of America given to us in exchange for the rights, privileges, and benefits of the Annuity. Service Office: The place to which all requests and payments regarding the Annuity are to be sent. We may change the address of the Service Office at any time, and will notify you in advance of any such change of address. Separate Account: Referred to as the "Variable Separate Account" in your Annuity, this is the variable separate account(s) shown in the Annuity. Sub-Account: A division of the Separate Account. Surrender Value: The Account Value less any applicable tax charges, any charges assessable as a deduction from the Account Value for any optional benefits provided by rider or endorsement, and any Annual Maintenance Fee. Unit: A share of participation in a Sub-account used to calculate your Account Value prior to the Annuity Date. Valuation Day: Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading or any other day the Securities and Exchange Commission requires mutual funds or unit investment trusts to be valued. we, us, our: Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey. you, your: The Owner(s) shown in the Annuity. 2 SUMMARY OF CONTRACT FEES AND CHARGES The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the Annuity. The first table describes the fees and expenses (if any) that you will pay at the time you surrender the Annuity, take a partial withdrawal, or transfer Account Value between the Investment Options. ANNUITY OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES SALES CHARGE: There is no contingent deferred sales charge or other sales load applicable to the _______Series. TRANSFER FEE: $10. Currently, we deduct the fee after the 20th transfer each Annuity Year. The following table provides a summary of the periodic fees and charges you will pay while you own your Annuity, excluding the underlying portfolio annual expenses. These fees and charges are described in more detail within this prospectus. PERIODIC FEES AND CHARGES ---------------------------- ------------------------------ FEE/CHARGE [ ] SERIES Annual Maintenance Fee/1, 3/ Lesser of $30 or 2% of Account Value ------------------------------ FEE/CHARGE [ ] SERIES --------------------------------------- ---------- Mortality & Expense Risk Charge 0.40% Administration Charge 0.15% Total Annualized Insurance Charge/2, 3/ 0.55% (1) Assessed annually on the Annuity's anniversary date or upon surrender (but not medically-related surrenders). Only applicable if the sum of the Purchase Payments at the time the fee is due is less than $100,000. (2) The Insurance Charge is the combination of Mortality & Expense Risk Charge and the Administration Charge. The Insurance Charge is deducted daily from the Sub-accounts only. (3) For beneficiaries who elect the Beneficiary Continuation Option, the Annual Maintenance Fee is the lesser of $30 or 2% of Account Value and is only applicable if Account Value is less than $25,000 at the time the fee is assessed. For Beneficiaries who elect the Beneficiary Continuation Option, the Mortality and Expense and Administration Charges do not apply. However, a Settlement Service Charge equal to 1.00% is assessed as a percentage of the daily net assets of the Sub-accounts as an annual charge. 3 The following table sets forth the charge for each optional benefit under the Annuity. These fees would be in addition to the periodic fees and transaction fees set forth in the tables above. 4 OPTIONAL TOTAL ANNUAL OPTIONAL BENEFIT CHARGE FOR BENEFIT FEE/CHARGE/1/ [ ] -------------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------------------------- HIGHEST DAILY 1.50% greater of 0.55% LIFETIME 6 PLUS Account Value and PWV + 1.50% Maximum Charge(2) greater of Account Value and PWV Current Charge 0.85% greater of Account Value 0.55% and PWV + 0.85% greater of Account Value and PWV SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 1.50% greater of Account Value 0.55% PLUS Maximum Charge/2/ and PWV + 1.50% greater of Account Value and PWV Current Charge 0.95% greater of Account Value 0.55% and PWV + 0.95% greater of Account Value and PWV GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS II 0.60% 1.15% (GRO PLUS II) Charge/3/ HIGHEST DAILY GUARANTEED RETURN 0.60% 1.15% OPTION II (HD GRO II) Charge/3/ HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH 0.40% 0.95% BENEFIT ("HAV") Charge/3/ (1) The charge for each of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is assessed against the greater of Account Value and PWV. The charge for each of GRO Plus II, Highest Daily GRO II, and Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit is assessed as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. (2) We reserve the right to increase the charge to the maximum charge indicated, upon any step-up under the benefit. We also reserve the right to increase the charge if you elect or re-add the benefit post-issue. (3) Because there is no higher charge to which we could increase the current charge, the current charge and maximum charge are one and the same. Thus, so long as you retain the benefit, we cannot increase your charge for the benefit. The following table provides the range (minimum and maximum) of the total annual expenses for the underlying mutual funds ("portfolios") as of December 31, 2008. Each figure is stated as a percentage of the underlying portfolio's average daily net assets. TOTAL ANNUAL PORTFOLIO OPERATING EXPENSES MINIMUM MAXIMUM ------- ------- Total Portfolio Operating Expense 0.62% 2.49% The following are the total annual expenses for each underlying portfolio as of December 31, 2008, except as noted. The "Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses" reflect the combination of the underlying portfolio's investment management fee, other expenses, and any 5 12b-1 fees. Each figure is stated as a percentage of the underlying portfolio's average daily net assets. There is no guarantee that actual expenses will be the same as those shown in the table. For certain of the underlying portfolios, a portion of the management fee has been waived and/or other expenses have been partially reimbursed. The existence of any such fee waivers and/or reimbursements have been reflected in the footnotes. The following expenses are deducted by the portfolio before it provides Pruco Life of New Jersey with the daily net asset value. The portfolio information was provided by the portfolios and has not been independently verified by us. See the prospectuses and or statements of additional information of the portfolios for further details. Acquired Total Portfolio Annual Management Other (12b-1) Fees & Portfolio UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO Fee Expenses Fee Expenses Expenses -------------------------------------------------------- ---------- -------- ------- --------- --------- Advanced Series Trust/1, 2, 3/ AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation/4/ 0.72% 0.08% 0.00% 0.74% 1.54% AST Advanced Strategies 0.85% 0.22% 0.00% 0.02% 1.09% AST AllianceBernstein Core Value 0.75% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.93% AST AllianceBernstein Growth & Income 0.75% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.88% AST American Century Income & Growth/5/ 0.75% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.93% AST Balanced Asset Allocation 0.15% 0.02% 0.00% 0.93% 1.10% AST Bond Portfolio 2017/6/ 0.65% 0.31% 0.00% 0.00% 0.96% AST Bond Portfolio 2018/6/ 0.64% 0.35% 0.00% 0.00% 0.99% AST Bond Portfolio 2019/6/ 0.64% 0.47% 0.00% 0.00% 1.11% AST Bond Portfolio 2020/6/ 0.65% 1.02% 0.00% 0.00% 1.67% AST Bond Portfolio 2021/6/ 0.65% 0.31% 0.00% 0.00% 0.96% AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation 0.15% 0.01% 0.00% 0.96% 1.12% AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation/7/ 0.30% 0.20% 0.00% 0.95% 1.45% AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation/7/ 0.30% 0.16% 0.00% 0.93% 1.39% AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio/5/ 1.00% 0.17% 0.00% 0.00% 1.17% AST DeAM Large-Cap Value 0.85% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.00% AST Federated Aggressive Growth 0.95% 0.21% 0.00% 0.00% 1.16% AST First Trust Balanced Target 0.85% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.00% AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target 0.85% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.00% AST Global Real Estate 1.00% 0.27% 0.00% 0.00% 1.27% AST Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth 0.90% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 1.04% AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth 1.00% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 1.18% AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value 0.95% 0.22% 0.00% 0.00% 1.17% AST High Yield 5 0.75% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.93% AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation/8/ 0.30% 0.35% 0.00% 0.93% 1.58% AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation/8/ 0.30% 0.28% 0.00% 0.87% 1.45% AST International Growth 1.00% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 1.18% AST International Value 1.00% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 1.18% AST Investment Grade Bond/6/ 0.64% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.77% AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth 0.90% 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 1.10% AST Jennison Large-Cap Value 0.75% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.93% AST JPMorgan International Equity/5/ 0.89% 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 1.09% AST Large-Cap Value/5/ 0.75% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.87% 6 AST Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture 0.80% 0.17% 0.00% 0.00% 0.97% AST Marsico Capital Growth 0.90% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 1.03% AST MFS Global Equity 1.00% 0.32% 0.00% 0.00% 1.32% AST MFS Growth 0.90% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.05% AST Mid-Cap Value 0.95% 0.19% 0.00% 0.00% 1.14% AST Money Market 0.50% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.62% AST Neuberger Berman / LSV Mid-Cap Value 0.90% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.05% AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth/5/ 0.90% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.05% AST Neuberger Berman Small-Cap Growth 0.95% 0.21% 0.00% 0.00% 1.16% AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation/8/ 0.30% 0.29% 0.00% 0.87% 1.46% AST Paramentric Emerging Markets Equity 1.10% 0.53% 0.00% 0.00% 1.63% AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond 0.65% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.80% AST PIMCO Total Return Bond 0.65% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.78% AST Preservation Asset Allocation 0.15% 0.02% 0.00% 0.87% 1.04% AST QMA US Equity/9/ 1.00% 0.57% 0.00% 0.00% 1.57% AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies 1.10% 0.35% 0.00% 0.00% 1.45% AST Small-Cap Growth 0.90% 0.22% 0.00% 0.00% 1.12% AST Small-Cap Value 0.90% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 1.08% AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation 0.85% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 1.00% AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond 0.80% 0.19% 0.00% 0.00% 0.99% AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth 0.88% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 1.01% AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio 0.90% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 1.04% AST UBS Dynamic Alpha 1.00% 0.16% 0.00% 0.00% 1.16% AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond 0.70% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 0.84% Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust/10/ Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Funds 0.00% 0.13% 0.00% 0.65% 0.78% ProFunds VP/11/ Consumer Goods 0.75% 0.92% 0.25% 0.00% 1.92% Consumer Services 0.75% 1.49% 0.25% 0.00% 2.49% Financials 0.75% 0.83% 0.25% 0.00% 1.83% Health Care 0.75% 0.74% 0.25% 0.00% 1.74% Industrials 0.75% 0.87% 0.25% 0.00% 1.87% Large-Cap Growth 0.75% 0.75% 0.25% 0.00% 1.75% Large-Cap Value 0.75% 0.80% 0.25% 0.00% 1.80% Mid-Cap Growth 0.75% 0.77% 0.25% 0.00% 1.77% Mid-Cap Value 0.75% 0.77% 0.25% 0.00% 1.77% Real Estate 0.75% 0.77% 0.25% 0.00% 1.77% Small-Cap Growth 0.75% 0.82% 0.25% 0.00% 1.82% Small-Cap Value 0.75% 0.91% 0.25% 0.00% 1.91% Telecommunications 0.75% 0.77% 0.25% 0.00% 1.77% Utilities 0.75% 0.73% 0.25% 0.00% 1.73% /1/ Advanced Series Trust: Shares of the Portfolios are generally purchased through variable insurance products. The Advanced Series Trust (the "Trust") has entered into arrangements with the issuers of the variable insurance products offering the Portfolios under which the Trust compensates the issuers 0.10% for providing ongoing services to portfolio shareholders in lieu of the Trust providing such services directly to shareholders. Amounts paid under these arrangements are included in "Other Expenses." Subject to the expense limitations set forth below, for each portfolio of the Trust (except as noted below), Prudential Investments 7 LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. have agreed to voluntarily waive a portion of the 0.10% administrative services fee, based on the average daily net assets of each portfolio of the Trust, as set forth in the table below. Average Daily Net Asset of Portfolio Rate Fee Including Waiver ------------------------------------------------- ------------------------- Up to and including $500 million 0.10% (no waiver) Over 500 million up to and including $750 million 0.09% Over $750 million up to and including $1 billion 0.08% Over $1 billion 0.07% The administrative services fee is not waived in the case of the Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios and the Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios. The Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios are AST Balanced Asset Allocation, AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation, and AST Preservation Asset Allocation. The Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios are AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation, AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation, AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation, AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation, and AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation. The Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios and the Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios are "fund of funds" which means each of these portfolios invests primarily or exclusively in one or more mutual funds, referred to here as "Underlying Portfolios". A portfolio will not be directly subject to the administrative services fee to the extent it invests in Underlying Portfolios. Because the Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios generally invest all of their assets in Underlying Portfolios, the Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios generally will not be directly subject to the administrative services fee. Because the Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios generally invest at least 90% of their assets in Underlying Portfolios, only 10% of their assets generally will be directly subject to the administrative services fee. Because the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio generally invests approximately 65% of its assets in Underlying Portfolios, only 35% of its assets generally will be directly subject to the administrative services fee. The AST Academic Strategies Portfolio is not directly subject to the administrative services fee to the extent it invests in any other Trust portfolio. In determining the administrative services fee, only assets of a Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolio and the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio that are not invested in Underlying Portfolios will be counted as average daily net assets of the relevant portfolio for purposes of the above-referenced breakpoints. This will result in a portfolio paying higher administrative services fees than if all of the assets of the portfolio were counted for purposes of computing the relevant administrative services fee breakpoints. The underlying portfolios in which the Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios. Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios, and AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio invest, however, will be subject to the administrative services fee. /2/ Some of the portfolios invest in other investment companies (the "Acquired Portfolios"). For example, each Dynamic and Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolio invests in shares of other portfolios of the Trust. Investors in a portfolio indirectly bear the fees and expenses of the Acquired Portfolios. The expenses shown under "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" represent a weighted average of the expense ratios of the Acquired Portfolios in which each portfolio invested during the year ended December 31, 2008. The Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios and AST Focus Four Plus Portfolio do not pay any transaction fees when purchasing or redeeming shares of the Acquired Portfolios. When a portfolio's "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" are less that 0.01%, such expenses are included in the column titled "Other Expenses." This may cause the Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses to differ from those set forth in the Financial Highlights tables of such portfolios in the prospectus for the Trust. /3/ The management fee rate shown in the "management fees" column is based on the indicated portfolio's average daily net assets as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, except that the fee rate shown does not reflect the impact of any contractual or voluntary management fee waivers that may be applicable and which would result in a reduction in the fee rate paid by the portfolio. The management fee rate for certain portfolios may include "breakpoints" which are reduced fee rates that are applicable at specified levels of portfolio assets; the effective fee rates shown in the table reflect and incorporate any fee "breakpoints" which may be applicable. /4/ Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio: The only investment management fee to be paid directly to the Investment Managers by the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio will be the portfolio's annualized contractual investment management fee of 0.72% of its average daily net assets. Since the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio is expected to invest approximately 65% of its assets in portfolios of the Trust (referred to here as "Underlying Trust Funds") under normal circumstances, the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio will also indirectly pay investment management fees on its investments in the Underlying Trust Funds. To the extent that the other Asset Allocation Portfolios invest their assets in 8 Underlying Trust Funds, such Asset Allocation Portfolios will also indirectly pay investment management fees on its investments in the Underlying Trust Funds. The Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio will not be directly subject to the administrative services fee to the extent it invests in Underlying Trust Funds. The Underlying Trust Funds in which the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio invests, however, will be subject to the administrative services fee. The Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio indirectly incurs a pro rata portion of the fees and expenses of the Acquired Portfolios in which it invests. From January 1, 2008 to July 20, 2008, the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio was known as the AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio (the Balanced Portfolio). The Balanced Portfolio invested all of its assets in Acquired Portfolios. The actual annualized "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" for the Balanced Portfolio were 0.88% for the period January 1, 2008 to July 20, 2008. As set forth above, under normal conditions, the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio invests approximately 65% of its assets in Acquired Portfolios. The actual annualized "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" for the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio were 0.735% for the period July 21, 2008 to December 31, 2008. The Investment Managers have voluntarily agreed to reimburse expenses and/or waive fees so that the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" on an annualized basis do not exceed 0.685% of the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets based on the daily calculation described below. This arrangement will be monitored and applied daily based upon the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's then current holdings of Acquired Portfolios and the expense ratios of the relevant Acquired Portfolios as of their most recent fiscal year end. Because the expense ratios of the relevant Acquired Portfolios will change over time and may be higher than the expense ratios as of their most recent fiscal year end, it is possible that the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's actual "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" may be higher than 0.685% of the portfolio's average daily net assets on an annualized basis. These arrangements relating to the portfolio's "Acquired Portfolio Fees and Expenses" are voluntary and are subject to termination or modification at any time without prior notice. The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to reimburse expenses and/or waive fees so that the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's investment management fees plus "Other Expenses" (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, distribution fees, dividend and interest expense, if any, related to short sales, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.80% of the portfolio's average daily net assets during the Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio's first year of operations (i.e., July 21, 2008 through July 20, 2009). /5/ Effective as of July 1, 2008, Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. have voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of their management fee and/or limit expenses (expressed as a percentage of average daily net assets) for certain portfolios of the Trust, as set forth in the table below. These arrangements may be discontinued or otherwise modified at any time. Portfolio Fee Waiver and/or Expense Limitation ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ AST Large-Cap Value 0.84% AST Cohen & Steers Realty 0.97% AST American Century Income & Growth 0.87% AST High Yield 0.88% AST Money Market 0.56% AST JP Morgan International Equity 1.01% AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth 1.25% /6/ The investment management fee rate for the AST Bond Portfolio 2017, the AST Bond Portfolio 2021, the AST Bond Portfolio 2015, the AST Bond Portfolio 2016, the AST Bond Portfolio 2018, the AST Bond Portfolio 2019, the AST Bond Portfolio 2020, and the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio (each, a "Bond Portfolio" and collectively, the "Bond Portfolios") is subject to certain contractual asset-based breakpoints. In the event the combined average daily net assets of the Bond Portfolios do not exceed $500 million, each Bond Portfolio's investment management fee rate will equal 0.65% of its average daily net assets. In the event the combined average daily net assets of the Bond Portfolios exceed $500 million, the portion of a Portfolio's assets to which the investment management fee rate of 0.65% applies and the portion of a Portfolio's assets to which the investment management fee rate of 0.64% applies will be determined on a pro rata basis. Such fee would be computed as follows. [0.65% x ($500 million x Individual Portfolio Assets / Combined Portfolio Assets)] + [0.64% x (Combined Portfolio Assets - $500 million) x Individual Portfolio Assets / Combined Portfolio Assets] 9 For the AST Bond Portfolio 2017 and the AST Bond Portfolio 2021, estimates of Other Expenses are based on an assumed average daily net asset level of $50 million for those Portfolios during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010. As used in connection with each Portfolio, "other expenses" includes expenses for accounting and valuation services, custodian fees, audit and legal fees, transfer agency fees, fees paid to non-interested Trustees, and certain other miscellaneous items. Each Bond Portfolio also will pay participating insurance companies an administrative services fee of 0.10% of its average daily net assets on an annualized basis, subject to certain voluntary asset-based breakpoints. Such administrative fee will compensate participating insurance companies for providing certain services to beneficial shareholders in lieu of the Trust, including the printing and mailing of fund prospectuses and shareholder reports. For the AST Bond Portfolio 2017 and the AST Bond Portfolio 2021, estimates of Total Annual Portfolio Expenses are based on an assumed average daily net asset level of $50 million for those Portfolios during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010. The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to waive a portion of their investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for each Bond Portfolio so that each Bond Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, distribution fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 1.00% of each Bond Portfolio's average daily net assets for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010. /7/ Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. have voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of their investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for each of the AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio and the AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio so that each Asset Allocation Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, distribution fees, dividend and interest expense, if any, related to short sales, extraordinary expenses, and Underlying Portfolio fees and expenses) do not exceed 0.40% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets to $100 million; 0.35% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets from $100 million to $200 million; and 0.30% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets over $200 million. /8/ The Investment Managers also have voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of their investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for each of the AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio, the AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio, and the AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio so that each Asset Allocation Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, distribution fees, dividend and interest expense, if any, related to short sales, extraordinary expenses, and Underlying Portfolio fees and expenses) do not exceed 0.40% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets to $250 million; 0.35% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets from $250 million to $750 million; and 0.30% of such Asset Allocation Portfolio's average daily net assets over $750 million. All of these arrangements are voluntary and may be discontinued or otherwise modified by the Investment Managers at any time without prior notice. /9/ With respect to the AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio, "Other Expenses" includes dividend expenses on short sales and interest expenses on short sales. /10/ The manager has agreed in advance to reduce its fee from assets invested by the Fund in a Franklin Templeton money market fund (the Sweep Money Fund which is the acquired fund in this case) to the extent of the Fund's fees and expenses of the acquired fund. This reduction is required by the Trust's board of trustees and an exemptive order by the Securities and Exchange Commission; this arrangement will continue as long as the exemptive order is relied upon. /11/ Other Expenses and Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses, which are as of December 31, 2008, have been restated to reflect subsequent changes in the contractual amounts of fees paid for management services. ProFund Advisors LLC has contractually agreed to waive Investment Advisory and Management Services Fees and to reimburse other expenses to the extent Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses, as a percentage of average daily net assets, exceed 1.68% through April 30, 2010. After such date, any of the expense limitations may be terminated or revised. Amounts waived or reimbursed in a particular fiscal year may be repaid to ProFund Advisors LLC within three years of the waiver or reimbursement to the extent that recoupment will not cause the Portfolio's expenses to exceed any expense limitation in place at that time. A waiver or reimbursement lowers the expense ratio and increases overall returns to investors. Reflects fee waivers, reimbursement of expenses, and expense reductions, if any. 10 EXPENSE EXAMPLES These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Pruco Life of New Jersey Annuity with the cost of investing in other Pruco Life of New Jersey annuities and/or other variable annuities. Below are examples for the Annuity showing what you would pay in expenses at the end of the stated time periods had you invested $10,000 in the Annuity and your investment has a 5% return each year. The examples reflect the following fees and charges for the Annuity as described in "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges." . Insurance Charge . Annual Maintenance Fee . Optional benefit fees, as described below The examples also assume the following for the period shown: . You allocate all of your Account Value to the Sub-account with the maximum gross total operating expenses for 2008, and those expenses remain the same each year* . For each charge, we deduct the maximum charge rather than the current charge . You make no transfers, or other transactions for which we charge a fee . No tax charge applies . You elect the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Income Benefit and the HAV Death Benefit (which is the maximum combination of optional benefit charges) Amounts shown in the examples are rounded to the nearest dollar. * Note: Not all Portfolios offered as Sub-accounts may be available depending on optional benefit selection, and selling firm. THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. THEY SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES OF THE UNDERLYING PORTFOLIOS. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE ACCOUNT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS. Expense Examples are provided as follows: [TO BE FILED IN PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT] If you surrender your Annuity at the end of the applicable time period: 1 yr 3 yrs 5 yrs 10 yrs ---- ----- ----- ------ [ ] Series If you do not surrender your Annuity, or if you annuitize your Annuity: 1 yr 3 yrs 5 yrs 10 yrs ---- ----- ----- ------ [ ] Series 11 SUMMARY Prudential Variable Annuity [ ] SERIES ("[ ] SERIES") This Summary describes key features of the Annuity offered in this prospectus. It is intended to give you an overview, and to point you to sections of the prospectus that provide greater detail. You should not rely on the Summary alone for all the information you need to know before purchasing the Annuity. You should read the entire prospectus for a complete description of the Annuity. Your financial professional can also help you if you have questions. The Annuity: The variable annuity contract issued by Pruco Life of New Jersey is a contract between you, the owner, and Pruco Life of New Jersey, an insurance company. It is designed for retirement purposes, or other long-term investing, to help you save money for retirement, on a tax deferred basis, and provide income during your retirement. The Annuity offers various investment portfolios. With the help of your financial professional, you choose how to invest your money within your Annuity. Investing in a variable annuity involves risk and you can lose your money. On the other hand, investing in a variable annuity can provide you with the opportunity to grow your money through participation in "underlying" mutual funds. Purchase: Your eligibility to purchase is based on your age and the amount of your initial Purchase Payment. See your Financial Professional to complete an application. The maximum age for purchasing the Annuity is 85, and the minimum initial Purchase Payment is $10,000. The "Maximum Age for Initial Purchase" applies to the oldest Owner as of the day we would issue the Annuity. If the Annuity is to be owned by an entity, the maximum age applies to the Annuitant as of the day we would issue the Annuity. For Annuities purchased as a Beneficiary Annuity, the maximum issue age is 70 and applies to the Key Life. After you purchase your Annuity, you will have a limited period of time during which you may cancel (or "Free Look") the purchase of your Annuity. Your request for a Free Look must be received in Good Order. Please see "Purchasing the Annuity" for more detail. Investment Options: You may choose from a variety of variable Investment Options ranging from conservative to aggressive. Certain optional benefits may limit your ability to invest in the variable Investment Options otherwise available to you under the Annuity. Each of the underlying mutual funds is described in its own prospectus, which you should read before investing. There is no assurance that any variable Investment Option will meet its investment objective. We also offer other programs to help discipline your investing, such as dollar cost averaging or automatic rebalancing. Please see "Investment Options," and "Managing Your Account Value" for information. Access to Your Money: You can receive income by taking withdrawals or electing annuity payments. Please note that withdrawals may be subject to tax. You may elect to receive income through annuity payments over your lifetime, also called "annuitization". If you elect to receive annuity payments, you convert your Account Value into a stream of future payments. This means in most cases you no longer have an Account Value and therefore cannot make withdrawals. We offer different types of annuity options to meet your needs. Please see "Access to Account Value" and "Annuity Options" for more information. Optional Living Benefits 12 Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefits. We offer optional living benefits, for an additional charge, that guarantee your ability to take withdrawals for life as a percentage of "protected withdrawal value", even if your Account Value falls to zero. If you withdraw more than the allowable amount during any year (referred to "Excess Income"), your future level of guaranteed withdrawals decreases. These benefits are: . Highest Daily Lifetime(sm) 6 Plus . Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime(sm) 6 Plus As part of these benefits you may invest only certain permitted Investment Options. These benefits utilize a predetermined mathematical formula to help manage your guarantee through all market cycles. Please see the applicable optional benefits section as well as the Appendices to this prospectus for more information on the formula. Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefits. We offer two optional benefits, for an additional charge, that guarantee your Account Value to a certain level after a stated period of years. As part of these benefits you may invest only certain permitted Investment Options. These benefits utilize a predetermined mathematical formula to help manage your guarantee through all market cycles. Please see the applicable optional benefits section as well as the Appendices to this prospectus for more information on the formula. These benefits are: . Guaranteed Return Option Plus(sm) II . Highest Daily Guaranteed Return Option(sm) II Please see "Living Benefits" for more information. Death Benefits: You may name a beneficiary to receive the proceeds of your Annuity upon your death. Your death benefit must be distributed within the time period required by the tax laws. The Annuity offers a basic death benefit. We also offer the following optional death benefit, for an additional charge: . Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit The optional death benefit has certain age and investment restrictions. Please see "Death Benefits" for more information. Fees and Charges: The Annuity, and the optional living benefits and optional death benefit, are subject to certain fees and charges, as discussed in the "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges" table in the prospectus. In addition, there are fees and expenses of the underlying Portfolios. What does it mean that my Annuity is "tax-deferred"? Variable annuities are "tax deferred", meaning you pay no taxes on any earnings from your Annuity until you withdraw the money. You may also transfer among your Investment Options without paying a tax at the time of the transfer. When you take your money out of the Annuity, however, you will be taxed on the earnings at ordinary income tax rates. If you withdraw money before you reach age 59 1/2, you also may be subject to a 10% federal tax penalty. You may also purchase the Annuity as a tax-qualified retirement investment such as an IRA, SEP-IRA, Roth IRA, 401(a) plan, or non-ERISA 403(b) plan. Although there is no additional tax advantage to a variable annuity purchased through one of these plans, the Annuity has features and benefits other than tax deferral that make it an important investment for a qualified plan. You should consult your tax advisor regarding these features and benefits prior to purchasing a contract for use with a tax-qualified plan. Other Information: Please see the section entitled "General Information" for more information about the Annuity, including legal information about Pruco Life of New Jersey, the separate account, and underlying funds. 13 INVESTMENT OPTIONS The Investment Options under the Annuity consist of the Sub-accounts. Each Sub-account invests in an underlying portfolio whose share price generally fluctuates each Valuation Day. The portfolios that you select, among those that are available, are your choice - - we do not provide investment advice, nor do we recommend any particular portfolio. You bear the investment risk for amounts allocated to the portfolios. As a condition of participating in the optional benefits, you may be prohibited from investing in certain Sub-accounts. We describe those restrictions below. In addition, the optional living benefits (e.g., Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus) employ a pre-determined mathematical formula, under which money is transferred between your chosen Sub-accounts and a bond portfolio (e.g., the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio). You should be aware that the operation of the formula could impact the expenses and performance of the portfolios. Specifically, because transfers to and from the portfolios can be frequent and the amount transferred can vary, the portfolios could experience the following effects, among others: (a) they may be compelled to hold a larger portion of assets in highly liquid securities than they otherwise would, which could diminish performance if the highly liquid securities underperform other securities (e.g., equities) that otherwise would have been held (b) they may experience higher portfolio turnover, which generally will increase the portfolios' expenses and (c) if they are compelled by the formula to sell securities that are thinly-traded, such sales could have a significant impact on the price of such securities. Please consult the prospectus for the applicable portfolio for additional information about these effects. In this section, we describe the portfolios. We then discuss the investment restrictions that apply if you elect certain optional benefits. VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS Each variable Investment Option is a Sub-account of the Pruco Life of New Jersey Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account (see "Pruco Life of New Jersey and the Separate Account" for more detailed information). Each Sub-account invests exclusively in one portfolio. You should carefully read the prospectus for any portfolio in which you are interested. The Investment Objectives/Policies Chart below classifies each of the portfolios based on our assessment of their investment style. The chart also provides a description of each portfolio's investment objective (in italics) and a short, summary description of their key policies to assist you in determining which Portfolios may be of interest to you. Not all portfolios offered as Sub-accounts may be available depending on optional benefit selection. Thus, if you selected particular optional benefits, you would be precluded from investing in certain portfolios and therefore would not receive investment appreciation (or depreciation) affecting those portfolios. Please see the Additional Information section, under the heading concerning "Service Fees Payable to Pruco Life of New Jersey" for a discussion of fees that we may receive from underlying mutual funds and/or their affiliates. The portfolios are not publicly traded mutual funds. They are only available as investment options in variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by insurance companies, or in some cases, to participants in certain qualified retirement plans. However, some of the portfolios available as Sub-accounts under the Annuity are managed by the same portfolio advisor or sub-advisor as a retail mutual fund of the same or similar name that the portfolio may have been modeled after at its inception. Certain retail mutual funds may also have been modeled after a portfolio. While the investment objective and policies of the retail mutual funds and the portfolios may be substantially similar, the actual investments will differ to varying degrees. Differences in the performance of the funds can be expected, and in some cases could be substantial. You should not compare the performance of a publicly traded mutual fund with the performance of any similarly named portfolio offered as a Sub-account. Details about the investment objectives, policies, risks, costs and management of the portfolios are found in the prospectuses for the portfolios. The current prospectuses and statements of additional information for the underlying portfolios can be obtained by calling 1-888-PRU-2888. Please read the prospectus carefully before investing. The name of the advisor/sub-advisor for each portfolio appears next to the description. Those portfolios whose name includes the prefix "AST" are portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust. The portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust are co-managed by AST Investment Services, Inc. and Prudential Investments LLC, both of which are affiliated companies of Pruco Life of New Jersey.. However, a sub-advisor, as noted below, is engaged to conduct day-to-day management. 14 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ ADVANCED SERIES TRUST AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio (formerly known as AST Asset Allocation AlphaSimplex Group, LLC; First Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio): seeks long term capital Quadrant L.P.; Jennison Associates appreciation. The portfolio is a multi-asset class fund that pursues both LLC; Mellon Capital Management top-down asset allocation strategies and bottom-up selection of Corporation; Pacific Investment securities, investment managers, and mutual funds. Under normal Management Company LLC (PIMCO); circumstances, approximately 60% of the assets will be allocated to Prudential Bache Asset Management, traditional asset classes (including US and international equities and Incorporated; Quantitative bonds) and approximately 40% of the assets will be allocated to Management Associates LLC nontraditional asset classes (including real estate, commodities, and alternative strategies). Those percentages are subject to change at the discretion of the advisor. AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio: seeks a high level of absolute return. Asset Allocation LSV Asset Management; Marsico The portfolio invests in traditional and non-traditional investment Capital Management, LLC; Pacific strategies and by investing in domestic and foreign equity and fixed Investment Management Company LLC income securities, derivative instruments in exchange traded funds. The (PIMCO); T. Rowe Price Associates, asset allocation generally provides for an allotment of 50% of the Inc.; William Blair & Company, LLC; portfolio assets to a combination of domestic and international equity Quantitative Management Associates strategies and the remainder in a combination of U.S. fixed income, hedged LLC international bond and real return bonds. The manager will allocate the assets of the portfolio across different investment categories and subadvisors. AST AllianceBernstein Core Value Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth Large Cap Value AllianceBernstein L.P. by investing primarily in common stocks. The subadviser expects that the majority of the portfolio's assets will be invested in the common stocks of large companies that appear to be undervalued. Among other things, the portfolio seeks to identify compelling buying opportunities created when companies are undervalued on the basis of investor reactions to near-term problems or circumstances even though their long-term prospects remain sound. The subadviser seeks to identify individual companies with earnings growth potential that may not be recognized by the market at large. AST AllianceBernstein Growth & Income Portfolio: seeks long-term growth of Large Cap Value AllianceBernstein L.P. capital and income while attempting to avoid excessive fluctuations in market value. The Portfolio normally will invest in common stocks (and securities convertible into common stocks). The subadviser will take a value-oriented approach, in that it will try to keep the portfolio's assets invested in securities that are selling at reasonable valuations in relation to their fundamental business prospects. 15 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ AST American Century Income & Growth Portfolio: seeks capital growth with Large Cap Value American Century Investment current income as a secondary objective. The portfolio invests primarily Management, Inc. in common stocks that offer potential for capital growth, and may, consistent with its investment objective, invest in stocks that offer potential for current income. The subadviser utilizes a quantitative management technique with a goal of building an equity portfolio that provides better returns than the S&P 500 Index without taking on significant additional risk and while attempting to create a dividend yield that will be greater than the S&P 500 Index. AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio (formerly known as AST Asset Allocation Prudential Investments LLC; Conservative Asset Allocation Portfolio): seeks to obtain total return Quantitative Management Associates consistent with its specified level of risk. The portfolio primarily LLC invests its assets in a diversified portfolio of other mutual funds, the underlying portfolios, of the Advanced Series Trust and certain affiliated money market funds. Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote approximately 60% of its net assets to underlying portfolios investing primarily in equity securities (with a range of 52.5% to 67.5%, and 40% of its net assets to underlying portfolios investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments (with a range of 32.5% to 47.5%). The portfolio is not limited to investing exclusively in shares of the underlying portfolios and may invest in securities and futures contracts, swap agreements and other financial and derivative instruments. AST Bond Portfolio 2017 : seeks the highest potential total return Fixed Income Prudential Investment Management, consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the Inc. parameters established to support the GRO benefits and maintain liquidity to support changes in market conditions for a fixed maturity of 2017. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. AST Bond Portfolio 2018: seeks the highest potential total return Fixed Income Prudential Investment Management, consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the Inc. parameters established to support the GRO benefits and maintain liquidity to support changes in market conditions for a fixed maturity of 2018. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. AST Bond Portfolio 2019: seeks the highest potential total return Fixed Income Prudential Investment Management, consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the Inc. parameters established to support the GRO benefits and maintain liquidity to support changes in market conditions for a fixed maturity of 2019. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. AST Bond Portfolio 2020: seeks the highest potential total return Fixed Income Prudential Investment Management, consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the Inc. parameters established to support the GRO benefits and maintain liquidity to support changes in market conditions for a fixed maturity of 2020. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. AST Bond Portfolio 2021: seeks the highest potential total return Fixed Income Prudential Investment Management, consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the Inc. parameters established to support the GRO benefits and maintain liquidity to support changes in market conditions for a fixed maturity of 2021. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. 16 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks to obtain total Asset Allocation Prudential Investments LLC; return consistent with its specified level of risk. The portfolio Quantitative Management Associates primarily invests its assets in a diversified portfolio of other mutual LLC funds, the underlying portfolios, of the Advanced Series Trust and certain affiliated money market funds. Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote approximately 75% of its net assets to underlying portfolios investing primarily in equity securities (with a range of 67.5% to 80%), and 25% of its net assets to underlying portfolios investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments (with a range of 20.0% to 32.5%). The portfolio is not limited to investing exclusively in shares of the underlying portfolios and may invest in securities and futures contracts, swap agreements and other financial and derivative instruments. AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks the highest potential Asset Allocation CLS Investments LLC total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance. Under normal circumstances, at least 90% of the portfolio's assets will be invested in other portfolios of Advanced Series Trust (the underlying portfolios) while no more than 10% of the portfolio's assets may be invested in exchange traded funds (ETFs). Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote from 60% to 80% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in equity securities, and from 20% to 40% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments. AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks the highest potential Asset Allocation CLS Investments LLC total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance. Under normal circumstances, at least 90% of the portfolio's assets will be invested in other portfolios of Advanced Series Trust (the underlying portfolios) while no more than 10% of the portfolio's assets may be invested in exchange traded funds (ETFs). Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote from 40% to 60% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in equity securities, and from 40% to 60% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments. AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio: seeks to maximize total return Specialty Cohen & Steers Capital Management, through investment in real estate securities. The Portfolio pursues its Inc. investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in common stocks and other equity securities issued by real estate companies, such as real estate investment trusts (REITs). Under normal circumstances, the portfolio will invest substantially all of its assets in the equity securities of real estate companies, i.e., a company that derives at least 50% of its revenues from the ownership, construction, financing, management or sale of real estate or that has at least 50% of its assets in real estate. Real estate companies may include real estate investment trusts (REITs). AST DeAM Large-Cap Value Portfolio: seeks maximum growth of capital by Large Cap Value Deutsche Investment Management investing primarily in the value stocks of larger companies. The portfolio Americas, Inc. pursues its objective, under normal market conditions, by primarily investing at least 80% of the value of its assets in the equity securities of large-sized companies included in the Russell 1000(R) Value Index. The subadviser employs an investment strategy designed to maintain a portfolio of equity securities which approximates the market risk of those stocks included in the Russell 1000(R) Value Index, but which attempts to outperform the Russell 1000(R) Value Index through active stock selection. 17 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio: seeks capital growth. The Small Cap Growth Federated Equity Management Company portfolio pursues its investment objective by investing primarily in the of Pennsylvania/Federated Global stocks of small companies that are traded on national security exchanges, Investment Management Corp.; NASDAQ stock exchange and the over-the-counter-market. Small companies Federated MDTA LLC will be defined as companies with market capitalizations similar to companies in the Russell 2000 Growth and S&P 600 Small Cap Index. AST First Trust Balanced Target Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth Asset Allocation First Trust Advisors L.P. balanced by current income. The portfolio seeks to achieve its objective by investing approximately 65% in common stocks and approximately 35% in fixed income securities. The portfolio allocates the equity portion of the portfolio across five uniquely specialized strategies - The Dow(R) Target Dividend, the Value Line(R) Target 25, the Global Dividend Target 15, the NYSE(R) International Target 25, and the Target Small Cap. Each strategy employs a quantitative approach by screening common stocks for certain attributes and/or using a multi-factor scoring system to select the common stocks. The fixed income allocation is determined by the DOW Jones Income strategy which utilizes certain screens to select bonds from the DOW Jones Corporate Bond Index or like-bonds not in the index. AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target Portfolio: seeks long-term Asset Allocation First Trust Advisors L.P. capital growth. The portfolio seeks to achieve its objective by investing approximately 80%. In common stocks and approximately 20% in fixed income securities. The portfolio allocates the equity portion of the portfolio across five uniquely specialized strategies - the Value Line(R) Target 25, the Global Dividend Target 15, the Target Small Cap, the Nasdaq(R) Target 15, and the NYSE(R) International Target 25. Each strategy employs a quantitative approach by screening common stocks for certain attributes and/or using a multi-factor scoring system to select the common stocks. The fixed income allocation is determined by the DOW Jones Income strategy which utilizes certain screen to select bonds from the DOW Jones Corporate Bond Index or like-bonds not in the index. AST Global Real Estate Portfolio: seeks capital appreciation and income. Specialty Prudential Real Estate Investors The portfolio will normally invest at least 80% of its liquid assets (net assets plus any borrowing made for investment purposes) in equity-related securities of real estate companies. The portfolio will invest in equity-related securities of real estate companies. The portfolio may invest up to 15% of its net assets in ownership interests in commercial real estate through investments in private real estate. AST Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term growth of Large Cap Growth Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. capital. The portfolio will pursue its objective by investing primarily in equity securities of companies that the subadviser believes have the potential to achieve capital appreciation over the long-term. The portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, in approximately 30 - 45 companies that are considered by the subadviser to be positioned for long-term growth. AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term capital Mid Cap Growth Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. growth. The portfolio pursues its investment objective, by investing primarily in equity securities selected for their growth potential, and normally invests at least 80% of the value of its assets in medium-sized companies. Medium-sized companies are those whose market capitalizations (measured at the time of investment) fall within the range of companies in the Russell Mid-cap Growth Index. The subadviser seeks to identify individual companies with earnings growth potential that may not be recognized by the market at large. 18 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio: seeks long-term capital Small Cap Value Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. appreciation. The portfolio will seek its objective through investments primarily in equity securities that are believed to be undervalued in the marketplace. The portfolio will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes in small capitalization companies. The 80% investment requirement applies at the time the Portfolio invests its assets. The portfolio generally defines small capitalization companies as companies with market capitalizations that are within the range of the Russell 2000 Value Index at the time of purchase. AST High Yield Portfolio: seeks maximum total return, consistent with Fixed Income Pacific Investment Management preservation of capital and prudent investment management. The portfolio Company LLC (PIMCO) will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at time of purchase) in non-investment grade high yield, fixed-income investments which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements. Non-investment grade investments are financial instruments rated Ba or lower by a Moody's Investors Services, Inc. or equivalently rated by Standard Poor's Corporation, or Fitch, or, if unrated, determined by the subadviser to be of comparable quality. AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks the highest potential Asset Allocation Horizon Investments, LLC total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance. Under normal circumstances, at least 90% of the portfolio's assets will be invested in other portfolios of Advanced Series Trust (the underlying portfolios) while no more than 10% of the portfolio's assets may be invested in exchange traded funds (ETFs). Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote from 60% to 80% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in equity securities, and from 20% to 40% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments. AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks the highest Asset Allocation Horizon Investments, LLC potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance. Under normal circumstances, at least 90% of the portfolio's assets will be invested in other portfolios of Advanced Series Trust (the underlying portfolios) while no more than 10% of the portfolio's assets may be invested in exchange traded funds (ETFs). Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote from 40% to 60% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in equity securities, and from 40% to 60% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments. AST International Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth. Under International Marsico Capital Management, LLC; normal circumstances, the portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of Equity William Blair & Company, LLC its assets in securities of issuers that are economically tied to countries other than the United States. Although the portfolio intends to invest at least 80% of its assets in the securities of issuers located outside the United States, it may at times invest in U.S. issuers and it may invest all of its assets in fewer than five countries or even a single country. The portfolio looks primarily for stocks of companies whose earnings are growing at a faster rate than other companies or which offer attractive growth. AST International Value Portfolio: seeks long-term capital appreciation. International LSV Asset Management; Thornburg The portfolio normally invests at least 80% of the portfolio's assets in Equity Investment Management, Inc. equity securities. The portfolio will invest at least 65% of its net assets in the equity securities of companies in at least three different countries, without limit as to the amount of assets that may be invested in a single country. 19 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio: seeks the highest potential total Fixed Income Prudential Investment Management, return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance to meet the Inc. parameters established to support the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefits and maintain liquidity to support changes in market conditions for a fixed duration (weighted average maturity) of about 6 years. Please note that you may not make Purchase Payments to, or transfer Account Value to or from, this portfolio, and that this portfolio is available only with certain living benefits. AST JPMorgan International Equity Portfolio: seeks long-term capital International J.P. Morgan Investment Management, growth by investing in a diversified portfolio of international equity Equity Inc. securities. The portfolio seeks to meet its objective by investing, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in a diversified portfolio of equity securities of companies located or operating in developed non-U.S. countries and emerging markets of the world. The equity securities will ordinarily be traded on a recognized foreign securities exchange or traded in a foreign over-the-counter market in the country where the issuer is principally based, but may also be traded in other countries including the United States. AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term growth of Large Cap Growth Jennison Associates LLC capital. Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its investable assets in the equity and equity-related securities of large-capitalization companies measured, at the time of purchase, to be within the market capitalization of the Russell 1000(R) Index. In deciding which equity securities to buy, the Subadvisor will use a growth investment style and will invest in stocks it believes could experience superior sales or earnings growth, or high returns on equity and assets. The companies in which the Subadvisor will invest generally tend to have a unique market niche, a strong new product profile or superior management. AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio: seeks capital appreciation. Under Large Cap Value Jennison Associates LLC normal market conditions, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its investable assets in the equity and equity-related securities of large-capitalization companies measured, at the time of purchase, to be within the market capitalization of the Russell 1000(R) Index. In deciding which equity securities to buy, the Subadvisor will use a value investment style and will invest in common stocks that it believes are being valued at a discount to their true worth, as defined by the value of their earnings, free cash flow, the value of their assets, their private market value, or some combination of these factors. The Subadvisor will look for catalysts that will help unlock a common stock's inherent value. AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio: seeks current income and long-term Large Cap Value Eaton Vance Management; Hotchkis and growth of income, as well as capital appreciation. The portfolio invests, Wiley Capital Management LLC under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in common stocks of large capitalization companies. Large capitalization companies are those companies with market capitalizations within the market capitalization range of the Russell 1000 Value Index. 20 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ AST Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture Portfolio: seeks high current income and the Fixed Income Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC opportunity for capital appreciation to produce a high total return. The portfolio invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its assets in fixed income securities. The portfolio allocates its assets principally among fixed income securities in four market sectors: U.S. investment grade securities, U.S. high yield securities, foreign securities (including emerging market securities) and convertible securities. Under normal circumstances, the portfolio invests in each of the four sectors described above. However, the portfolio may invest substantially all of its assets in any one sector at any time, subject to the limitation that at least 20% of the portfolio's net assets must be invested in any combination of investment grade debt securities, U.S. Government securities and cash equivalents. The portfolio may find good value in high yield securities, sometimes called "lower-rated bonds" or "junk bonds," and frequently may have more than half of its assets invested in those securities. The portfolio may also make significant investments in mortgage-backed securities. Although the portfolio expects to maintain a weighted average maturity in the range of five to twelve years, there are no maturity restrictions on the overall portfolio or on individual securities. The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its net assets in equity securities. The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its net assets in foreign securities. AST Marsico Capital Growth Portfolio: seeks capital growth. Income Large Cap Growth Marsico Capital Management, LLC realization is not an investment objective and any income realized on the portfolio's investments, therefore, will be incidental to the portfolio's objective. The portfolio will pursue its objective by investing primarily in common stocks of large companies that are selected for their growth potential. Large capitalization companies are companies with market capitalizations within the market capitalization range of the Russell 1000 Growth Index. In selecting investments for the portfolio, the subadviser uses an approach that combines "top down" macroeconomic analysis with "bottom up" stock selection. The "top down" approach identifies sectors, industries and companies that may benefit from the trends the subadviser has observed. The subadviser then looks for individual companies with earnings growth potential that may not be recognized by the market at large, utilizing a "bottom up" stock selection process. The portfolio will normally hold a core position of between 35 and 50 common stocks. The portfolio may hold a limited number of additional common stocks at times when the portfolio manager is accumulating new positions, phasing out existing or responding to exceptional market conditions. AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio: seeks capital growth. Under normal International Massachusetts Financial Services circumstances the portfolio invests at least 80% of its assets in equity Equity Company securities. The portfolio may invest in the securities of U.S. and foreign issuers (including issuers in emerging market countries). While the portfolio may invest its assets in companies of any size, the portfolio generally focuses on companies with relatively large market capitalizations relative to the markets in which they are traded. AST MFS Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth and future, Large Cap Growth Massachusetts Financial Services rather than current income. Under normal market conditions, the portfolio Company invests at least 80% of its net assets in common stocks and related securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible securities and depositary receipts. The subadviser uses a "bottom up" as opposed to a "top down" investment style in managing the portfolio. 21 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ AST Mid Cap Value Portfolio: seeks to provide capital growth by investing Mid Cap Value EARNEST Partners LLC; WEDGE Capital primarily in mid-capitalization stocks that appear to be undervalued. The Management, LLP portfolio generally invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets in mid-capitalization companies. Mid-capitalization companies are generally those that have market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of companies included in the Russell Midcap Value Index during the previous 12-months based on month-end data. AST Money Market Portfolio: seeks high current income while maintaining Fixed Income Prudential Investment Management, high levels of liquidity. The portfolio invests in high-quality, Inc. short-term, U.S. dollar denominated corporate, bank and government obligations. The portfolio will invest in securities which have effective maturities of not more than 397 days. AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly known as AST Mid Cap Value LSV Asset Management; Neuberger Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Value Portfolio): seeks capital growth. Under Berman Management LLC normal market conditions, the portfolio invests at least 80% of its net assets in the common stocks of medium capitalization companies. For purposes of the portfolio, companies with market capitalizations that fall within the range of the Russell Midcap(R) Index at the time of investment are considered medium capitalization companies. Some of the portfolio's assets may be invested in the securities of large-cap companies as well as in small-cap companies. Under the portfolio's value-oriented investment approach, the subadviser looks for well-managed companies whose stock prices are undervalued and that may rise in price before other investors realize their worth. AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks capital growth. Under Mid Cap Growth Neuberger Berman Management LLC normal market conditions, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of its net assets in the common stocks of mid-capitalization companies. Mid-capitalization companies are those companies whose market capitalization is within the range of market capitalizations of companies in the Russell Midcap(R) Growth Index. Using fundamental research and quantitative analysis, the subadviser looks for fast-growing companies that are in new or rapidly evolving industries. The portfolio may invest in foreign securities (including emerging markets securities). AST Neuberger Berman Small-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks maximum growth of Small Cap Growth Neuberger Berman Management LLC investors' capital from a portfolio of growth stocks of smaller companies. The portfolio pursues its objective, under normal circumstances, by primarily investing at least 80% of its total assets in the equity securities of small-sized companies included in the Russell 2000 Growth(R) Index. AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks the highest Asset Allocation Neimann Capital Management Inc. potential total return consistent with its specified level of risk tolerance. Under normal circumstances, at least 90% of the portfolio's assets will be invested in other portfolios of Advanced Series Trust (the underlying portfolios) while no more than 10% of the portfolio's assets may be invested in exchange traded funds (ETFs). Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote from 60% to 80% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in equity securities, and from 20% to 40% of its net assets to underlying portfolios and ETFs investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments. 22 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio: seeks long-term capital International Parametric Portfolio Associates LLC appreciation. The portfolio normally invests at least 80% of its net Equity assets in equity securities traded on the equity markets of emerging market countries, which are those considered to be developing. Emerging markets countries include countries in Asia, Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Europe, Eastern Europe, Africa and the region formerly comprising the Soviet Union. A company will be considered to be located in an emerging market country if it is domiciled in or derives more that 50% of its revenues or profits from emerging market countries. The portfolio seeks to employ a top-down, disciplined and structured investment process that emphasizes broad exposure and diversification among emerging market countries, economic sectors and issuers. AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio: seeks to maximize total return Fixed Income Pacific Investment Management consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. Company LLC (PIMCO) The portfolio will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets in fixed-income investment instruments of varying maturities which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements. AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio: seeks to maximize total return Fixed Income Pacific Investment Management consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. Company LLC (PIMCO) The portfolio will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets in fixed income investments, which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements. AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks to obtain total return Asset Allocation Prudential Investments LLC; consistent with its specified level of risk. The portfolio primarily Quantitative Management Associates invests its assets in a diversified portfolio of other mutual funds, the LLC underlying portfolios, of the Advanced Series Trust and certain affiliated money market funds. Under normal market conditions, the portfolio will devote approximately 35% of its net assets to underlying portfolios investing primarily in equity securities (with a range of 27.5% to 42.5%), and 65% of its net assets to underlying portfolios investing primarily in debt securities and money market instruments (with a range of 57.5% to 72.5%. The portfolio is not limited to investing exclusively in shares of the underlying portfolios and may invest in securities and futures contracts, swap agreements and other financial and derivative instruments. AST QMA US Equity Portfolio: seeks long term capital appreciation. The Large Cap Blend Quantitative Management Associates portfolio utilizes a long/short investment strategy and will normally LLC invest at least 80% of its net assets plus borrowings in equity and equity related securities of US issuers. The benchmark index is the Russell 1000(R) which is comprised of stocks representing more than 90% of the market cap of the US market and includes the largest 1000 securities in the Russell 3000(R) index. AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies (formerly known as AST American Asset Allocation Schroder Investment Management North Century Strategic Allocation Portfolio): seeks long-term capital America Inc. appreciation through a global flexible asset allocation approach. This asset allocation approach entails investing in traditional asset classes, such as equity and fixed-income investments, and alternative asset classes, such as investments in real estate, commodities, currencies, private equity, and absolute return strategies. The sub-advisor seeks to emphasize the management of risk and volatility. Exposure to different asset classes and investment strategies will vary over time based upon the sub advisor's assessments of changing market, economic, financial and political factors and events. 23 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term capital growth. The Small Cap Growth Eagle Asset Management, Inc. portfolio pursues its objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its assets in small-capitalization companies. Small-capitalization companies are those companies with a market capitalization, at the time of purchase, no larger than the largest capitalized company included in the Russell 2000(R) Index at the time of the Portfolio's investment. AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio: seeks to provide long-term capital growth Small Cap Value ClearBridge Advisors, LLC; J.P. by investing primarily in small-capitalization stocks that appear to be Morgan Investment Management, Inc.; undervalued. The portfolio invests, under normal circumstances, at least Lee Munder Investments, Ltd 80% of the value of its net assets in small capitalization stocks. Small capitalization stocks are the stocks of companies with market capitalization that are within the market capitalization range of the Russell 2000(R) Value Index. AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio: seeks a high level of total Asset Allocation T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. return by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of equity and fixed income securities. The portfolio normally invests approximately 60% of its total assets in equity securities and 40% in fixed income securities. This mix may vary depending on the subadviser's outlook for the markets. The subadviser concentrates common stock investments in larger, more established companies, but the Portfolio may include small and medium-sized companies with good growth prospects. The fixed income portion of the portfolio will be allocated among investment grade securities, high yield or "junk" bonds, emerging market securities, foreign high quality debt securities and cash reserves. AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond Portfolio: seeks to provide high current Fixed Income T. Rowe Price International, Inc. income and capital growth by investing in high-quality foreign and U.S. dollar-denominated bonds. The portfolio will invest at least 80% of its total assets in fixed income securities. The portfolio invests in all types of bonds, including those issued or guaranteed by U.S. or foreign governments or their agencies and by foreign authorities, provinces and municipalities as well as investment grade corporate bonds, mortgage and asset-backed securities, and high-yield bonds of U.S. and foreign issuers. The portfolio generally invests in countries where the combination of fixed-income returns and currency exchange rates appears attractive, or, if the currency trend is unfavorable, where the subadviser believes that the currency risk can be minimized through hedging. The portfolio may also invest up to 20% of its assets in the aggregate in below investment-grade, high-risk bonds ("junk bonds") and emerging market bonds. In addition, the portfolio may invest up to 30% of its assets in mortgage-related (including mortgage dollar rolls and derivatives, such as collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage securities) and asset-backed securities. The portfolio may invest in futures, swaps and other derivatives in keeping with its objective. AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio: seeks long-term growth of Large Cap Growth T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. capital by investing predominantly in the equity securities of a limited number of large, carefully selected, high-quality U.S. companies that are judged likely to achieve superior earnings growth. The portfolio takes a growth approach to investment selection and normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in the common stocks of large companies. Large companies are defined as those whose market cap is larger than the median market cap of companies in the Russell 1000 Growth Index as of the time of purchase. 24 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio: seeks long-term capital Specialty T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. growth primarily through invest in the common stocks of companies that own or develop natural resources (such as energy products, precious metals and forest products) and other basic commodities. The portfolio invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its assets in natural resource companies. The portfolio may also invest in non-resource companies with the potential for growth. The portfolio looks for companies that have the ability to expand production, to maintain superior exploration programs and production facilities, and the potential to accumulate new resources. Although at least 50% of portfolio assets will be invested in U.S. securities, up to 50% of total assets also may be invested in foreign securities. AST UBS Dynamic Alpha Portfolio: seeks to maximize total return, Asset Allocation UBS Global Asset Management consisting of capital appreciation and current income. The portfolio (Americas) Inc. invests in securities and financial instruments to gain exposure to global equity, global fixed income and cash equivalent markets, including global currencies. The portfolio may invest in equity and fixed income securities of issuers located within and outside the United States or in open-end investment companies advised by UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc., the Portfolio's subadviser, to gain exposure to certain global equity and global fixed income markets. AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio: seeks to maximize total Fixed Income Western Asset Management Company return, consistent with prudent investment management and liquidity needs, by investing to obtain its average specified duration. The portfolio's current target average duration is generally 2.5 to 7 years. The portfolio pursues this objective by investing in all major fixed income sectors with a bias towards non-Treasuries. FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS TRUST Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Fund: Seeks capital Moderate Franklin Templeton Services, LLC appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. The Fund normally invests Allocation equal portions in Class 1 shares of Franklin Income Securities Fund; Mutual Shares Securities Fund; and Templeton Growth Securities Fund. PROFUNDS VP ProFund VP Consumer Goods: seeks daily investment results, before fees and Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Consumer Goods Index. The Dow Jones U.S. Consumer Goods Index measures the performance of consumer spending in the goods industry of the U.S. equity market. Component companies include automobiles and auto parts and tires, brewers and distillers, farming and fishing, durable and non-durable household product manufacturers, cosmetic companies, food and tobacco products, clothing, accessories and footwear. 25 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ ProFund VP Consumer Services: seeks daily investment results, before fees Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Consumer Services Index. The Dow Jones U.S. Consumer Services Index measures the performance of consumer spending in the services industry of the U.S. equity market. Component companies include airlines, broadcasting and entertainment, apparel and broadline retailers, food and drug retailers, media agencies, publishing, gambling, hotels, restaurants and bars, and travel and tourism. ProFund VP Financials: seeks daily investment results, before fees and Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Financials Index. The Dow Jones U.S. Financials Index measures the performance of the financial services industry of the U.S. equity market. Component companies include regional banks; major U.S. domiciled international banks; full line, life, and property and casualty insurance companies; companies that invest, directly or indirectly in real estate; diversified financial companies such as Fannie Mae, credit card issuers, check cashing companies, mortgage lenders and investment advisers; securities brokers and dealers, including investment banks, merchant banks and online brokers; and publicly traded stock exchanges. ProFund VP Health Care: seeks daily investment results, before fees and Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Health Care Index. The Dow Jones U.S. Health Care Index measures the performance of the healthcare industry of the U.S. equity market. Component companies include health care providers, biotechnology companies, medical supplies, advanced medical devices and pharmaceuticals. ProFund VP Industrials: seeks daily investment results, before fees and Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Industrials Index. The Dow Jones U.S. Industrials Index measures the performance of the industrial industry of the U.S. equity market. Component companies include building materials, heavy construction, factory equipment, heavy machinery, industrial services, pollution control, containers and packaging, industrial diversified, air freight, marine transportation, railroads, trucking, land-transportation equipment, shipbuilding, transportation services, advanced industrial equipment, electric components and equipment, and aerospace. ProFund VP Large-Cap Value: seeks daily investment results, before fees Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC and expenses,that correspond to the daily performance of the S&P 500/Citigroup Value Index(R). The S&P 500/Citigroup Value Index is designed to provide a comprehensive measure of large-cap U.S. equity "value" performance. It is an unmanaged float adjusted market capitalization weighted index comprised of stocks representing approximately half the market capitalization of the S&P 500 Index that have been identified as being on the value end of the growth value spectrum. 26 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ ProFund VP Large-Cap Growth: seeks daily investment results, before fees Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the S&P 500/Citigroup Growth Index(R). The S&P 500/Citigroup Growth Index is designed to provide a comprehensive measure of large-cap U.S. equity "growth" performance. It is an unmanaged float adjusted market capitalization weighted index comprised of stocks representing approximately half the market capitalization of the S&P 500 Index that have been identified as being on the growth end of the growth-value spectrum. The S&P 500/Citigroup Growth Index is designed to provide a comprehensive measure of large-cap U.S. equity "growth" performance. It is an unmanaged float adjusted market capitalization weighted index comprised of stocks representing approximately half the market capitalization of the S&P 500 Index that have been identified as being on the growth end of the growth-value spectrum. ProFund VP Mid-Cap Value: seeks daily investment results, before fees and Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the S&P MidCap 400/Citigroup Value Index(R). The S&P MidCap 400/Citigroup Value Index is designed to provide a comprehensive measure of mid-cap U.S. equity "value" performance. It is an unmanaged float adjusted market capitalization weighted index comprised of stocks representing approximately half the market capitalization of the S&P MidCap 400 Index that have been identified as being on the value end of the growth-value spectrum. ProFund VP Mid-Cap Growth: seeks daily investment results, before fees and Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the S&P MidCap 400/Citigroup Growth Index(R). The S&P MidCap 400/Citigroup Growth Index is designed to provide a comprehensive measure of mid-cap U.S. equity "growth" performance. It is an unmanaged float adjusted market capitalization weighted index comprised of stocks representing approximately half the market capitalization of the S&P MidCap 400 Index that have been identified as being on the growth end of the growth-value spectrum. The S&P MidCap 400/Citigroup Value Index is designed to provide a comprehensive measure of mid-cap U.S. equity "value" performance. It is an unmanaged float adjusted market capitalization weighted index comprised of stocks representing approximately half the market capitalization of the S&P MidCap 400 Index that have been identified as being on the value end of the growth-value spectrum. ProFund VP Real Estate: seeks daily investment results, before fees and Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index. The Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index measures the performance of the real estate sector of the U.S. equity market. Component companies include those that invest directly or indirectly through development, management or ownership of shopping malls, apartment buildings and housing developments; and real estate investment trusts ("REITs") that invest in apartments, office and retail properties. REITs are passive investment vehicles that invest primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. 27 STYLE/ PORTFOLIO ADVISOR/ PORTFOLIO NAME/INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES & POLICIES TYPE SUB-ADVISOR -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------ ProFund VP Small-Cap Value: seeks daily investment results, before fees Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the S&P SmallCap 600/Citigroup Value Index(R). The S&P SmallCap 600/Citigroup Value Index is designed to provide a comprehensive measure of small-cap U.S. equity "value" performance. It is an unmanaged float adjusted market capitalization weighted index comprised of stocks representing approximately half the market capitalization of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index that have been identified as being on the value end of the growth-value spectrum. (Note: The S&P SmallCap 600 Index is a measure of small-cap company U.S. stock market performance. It is a float adjusted market capitalization weighted index of 600 U.S. operating companies. Securities are selected for inclusion in the index by an S&P committee through a nonmechanical process that factors criteria such as liquidity, price, market capitalization, financial viability, and public float.) ProFund VP Small-Cap Growth: seeks daily investment results, before fees Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the S&P SmallCap 600/Citigroup Growth Index(R). The S&P SmallCap 600/Citigroup Growth Index is designed to provide a comprehensive measure of small-cap U.S. equity "growth" performance. It is an unmanaged float adjusted market capitalization weighted index comprised of stocks representing approximately half the market capitalization of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index that have been identified as being on the growth end of the growth-value spectrum. (Note: The S&P SmallCap 600 Index is a measure of small-cap company U.S. stock market performance. It is a float adjusted market capitalization weighted index of 600 U.S. operating companies. Securities are selected for inclusion in the index by an S&P committee through a nonmechanical process that factors criteria such as liquidity, price, market capitalization, financial viability, and public float.) The S&P SmallCap 600 Index is a measure of small-cap company U.S. stock market performance. It is a float adjusted market capitalization weighted index of 600 U.S. operating companies. Securities are selected for inclusion in the index by an S&P committee through a nonmechanical process that factors criteria such as liquidity, price, market capitalization, financial viability, and public float. ProFund VP Telecommunications: seeks daily investment results, before fees Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Telecommunications Index. The Dow Jones U.S. Telecommunications Index measures the performance of the telecommunications industry of the U.S. equity market. Component companies include fixed-line communications and wireless communications companies. ProFund VP Utilities: seeks daily investment results, before fees and Specialty ProFund Advisors LLC expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Utilities Sector Index. The Dow Jones U.S. Utilities Sector Index measures the performance of the utilities industry of the U.S. equity market. Component companies include electric utilities, gas utilities and water utilities. LIMITATIONS WITH OPTIONAL BENEFITS 28 As a condition to your participating in certain optional benefits, we limit the Investment Options to which you may allocate your Account Value. Broadly speaking, we offer two groups of "Permitted Sub-accounts". Under the first group (Group I), your allowable investment options are more limited, but you are not subject to mandatory quarterly re-balancing. We call the second group (Group II) our "Custom Portfolios Program." The Custom Portfolios Program offers a larger menu of portfolios, but you are subject to certain other restrictions. Specifically: . you must allocate at least 20% of your Account Value to certain fixed income portfolios (currently, the AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio and the AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio); and . you may allocate up to 80% in the portfolios listed in the table below; and . on each benefit quarter (or the next Valuation Day, if the quarter-end is not a Valuation Day), we will automatically re-balance your Sub-accounts used with this Program, so that the percentages devoted to each portfolio remain the same as those in effect on the immediately preceding quarter-end. Note that on the first quarter-end following your participation in the Custom Portfolios Program, we will re-balance your Sub-accounts so that the percentages devoted to each portfolio remain the same as those in effect when you began the Custom Portfolios Program; and . between quarter-ends, you may re-allocate your Account Value among the investment options permitted within this category. If you reallocate, the next quarterly rebalancing will restore the percentages to those of your most recent reallocation. While those who do not participate in any optional benefit generally may invest in any of the investment options described in the prospectus, only those who participate in the optional benefits listed in Group II below may participate in the Custom Portfolios Program. If you participate in the Custom Portfolios Program, you may not participate in other Automatic Rebalancing Programs. We may modify or terminate the Custom Portfolios Program at any time. Any such modification or termination will (i) be implemented only after we have notified you in advance, (ii) not affect the guarantees you had accrued under the optional benefit or your ability to continue to participate in those optional benefits, and (iii) not require you to transfer Account Value out of any portfolio in which you participated immediately prior to the modification or termination. If you are not participating in the Custom Portfolios Program at the time of any modification or termination, or if you voluntarily transfer your Account Value out of the Custom Portfolios Program after any modification or termination, we may restrict your further eligibility to participate in the Custom Portfolio Program. 29 Group I: Allowable Benefit Allocations AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation AST Advanced Strategies AST Balanced Asset Allocation AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation AST CLS Moderate Balanced Target AST First Trust Balanced Target AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Fund Group II: Custom Portfolios Program AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation AST Advanced Strategies AST Alliance Bernstein Core Value AST Alliance Bernstein Growth & Income AST American Century Income & Growth AST Balanced Asset Allocation AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation AST Cohen & Steers Realty AST DeAM Large-Cap Value AST Federated Aggressive Growth AST First Trust Balanced Target AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target AST Global Real Estate Portfolio AST Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value AST High Yield AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation AST International Growth AST International Value AST JP Morgan International Equity AST Large-Cap Value AST Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture AST Marisco Capital Growth 30 AST MFS Global Equity AST MSF Growth AST Mid-Cap Value AST Money Market AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value AST Neuberger Berman Small-Cap Value AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond AST Preservation Asset Allocation AST QMA US Equity Alpha AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies Asset Allocation AST Small-Cap Growth AST Small-Cap Value AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources AST UBS Dynamic Alpha Strategy AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Franklin Templeton VIP Funding Funds Allocation Fund Profund VP Consumer Goods Profund VP Consumer Services Profund VP Financials Profund VP Health Care Profund VP Industrials Profund VP Large-Cap Growth Profund VP Large-Cap Value Profund VP Mid-Cap Growth Profund VP Mid-Cap Value Profund VP Real Estate Profund VP Small-Cap Growth Profund VP Small-Cap Value Profund VP Telecommunications Profund VP Utilities 31 FEES, CHARGES, AND DEDUCTIONS In this section, we provide detail about the charges you incur if you own the Annuity. The charges under the Annuity are designed to cover, in the aggregate, our direct and indirect costs of selling, administering and providing benefits under the Annuity. They are also designed, in the aggregate, to compensate us for the risks of loss we assume. If, as we expect, the charges that we collect from the Annuity exceed our total costs in connection with the Annuity, we will earn a profit. Otherwise we will incur a loss. For example, Pruco Life of New Jersey may make a profit on the Insurance Charge if, over time, the actual costs of providing the guaranteed insurance obligations and other expenses under the Annuity are less than the amount we deduct for the Insurance Charge. To the extent we make a profit on the Insurance Charge, such profit may be used for any other corporate purpose The rates of certain of our charges have been set with reference to estimates of the amount of specific types of expenses or risks that we will incur. In general, a given charge under the Annuity compensates us for our costs and risks related to that charge and may provide for a profit. However, it is possible that with respect to a particular obligation we have under this Annuity, we may be compensated not only by the charge specifically tied to that obligation, but also from one or more other charges we impose. With regard to charges that are assessed as a percentage of the value of the Sub-accounts, please note that such charges are assessed through a reduction to the unit value of your investment in each Sub-account, and in that way reduce your Account Value. Transfer Fee: Currently, you may make twenty (20) free transfers between investment options each Annuity Year. We may charge $10 for each transfer after the twentieth in each Annuity Year. We do not consider transfers made as part of a Dollar Cost Averaging, Automatic Rebalancing or Custom Portfolio Program when we count the twenty free transfers. All transfers made on the same day will be treated as one (1) transfer. The transfer fee is deducted pro rata from all Sub-accounts in which you maintain Account Value immediately subsequent to the transfer. Annual Maintenance Fee: Prior to annuitization, we deduct an Annual Maintenance Fee. The Annual Maintenance Fee is equal to $30 or 2% of your Account Value, whichever is less. This fee will be deducted annually on the anniversary of the Issue Date of your Annuity or, if you surrender your Annuity during the Annuity Year, the fee is deducted at the time of surrender unless the surrender is taken within 30 days of most recently assessed Annual Maintenance Fee. The fee is taken out first from the Sub-accounts pro rata. The Annual Maintenance Fee is only deducted if the sum of the Purchase Payments at the time the fee is deducted is less than $100,000. We do not impose the Annual Maintenance Fee upon annuitization (unless annuitization occurs on an Annuity anniversary), the payment of a Death Benefit, or a medically-related full surrender. For Beneficiaries that elect the Beneficiary Continuation Option, the Annual Maintenance Fee is the lesser of $30 or 2% of Account Value and is only assessed if the Account Value is less than $25,000 at the time the fee is assessed. Insurance Charge: We deduct an Insurance Charge daily based on the annualized rate shown in the "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges." The charge is assessed against the assets allocated to the Sub-accounts. The Insurance Charge is the combination of the Mortality & Expense Risk Charge and the Administration Charge. The Insurance Charge is intended to compensate Pruco Life of New Jersey for providing the insurance benefits under the Annuity, including the Annuity's basic Death Benefit that provides guaranteed benefits to your beneficiaries even if your Account Value declines, and the risk that persons we guarantee annuity payments to will live longer than our assumptions. The charge also covers administrative costs associated with providing the Annuity benefits, including preparation of the contract and prospectus, confirmation statements, annual account statements and annual reports, legal and accounting fees as well as various related expenses. Finally, the charge covers the risk that our assumptions about the mortality risks and expenses under the Annuity are incorrect and that we have agreed not to increase these charges over time despite our actual costs. Optional Benefits for which we assess a charge: If you elect to purchase optional benefits, we will deduct an additional charge. For some optional benefits, the charge is assessed against your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts. These charges are included in the daily calculation of the Unit Price for each Sub-account. For certain other optional benefits, such as Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, the charge is assessed against the greater of the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value and is taken out of the Sub-accounts quarterly. Please refer to the section entitled "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges" for the list of charges for each optional benefit. Settlement Service Charge: If your beneficiary takes the death benefit under a Beneficiary Continuation Option, the Insurance Charge no longer applies. However, we then begin to deduct a Settlement Service Charge which is assessed daily against the assets allocated to the Sub-accounts and is equal to an annualized charge of 1.00%. 32 Fees and Expenses Incurred by the Portfolios: Each portfolio incurs total annualized operating expenses comprised of an investment management fee, other expenses and any distribution and service (12b-1) fees that may apply. These fees and expenses are reflected daily by each portfolio before it provides Pruco Life of New Jersey with the net asset value as of the close of business each Valuation Day. More detailed information about fees and expenses can be found in the prospectuses for the portfolios. ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION CHARGES If you select a fixed payment option, the amount of each fixed payment will depend on the Account Value of your Annuity when you elected to annuitize. There is no specific charge deducted from these payments; however, the amount of each annuity payment reflects assumptions about our insurance expenses. Also, a tax charge may apply. EXCEPTIONS/REDUCTIONS TO FEES AND CHARGES We may reduce or eliminate certain fees and charges or alter the manner in which the particular fee or charge is deducted. For example, we may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Annual Maintenance Fee or reduce the portion of the total Insurance Charge that is deducted as an Administration Charge. We will not discriminate unfairly between Annuity purchasers if and when we reduce any fees and charges. PURCHASING YOUR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS FOR PURCHASING THE ANNUITY Initial Purchase Payment: Unless we agree otherwise and subject to our rules, you must make an initial Purchase Payment of at least $10,000 for the [ ] Series. However, if you decide to make payments under a systematic investment or an electronic funds transfer program, we may accept a lower initial Purchase Payment provided that, within the first Annuity Year, your subsequent Purchase Payments plus your initial Purchase Payment total the minimum initial Purchase Payment amount required for the Annuity purchased. We must approve any initial and additional Purchase Payments where the total amount of Purchase Payments equal $1,000,000 or more with respect to this Annuity and any other annuities you are purchasing from us (or that you already own) and/or our affiliates. Applicable laws designed to counter terrorists and prevent money laundering might, in certain circumstances, require us to block an Annuity Owner's ability to make certain transactions, and thereby refuse to accept Purchase Payments or requests for transfers, partial withdrawals, total withdrawals, death benefits, or income payments until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator. We also may be required to provide additional information about you and your Annuity to government regulators. Except as noted below, Purchase Payments must be submitted by check drawn on a U.S. bank, in U.S. dollars, and made payable to Pruco Life of New Jersey. Purchase payments may also be submitted via 1035 exchange or direct transfer of funds. Under certain circumstances, Purchase Payments may be transmitted to Pruco Life of New Jersey via wiring funds through your Financial Professional's broker-dealer firm. Additional Purchase Payments may also be applied to your Annuity under an electronic funds transfer, an arrangement where you authorize us to deduct money directly from your bank account. We may reject any payment if it is received in an unacceptable form. Our acceptance of a check is subject to our ability to collect funds. Once we accept your application, we invest your Purchase Payment in your Annuity according to your instructions. You can allocate Purchase Payments to one or more available Investment Options. Investment restrictions will apply if you elect optional benefits. Age Restrictions: Unless we agree otherwise and subject to our rules, each of the Owner(s) and Annuitant(s) must not be older than a maximum issue age as of the Issue Date of the Annuity (age 85). If you purchase a Beneficiary Annuity, the maximum issue age is 70, based on the Key Life. The availability and level of protection of certain optional benefits may vary based on the age of the oldest Owner (or Annuitant, if entity owned) on the Issue Date of the Annuity or the date of the Owner's death. Additional Purchase Payments. You may make additional Purchase Payments, provided that the payment is at least $100 (we impose a $50 minimum for EFT purchases). We may amend this Purchase Payment minimum, and/or limit the Investment Options to which you may direct Purchase Payments. You may make additional Purchase Payments, unless the Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity, at any time before the earlier of the Annuity Date and the oldest of the Owner's or Annuitant's 86th birthday. However, Purchase Payments are not permitted after the Account Value is reduced to zero. We may limit or reject any Purchase Payment. Depending on the tax status of your Annuity (e.g, if you own the Annuity through an IRA), there may be annual contribution limits dictated by applicable law. Please see the Tax Considerations section for additional information on these contribution limits. 33 Additional Purchase Payments will be allocated to the Investment Options according to your instructions. If you have not provided any allocation instructions with the additional Purchase Payment, we will allocate the Purchase Payment on a pro rata basis to the Sub-accounts in which your Account Value is then allocated, excluding any Sub-accounts to which you may not electively allocate Account Value. If your Account Value in the Sub-accounts to which you may electively allocate Account Value is zero, we will allocate your additional Purchase Payment to the AST Money Market Sub-account. DESIGNATION OF OWNER, ANNUITANT, AND BENEFICIARY Owner, Annuitant and Beneficiary Designations: We will ask you to name the Owner(s), Annuitant and one or more Beneficiaries for your Annuity. . Owner: The Owner(s) holds all rights under the Annuity. You may name up to two Owners in which case all ownership rights are held jointly. Generally, joint owners are required to act jointly; however, if each owner provides us with an instruction that we find acceptable, we will permit each owner to act independently on behalf of both owners. All information and documents that we are required to send you will be sent to the first named owner. Co-ownership by entity owners or an entity owner and an individual is not permitted. Refer to the Glossary of Terms for a complete description of the term "Owner." Prior to annuitization, there is no right of survivorship (other than any spousal continuance right that may be available to a surviving spouse). . Annuitant: The Annuitant is the person upon whose life we make annuity payments. You must name an Annuitant who is a natural person. We do not accept a designation of joint Annuitants during the Accumulation Period. In limited circumstances and where allowed by law, we may allow you to name one or more "Contingent Annuitants" with our prior approval. Generally, a Contingent Annuitant will become the Annuitant if the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date. Please refer to the discussion of "Considerations for Contingent Annuitants" in the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus. For Beneficiary Annuities, instead of an Annuitant there is a "Key Life" which is used to determine the annual required distributions. . Beneficiary: The Beneficiary is the person(s) or entity you name to receive the Death Benefit. Your Beneficiary designation should be the exact name of your Beneficiary, not only a reference to the Beneficiary's relationship to you. If you use a class designation in lieu of designating individuals (e.g. "surviving children"), we will pay the class of Beneficiaries as determined at the time of your death and not the class of Beneficiaries that existed at the time the designation was made. If no Beneficiary is named, the Death Benefit will be paid to you or your estate. For Beneficiary Annuities, instead of a Beneficiary, the term "Successor" is used. Your right to make certain designations may be limited if your Annuity is to be used as an IRA, Beneficiary Annuity or other "qualified" investment that is given beneficial tax treatment under the Code. You should seek competent tax advice on the income, estate and gift tax implications of your designations. "Beneficiary" Annuity You may purchase an Annuity if you are a Beneficiary of an account that was owned by a decedent, subject to the following requirements. You may transfer the proceeds of the decedent's account into the Annuity described in this prospectus and receive distributions that are required by the tax laws. This transfer option is not available if the proceeds are being transferred from an annuity issued by us or one of our affiliates and the annuity offers a "Beneficiary Continuation Option". Upon purchase, the Annuity will be issued in the name of the decedent for your benefit. You must take required distributions at least annually, which we will calculate based on the applicable life expectancy in the year of the decedent's death, using Table 1 in IRS Publication 590. For IRAs and Roth IRAs, distributions must begin by December 31 of the year following the year of the decedent's death. If you are the surviving spouse Beneficiary, distributions may be deferred until the decedent would have attained age 70 1/2, however if you choose to defer distributions, you are responsible for complying with the distribution requirements under the Code, and you must notify us when you would like distributions to begin. For additional information regarding the tax considerations applicable to beneficiaries of an IRA or Roth IRA, see "Required Distributions Upon Your Death for Qualified Annuity Contracts" in the Tax Considerations section of this prospectus. For non-qualified Annuities, distributions must begin within one year of the decedent's death. For additional information regarding the tax considerations applicable to beneficiaries of a non-qualified Annuity see "Required Distributions Upon Your Death for Nonqualified Annuity Contracts" in the Tax Considerations section of this prospectus. You may take withdrawals in excess of your required distributions. Any withdrawals you take count toward the required distribution for the year. All applicable charges will be assessed against your Annuity, such as the Insurance Charge and the Annual Maintenance Fee. 34 The Annuity provides a basic Death Benefit upon death, and you may name "successors" who may either receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum or continue receiving distributions after your death under the Beneficiary Continuation Option. Please note the following additional limitations for a Beneficiary Annuity: .. No additional Purchase Payments are permitted. You may only make a one-time initial Purchase Payment transferred to us directly from another annuity or eligible account. You may not make your Purchase Payment as an indirect rollover, or combine multiple assets or death benefits into a single contract as part of this Beneficiary Annuity. .. You may not elect any optional living or death benefits. .. You may not annuitize the Annuity; no annuity options are available. .. You may participate only in the following programs: Auto-Rebalancing, Dollar Cost Averaging, or Systematic Withdrawals. .. You may not assign or change ownership of the Annuity, and you may not change or designate another life upon which distributions are based. A Beneficiary Annuity may not be co-owned. .. If the Annuity is funded by means of transfer from another Beneficiary Annuity with another company, we require that the sending company or the beneficial owner provide certain information in order to ensure that applicable required distributions have been made prior to the transfer of the contract proceeds to us. We further require appropriate information to enable us to accurately determine future distributions from the Annuity. Please note we are unable to accept a transfer of another Beneficiary Annuity where taxes are calculated based on an exclusion amount or an exclusion ratio of earnings to original investment. We are also unable to accept a transfer of an annuity that has annuitized. .. The beneficial owner of the Annuity can be an individual, grantor trust, or, for an IRA or Roth IRA, a qualified trust. In general, a qualified trust (1) must be valid under state law; (2) must be irrevocable or became irrevocable by its terms upon the death of the IRA or Roth IRA owner; and (3) the Beneficiaries of the trust who are Beneficiaries with respect to the trust's interest in this Annuity must be identifiable from the trust instrument and must be individuals. A qualified trust may be required to provide us with a list of all Beneficiaries to the trust (including contingent and remainder Beneficiaries with a description of the conditions on their entitlement), all of whom must be individuals, as of September 30th of the year following the year of death of the IRA or Roth IRA owner, or date of Annuity application if later. The trustee may also be required to provide a copy of the trust document upon request. If the beneficial owner of the Annuity is a grantor trust, distributions must be based on the life expectancy of the grantor. If the beneficial owner of the Annuity is a qualified trust, distributions must be based on the life expectancy of the oldest Beneficiary under the trust. .. If this Beneficiary Annuity is transferred to another company as a tax-free exchange with the intention of qualifying as a beneficiary annuity with the receiving company, we may require certifications from the receiving company that required distributions will be made as required by law. .. If you are transferring proceeds as Beneficiary of an annuity that is owned by a decedent, we must receive your transfer request at least 45 days prior to your first or next required distribution. If, for any reason, your transfer request impedes our ability to complete your required distribution by the required date, we will be unable to accept your transfer request. RIGHT TO CANCEL You may cancel (or "free look") your Annuity for a refund by notifying us in Good Order or by returning the Annuity to our Service Office or to the representative who sold it to you within 10 days after you receive it. The Annuity can be mailed or delivered either to us, at our Service Office, or to the representative who sold it to you. Return of the Annuity by mail is effective on being postmarked, properly addressed and postage prepaid. SCHEDULED PAYMENTS DIRECTLY FROM MY BANK ACCOUNT You can make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity by authorizing us to deduct money directly from your bank account and applying it to your Annuity, unless the Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity. Investment restrictions will apply if you elect optional benefits. No additional purchase payments are permitted if you have elected the Beneficiary Annuity. We may suspend or cancel electronic funds transfer privileges if sufficient funds are not available from the applicable financial institution on any date that a transaction is scheduled to occur. SALARY REDUCTION PROGRAMS These types of programs are only available with certain types of qualified investments. If your employer sponsors such a program, we may agree to accept periodic Purchase Payments through a salary reduction program. 35 MANAGING YOUR ANNUITY CHANGE OF OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY DESIGNATIONS You may change the Owner, Annuitant and Beneficiary designations by sending us a request in Good Order. Such a request will be effective on the date you sign it. However, if the Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity, the Owner may not be changed and you may not designate another Key Life upon which distributions are based. Upon an ownership change, any automated investment or withdrawal programs will be canceled. The new owner must submit the applicable program enrollment if they wish to participate in such a program. Where allowed by law, such changes will be subject to our acceptance. Some of the changes we will not accept include, but are not limited to: . a new Owner subsequent to the death of the Owner or the first of any co-Owners to die, except where a spouse-Beneficiary has become the Owner as a result of an Owner's death; . a new Annuitant subsequent to the Annuity Date if the annuity option includes a life contingency; . a new Annuitant prior to the Annuity Date if the Owner is an entity; . a new Owner such that the new Owner is older than the age for which we would then issue the Annuity as of the effective date of such change, unless the change of Owner is the result of spousal continuation; . a designation change if the change request is received at our Service Office after the Annuity Date; or . A change of Beneficiary designation if the change request is received at our Service Office after the Annuity Date. We reserve the right to reject any proposed change of Owner, Annuitant, or Beneficiary, as well as any proposed assignment of the Annuity. We will implement this right on a non-discriminatory basis. There are restrictions on designation changes when you have elected certain optional benefits. We assume no responsibility for the validity or tax consequences of any change of ownership. A change of Owner, Annuitant, or Beneficiary will take effect on the date the notice of change is signed. Any change we accept is subject to any transactions processed by us before we receive this notice of change. Death Benefit Suspension Upon Change of Owner or Annuitant. If there is a change of Owner or Annuitant, the change may affect the amount of the Death Benefit. See the Death Benefits and Optional Death Benefit Rider section of this prospectus for additional details. Spousal Designations If an Annuity is co-owned by spouses, we will assume that the sole primary Beneficiary is the surviving spouse that was named as the co-owner unless you elect an alternative Beneficiary designation. We may offer certain spousal benefits to civil union couples or same-sex marriages. You should be aware, however, that federal tax law does not recognize civil unions or same-sex marriages. Therefore, we cannot permit a civil union partner or same-sex spouse to continue the annuity upon the death of the first partner within the meaning of the federal tax law. This limits the benefits afforded a civil union partner or same-sex spouse under the annuity's "spousal continuance" provision. Civil union couples and same-sex marriage spouses should consider that limitation before selecting a spousal benefit under the annuity. Contingent Annuitant Generally, if an Annuity is owned by an entity and the entity has named a Contingent Annuitant, the Contingent Annuitant will become the Annuitant upon the death of the Annuitant, and no Death Benefit is payable. Unless we agree otherwise, the Annuity is only eligible to have a Contingent Annuitant designation if the entity which owns the Annuity is (1) a plan described in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(s)(5)(A)(i) (or any successor Code section thereto); (2) an entity described in Code Section 72(u)(1) (or any successor Code section thereto); or (3) a Custodial Account as described in the above section. Where the Annuity is held by a Custodial Account, the Contingent Annuitant will not automatically become the Annuitant upon the death of the Annuitant. Upon the death of the Annuitant, the Custodial Account will have the choice, subject to our rules, to either elect to receive the Death Benefit or elect to continue the Annuity. If the Custodial Account elects to continue the Annuity, the Death Benefit payable will equal the Death Benefit described in spousal continuation section of the Death Benefits and Optional Death Benefit Rider section of this prospectus. See the section above entitled "Spousal Designations" for more information about how the Annuity can be continued by a Custodial Account. MANAGING YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE 36 There are several programs we administer to help you manage your Account Value, as described in this section. DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAMS We offer a Dollar Cost Averaging Program during the Accumulation Period. In general, Dollar Cost Averaging allows you to systematically transfer an amount periodically from one Sub-account to one or more other Sub-accounts. You can choose to transfer earnings only, principal plus earnings or a flat dollar amount. You may elect a Dollar Cost Averaging program that transfers amounts monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually from Sub-accounts (if you make no selection, we will effect transfers on a monthly basis). There is no guarantee that Dollar Cost Averaging will result in a profit or protect against a loss in a declining market. We do not deduct a charge for participating in a Dollar Cost Averaging program. AUTOMATIC REBALANCING PROGRAMS During the Accumulation Period, we offer Automatic Rebalancing among the Sub-accounts you choose. You can choose to have your Account Value rebalanced monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. On the appropriate date, the Sub-accounts you choose are rebalanced to the allocation percentages you requested. With Automatic Rebalancing, we transfer the appropriate amount from the "overweighted" Sub-accounts to the "underweighted" Sub-accounts to return your allocations to the percentages you request. For example, over time the performance of the Sub-accounts will differ, causing your percentage allocations to shift. You may make additional transfers; however, the Automatic Rebalancing program will not reflect such transfers unless we receive instructions from you indicating that you would like to adjust the program. There is no minimum Account Value required to enroll in Automatic Rebalancing. All rebalancing transfers as part of an Automatic Rebalancing program are not included when counting the number of transfers each year toward the maximum number of free transfers. We do not deduct a charge for participating in an Automatic Rebalancing program. Participation in the Automatic Rebalancing program may be restricted if you are enrolled in certain other optional programs. Sub-accounts that are part of a systematic withdrawal program or Dollar Cost Averaging program will be excluded from an Automatic Rebalancing program. AUTHORIZATION OF A THIRD PARTY INVESTMENT ADVISOR TO MANAGE MY ACCOUNT This Annuity is intended to be used where you have engaged your own investment advisor to provide advice regarding the allocation of your Account Value. Such an investment advisor may be a firm or person appointed by us, or whose affiliated broker-dealers are appointed by us, as authorized sellers of the Annuity. Even if this is the case, however, please note that the investment advisor you engage to provide advice and/or make transfers for you, is not acting on our behalf, but rather is acting on your behalf. We do not offer advice about how to allocate your Account Value under any circumstance. As such, we are not responsible for any recommendations such investment advisors make, any investment models or asset allocation programs they choose to follow or any specific transfers they make on your behalf. Any fee that is charged by your investment advisor is in addition to the fees and expenses that apply under your Annuity. Please be aware that if you authorize your investment advisor to withdraw amounts from your Annuity to pay for the investment advisor's fee, such fee deduction will be treated a withdrawal. As with any other withdrawal from your Annuity, you may incur adverse tax consequences. Additionally, any of the various living and death benefit guarantees, such as those provided by Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, would be reduced in accordance with the provisions of those benefits. For example, the deduction of the fee could result in Excess Income under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. We are not a party to the agreement you have with your investment advisor, and do not verify that amounts withdrawn from your Annuity, including amounts withdrawn to pay for the investment advisor's fee, are within the terms of your agreement with your investment advisor. You will, however, receive confirmations of transactions that affect your Annuity that among other things reflect advisory fees deducted from your Account Value. It is your responsibility to arrange for the payment of the advisory fee charged by your investment advisor. Similarly, it is your responsibility to understand the advisory services provided by your investment advisor and the advisory fees charged for those services. Special Rules for Distributions to Pay Advisory Fees We treat partial withdrawals to pay advisory fees as taxable distributions unless your Annuity is being used in conjunction with a "qualified" retirement plan (plans meeting the requirements of Sections 401, 403 or 408 of the Code). 37 FINANCIAL PROFESSIONAL PERMISSION TO FORWARD TRANSACTION INSTRUCTIONS Unless you direct otherwise, your Financial Professional may forward instructions regarding the allocation of your Account Value, and request financial transactions involving investment options. If your Financial Professional has this authority, we deem that all such transactions that are directed by your Financial Professional with respect to your Annuity have been authorized by you. You will receive a confirmation of any financial transaction involving the purchase or sale of Units of your Annuity. You must contact us immediately if and when you revoke such authority. We will not be responsible for acting on instructions from your Financial Professional until we receive notification of the revocation of such person's authority. We may also suspend, cancel or limit these authorizations at any time. In addition, we may restrict the Investment Options available for transfers or allocation of Purchase Payments by such Financial Professional. We will notify you and your Financial Professional if we implement any such restrictions or prohibitions. Please Note: Contracts managed by your Financial Professional also are subject to the restrictions on transfers between investment options that are discussed in the section below entitled "RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS BETWEEN INVESTMENT OPTIONS" We may also require that your Financial Professional transmit all financial transactions using the electronic trading functionality available through our Internet website (www.prudential.com). Limitations that we may impose on your Financial Professional under the terms of an administrative agreement (e.g., a custodial agreement) do not apply to financial transactions requested by an Owner on their own behalf, except as otherwise described in this prospectus. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS BETWEEN INVESTMENT OPTIONS During the accumulation period you may transfer Account Value between Investment Options subject to the restrictions outlined below. Transfers are not subject to taxation on any gain. We do not currently require a minimum amount in each Sub-account you allocate Account Value to at the time of any allocation or transfer. Although we do not currently impose a minimum transfer amount, we reserve the right to require that any transfer be at least $50. Transfers under this Annuity consist of those you initiate or those made under a systematic program, a dollar cost averaging program, or pursuant to a mathematical formula required as part of an optional benefit (e.g., Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus). The transfer restrictions discussed in this section apply only to the former type of transfer (i.e., a transfer that you initiate). Once you have made 20 transfers among the Sub-accounts during an Annuity Year, we will accept any additional transfer request during that year only if the request is submitted to us in writing with an original signature and otherwise is in Good Order. For purposes of this 20 transfer limit, we (i) do not view a facsimile transmission as a "writing", (ii) will treat multiple transfer requests submitted on the same Valuation Day as a single transfer, and (iii) do not count any transfer that solely involves Sub-accounts corresponding to any ProFund portfolio and/or the AST Money Market Portfolio, or any transfer that involves one of our systematic programs, such as automated withdrawals. Frequent transfers among Sub-accounts in response to short-term fluctuations in markets, sometimes called "market timing," can make it very difficult for a portfolio manager to manage a portfolio's investments. Frequent transfers may cause the portfolio to hold more cash than otherwise necessary, disrupt management strategies, increase transaction costs, or affect performance. Each Annuity offers Sub-accounts designed for Owners who wish to engage in frequent transfers (i.e., the Sub-account corresponding to the AST Money Market portfolio), and we encourage Owners seeking frequent transfers to utilize those Sub-accounts. In light of the risks posed to Owners and other investors by frequent transfers, we reserve the right to limit the number of transfers in any Annuity Year for all existing or new Owners and to take the other actions discussed below. We also reserve the right to limit the number of transfers in any Annuity Year or to refuse any transfer request for an Owner or certain Owners if: (a) we believe that excessive transfer activity (as we define it) or a specific transfer request or group of transfer requests may have a detrimental effect on Unit Values or the share prices of the portfolios; or (b) we are informed by a portfolio (e.g., by the portfolio's portfolio manager) that the purchase or redemption of shares in the portfolio must be restricted because the portfolio believes the transfer activity to which such purchase and redemption relates would have a detrimental effect on the share prices of the affected portfolio. Without limiting the above, the most likely scenario where either of the above could occur would be if the aggregate amount of a trade or trades represented a relatively large proportion of the total assets of a particular portfolio. In furtherance of our general authority to restrict transfers as described above, and without limiting other actions we may take in the future, we have adopted the following specific restrictions: .. With respect to each Sub-account (other than the AST Money Market Sub-account, or a Sub-account corresponding to a ProFund portfolio), we track amounts exceeding a certain dollar threshold that were transferred into the Sub-account. If you transfer such amount into a particular Sub-account, and within 30 calendar days thereafter transfer (the "Transfer Out") all or a portion of that amount into another Sub-account, then upon the Transfer Out, the former Sub-account becomes restricted (the "Restricted Sub-account"). Specifically, we will not permit subsequent transfers into the Restricted Sub-account for 90 calendar days after the Transfer Out if the Restricted Sub-account invests in a non-international portfolio, or 180 calendar days after the Transfer Out if the Restricted Sub-account invests in an international portfolio. For purposes of this rule, we (i) do not count transfers made in connection with one of our systematic programs, such as asset allocation or automated withdrawals; (ii) do not count any transfer that solely involves the AST Money Market Portfolio or a ProFund VP Portfolio; and (iii) do not categorize as a transfer the first transfer that you make after 38 the Issue Date, if you make that transfer within 30 calendar days after the Issue Date. Even if an amount becomes restricted under the foregoing rules, you are still free to redeem the amount from your Annuity at any time. .. We reserve the right to effect exchanges on a delayed basis for all Annuities. That is, we may price an exchange involving the Sub-accounts on the Valuation Day subsequent to the Valuation Day on which the exchange request was received. Before implementing such a practice, we would issue a separate written notice to Owners that explains the practice in detail. If we deny one or more transfer requests under the foregoing rules, we will inform you or your Financial Professional promptly of the circumstances concerning the denial. There are contract owners of different variable annuity contracts that are funded through the same Separate Account that may not be subject to the above-referenced transfer restrictions and, therefore, might make more numerous and frequent transfers than contract owners who are subject to such limitations. Finally, there are contract owners of other variable annuity contracts or variable life contracts that are issued by Pruco Life of New Jersey as well as other insurance companies that have the same underlying mutual fund portfolios available to them. Since some contract owners are not subject to the same transfer restrictions, unfavorable consequences associated with such frequent trading within the underlying mutual fund (e.g., greater portfolio turnover, higher transaction costs, or performance or tax issues) may affect all contract owners. Similarly, while contracts managed by a Financial Professional are subject to the restrictions on transfers between investment options that are discussed above, if the advisor manages a number of contracts in the same fashion unfavorable consequences may be associated with management activity since it may involve the movement of a substantial portion of an underlying mutual fund's assets which may affect all contract owners invested in the affected options. Apart from jurisdiction-specific and contract differences in transfer restrictions, we will apply these rules uniformly (including contracts managed by a Financial Professional) and will not waive a transfer restriction for any Owner. Although our transfer restrictions are designed to prevent excessive transfers, they are not capable of preventing every potential occurrence of excessive transfer activity. The portfolios have adopted their own policies and procedures with respect to excessive trading of their respective shares, and we reserve the right to enforce any such current or future policies and procedures. The prospectuses for the portfolios describe any such policies and procedures, which may be more or less restrictive than the policies and procedures we have adopted. Under SEC rules, we are required to: (1) enter into a written agreement with each portfolio or its principal underwriter or its transfer agent that obligates us to provide to the portfolio promptly upon request certain information about the trading activity of individual contract owners (including an Annuity Owner's TIN number), and (2) execute instructions from the portfolio to restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific contract owners who violate the excessive trading policies established by the portfolio. In addition, you should be aware that some portfolios may receive "omnibus" purchase and redemption orders from other insurance companies or intermediaries such as retirement plans. The omnibus orders reflect the aggregation and netting of multiple orders from individual owners of variable insurance contracts and/or individual retirement plan participants. The omnibus nature of these orders may limit the portfolios in their ability to apply their excessive trading policies and procedures. In addition, the other insurance companies and/or retirement plans may have different policies and procedures or may not have any such policies and procedures because of contractual limitations. For these reasons, we cannot guarantee that the portfolios (and thus contract owners) will not be harmed by transfer activity relating to other insurance companies and/or retirement plans that may invest in the portfolios. A portfolio also may assess a short term trading fee (redemption fee) in connection with a transfer out of the Sub-account investing in that portfolio that occurs within a certain number of days following the date of allocation to the Sub-account. Each portfolio determines the amount of the short term trading fee and when the fee is imposed. The fee is retained by or paid to the portfolio and is not retained by us. The fee will be deducted from your Account Value, to the extent allowed by law. At present, no portfolio has adopted a short-term trading fee. ACCESS TO ACCOUNT VALUE TYPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS AVAILABLE TO YOU During the Accumulation Period you can access your Account Value through partial withdrawals, Systematic Withdrawals, and where required for tax purposes, Required Minimum Distributions. You can also surrender your Annuity at any time. Depending on your instructions, we may deduct the Annual Maintenance Fee, any Tax Charge that applies and the charge for any optional benefits. Unless you notify us differently as permitted, withdrawals are taken pro rata (i.e. "pro rata" meaning that the percentage of each investment option withdrawn is the same percentage that the Investment Option bears to the total Account Value). Each of these types of distributions is described more fully below. TAX IMPLICATIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS 39 Prior to Annuitization A distribution prior to annuitization is deemed to come first from any "gain" in your Annuity and second as a return of your "tax basis", if any. Distributions from your Annuity are generally subject to ordinary income taxation on the amount of any investment gain unless the distribution qualifies as a non-taxable exchange or transfer. If you take a distribution prior to the taxpayer's age 59 1/2, you may be subject to a 10% penalty in addition to ordinary income taxes on any gain. You may wish to consult a professional tax advisor for advice before requesting a distribution. During the Annuitization Period During the annuitization period, a portion of each annuity payment is taxed as ordinary income at the tax rate you are subject to at the time of the payment. The Code and regulations have "exclusionary rules" that we use to determine what portion of each annuity payment should be treated as a return of any tax basis you have in your Annuity. Once the tax basis in your Annuity has been distributed, the remaining annuity payments are taxable as ordinary income. The tax basis in your Annuity may be based on the tax-basis from a prior contract in the case of a 1035 exchange or other qualifying transfer. For more information, see "Tax Considerations". SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS FROM MY ANNUITY DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD You can receive Systematic Withdrawals of earnings only, or a flat dollar amount. Systematic Withdrawals can be made from Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts. There is no minimum Surrender Value we require to allow you to begin a program of Systematic Withdrawals. The minimum amount for each Systematic Withdrawal is $100. If any scheduled Systematic Withdrawal is for less than $100 (which may occur under a program that provides payment of an amount equal to the earnings in your Annuity for the period requested), we may postpone the withdrawal and add the expected amount to the amount that is to be withdrawn on the next scheduled Systematic Withdrawal. We will withdraw systematic withdrawals from the Investment Options you have designated. Unless you notify us differently as permitted, withdrawals are taken pro rata based on the Account Value in the Investment Options at the time we receive your withdrawal request (i.e. "pro rata" meaning that the percentage of each Investment Option withdrawn is the same percentage that the Investment Option bears to the total Account Value). SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS UNDER SECTIONS 72(t)/72(q) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE If your Annuity is used as a funding vehicle for certain retirement plans that receive special tax treatment under Sections 401, 403(b), 408 or 408A of the Code, Section 72(t) of the Code may provide an exception to the 10% penalty tax on distributions made prior to age 59 1/2 if you elect to receive distributions as a series of "substantially equal periodic payments." For Annuities issued as non-qualified annuities, the Code may provide a similar exemption from penalty under Section 72(q) of the Code. To request a program that complies with Sections 72(t)/72(q), you must provide us with certain required information in writing on a form acceptable to us. We may require advance notice to allow us to calculate the amount of 72(t)/72(q) withdrawals. There is no minimum Surrender Value we require to allow you to begin a program for withdrawals under Sections 72(t)/72(q). The minimum amount for any such withdrawal is $100 and payments may be made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. You may also annuitize your Annuity and begin receiving payments for the remainder of your life (or life expectancy) as a means of receiving income payments before age 59 1/2 that are not subject to the 10% penalty. Please note that if a withdrawal under 72(t) or 72(q) was scheduled to be effected between December 25th and December 31st of a given year, then we will implement the withdrawal on the last Valuation Day prior to Christmas of that year. REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS Required Minimum Distributions are a type of Systematic Withdrawal we allow to meet distribution requirements under Sections 401, 403(b) or 408 of the Code. Required Minimum Distribution rules do not apply to Roth IRAs during the Owner's lifetime. Under the Code, you may be required to begin receiving periodic amounts from your Annuity. In such case, we will allow you to make Systematic Withdrawals in amounts that satisfy the minimum distribution rules under the Code. The amount of the Required Minimum Distribution for your particular situation may depend on other annuities, savings or investments. We will only calculate the amount of your Required Minimum Distribution based on the value of your Annuity. We require three (3) days advance written notice to calculate and process the amount of your payments. You may elect to have Required Minimum Distributions paid out monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. The $100 minimum amount that applies to Systematic Withdrawals applies to monthly Required Minimum Distributions but does not apply to Required Minimum Distributions taken out on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. 40 You may also annuitize your Annuity and begin receiving payments for the remainder of your life (or life expectancy) as a means of receiving income payments and satisfying the Required Minimum Distribution provisions under the Code. Please see " Living Benefits" for further information relating to Required Minimum Distributions if you own that benefit. In any year in which the requirement to take Required Minimum Distributions is suspended by law, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion and regardless of any position taken on this issue in a prior year, to treat any amount that would have been considered as a Required Minimum Distribution if not for the suspension as eligible for treatment as described herein. Please note that if a Required Minimum Distribution was scheduled to be effected between December 25th and December 31st of a given year, then we will implement the Required Minimum Distribution on the last Valuation Day prior to Christmas of that year. See "Tax Considerations" for a further discussion of Required Minimum Distributions. SURRENDERS SURRENDER VALUE During the Accumulation Period you can surrender your Annuity at any time, and you will receive the Surrender Value. Upon surrender of your Annuity, you will no longer have any rights under the surrendered Annuity. Your Surrender Value is equal to the Account Value less any applicable tax charges, any charges assessable as a deduction from the Account Value for any optional benefits provided by rider or endorsement, and any Annual Maintenance Fee. ANNUITY OPTIONS We currently make annuity options available that provide fixed annuity payments. Fixed options provide the same amount with each payment. Please refer to the "Living Benefits" section below for a description of annuity options that are available when you elect one of the living benefits. Please note that annuitization involves converting your Account Value to an annuity payment stream, the length of which depends on the terms of the applicable annuity option. Thus, once annuity payments begin, your death benefit is determined solely under the terms of the applicable annuity payment option, and you no longer participate in any optional living benefit (unless you have annuitized under that benefit). You may choose an Annuity Date, an annuity option, and the frequency of annuity payments. You may change your choices before the Annuity Date. The "Latest Annuity Date" must be no later than the first day of the calendar month next following the 95th birthday of the oldest of any Owner and Annuitant (whichever occurs first). Certain annuity options may not be available depending on the age of the Annuitant. If needed, we will require proof in Good Order of the Annuitant's age before commencing annuity payments. Likewise, we may require proof in Good Order that an Annuitant is still alive, as a condition of our making additional annuity payments while the Annuitant lives. We will seek to recover life income annuity payments that we made after the death of the Annuitant. If the initial annuity payment would be less than $100, we will not allow you to annuitize. Instead, we will pay you your current Account Value in a lump sum and terminate your Annuity. Similarly, we reserve the right to pay your Account Value in a lump sum, rather than allow you to annuitize, if the surrender value of your Annuity is less than $2000 on the date on which you would annuitize. Once annuity payments begin, you no longer receive benefits under any optional living benefit (unless you have annuitized under that benefit) or the Death Benefit(s) described below. Certain of these annuity options may be available to Beneficiaries who choose to receive the Death Benefit proceeds as a series of payments instead of a lump sum payment. Please note that you may not annuitize within the first Annuity Year. For Beneficiary Annuities, no annuity payments are available and all references to an Annuity Date are not applicable. Option 1 Annuity Payments for a Period Certain: Under this option, we will make equal payments for the period chosen, up to 25 years (but not to exceed life expectancy). The annuity payments may be made monthly, quarterly, semiannually, or annually, as you choose, for the fixed period. If the annuitant dies during the income phase, payments will continue to the Beneficiary (or your estate if no Beneficiary is named) for the remainder of the period certain. If the Beneficiary so chooses, we will make a single lump sum payment. The amount of the lump sum payment is determined by calculating the present value of the unpaid future payments. This is done by using the interest rate used to compute the actual payments. We will not offer a period certain that exceeds the life expectancy of the Annuitant at the time the Annuity Option becomes effective, as computed under applicable IRS tables. 41 Option 2 Life Income Annuity Option With a Period Certain: Under this option, income is payable monthly, quarterly, semiannually, or annually for the number of years selected (the "period certain"), subject to our then current rules, and thereafter until the death of the Annuitant. Should the Annuitant die before the end of the period certain, the remaining period certain payments are paid to the named Beneficiary, or your estate if no Beneficiary is named, until the end of the period certain. If an annuity option is not selected by the Annuity Date, this is the option we will automatically select for you, using a period certain of 8 years, unless prohibited by applicable law. If the Annuitant's life expectancy is less than the period certain, we will institute a shorter period certain, determined according to applicable IRS tables. If the life income annuity option is prohibited by applicable law, then we will pay you a lump sum in lieu of this option. Other Annuity Options We may make available other annuity options not described above. At the time annuity payments are chosen, we may make available to you any of the fixed annuity options that are offered at your Annuity Date. Currently, we make available one annuity option that makes payments for the life of the Annuitant, and another annuity option that makes payments for the life of the Annuitant and his/her spouse. Under the payments for life option, income is payable periodically until the death of the Annuitant. The Annuitant is the person or persons upon whose life annuity payments are based. No additional annuity payments are made after the death of the Annuitant. Since no minimum number of payments is guaranteed, this option offers the largest potential number of periodic payments of the life contingent annuity options. It is possible that only one payment will be payable if the death of the Annuitant occurs before the date the second payment was due, and no other payments nor death benefits would be payable. Under the payments based on joint lives option, income is payable periodically during the joint lifetime of two Annuitants, ceasing with the last payment prior to the survivor's death. No minimum number of payments is guaranteed under this option. It is possible that only one payment will be payable if the death of all the Annuitants occurs before the date the second payment was due, and no other payments or death benefits would be payable. We reserve the right to cease offering those life-only annuity options. CHOOSING THE ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION You have a right to choose your annuity start date provided that it is no later than the Latest Annuity Date indicated above. If you have not provided us with your Annuity Date or annuity payment option in writing, then your Annuity Date will be the Latest Annuity Date indicated above. Certain annuity options and/or periods certain may not be available, depending on the age of the Annuitant. LIVING BENEFITS Pruco Life of New Jersey offers different optional benefits, for an additional charge, that can provide investment protection for Owners while they are alive. No optional living benefit may be elected if your Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity. Notwithstanding the additional protection provided under the optional Living Benefits, the additional cost has the impact of reducing net performance of the Investment Options. Each optional benefit offers a distinct type of guarantee, regardless of the performance of the Sub-accounts, that may be appropriate for you depending on the manner in which you intend to make use of your Annuity while you are alive. Depending on which optional benefit you choose, you can have substantial flexibility to invest in the Sub-accounts while: .. protecting a principal amount from decreases in value due to investment performance; .. guaranteeing a minimum amount of growth will be applied to your principal, if it is to be used as the basis for lifetime withdrawals; or .. providing spousal continuation of certain benefits. The "living benefits" are as follows: .. Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Income Benefit .. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Income Benefit .. Guaranteed Return Option Plus II (GRO Plus II) .. Highest Daily Guaranteed Return Option II (HD GRO II) Here is a general description of each kind of living benefit that exists under this Annuity: Lifetime Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits. These benefits are designed for someone who wants a guaranteed lifetime income stream through withdrawals over time, rather than by annuitizing. Please note that there is a Latest Annuity Date under your Annuity, by which date annuity payments must commence. 42 Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefits. The common characteristic of these benefits is that your Account Value is guaranteed to be at least a specified amount at some point in the future. Thus, these benefits may be appropriate for an annuity owner who wants a guaranteed minimum Account Value after a specified number of years. Because the guarantee inherent in the benefit does not take effect until a specified number of years into the future, you should elect such a benefit only if your investment time horizon is of at least that duration. Please refer to the benefit description that follows for a complete description of the terms, conditions and limitations of each optional benefit. See the chart in the "Investment Options" section of the prospectus for a list of Investment Options available and permitted with each benefit. You should consult with your Financial Professional to determine if any of these optional benefits may be appropriate for you based on your financial needs. As is the case with optional living benefits in general, the fulfillment of our guarantee under these benefits is dependent on our claims-paying ability. Termination of Existing Benefits and Election of New Benefits If you elect an optional living benefit, you may subsequently terminate the benefit and elect one of the then currently available benefits, subject to availability of the benefit at that time and our then current rules. There is currently no waiting period for such an election (you may elect a new benefit beginning on the next Valuation Day), provided that upon such an election, your Account Value must be allocated to the Investment Options prescribed for the optional benefit. We reserve the right to waive, change and/or further limit availability and election frequencies in the future. Check with your Financial Professional regarding the availability of re-electing or electing a benefit and any waiting period. The benefit you re-elect or elect may be more expensive than the benefit you are terminating. Note that once you terminate an existing benefit, you lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under your existing benefit and will begin the new guarantees under the new benefit you elect based on your Account Value as of the date the new benefit becomes effective. You should carefully consider whether terminating your existing benefit and electing a new benefit is appropriate for you. HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT (HD 6 Plus) Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is a lifetime guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit, under which, subject to the terms of the benefit, we guarantee your ability to take a certain annual withdrawal amount for life. We offer a benefit that guarantees until the death of the single designated life (the Annuitant) the ability to withdraw an annual amount (the "Annual Income Amount") equal to a percentage of an initial value (the "Protected Withdrawal Value") regardless of the impact of Sub-account performance on the Account Value, subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals. You are guaranteed to be able to withdraw the Annual Income Amount for the rest of your life provided that you do not take withdrawals of excess income that resulted in your Account Value being reduced to zero. We also permit you to designate the first withdrawal from your Annuity as a one-time "Non-Lifetime Withdrawal". All other withdrawals from your Annuity are considered a "Lifetime Withdrawal" under the benefit. Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus may be appropriate if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your Annuity, and wish to ensure that Sub-account performance will not affect your ability to receive annual payments. You are not required to take withdrawals as part of the benefit -the guarantees are not lost if you withdraw less than the maximum allowable amount each year under the rules of the benefit. An integral component of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is the predetermined mathematical formula we employ that may periodically transfer your Account Value to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. See the section below entitled "How Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Transfers Account Value Between Your Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account." The income benefit under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus currently is based on a single "designated life" who is at least 45 years old on the date that the benefit is acquired. The Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit is not available if you elect any other optional living benefit, although you may elect any optional death benefit. As long as your Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the permitted Sub-accounts and other investment option(s) available with this benefit. For a more detailed description of the permitted investment options, see the "Investment Options" section. Although you are guaranteed the ability to withdraw your Annual Income Amount for life even if your Account Value falls to zero, if you take withdrawals of excess income that bring your Account Value to zero, your Annual Income Amount would also fall to zero, and the benefit would terminate. In that scenario, no further amount would be payable under the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. Key Feature - Protected Withdrawal Value The Protected Withdrawal Value is used to calculate the initial Annual Income Amount. The Protected Withdrawal Value is separate from your Account Value and not available as cash or a lump sum. On the effective date of the benefit, the Protected Withdrawal Value is 43 equal to your Account Value. On each Valuation Day thereafter, until the date of your first Lifetime Withdrawal (excluding any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal discussed below), the Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to the "Periodic Value" described in the next paragraphs. The "Periodic Value" initially is equal to the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day thereafter until the first Lifetime Withdrawal, we recalculate the Periodic Value. We stop determining the Periodic Value upon your first Lifetime Withdrawal after the effective date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day (the "Current Valuation Day"), the Periodic Value is equal to the greater of: (1) the Periodic Value for the immediately preceding business day (the "Prior Valuation Day") appreciated at the daily equivalent of 6% annually during the calendar day(s) between the Prior Valuation Day and the Current Valuation Day (i.e., one day for successive Valuation Days, but more than one calendar day for Valuation Days that are separated by weekends and/or holidays), plus the amount of any Purchase Payment made on the Current Valuation Day (the Periodic Value is proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal); and (2) the Account Value on the current Valuation Day. If you have not made a Lifetime Withdrawal on or before the 10th or 20th Anniversary of the effective date of the benefit, your Periodic Value on the 10th or 20th Anniversary of the benefit effective date is equal to the greater of: (1) the Periodic Value described above or, (2) the sum of (a), (b) and (c) below (proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime Withdrawals): (a) 200% (on the 10th anniversary) or 400% (on the 20th anniversary) of the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit including any Purchase Payments made on that day; (b) 200% (on the 10th anniversary) or 400% (on the 20th anniversary) of all Purchase Payments made within one year following the effective date of the benefit; and (c) all Purchase Payments made after one year following the effective date of the benefit. In the rider for this benefit, as respects the preceding paragraph, we use the term "Guaranteed Base Value" to refer to the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit, plus the amount of any "adjusted" Purchase Payments made within one year after the effective date of the benefit. "Adjusted" Purchase Payments means Purchase Payments we receive, decreased by any fees or tax charges deducted from such Purchase Payments upon allocation to the Annuity. Once the first Lifetime Withdrawal is made, the Protected Withdrawal Value at any time is equal to the greater of (i) the Protected Withdrawal Value on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, increased for subsequent Purchase Payments and reduced for subsequent Lifetime Withdrawals, and (ii) the highest daily Account Value upon any step-up, increased for subsequent Purchase Payments and reduced for subsequent Lifetime Withdrawals (see below). Key Feature - Annual Income Amount under the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit The Annual Income Amount is equal to a specified percentage of the Protected Withdrawal Value. The percentage initially depends on the age of the Annuitant on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal after election of the benefit. The percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than 59 1/2; 5% for ages 59 1/2-79, and 6% for ages 80 or older. (Note that for purposes of the age tiers used with this benefit, we deem the Annuitant to have reached age 59 1/2 on the 183rd day after his/her 59th birthday). Under the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit, if your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year and also will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value on a dollar-for-dollar basis. If your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are in excess of the Annual Income Amount ("Excess Income"), your Annual Income Amount in subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard to Required Minimum Distributions for this Annuity that comply with our rules) by the result of the ratio of the Excess Income to the Account Value immediately prior to such withdrawal (see examples of this calculation below). Excess Income also will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value by the same ratio. Reductions are based on the actual "gross" amount of the withdrawal. Thus, you should be aware that if you ask to receive a specified withdrawal amount that itself is not deemed Excess Income, with the understanding that any charges applicable to that withdrawal will be assessed from your remaining Account Value, the total amount of the withdrawal may result in the withdrawal being treated as Excess Income. You may use the Systematic Withdrawal program to make withdrawals of the Annual Income Amount. Any systematic withdrawal will be deemed a Lifetime Withdrawal under this benefit. Any Purchase Payment that you make subsequent to the election of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and subsequent to the first Lifetime 44 Withdrawal will (i) increase the then-existing Annual Income Amount by an amount equal to a percentage of the Purchase Payment based on the age of the Annuitant at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal (the percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than 59 1/2; 5% for ages 59 1/2-79 and 6% for ages 80 and older) and (ii) increase the Protected Withdrawal Value by the amount of the Purchase Payment. If your Annuity permits additional Purchase Payments, we may limit any additional Purchase Payment(s) if we determine that as a result of the timing and amounts of your additional Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the Annual Income Amount is being increased in an unintended fashion. Among the factors we will use in making a determination as to whether an action is designed to increase the Annual Income Amount in an unintended fashion is the relative size of additional Purchase Payment(s). We reserve the right to not accept additional Purchase Payments if we are not then offering this benefit for new elections. We will exercise such reservation of right for all annuity purchasers in the same class in a nondiscriminatory manner. Highest Daily Auto Step-Up An automatic step-up feature ("Highest Daily Auto Step-Up") is part of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. As detailed in this paragraph, the Highest Daily Auto Step-Up feature can result in a larger Annual Income Amount subsequent to your first Lifetime Withdrawal. The Highest Daily Auto Step-Up starts with the anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity (the "Annuity Anniversary") immediately after your first Lifetime Withdrawal under the benefit. Specifically, upon the first such Annuity Anniversary, we identify the Account Value on each Valuation Day within the immediately preceding Annuity Year after your first Lifetime Withdrawal. Having identified the highest daily value (after all daily values have been adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals), we then multiply that value by a percentage that varies based on the age of the Annuitant on the Annuity Anniversary as of which the step-up would occur. The percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than 59 1/2; 5% for ages 59 1/2-79, and 6% for ages 80 and older. If that value exceeds the existing Annual Income Amount, we replace the existing amount with the new, higher amount. Otherwise, we leave the existing Annual Income Amount intact. The Account Value on the Annuity Anniversary is considered the last daily step-up value of the Annuity Year. All daily valuations and annual step-ups will only occur on a Valuation Day. In later years (i.e., after the first Annuity Anniversary after the first Lifetime Withdrawal), we determine whether an automatic step-up should occur on each Annuity Anniversary, by performing a similar examination of the Account Values that occurred on Valuation Days during the year. Taking Lifetime Withdrawals could produce a greater difference between your Protected Withdrawal Value and your Account Value, which may make a Highest Daily Auto Step-up less likely to occur. At the time that we increase your Annual Income Amount, we also increase your Protected Withdrawal Value to equal the highest daily value upon which your step-up was based only if that results in an increase to the Protected Withdrawal Value. Your Protected Withdrawal Value will never be decreased as a result of an income step-up. If, on the date that we implement a Highest Daily Auto Step-Up to your Annual Income Amount, the charge for Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus has changed for new purchasers, you may be subject to the new charge at the time of such step-up. Prior to increasing your charge for Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus upon a step-up, we would notify you, and give you the opportunity to cancel the automatic step-up feature. If you receive notice of a proposed step-up and accompanying fee increase, you should consult with your Financial Professional and carefully evaluate whether the amount of the step-up justifies the increased fee to which you will be subject. If you are enrolled in a Systematic Withdrawal program, we will not automatically increase the withdrawal amount when there is an increase to the Annual Income Amount. You must notify us in order to increase the withdrawal amount of any Systematic Withdrawal program. The Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit does not affect your ability to take withdrawals under your Annuity, or limit your ability to take withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount. Under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, if your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year. If your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in any Annuity Year are less than the Annual Income Amount, you cannot carry over the unused portion of the Annual Income Amount to subsequent Annuity Years. Because each of the Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount is determined in a way that is not solely related to Account Value, it is possible for the Account Value to fall to zero, even though the Annual Income Amount remains. Examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions, and the Highest Daily Auto Step-Up are set forth below. The values shown here are purely hypothetical, and do not reflect the charges for the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. Assume the following for all three examples: .. The Issue Date is November 1, 2010 .. The Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit is elected on August 1, 2011 .. The Annuitant was 70 years old when he/she elected the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. 45 Example of dollar-for-dollar reductions On October 24, 2011, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $120,000, resulting in an Annual Income Amount of $6,000 (since the designated life is between the ages of 59 1/2 and 79 at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Annual Income Amount is 5% of the Protected Withdrawal Value, in this case 5% of $120,000). Assuming $2,500 is withdrawn from the Annuity on this date, the remaining Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year (up to and including October 31, 2011) is $3,500. This is the result of a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Annual Income Amount ($6,000 less $2,500 = $3,500). Example of proportional reductions Continuing the previous example, assume an additional withdrawal of $5,000 occurs on October 27, 2011 and the Account Value at the time and immediately prior to this withdrawal is $118,000. The first $3,500 of this withdrawal reduces the Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year to $0. The remaining withdrawal amount of $1,500 - reduces the Annual Income Amount in future Annuity Years on a proportional basis based on the ratio of the excess withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the excess withdrawal. (Note that if there are other future withdrawals in that Annuity Year, each would result in another proportional reduction to the Annual Income Amount). Here is the calculation: Account Value before Lifetime Withdrawal $118,000.00 Less amount of "non" excess withdrawal $ 3,500.00 Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal of $1,500 $114,500.00 Excess withdrawal amount $ 1,500.00 Ratio 1.31% Annual Income Amount $ 6,000.00 Less ratio of 1.31% $ 78.60 Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years $ 5,921.40 Example of highest daily auto step-up On each Annuity Anniversary date after the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Annual Income Amount is stepped-up if the appropriate percentage (based on the Annuitant's age on that Annuity Anniversary) of the highest daily value since your first Lifetime Withdrawal (or last Annuity Anniversary in subsequent years), adjusted for withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments, is higher than the Annual Income Amount, adjusted for excess withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments. Continuing the same example as above, the Annual Income Amount for this Annuity Year is $6,000. However, the excess withdrawal on October 27 reduces the amount to $5,921.40 for future years (see above). For the next Annuity Year, the Annual Income Amount will be stepped up if 5% (since the designated life is between 59 1/2 and 79 on the date of the potential step-up) of the highest daily Account Value adjusted for withdrawals and Purchase Payments, is higher than $5,921.40. Here are the calculations for determining the daily values. Only the October 25 value is being adjusted for excess withdrawals as the October 30 and October 31 Valuation Days occur after the excess withdrawal on October 27. Highest Daily Value (adjusted for Adjusted Annual withdrawal and Purchase Income Amount (5% of the Date* Account value Payments)** Highest Daily Value) ---------------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------ October 25, 2011 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00 October 26, 2011 October 27, 2011 $113,000.00 $113,986.95 $5,699.35 October 30, 2011 $113,000.00 $113,986.95 $5,699.35 October 31, 2011 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00 * In this example, the Annuity Anniversary date is November 1. The Valuation Dates are every day following the first Lifetime Withdrawal. In subsequent Annuity Years Valuation Dates will be the Annuity Anniversary and every day following the Annuity Anniversary. The Annuity Anniversary Date of November 1 is considered the first Valuation Date in the Annuity Year. 46 ** In this example, the first daily value after the first Lifetime Withdrawal is $119,000 on October 25, resulting in an adjusted Annual Income Amount of $5,950.00. This amount is adjusted on October 27 to reflect the $5,000 withdrawal. The calculations for the adjustments are: . The Account Value of $119,000 on October 25 is first reduced dollar-for-dollar by $3,500 ($3,500 is the remaining Annual Income Amount for the Annuity Year), resulting in Account Value of $115,500 before the excess withdrawal. . This amount ($115,500) is further reduced by 1.31% (this is the ratio in the above example which is the excess withdrawal divided by the Account Value immediately preceding the excess withdrawal) resulting in a Highest Daily Value of $113,986.95. . The Annual Income Amount is carried forward to the next Valuation Date of October 30. At this time, we compare this amount to 5% of the Account Value on October 30. Since the October 27 adjusted Annual Income Amount of $5,699.35 is higher than $5,650.00 (5% of $113,000), we continue to carry $5,699.35 forward to the next and final Valuation Date of October 31. The Account Value on October 31 is $119,000 and 5% of this amount is $5,950. Since this is higher than $5,699.35, the adjusted Annual Income Amount is reset to $5,950.00. In this example, 5% of the October 31 value results in the highest amount of $5,950.00. Since this amount is higher than the current year's Annual Income Amount of $5,921.40 (adjusted for excess withdrawals), the Annual Income Amount for the next Annuity Year, starting on November 1, 2011 and continuing through October 31, 2012, will be stepped-up to $5,950.00. Non-Lifetime Withdrawal Feature You may take a one-time non-lifetime withdrawal ("Non-Lifetime Withdrawal") under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. It is an optional feature of the benefit that you can only elect at the time of your first withdrawal. The amount of the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal cannot be more than the amount that would cause the Annuity to be taken below the minimum Surrender Value after a withdrawal for your Annuity. This Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will not establish your initial Annual Income Amount and the Periodic Value described above will continue to be calculated. However, the total amount of the withdrawal will proportionally reduce all guarantees associated with the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. You must tell us at the time you take the withdrawal if your withdrawal is intended to be the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal and not the first Lifetime Withdrawal under the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. If you don't elect the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, the first withdrawal you make will be the first Lifetime Withdrawal that establishes your Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount. Once you elect to take the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal or Lifetime Withdrawals, no additional Non-Lifetime Withdrawals may be taken. The Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will proportionally reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Periodic Value guarantees on the tenth and twentieth anniversaries of the benefit effective date, described above, by the percentage the total withdrawal amount represents of the then current Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal. If you are participating in a Systematic Withdrawal program, the first withdrawal under the program cannot be classified as the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal. Example - Non-Lifetime Withdrawal (proportional reduction) This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. It is intended to illustrate the proportional reduction of the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal under this benefit. Assume the following: The Issue Date is December 1, 2010 . The Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit is elected on September 1, 2011 . The Account Value at benefit election was $105,000 . The Annuitant was 70 years old when he/she elected the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit . No previous withdrawals have been taken under the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit On October 2, 2011, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $125,000, the 10th benefit year minimum Periodic Value guarantee is $210,000, and the 20th benefit year minimum Periodic Value guarantee is $420,000, and the Account Value is $120,000. Assuming $15,000 is withdrawn from the Annuity on October 2, 2011 and is designated as a Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, all guarantees associated with the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit will be reduced by the ratio the total withdrawal amount represents of the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal being taken. 47 Here is the calculation: Withdrawal amount divided by $ 15,000 Account Value before withdrawal $120,000 Equals ratio 12.5% All guarantees will be reduced by the above ratio (12.5%) Protected Withdrawal Value $109,375 10th benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $183,750 20th benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $367,500 Required Minimum Distributions Withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount, but which you are required to take as a Required Minimum Distribution for this Annuity, will not reduce the Annual Income Amount for future years. No additional Annual Income Amounts will be available in an Annuity Year due to Required Minimum Distributions unless the Required Minimum Distribution amount is greater than the Annual Income Amount. Unless designated as a Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, Required Minimum Distributions are considered Lifetime Withdrawals. If you take a withdrawal in an Annuity Year in which your Required Minimum Distributions for that year is not greater than the Annual Income Amount, and the amount of the withdrawal exceeds the remaining Annual Income Amount for that year, we will treat the withdrawal as a withdrawal of Excess Income. Such a withdrawal of Excess Income will reduce the Annual Income Amount available in future years. If the Required Minimum Distribution (as calculated by us for your Annuity and not previously withdrawn in the current calendar year) is greater than the Annual Income Amount, an amount equal to the remaining Annual Income Amount plus the difference between the Required Minimum Distribution amount not previously withdrawn in the current calendar year and the Annual Income Amount will be available in the current Annuity Year without it being considered a withdrawal of Excess Income. In the event that a Required Minimum Distribution is calculated in a calendar year that crosses more than one Annuity Year and you choose to satisfy the entire Required Minimum Distribution for that calendar year in the next Annuity Year, the distribution taken in the next Annuity Year will reduce your Annual Income Amount in that Annuity Year by the amount of the distribution. If the Required Minimum Distribution not taken in the prior Annuity Year is greater than the Annual Income Amount as guaranteed by the benefit in the current Annuity Year, the total Required Minimum Distribution amount may be taken without being treated as a withdrawal of Excess Income. Example - Required Minimum Distributions The following example is purely hypothetical and is intended to illustrate a scenario in which the required minimum distribution amount in a given Annuity Year is greater than the Annual Income Amount Annual Income Amount = $5,000 Remaining Annual Income Amount = $3,000 Required Minimum Distribution = $6,000 The amount you may withdraw in the current Annuity Year without it being treated as an Excess Withdrawal is $4,000: ($3,000 + ($6,000 - $5,000) = $4,000). If the $4,000 withdrawal is taken, the remaining Annual Income Amount will be zero and the remaining required minimum distribution amount of $2,000 may be taken in the subsequent Annuity Year (when your Annual Income Amount is reset to $5,000) without proportionally reducing all of the guarantees associated with the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit as described above. The amount you may withdraw in the subsequent Annuity Year if you stop taking withdrawals in the current Annuity Year and choose not to satisfy the Required Minimum Distribution in the current Annuity Year (assuming the Annual Income Amount in the subsequent Annuity Year is $5,000), without being treated as a withdrawal of Excess Income is $6,000. This withdrawal must comply with all IRS guidelines in order to satisfy the Required Minimum Distribution for the current calendar year. Benefits Under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus .. To the extent that your Account Value was reduced to zero as a result of cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year that are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, and amounts are still payable under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, we will make an additional payment, if any, for that Annuity Year equal to the remaining Annual Income Amount for the Annuity Year. Thus, in that scenario, the remaining Annual Income Amount would be payable even though your Account Value was reduced to zero. In subsequent Annuity Years we make payments that equal the Annual Income Amount as described in this section. We will make payments until the death of the single designated life. After the Account Value is reduced to zero, you will not be permitted to make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity. To the extent that cumulative withdrawals in the Annuity Year that reduced your Account Value to zero are more than the Annual Income Amount, the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit terminates, and no additional payments are made. However, if a withdrawal in the latter scenario was taken to satisfy a Required Minimum Distribution 48 (as described above) under the Annuity, then the benefit will not terminate, and we will continue to pay the Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years until the death of the designated life. .. Please note that if your Account Value is reduced to zero, all subsequent payments will be treated as annuity payments. Further, payments that we make under this benefit after the Latest Annuity Date will be treated as annuity payments. .. If annuity payments are to begin under the terms of your Annuity, or if you decide to begin receiving annuity payments and there is an Annual Income Amount due in subsequent Annuity Years, you can elect one of the following two options: (1) apply your Account Value, less any applicable tax charges, to any annuity option available; or (2) request that, as of the date annuity payments are to begin, we make annuity payments each year equal to the Annual Income Amount. If this option is elected, the Annual Income Amount will not increase after annuity payments have begun. We will make payments until the death of the single designated life. We must receive your request in a form acceptable to us at our office. If applying your Account Value, less any applicable tax charges, to the life-only annuity payment rates results in a higher annual payment, we will give you the higher annual payment. .. In the absence of an election when mandatory annuity payments are to begin we currently make annual annuity payments in the form of a single life fixed annuity with eight payments certain, by applying the greater of the annuity rates then currently available or the annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity. We reserve the right at any time to increase or decrease the certain period in order to comply with the Code (e.g., to shorten the period certain to match life expectancy under applicable Internal Revenue Service tables). The amount that will be applied to provide such annuity payments will be the greater of: (1) the present value of the future Annual Income Amount payments. Such present value will be calculated using the greater of the single life fixed annuity rates then currently available or the single life fixed annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity; and (2) the Account Value. If no Lifetime Withdrawal was ever taken, we will calculate the Annual Income Amount as if you made your first Lifetime Withdrawal on the date the annuity payments are to begin. Other Important Considerations . Withdrawals made while the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit is in effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the Annuity. Any withdrawals made under the benefit will be taken pro rata from the Sub-accounts (including the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account). If you have an active Systematic Withdrawal program running at the time you elect this benefit, the program must withdraw funds pro-rata. The first Systematic Withdrawal that processes after your election of the benefit will be deemed a Lifetime Withdrawal. You cannot allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Account Value to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. A summary description of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio appears within the section entitled "Investment Objectives and Policies of The Portfolios." You can find a copy of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio prospectus by going to www.prudentialannuities.com. . Transfers to and from the Sub-accounts, and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account triggered by the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus mathematical formula will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers allowable under an Annuity. . Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must be allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. We may amend the Permitted Sub-accounts from time to time. Changes to the Permitted Sub-accounts, or to the requirements as to how you may allocate your Account Value with this benefit, will apply to new elections of the benefit and may apply to current participants in the benefit. To the extent that changes apply to current participants in the benefit, they will only apply upon re-allocation of Account Value, or upon addition of subsequent Purchase Payments. That is, we will not require such current participants to re-allocate Account Value to comply with any new requirements. . If you elect this benefit and in connection with that election, you are required to reallocate to different Sub-accounts, then on the Valuation Day we receive your request in good order, we will (i) sell units of the non-permitted investment options and (ii) invest the proceeds of those sales in the Sub-accounts that you have designated. During this reallocation process, your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts will remain exposed to investment risk, as is the case generally. The newly-elected benefit will commence at the close of business on the following Valuation Day. Thus, the protection afforded by the newly-elected benefit will not arise until the close of business on the following Valuation Day. . The current charge for Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is 0.85% annually of the greater of the Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. The maximum charge for Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is 1.50% annually of the greater of the Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. As discussed in "Highest Daily Auto Step-Up" above, we may increase the fee upon a step-up under this benefit. We deduct this charge on quarterly anniversaries of the benefit effective date, based on the values on the last Valuation Day prior to the quarterly anniversary. Thus, we deduct, on a quarterly basis, 0.2125% of the greater of the prior Valuation Day's Account Value and the prior Valuation Day's Protected Withdrawal Value. We deduct the fee pro rata from each of your Sub- 49 accounts, including the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If the deduction of the charge would result in the Account Value falling below the lesser of $500 or 5% of the sum of the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit plus all Purchase Payments made subsequent thereto (we refer to this as the "Account Value Floor"), we will only deduct that portion of the charge that would not cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. If the Account Value on the date we would deduct a charge for the benefit is less than the Account Value Floor, then no charge will be assessed for that benefit quarter. Charges deducted upon termination of the benefit may cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. If a charge for the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit would be deducted on the same day we process a withdrawal request, the charge will be deducted first, then the withdrawal will be processed. The withdrawal could cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. While the deduction of the charge (other than the final charge) may not reduce the Account Value to zero, withdrawals may reduce the Account Value to zero. If this happens and the Annual Income Amount is greater than zero, we will make payments under the benefit. Election of and Designations under the Benefit For Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, there must be either a single Owner who is the same as the Annuitant, or if the Annuity is entity owned, there must be a single natural person Annuitant. In either case, the Annuitant must be at least 45 years old. Any change of the Annuitant under the Annuity will result in cancellation of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. Similarly, any change of Owner will result in cancellation of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, except if (a) the new Owner has the same taxpayer identification number as the previous owner, (b) ownership is transferred from a custodian to the Annuitant, or vice versa or (c) ownership is transferred from one entity to another entity that is satisfactory to us. Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus can be elected at the time that you purchase your Annuity or after the Issue Date, subject to its availability, and our eligibility rules and restrictions. If you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and terminate it, you can re-elect it, subject to our current rules and availability. See "Termination of Existing Benefits and Election of New Benefits" for information pertaining to elections, termination and re-election of benefits. Please note that if you terminate a living benefit and elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, you lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under your existing benefit and your guarantees under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus will be based on the Account Value on the effective date of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. You should consult with your Financial Professional and carefully consider whether terminating your existing benefit and electing Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is appropriate for you. We reserve the right to waive, change and/or further limit the election frequency in the future. If you wish to elect this benefit and you are currently participating in a systematic withdrawal program, amounts withdrawn under the program must be taken on a pro rata basis from your Annuity's Sub-accounts (i.e., in direct proportion to the proportion that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account Value) in order for you to be eligible for the benefit. Thus, you may not elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus so long as you participate in a systematic withdrawal program in which withdrawals are not taken pro rata. Termination of the Benefit You may terminate Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus at any time by notifying us. If you terminate the benefit, any guarantee provided by the benefit will terminate as of the date the termination is effective, and certain restrictions on re-election may apply. The benefit automatically terminates upon the first to occur of the following: (i) your termination of the benefit, (ii) your surrender of the Annuity, (iii) your election to begin receiving annuity payments (although if you have elected to receive the Annual Income Amount in the form of annuity payments, we will continue to pay the Annual Income Amount), (iv) our receipt of Due Proof of Death of the Owner or Annuitant (for entity-owned Annuities) (v) both the Account Value and Annual Income Amount equal zero, or (vi) you cease to meet our requirements as described in "Election of and Designations under the Benefit" above. Upon termination of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus other than upon the death of the Annuitant or annuitization, we impose any accrued fee for the benefit (i.e., the fee for the pro-rated portion of the year since the fee was last assessed), and thereafter we cease deducting the charge for the benefit. This final charge will be deducted even if it results in the Account Value falling below the Account Value Floor. With regard to your investment allocations, upon termination we will: (i) leave intact amounts that are held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and (ii) unless you are participating in an asset allocation program (i.e., Custom Portfolios Program, for which we are providing administrative support), transfer all amounts held in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to your variable investment options, 50 pro rata (i.e. in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable investment options). If, prior to the transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the Account Value in the variable investment options is zero, we will transfer such amounts to the AST Money Market Sub-Account. If a surviving spouse elects to continue the Annuity, the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit terminates upon Due Proof of Death. The spouse may newly elect the benefit subject to the restrictions discussed above. How Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Transfers Account Value Between Your Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus (including Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus) is the pre-determined mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-Accounts and a specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the "AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account"). The AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or make transfers to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The formula monitors your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula, systematically transfers amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The formula is set forth in Appendix B (and is described below). As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. For purposes of these benefits, we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted Sub-accounts". Speaking generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates as follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical) income amount. Note that 5% is used in the formula, irrespective of the Annuitant's attained age. Then it produces an estimate of the total amount targeted in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the "Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any automatic step-up, any subsequent Purchase Payments, and any excess withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value that is not offset by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If, on each of three consecutive Valuation Days, the Target Ratio is greater than 83% but less than or equal to 84.5%, the formula will, on such third Valuation Day, make a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts in which you are invested (subject to the 90% cap discussed below) to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once a transfer is made, the three consecutive Valuation Days begin again. If, however, on any Valuation Day, the Target Ratio is above 84.5%, the formula will make a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts (subject to the 90% cap) to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (as described above). If the Target Ratio falls below 78% on any Valuation Day, then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub account to the Permitted Sub-accounts will occur. The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account ("90% cap") on that Valuation Day. Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that would result in more than 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, only the amount that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. However, it is possible that, due to the investment performance of your allocations in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and your allocations in the Permitted Sub-accounts you have selected, your Account Value could be more than 90% invested in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional Purchase Payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional Purchase Payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and the formula will still not transfer any of your Account Value to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account). For example, 51 .. September 1, 2010 - a transfer is made to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. .. September 2, 2010 - you make an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000. No transfers have been made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on September 1, 2010. .. On September 2, 2010 - (and at least until first a transfer is made out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000 payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you have 82% in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account). .. Once there is a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (of any amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the formula could transfer amounts to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into and out of effect multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula, systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula. As you can glean from the formula, investment performance of your Account Value that is negative, flat, or even moderately positive may result in a transfer of a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because such investment performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio. Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target Ratio will be fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus in the future, however, we reserve the right to change such values. Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be used), following all of the above described daily calculations, if there is money allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account, we will perform an additional monthly calculation to determine whether or not a transfer will be made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts. This transfer will automatically occur provided that the Target Ratio, as described above, would be less than 83% after the transfer. The formula will not execute a transfer if the Target Ratio after this transfer would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%. The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of: a) The total value of all your Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, or b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value. While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed primarily to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. Depending on the results of the calculations of the formula, we may, on any Valuation Day: . Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or . If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts (as described above); or . Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The amount and timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account pursuant to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to your Annuity (and is not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets, or interest rates, in general) including: . The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal Value; . How long you have owned Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus; . The performance of the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen . The performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; . The amount allocated to each of the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen . The amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; 52 . Additional Purchase Payments, if any, you make to your Annuity; and . Withdrawals, if any, you take from your Annuity (withdrawals are taken pro rata from your Account Value). At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula. The more of your Account Value that is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the greater the impact of the performance of that Sub-account in determining whether (and how much) your Account Value is transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts. Further, it is possible under the formula that, if a significant portion of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has good performance but the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative, that the formula might transfer your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts. Similarly, the more you have allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact of the performance of those Permitted Sub-accounts will have on any transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be allocated according to your allocation instructions. Once they are allocated to your Annuity, they will also be subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio, if dictated by the formula. Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be available to participate in the investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts regardless of whether there is a subsequent Sub-account decline or market recovery until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Additional Tax Considerations If you purchase an annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified" investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the Required Minimum Distribution rules under the Code provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts beginning after age 70 1/2. For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a 401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than five (5) percent owner of the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred to retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the owner's lifetime. The amount required under the Code may exceed the Annual Income Amount, which will cause us to increase the Annual Income Amount in any Annuity Year that Required Minimum Distributions due from your Annuity are greater than such amounts, as discussed above. In addition, the amount and duration of payments under the annuity payment provision may be adjusted so that the payments do not trigger any penalty or excise taxes due to tax considerations such as Required Minimum Distribution provisions under the tax law. As indicated, withdrawals made while this benefit is in effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the Annuity. Please see the Tax Considerations section for a detailed discussion of the tax treatment of withdrawals. We do not address each potential tax scenario that could arise with respect to this benefit here. However, we do note that if you participate in Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus through a non-qualified annuity, as with all withdrawals, once all Purchase Payments are returned under the Annuity, all subsequent withdrawal amounts will be taxed as ordinary income. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Income Benefit (SHD6 Plus) Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is a lifetime guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit, under which, subject to the terms of the benefit, we guarantee your ability to take a certain annual withdrawal amount for the lives of two spouses. We offer a benefit that guarantees, until the later death of two natural persons who are each other's spouses at the time of election of the benefit and at the first death of one of them (the "designated lives", and each, a "designated life"), the ability to withdraw an annual amount (the "Annual Income Amount") equal to a percentage of an initial principal value (the "Protected Withdrawal Value") regardless of the impact of Sub-account performance on the Account Value, subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals. You are guaranteed to be able to withdraw the Annual Income Amount for the lives of the designated lives, provided you have not made withdrawals of excess income that have resulted in your Account Value being reduced to zero. We also permit you to designate the first withdrawal from your Annuity as a one-time "Non-Lifetime Withdrawal." All other withdrawals from your Annuity are considered a "Lifetime Withdrawal" under the benefit. The benefit may be appropriate if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your Annuity, wish to ensure that Sub-account performance will not affect your ability to receive annual payments, and wish either spouse to be able to continue the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit after the death of the first spouse. You are not required to make withdrawals as part of the benefit - the guarantees are not lost if you withdraw less than the maximum allowable 53 amount each year under the rules of the benefit. An integral component of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is the mathematical formula we employ that may periodically transfer your Account Value to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. See the section above entitled "How Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Transfers Account Value Between Your Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account." Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is the spousal version of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. Currently, if you elect Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and subsequently terminate the benefit, you may elect another living benefit, subject to our current rules. See "Election of and Designations under the Benefit" below and "Termination of Existing Benefits and Election of New Benefits" for details. Please note that if you terminate Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and elect another benefit, you lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under your existing benefit and will begin the new guarantees under the new benefit you elect based on your Account Value as of the date the new benefit becomes active. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus must be elected based on two designated lives, as described below. The youngest designated life must be at least 50 years old and the oldest designated life must be at least 55 years old when the benefit is elected. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is not available if you elect any other optional living benefit, although you may elect any optional death benefit. As long as your Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the Permitted Sub-accounts available with this benefit. For a more detailed description of Permitted Sub-Accounts, see the "Investment Options" section. Key Feature - Protected Withdrawal Value The Protected Withdrawal Value is used to calculate the initial Annual Income Amount. The Protected Withdrawal Value is separate from your Account Value and not available as cash or a lump sum. On the effective date of the benefit, the Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to your Account Value. On each Valuation Day thereafter until the date of your first Lifetime Withdrawal (excluding any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal discussed below), the Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to the "Periodic Value" described in the next paragraph. The "Periodic Value" initially is equal to the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day thereafter until the first Lifetime Withdrawal, we recalculate the Periodic Value. We stop determining the Periodic Value upon your first Lifetime Withdrawal after the effective date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day (the "Current Valuation Day"), the Periodic Value is equal to the greater of: (1) the Periodic Value for the immediately preceding business day (the "Prior Valuation Day") appreciated at the daily equivalent of 6% annually during the calendar day(s) between the Prior Valuation Day and the Current Valuation Day (i.e., one day for successive Valuation Days, but more than one calendar day for Valuation Days that are separated by weekends and/or holidays), plus the amount of any Purchase Payment made on the Current Valuation Day (the Periodic Value is proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal); and (2) the Account Value on the current Valuation Day. If you have not made a Lifetime Withdrawal on or before the 10th or 20th Anniversary of the effective date of the benefit, your Periodic Value on the 10th or 20th Anniversary of the benefit effective date is equal to the greater of: (1) the Periodic Value described above or, (2) the sum of (a), (b) and (c) (proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal): (a) 200% (on the 10th anniversary) or 400% (on the 20th anniversary) of the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit including any Purchase Payments made on that day; (b) 200% (on the 10th anniversary) or 400% (on the 20th anniversary) of all Purchase Payments made within one year following the effective date of the benefit; and (c) all Purchase Payments made after one year following the effective date of the benefit. In the rider for this benefit, as respects the preceding paragraph, we use the term "Guaranteed Base Value" to refer to the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit, plus the amount of any "adjusted" Purchase Payments made within one year after the effective date of the benefit. "Adjusted" Purchase Payments means Purchase Payments we receive, decreased by any fees or tax charges deducted from such Purchase Payments upon allocation to the Annuity. Once the first Lifetime Withdrawal is made, the Protected Withdrawal Value at any time is equal to the greater of (i) the Protected Withdrawal Value on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, increased for subsequent Purchase Payments and reduced for subsequent 54 Lifetime Withdrawals, and (ii) the highest daily Account Value upon any step-up, increased for subsequent Purchase Payments and reduced for subsequent Lifetime Withdrawals. Key Feature - Annual Income Amount under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit The Annual Income Amount is equal to a specified percentage of the Protected Withdrawal Value. The percentage initially depends on the age of the younger designated life on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal after election of the benefit. The percentages are: 4% for ages 50-64, 5% for ages 65-84, and 6% for ages 85 and older. We use the age of the younger designated life even if that designated life is no longer a participant under the Annuity due to death or divorce. Under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit, if your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year and also will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value on a dollar-for-dollar basis. If your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are in excess of the Annual Income Amount for any Annuity Year ("Excess Income"), your Annual Income Amount in subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard to Required Minimum Distributions for this Annuity that comply with our rules) by the result of the ratio of the Excess Income to the Account Value immediately prior to such withdrawal (see examples of this calculation below). If you take withdrawals of Excess Income, only the portion of the Lifetime Withdrawal that exceeds the remaining Annual Income Amount will proportionally reduce your Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount in future years. Reductions are based on the actual "gross" amount of the withdrawal. Thus, you should be aware that if you ask to receive a specified withdrawal amount that itself is not deemed Excess Income, with the understanding that any charges applicable to that withdrawal will be assessed from your remaining Account Value, the total amount of the withdrawal may result in the withdrawal being treated as Excess Income. You may use the Systematic Withdrawal program to make withdrawals of the Annual Income Amount. Any systematic withdrawal will be deemed a Lifetime Withdrawal under this benefit. Any Purchase Payment that you make subsequent to the election of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and subsequent to the first Lifetime Withdrawal will (i) increase the then-existing Annual Income Amount by an amount equal to a percentage of the Purchase Payment based on the age of the younger designated life at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal (the percentages are: 4% for ages 50-64, 5% for ages 65-84, and 6% for ages 85 and older, and (ii) increase the Protected Withdrawal Value by the amount of the Purchase Payment. If your Annuity permits additional Purchase Payments, we may limit any additional Purchase Payment(s) if we determine that as a result of the timing and amounts of your additional Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the Annual Income Amount is being increased in an unintended fashion. Among the factors we will use in making a determination as to whether an action is designed to increase the Annual Income Amount in an unintended fashion is the relative size of additional Purchase Payment(s). We reserve the right to not accept additional Purchase Payments if we are not then offering this benefit for new elections. We will exercise such reservation of right for all annuity purchasers in the same class in a nondiscriminatory manner. Highest Daily Auto Step-Up An automatic step-up feature ("Highest Daily Auto Step-Up") is part of this benefit. As detailed in this paragraph, the Highest Daily Auto Step-Up feature can result in a larger Annual Income Amount subsequent to your first Lifetime Withdrawal. The Highest Daily Step-Up starts with the anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity (the "Annuity Anniversary") immediately after your first Lifetime Withdrawal under the benefit. Specifically, upon the first such Annuity Anniversary, we identify the Account Value on each Valuation Day within the immediately preceding Annuity Year after your first Lifetime Withdrawal. Having identified the highest daily value (after all daily values have been adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals), we then multiply that value by a percentage that varies based on the age of the younger designated life on the Annuity Anniversary as of which the step-up would occur. The percentages are 4% for ages 50-64, 5% for ages 65-84, and 6% for ages 85 and older. If that value exceeds the existing Annual Income Amount, we replace the existing amount with the new, higher amount. Otherwise, we leave the existing Annual Income Amount intact. The Account Value on the Annuity Anniversary is considered the last daily step-up value of the Annuity Year. In later years (i.e., after the first Annuity Anniversary after the first Lifetime Withdrawal), we determine whether an automatic step-up should occur on each Annuity Anniversary by performing a similar examination of the Account Values that occurred on Valuation Days during the year. Taking Lifetime Withdrawals could produce a greater difference between your Protected Withdrawal Value and your Account Value, which may make a Highest Daily Auto Step-up less likely to occur. At the time that we increase your Annual Income Amount, we also increase your Protected Withdrawal Value to equal the highest daily value upon which your step-up was based only if that results in an increase to the Protected Withdrawal Value. Your Protected Withdrawal Value will never be decreased as a result of an income step-up. If, on the date that we implement a Highest Daily Auto Step-Up to your Annual Income Amount, the charge for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus has changed for new purchasers, you may be subject to the new charge at the time of such step-up. Prior to increasing your charge for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus upon a step-up, we would notify you, and give you the opportunity to cancel the automatic step-up feature. If you receive 55 notice of a proposed step-up and accompanying fee increase, you should carefully evaluate whether the amount of the step-up justifies the increased fee to which you will be subject. If you are enrolled in a Systematic Withdrawal program, we will not automatically increase the withdrawal amount when there is an increase to the Annual Income Amount. You must notify us in order to increase the withdrawal amount of any Systematic Withdrawal program. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit does not affect your ability to take withdrawals under your Annuity, or limit your ability to take withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount. Under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, if your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year. If, cumulatively, you withdraw an amount less than the Annual Income Amount in any Annuity Year, you cannot carry-over the unused portion of the Annual Income Amount to subsequent Annuity Years. Because each of the Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount is determined in a way that is not solely related to Account Value, it is possible for the Account Value to fall to zero, even though the Annual Income Amount remains. Examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions, and the Highest Daily Auto Step-Up are set forth below. The values shown here are purely hypothetical, and do not reflect the charges for the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. Assume the following for all three examples: . The Issue Date is November 1, 2010 . The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit is elected on August 1, 2011 . The younger designated life was 70 years old when he/she elected the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. Example of dollar-for-dollar reductions On October 24, 2011, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $120,000, resulting in an Annual Income Amount of $6,000 (since the younger designated life is between the ages of 65 and 84 at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Annual Income Amount is 5% of the Protected Withdrawal Value, in this case 5% of $120,000). Assuming $2,500 is withdrawn from the Annuity on this date, the remaining Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year (up to and including October 31, 2011) is $3,500. This is the result of a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Annual Income Amount ($6,000 less $2,500 = $3,500). Example of proportional reductions Continuing the previous example, assume an additional withdrawal of $5,000 occurs on October 27, 2011 and the Account Value at the time and immediately prior to this withdrawal is $118,000. The first $3,500 of this withdrawal reduces the Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year to $0. The remaining withdrawal amount of $1,500 - reduces the Annual Income Amount in future Annuity Years on a proportional basis based on the ratio of the excess withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the excess withdrawal. (Note that if there were other withdrawals in that Annuity Year, each would result in another proportional reduction to the Annual Income Amount). Here is the calculation: Account Value before Lifetime Withdrawal $118,000.00 Less Amount of "non" excess withdrawal $ 3,500.00 Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal of $1,500 $ 1,500.00 Divided by Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal $114,500.00 Ratio 1.31% Annual Income Amount $ 6,000.00 Less Ratio of 1.31% $ 78.60 Annual Income Amount for Future Annuity Years $ 5,921.40 56 Example of highest daily auto step-up On each Annuity Anniversary date after the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Annual Income Amount is stepped-up if the appropriate percentage (based on the younger designated life's age on that Annuity Anniversary) of the highest daily value since your first Lifetime Withdrawal (or last Annuity Anniversary in subsequent years), adjusted for withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments , is higher than the Annual Income Amount, adjusted for excess withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments. Continuing the same example as above, the Annual Income Amount for this Annuity Year is $6,000. However, the excess withdrawal on October 27 reduces the amount to $5,921.40 for future years (see above). For the next Annuity Year, the Annual Income Amount will be stepped up if 5% (since the youngest designated life is between 65 and 84 on the date of the potential step-up) of the highest daily Account Value adjusted for withdrawals and Purchase Payments, is higher than $5921.40. Here are the calculations for determining the daily values. Only the October 25 value is being adjusted for excess withdrawals as the October 30 and October 31 Valuation Days occur after the excess withdrawal on October 27. Highest Daily Value (adjusted for Adjusted Annual withdrawal and Purchase Income Amount (5% of the Date* Account value Payments)** Highest Daily Value) ---------------- ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------ October 25, 2011 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00 October 26, 2011 October 27, 2011 $113,000.00 $113,986.95 $5,699.35 October 30, 2011 $113,000.00 $113,986.95 $5,699.35 October 31, 2011 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00 * In this example, the Annuity Anniversary date is November 1. The Valuation Dates are every day following the first Lifetime Withdrawal. In subsequent Annuity Years Valuation Dates will be every day following the Annuity Anniversary. The Annuity Anniversary Date of November 1 is considered the final Valuation Date for the Annuity Year. ** In this example, the first daily value after the first Lifetime Withdrawal is $119,000 on October 25, resulting in an adjusted Annual Income Amount of $5,950.00. This amount is adjusted on October 27 to reflect the $5,000 withdrawal. The calculations for the adjustments are: . The Account Value of $119,000 on October 25 is first reduced dollar-for-dollar by $3,500 ($3,500 is the remaining Annual Income Amount for the Annuity Year), resulting in an Account Value of $115,500 before the excess withdrawal. . This amount ($115,500) is further reduced by 1.31% (this is the ratio in the above example which is the excess withdrawal divided by the Account Value immediately preceding the excess withdrawal) resulting in a Highest Daily Value of $113,986.95. . The adjusted Annual Income Amount is carried forward to the next Valuation Date of October 30. At this time, we compare this amount to 5% of the Account Value on October 30. Since the October 27 adjusted Annual Income Amount of $5,699.35 is higher than $5,650.00 (5% of $113,000), we continue to carry $5,699.35 forward to the next and final Valuation Day of October 31. The Account Value on October 31 is $119,000 and 5% of this amount is $5,950. Since this is higher than $5,699.35, the adjusted Annual Income Amount is reset to $5,950.00. In this example, 5% of the October 31 value results in the highest amount of $5,950.00. Since this amount is higher than the current year's Annual Income Amount of $5,921.40 (adjusted for excess withdrawals), the Annual Income Amount for the next Annuity Year, starting on November 1, 2011 and continuing through October 31, 2012, will be stepped-up to $5,950.00. Non-Lifetime Withdrawal Feature You may take a one-time non-lifetime withdrawal ("Non-Lifetime Withdrawal") under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. It is an optional feature of the benefit that you can only elect at the time of your first withdrawal. The amount of the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal cannot be more than the amount that would cause the Annuity to be taken below the minimum Surrender Value after a withdrawal for your Annuity. This Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will not establish our initial Annual Income Amount and the Periodic Value above will continue to be calculated. However, the total amount of the withdrawal will proportionally reduce all guarantees associated with the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. You must tell us at the time you take the withdrawal if your withdrawal is intended to be 57 the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal and not the first Lifetime Withdrawal under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. If you don't elect the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, the first withdrawal you make will be the first Lifetime Withdrawal that establishes your Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount. Once you elect the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal or Lifetime Withdrawals, no additional Non-Lifetime withdrawals may be taken. The Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will proportionally reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Periodic Value guarantees on the tenth and twentieth anniversaries of the benefit effective date, described above, by the percentage the total withdrawal amount represents of the then current Account Value immediately prior to the time of the withdrawal. If you are participating in a Systematic Withdrawal program, the first withdrawal under the program cannot be classified as the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal. Example - Non-Lifetime Withdrawal (proportional reduction) This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. It is intended to illustrate the proportional reduction of the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal under this benefit. Assume the following: . The Issue Date is December 1, 2010 . The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit is elected on September 1, 2011 . The Account Value at benefit election was $105,000 . The younger designated life was 70 years old when he/she elected the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit . No previous withdrawals have been taken under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit On October 2, 2011, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $125,000, the 10th benefit year minimum Periodic Value guarantee is $210,000 and the 20th benefit year minimum Periodic Value guarantee is $420,000, and the Account Value is $120,000. Assuming $15,000 is withdrawn from the Annuity on October 2, 2011 and is designated as a Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, all guarantees associated with the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit will be reduced by the ratio the total withdrawal amount represents of the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal being taken. Here is the calculation: Withdrawal amount divided by $ 15,000 Account Value before withdrawal $120,000 Equals ratio 12.5% All guarantees will be reduced by the above ratio (12.5%) Protected Withdrawal Value $109,375 10th benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $183,750 20th benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $367,500 Required Minimum Distributions Withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount, but which you are required to take as a Required Minimum Distribution for this Annuity, will not reduce the Annual Income Amount for future years. No additional Annual Income Amounts will be available in an Annuity Year due to Required Minimum Distributions unless the Required Minimum Distribution amount is greater than the Annual Income Amount. Unless designated as a Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, Required Minimum Distributions are considered Lifetime Withdrawals. If you take a withdrawal in an Annuity Year in which your Required Minimum Distribution for that year is not greater than the Annual Income Amount, and the amount of the withdrawal exceeds the remaining Annual Income Amount for that year, we will treat the withdrawal as a withdrawal of Excess Income. Such a withdrawal of Excess Income will reduce the Annual Income Amount available in future years. If the Required Minimum Distribution (as calculated by us for your Annuity and not previously withdrawn in the current calendar year) is greater than the Annual Income Amount, an amount equal to the remaining Annual Income Amount plus the difference between the Required Minimum Distribution amount not previously withdrawn in the current calendar year and the Annual Income Amount will be available in the current Annuity Year without it being considered a withdrawal of Excess Income. In the event that a Required Minimum Distribution is calculated in a calendar year that crosses more than one Annuity Year and you choose to satisfy the entire Required Minimum Distribution for that calendar year in the next Annuity Year, the distribution taken in the next Annuity Year will reduce your Annual Income Amount in that Annuity Year by the amount of the distribution. If the Required Minimum Distribution not taken in the prior Annuity Year is greater than the Annual Income Amount as guaranteed by the benefit in the current Annuity Year, the total Required Minimum Distribution amount may be taken without being treated as a withdrawal of Excess Income. 58 Example - Required Minimum Distributions The following example is purely hypothetical and is intended to illustrate a scenario in which the Required Minimum Distribution amount in a given Annuity Year is greater than the Annual Income Amount. Annual Income Amount = $5,000 Remaining Annual Income Amount = $3,000 Required Minimum Distribution = $6,000 The amount you may withdraw in the current Annuity Year without it being treated as an Excess Withdrawal is $4,000. ($3,000 + ($6,000 - $5,000) = $4,000). If the $4,000 withdrawal is taken, the remaining Annual Income Amount will be zero and the remaining Required Minimum Distribution amount of $2,000 may be taken in the subsequent Annuity Year (when your Annual Income Amount is reset to $5,000) without proportionally reducing all guarantees associated with the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit as described above. The amount you may withdraw in the subsequent Annuity Year if you stop taking withdrawals in the current Annuity Year and choose not to satisfy the Required Minimum Distribution in the current Annuity Year (assuming the Annual Income Amount in the subsequent Annuity Year is $5,000) without being treated as a withdrawal of Excess Income is $6,000. This withdrawal must comply with all IRS guidelines in order to satisfy the Required Minimum Distribution for the current calendar year. Benefits Under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus . To the extent that your Account Value was reduced to zero as a result of cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year that are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, and amounts are still payable under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, we will make an additional payment, if any, for that Annuity Year equal to the remaining Annual Income Amount for the Annuity Year. Thus, in that scenario, the remaining Annual Income Amount would be payable even though your Account Value was reduced to zero. In subsequent Annuity Years we make payments that equal the Annual Income Amount as described in this section. We will make payments until the death of the first of the designated lives to die, and will continue to make payments until the death of the second designated life as long as the designated lives were spouses at the time of the first death. After the Account Value is reduced to zero, you are not permitted to make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity. To the extent that cumulative withdrawals in the Annuity Year that reduced your Account Value to zero are more than the Annual Income Amount, the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit terminates, and no additional payments will be made. However, if a withdrawal in the latter scenario was taken to satisfy a Required Minimum Distribution (as described above) under the Annuity then the benefit will not terminate, and we will continue to pay the Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years until the death of the second designated life provided the designated lives were spouses at the death of the first designated life. . Please note that if your Account Value is reduced to zero, all subsequent payments will be treated as annuity payments. Further, payments that we make under this benefit after the Latest Annuity Date will be treated as annuity payments. . If annuity payments are to begin under the terms of your Annuity, or if you decide to begin receiving annuity payments and there is an Annual Income Amount due in subsequent Annuity Years, you can elect one of the following two options: (1) apply your Account Value to any annuity option available; or (2) request that, as of the date annuity payments are to begin, we make annuity payments each year equal to the Annual Income Amount. We will make payments until the first of the designated lives to die, and will continue to make payments until the death of the second designated life as long as the designated lives were spouses at the time of the first death. If, due to death of a designated life or divorce prior to annuitization, only a single designated life remains, then annuity payments will be made as a life annuity for the lifetime of the designated life. We must receive your request in a form acceptable to us at our office. If applying your Account Value, less any applicable tax charges, to our current life only (or joint life, depending on the number of designated lives remaining) annuity payment rates results in a higher annual payment, we will give you the higher annual payment. . In the absence of an election when mandatory annuity payments are to begin, we currently make annual annuity payments as a joint and survivor or single (as applicable) life fixed annuity with eight payments certain, by applying the greater of the annuity rates then currently available or the annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity. We reserve the right at any time to increase or decrease the certain period in order to comply with the Code (e.g., to shorten the period certain to match life expectancy under applicable Internal Revenue Service tables). The amount that will be applied to provide such annuity payments will be the greater of: (1) the present value of the future Annual Income Amount payments. Such present value will be calculated using the greater of the joint and survivor or single (as applicable) life fixed annuity rates then currently available or the joint and survivor or single (as applicable) life fixed annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity; and (2) the Account Value. 59 (2) the Account Value If no Lifetime Withdrawal was ever taken, we will calculate the Annual Income Amount as if you made your first Lifetime Withdrawal on the date the annuity payments are to begin. Other Important Considerations .. Withdrawals under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Annuity, for the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal as well as withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount. .. Withdrawals made while the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit is in effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the Annuity. Any withdrawals made under the benefit will be taken pro rata from the Sub-accounts (including the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account). If you have an active Systematic Withdrawal program running at the time you elect this benefit, the program must withdraw funds pro-rata. The first Systematic Withdrawal that processes after your election of the benefit will be deemed a Lifetime Withdrawal. .. You cannot allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Account Value to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. A summary description of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolios appears in the prospectus section entitled "What Are The Investment Objectives and Policies of The Portfolios?" In addition, you can find a copy of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio prospectus by going to www.prudentialannuities.com. .. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity without purchasing the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit provides a guarantee that if your Account Value declines due to Sub-account performance, you will be able to receive your Annual Income Amount in the form of periodic benefit payments. .. Transfers to and from the elected Sub-accounts, and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account triggered by the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus mathematical formula will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers allowable under an Annuity. .. Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must be allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. We may amend the Permitted Sub-accounts from time to time. Changes to Permitted Sub-accounts, or to the requirements as to how you may allocate your Account Value with this benefit, will apply to new elections of the benefit and may apply to current participants in the benefit. To the extent that changes apply to current participants in the benefit, they will apply only upon re-allocation of Account Value, or upon addition of additional Purchase Payments. That is, we will not require such current participants to re-allocate Account Value to comply with any new requirements. .. If you elect this benefit and in connection with that election, you are required to reallocate to different Sub-accounts, then on the Valuation Day we receive your request in Good Order, we will (i) sell units of the non-permitted investment options and (ii) invest the proceeds of those sales in the Sub-accounts that you have designated. During this reallocation process, your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts will remain exposed to investment risk, as is the case generally. The newly-elected benefit will commence at the close of business on the following Valuation Day. Thus, the protection afforded by the newly-elected benefit will not arise until the close of business on the following Valuation Day. .. The current charge for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is 0.95% annually of the greater of Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. The maximum charge for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is 1.50% annually of the greater of the Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. We deduct this charge on quarterly anniversaries of the benefit effective date, based on the values on the last Valuation Day prior to the quarterly anniversary. Thus, we deduct, on a quarterly basis, 0.2375% of the greater of the prior Valuation Day's Account Value, or the prior Valuation Day's Protected Withdrawal Value. We deduct the fee pro rata from each of your Sub-accounts, including the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If the deduction of the charge would result in the Account Value falling below the lesser of $500 or 5% of the sum of the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit plus all Purchase Payments made subsequent thereto (we refer to this as the "Account Value Floor"), we will only deduct that portion of the charge that would not cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. If the Account Value on the date we would deduct a charge for the benefit is less than the Account Value Floor, then no charge will be assessed for that benefit quarter. Charges deducted upon termination of the benefit may cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. If a charge for the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit would be deducted on the same day we process a withdrawal request, the charge will be deducted first, then the withdrawal will be processed. The withdrawal could cause the Account Value to fall below the Account Value Floor. While the deduction of the charge (other than the final charge) may not reduce the Account Value to zero, withdrawals may reduce the Account Value to zero. If this happens and the Annual Income Amount is greater than zero, we will make payments under the benefit and the Death Benefit (described above) will not be payable. Election of and Designations under the Benefit Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus can only be elected based on two designated lives. Designated lives must be natural persons who 60 are each other's spouses at the time of election of the benefit and at the death of the first of the designated lives to die. Currently, Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus only may be elected where the Owner, Annuitant, and Beneficiary designations are as follows: .. One Annuity Owner, where the Annuitant and the Owner are the same person and the sole beneficiary is the Owner's spouse. The younger Owner/Annuitant and the beneficiary must be at least 50 years old and the older must be at least 55 years old at the time of election; or .. Co-Annuity Owners, where the Owners are each other's spouses. The beneficiary designation must be the surviving spouse, or the spouses named equally. One of the owners must be the Annuitant. The younger Owner must be at least 50 years old and the older owner must be at least 55 years old at the time of election; or .. One Annuity Owner, where the Owner is a custodial account established to hold retirement assets for the benefit of the Annuitant pursuant to the provisions of Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor Code section thereto) ("Custodial Account"), the beneficiary is the Custodial Account, and the spouse of the Annuitant is the Contingent Annuitant. The younger of the Annuitant and the Contingent Annuitant must be at least 50 years old and the older must be at least 55 years old at the time of election. We do not permit a change of Owner under this benefit, except as follows: (a) if one Owner dies and the surviving spousal Owner assumes the Annuity, or (b) if the Annuity initially is co-owned, but thereafter the Owner who is not the Annuitant is removed as Owner. We permit changes of Beneficiary designations under this benefit, however if the Beneficiary is changed, the benefit may not be eligible to be continued upon the death of the first designated life. If the designated lives divorce, the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit may not be divided as part of the divorce settlement or judgment. Nor may the divorcing spouse who retains ownership of the Annuity appoint a new designated life upon re-marriage. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus can be elected at the time that you purchase your Annuity or after the Issue Date, subject its availability, and our eligibility rules and restrictions. If you elect Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and terminate it, you can re-elect it, subject to our current rules and availability. See "Termination of Existing Benefits and Election of New Benefits" for information pertaining to elections, termination and re-election of benefits. Please note that if you terminate a living benefit and elect Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, you lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under your existing benefit, and your guarantees under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus will be based on your Account Value on the effective date of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus.. You should carefully consider whether terminating your existing benefit and electing a new benefit is appropriate for you. We reserve the right to waive, change and/or further limit the election frequency in the future. If you wish to elect this benefit and you are currently participating in a systematic withdrawal program, amounts withdrawn under the program must be taken on a pro rata basis from your Annuity's Sub-accounts (i.e., in direct proportion to the proportion that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account Value) in order for you to be eligible for the benefit. Thus, you may not elect Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus so long as you participate in a systematic withdrawal program in which withdrawals are not taken pro rata. Termination of the Benefit You may terminate the benefit at any time by notifying us. If you terminate the benefit, any guarantee provided by the benefit will terminate as of the date the termination is effective, and certain restrictions on re-election may apply. The benefit automatically terminates upon the first to occur of the following: . upon our receipt of Due Proof of Death of the first designated life, if the surviving spouse opts to take the death benefit under the Annuity (rather than continue the Annuity) or if the surviving spouse is not an eligible designated life; . upon the death of the second designated life; . your termination of the benefit; . your surrender of the Annuity; . your election to begin receiving annuity payments (although if you have elected to take annuity payments in the form of the Annual Income Amount, we will continue to pay the Annual Income Amount); . both the Account Value and Annual Income Amount equal zero; and . you cease to meet our requirements as described in "Election of and Designations under the Benefit". 61 Upon termination of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus other than upon death of a designated life or annuitization, we impose any accrued fee for the benefit (i.e., the fee for the pro-rated portion of the year since the fee was last assessed), and thereafter we cease deducting the charge for the benefit. This final charge will be deducted even if it results in the Account Value falling below the Account Value Floor. With regard to your investment allocations, upon termination we will: (i) leave intact amounts that are held in the Permitted Sub-accounts, and (ii) unless you are participating in an asset allocation program (i.e., Custom Portfolios Program, or Automatic Rebalancing Program) for which we are providing administrative support, transfer all amounts held in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account to your variable Investment Options, pro rata (i.e. in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable Investment Options). If prior to the transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account the Account Value in the variable Investment Options is zero, we will transfer such amounts to the AST Money Market Sub-account. How Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Transfers Account Value between Your Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. See "How Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Transfers Account Value Between Your Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account" above for information regarding this component of the benefit. Additional Tax Considerations If you purchase an annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified" investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the Required Minimum Distribution rules under the Code provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts beginning after age 70 1/2. For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a 401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than five (5) percent owner of the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred to retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the owner's lifetime. The amount required under the Code may exceed the Annual Income Amount, which will cause us to increase the Annual Income Amount in any Annuity Year that Required Minimum Distributions due from your Annuity are greater than such amounts, as discussed above. In addition, the amount and duration of payments under the annuity payment provisions may be adjusted so that the payments do not trigger any penalty or excise taxes due to tax considerations such as Required Minimum Distribution provisions under the tax law. As indicated, withdrawals made while this benefit is in effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the Annuity. Please see the Tax Considerations section for a detailed discussion of the tax treatment of withdrawals. We do not address each potential tax scenario that could arise with respect to this benefit here. However, we do note that if you participate in Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus through a non-qualified annuity, as with all withdrawals, once all Purchase Payments are returned under the Annuity, all subsequent withdrawal amounts will be taxed as ordinary income. 62 GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION Plus II (GRO Plus II) GRO Plus II is a form of "guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit" that guarantees a specified Account Value at one or more dates in the future. If you participate in this benefit, you are subject to the predetermined mathematical formula described below that transfers Account Value between your Sub-accounts and an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Under GRO Plus II, we guarantee that on the seventh anniversary of benefit election, and each anniversary thereafter, the Account Value will be not less than the Account Value on the date that the benefit is added to your Annuity (adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals as detailed below) ..We refer to this initial guarantee as the "base guarantee." In addition to the base guarantee, GRO Plus II offers the possibility of an enhanced guarantee. You may "manually" lock in an enhanced guarantee once per "benefit year" (i.e., a year beginning on the date you acquired the benefit and each anniversary thereafter) if your Account Value on that Valuation Day exceeds the amount of any outstanding base guarantee or enhanced guarantee. If you elect to manually lock-in an enhanced guarantee on an anniversary of the effective date of the benefit, that lock-in will not count towards the one elective manual lock-in you may make each benefit year. We guarantee that the Account Value locked-in by that enhanced guarantee will not be any less seven years later, and each anniversary of that date thereafter. In addition, you may elect an automatic enhanced guarantee feature under which, if your Account Value on a benefit anniversary exceeds the highest existing guarantee by 7% or more, we guarantee that such Account Value will not be any less seven benefit anniversaries later and each benefit anniversary thereafter. You may maintain only one enhanced guarantee in addition to your base guarantee. Thus, when a new enhanced guarantee is created, it cancels any existing enhanced guarantee. However, the fact that an enhanced guarantee was effected automatically on a benefit anniversary does not prevent you from "manually" locking-in an enhanced guarantee during the ensuing benefit year. In addition, the fact that you "manually" locked in an enhanced guarantee does not preclude the possibility of an automatic enhanced guarantee on the subsequent benefit anniversary. You may elect to terminate an enhanced guarantee without also terminating the base guarantee. If you do, any amounts held in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account with respect to that enhanced guarantee will be transferred to your other Sub-accounts in accordance with your most recent allocation instructions, and if none exist, then pro rata to your variable Sub-accounts (see below "Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value"). Amounts held in an AST bond portfolio Sub-account with respect to the base guarantee will not be transferred as a result of the termination of an enhanced guarantee. You may not lock in an enhanced guarantee, either manually or through our optional automatic program, within seven years prior to the Latest Annuity Date (please see "Annuity Options" for further information). This also applies to a new Owner who has acquired the Annuity from the original Owner. In this section, we refer to a date on which the Account Value is guaranteed to be present as the "maturity date". If the Account Value on the maturity date is less than the guaranteed amount, we will contribute funds from our general account to bring your Account Value up to the guaranteed amount. If the maturity date is not a Valuation Day, then we would contribute such an amount on the next Valuation Day. We will allocate any such amount to each Sub-account (other than the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with this benefit and described below) in accordance with your most recent allocation instructions, which means: a) the Custom Portfolio Program or, b) if you are not participating in this program, then such amounts will be allocated to your Sub-accounts on a pro rata basis. Regardless of whether we need to contribute funds at the end of a Guarantee Period, we will at that time transfer all amounts held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the maturing guarantee in accordance with your most recent allocation instructions, which means: a) the Custom Portfolio Program or, b) if you are not participating in this program, then such amounts will be allocated to you Sub-accounts on a pro rata basis. If the former (i.e., an asset allocation program), your Account Value will be transferred according to the program. Any addition or transferred amount may be subsequently re-allocated based on the predetermined mathematical formula described below. The guarantees provided by the benefit exist only on the applicable maturity date(s). However, due to the ongoing monitoring of your Account Value, and the transfer of Account Value to support your future guarantees, the benefit may provide some protection from significant Sub-account losses. For this same reason, the benefit may limit your ability to benefit from Sub-account increases while it is in effect. We increase both the base guarantee and any enhanced guarantee by the amount of each Purchase Payment made subsequent to the date that the guarantee was established. For example, if the effective date of the benefit was January 1, 2011 and the Account Value was $100,000 on that date, then a $30,000 Purchase Payment made on March 30, 2012 would increase the base guarantee amount to $130,000. If you make a withdrawal, we effect a proportional reduction to each existing guarantee amount. We calculate a proportional reduction by reducing each existing guarantee amount by the percentage represented by the ratio of the withdrawal amount to your Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal. If you make a withdrawal, we will deduct the withdrawal amount pro rata from each of your Sub-accounts (including the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with this benefit). EXAMPLE This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. It is 63 intended to illustrate the proportional reduction of a withdrawal on each guarantee amount under this benefit Assume the following: . The Issue Date is December 1, 2010 . The benefit is elected on December 1, 2010 . The Account Value on December 1, 2010 is $200,000, which results in a base guarantee of $200,000 . An enhanced guarantee amount of $350,000 is locked in on December 1, 2011 . The Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal is equal to $380,000 If a withdrawal of $50,000 is taken on December 15, 2011, all guarantee amounts will be reduced by the ratio of the total withdrawal amount to the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal being taken. Here is the calculation (figures are rounded): . Withdrawal Amount divided by $ 50,000 . Account Value before withdrawal $380,000 . Equals ratio 13.16% . All guarantees will be reduced by the above ratio (13.16%) . Base guarantee amount $173,680 . Enhanced guarantee amount $303,940 Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value For GRO Plus II and Highest Daily GRO II We limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account Value if you elect GRO Plus II and Highest Daily GRO II (HD GRO II)(see below). For purposes of these benefits, we refer to those permitted investment options (other than the required bond portfolio Sub-accounts discussed below) as the "Permitted Sub-accounts. "GRO Plus II and HD GRO II use a predetermined mathematical formula to help manage your guarantees through all market cycles. The formula applicable to you may not be altered once you elect the benefit. However, subject to regulatory approval, we do reserve the right to amend the formula for newly-issued Annuities that elect or re-elect GRO Plus II and HD GRO II and for existing Annuities that elect the benefit post-issue. This required formula helps us manage our financial exposure under GRO Plus II and HD GRO II, by moving assets out of certain Sub-accounts if dictated by the formula (see below). In essence, we seek to preserve Account Value, by transferring them to a more stable option (i.e., one or more specified bond Portfolios of Advanced Series Trust). We refer to the Sub-accounts corresponding to these bond Portfolios collectively as the "AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts". The formula also contemplates the transfer of Account Value from an AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the other Sub-accounts. The formula is set forth in Appendix C of this prospectus. A summary description of each AST bond portfolio Sub-account appears within the prospectus section entitled "What Are The Investment Objectives and Policies Of The Portfolios?" You will be furnished with a prospectus describing the AST bond Portfolios. In addition, you can find a copy of the AST bond portfolio prospectus by going to www.prudentialannuities.com. For purposes of operating the formula applicable to GRO Plus II and HD GRO II, we have included within this Annuity several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. Each AST bond portfolio is unique, in that its underlying investments generally mature at different times. For example, there would be an AST bond portfolio whose underlying investments generally mature in 2020, an AST bond portfolio whose underlying investments generally mature in 2021, and so forth. As discussed below, the formula determines the AST bond portfolio Sub-account to which Account Value is transferred. We will introduce new AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts in subsequent years, to correspond generally to the length of new guarantee periods that are created under this benefit (and the Highest Daily GRO II benefit). If you have elected GRO Plus II or HD GRO II, you may have Account Value allocated to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account only by operation of the formula, and thus you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or make transfers to or from an AST bond portfolio Sub-Account. Although we employ several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts for purposes of the benefit, the formula described in the next paragraph operates so that your Account Value may be allocated to only one AST bond portfolio Sub-account at one time. The formula determines the appropriate AST Bond Portfolio Sub-account to which Account Value is transferred. On any day a transfer into or out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account is made the formula may dictate that a transfer out of one AST bond portfolio Sub-account be made into another AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Any transfer into an AST bond portfolio Sub-account will be directed to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the "current liability", as described below. As indicated, the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts are employed with this benefit to help us mitigate the financial risks under our guarantee. Thus, in accordance with the formula applicable to you under the benefit, we determine which AST bond portfolio Sub-account your Account Value is transferred to, and under what circumstances a transfer is made. 64 In general, the formula works as follows. On each Valuation Day, the formula automatically performs an analysis with respect to each guarantee that is outstanding. For each outstanding guarantee, the formula begins by determining the present value on that Valuation Day that, if appreciated at the applicable "discount rate", would equal the applicable guarantee amount on the maturity date. As detailed in the formula, the discount rate is an interest rate determined by taking a benchmark index used within the financial services industry and then reducing that interest rate by a prescribed adjustment. Once selected, we do not change the applicable benchmark index (although we do reserve the right to use a new benchmark index if the original benchmark is discontinued). The greatest of each such present value is referred to as the "current liability" in the formula. The formula compares the current liability to the amount of your Account Value held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and to your Account Value held within the Permitted Sub-accounts. If the current liability, reduced by the amount held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and divided by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts, exceeds an upper target value (currently, 85%), then the formula will make a transfer into the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, in the amount dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap discussed below). If the current liability, reduced by the amount held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and divided by the amount within the Permitted Sub-accounts, is less than a lower target value (currently, 79%), then the formula will transfer Account Value from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account into the Permitted Sub-accounts, in the amount dictated by the formula. The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account ("90% cap"). Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that would result in more than 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, only the amount that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the AST bond portfolio Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. However, it is possible that, due to the investment performance of your allocations in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and your allocations in the Permitted Sub-accounts you have selected, your Account Value could be more than 90% invested in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional Purchase Payments to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional Purchase Payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and the formula will still not transfer any of your Account Value to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account (at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account). For example, . March 19, 2011 - a transfer is made to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. . March 20, 2011 - you make an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000. No transfers have been made from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on March 19, 2011. . On March 20, 2011 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000 payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you have 82% in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account). . Once there is a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account (of any amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the formula could transfer amounts to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into and out of effect multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula, systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST bond portfolio Sub-account as dictated by the formula. As discussed above, each Valuation Day, the formula analyzes the difference between your Account Value and your guarantees, as well as how long you have owned the benefit, and determines if any portion of your Account Value needs to be transferred into or out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or most of your Account Value may be allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. 65 The amount that is transferred to and from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts pursuant to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to your Annuity (and is not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets, or interest rates, in general) including: . The difference between your Account Value and your guarantee amount(s); . The amount of time until the maturity of your guarantee(s); . The amount invested in, and the performance of, the Permitted Sub-accounts; . The amount invested in, and the performance of, the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts; . The discount rate used to determine the present value of your guarantee(s); . Additional Purchase Payments, if any, that you make to the Annuity; and . Withdrawals, if any, taken from the Annuity. Any amounts invested in the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts will affect your ability to participate in a subsequent market recovery. Conversely, the Account Value may be higher at the beginning of the recovery, e.g. more of the Account Value may have been protected from decline and volatility than it otherwise would have been had the benefit not been elected. The AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts are available only with certain optional living benefits, and you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or transfer Account Value to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. Transfers under the formula do not impact any guarantees under the benefit that have already been locked-in. Election/Cancellation of the Benefit GRO Plus II can be elected on the Issue Date of your Annuity, or on any Valuation Day thereafter as long as the benefit is available, provided that your Account Value is allocated in a manner permitted with the benefit and that you otherwise meet our eligibility rules. You may elect GRO Plus II only if the oldest of the Owner and Annuitant is 84 or younger on the date of election. The base guarantee under GRO Plus II will be based on your current Account Value at the time GRO Plus II becomes effective on your Annuity. GRO Plus II is not available if you participate in any other optional living benefit. However, GRO Plus II may be elected together with any optional death benefit. GRO Plus II will terminate automatically upon: (a) the death of the Owner or the Annuitant (in an entity owned contract), unless the Annuity is continued by the surviving spouse; (b) as of the date Account Value is applied to begin annuity payments; (c) as of the anniversary of benefit election that immediately precedes the contractually-mandated latest annuity date, or (d) upon full surrender of the Annuity. If you elect to terminate the benefit, GRO Plus II will no longer provide any guarantees. The charge for the GRO Plus II benefit will no longer be deducted from your Account Value upon termination of the benefit. If you elect this benefit, and in connection with that election you are required to reallocate to different investment options permitted under this benefit, then on the Valuation Day on which we receive your request in Good Order, we will (i) sell units of the non-permitted investment options and (ii) invest the proceeds of those sales in the permitted investment options that you have designated. During this reallocation process, your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts will remain exposed to investment risk, as is the case generally. The protection afforded by the newly-elected benefit will not arise until the close of business on the following Valuation Day. If you wish, you may cancel the GRO Plus II benefit. You may also cancel an enhanced guarantee, but leave the base guarantee intact. Upon cancellation, you may elect any other currently available living benefit on any Valuation Day after you have cancelled the GRO Plus II benefit, provided that your Account Value is allocated in a manner permitted with that new benefit and that you otherwise meet our eligibility rules. Upon cancellation of the GRO Plus II benefit, any Account Value allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with the formula will be reallocated to the Permitted Sub-Accounts according to your most recent allocation instructions or, in absence of such instructions, pro rata (i.e., in direct proportion to your current allocations). Upon your re-election of GRO Plus II, Account Value may be transferred between the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts and the Permitted Sub-accounts according to the predetermined mathematical formula (see "Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value" above for more details). You also should be aware that upon cancellation of the GRO Plus II benefit, you will lose all guarantees that you had accumulated under the benefit. Thus, the guarantees under any newly-elected benefit will be based on your current Account Value at benefit effectiveness. The benefit you elect or re-elect may be more expensive than the benefit you cancel. Once the GRO Plus II benefit is canceled you are not required to re-elect another optional living benefit and any subsequent benefit election may be made on or after the first Valuation Day following the cancellation of the GRO Plus II benefit provided that the benefit you are looking to elect is available at that time and on a post-issue basis. Special Considerations under GRO Plus II This benefit is subject to certain rules and restrictions, including, but not limited to the following: 66 . Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must be allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. The Permitted Sub-accounts are those described in the Investment Option section of this prospectus. . Transfers as dictated by the formula will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers allowable under the Annuity. . Any amounts applied to your Account Value by us on a maturity date will not be treated as "investment in the contract" for income tax purposes. . Only systematic withdrawal programs in which amounts withdrawn are being taken on a pro rata basis from your Annuity's Sub-accounts (i.e., in direct proportion to the proportion that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account Value) will be permitted if you participate in GRO Plus II. Thus, you may not elect GRO Plus II so long as you participate in a systematic withdrawal program in which withdrawals are not taken pro rata. Similarly, if you currently participate in GRO Plus II, we will allow you to add a systematic withdrawal program only if withdrawals under the program are to be taken pro rata. . As the time remaining until the applicable maturity date(s) gradually decreases, the benefit may become increasingly sensitive to moves to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Charges under the Benefit We deduct an annualized charge equal to 0.60% of the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts (including any AST bond portfolio Sub-account) for participation in the GRO Plus II benefit. The annualized charge is deducted daily. The charge is deducted to compensate us for: (a) the risk that your Account Value on a maturity date is less than the amount guaranteed and (b) administration of the benefit. HIGHEST DAILY GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION II (HD GRO II) HD GRO II is a form of "guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit" that guarantees a specified Account Value at one or more dates in the future. If you participate in this benefit, you are subject to a predetermined mathematical formula that transfers Account Value between your Sub-accounts and an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. HD GRO II creates a series of separate guarantees, each of which is based on the highest Account Value attained on a day during the applicable time period. As each year of your participation in the benefit passes, we create a new guarantee. Each guarantee then remains in existence until the date on which it matures (unless the benefit terminates sooner). We refer to each date on which the specified Account Value is guaranteed as the "maturity date" for that guarantee. HD GRO II will not create a guarantee if the maturity date of that guarantee would extend beyond the Latest Annuity Date. This is true even with respect to a new Owner who has acquired the Annuity from the original Owner. The guarantees provided by the benefit exist only on the applicable maturity date(s). However, due to the ongoing monitoring of your Account Value, and the transfer of Account Value to support your future guarantees, the benefit may provide some protection from significant Sub-account losses. For this same reason, the benefit may limit your ability to benefit from Sub-account increases while it is in effect. The initial guarantee is created on the day that the HD GRO II benefit is added to your Annuity. We guarantee that your Account Value on the tenth anniversary of that day (we refer to each such anniversary as a "benefit anniversary") will not be less than your Account Value on the day that the HD GRO II benefit was added to your Annuity. Each benefit anniversary thereafter, we create a new guarantee. With respect to each such subsequent guarantee, we identify the highest Account Value that occurred between the date of that benefit anniversary and the date on which HD GRO II was added to your Annuity. We guarantee that your Account Value ten years after that benefit anniversary will be no less than the highest daily Account Value (adjusted for Purchase Payments and withdrawals, as described below) that occurred during that time period. The following example illustrates the time period over which we identify the highest daily Account Value for purposes of each subsequent guarantee under the benefit. If the date of benefit election were January 1, 2010, we would create a guarantee on January 1, 2014 based on the highest Account Value achieved between January 1, 2010 and January 1, 2014, and that guarantee would mature on January 1, 2024. As described below, we adjust each of the guarantee amounts for Purchase Payments and withdrawals. If the Account Value on the maturity date is less than the guaranteed amount, we will contribute funds from our general account to bring your Account Value up to the guaranteed amount. If the maturity date is not a Valuation Day, then we would contribute such an amount on the next Valuation Day. We will allocate any such amount to each Sub-account (other than the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with this benefit and described below) in accordance with your most recent allocations instructions. Regardless of whether we need to contribute funds at the end of a guarantee period, we will at that time transfer all amounts held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the maturing guarantee to your other Sub-accounts on a pro rata basis, unless your Account Value is either (1) being allocated according to an asset allocation program or (2) at that time allocated entirely to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. If the former (i.e., an asset allocation program), your Account Value will be transferred according to the program. If the latter (i.e., an AST bond portfolio Sub-account), then your Account Value will be transferred to the Sub-accounts permitted with this benefit according to your most recent allocation instructions. Any addition or transferred amount may subsequently be re-allocated based on the predetermined mathematical formula described below. 67 We increase the amount of each guarantee that has not yet reached its maturity date, as well as the highest daily Account Value that we calculate to establish a guarantee, by the amount of each subsequent Purchase Payment made prior to the applicable maturity date. For example, if the effective date of the benefit was January 1, 2011, and there was an initial guaranteed amount that was set at $100,000 maturing January 1, 2021, and a second guaranteed amount that was set at $120,000 maturing January 1, 2022, then a $30,000 Purchase Payment made on March 30, 2012 would increase the guaranteed amounts to $130,000 and $150,000, respectively. If you make a withdrawal, we effect a proportional reduction to each existing guarantee amount. We calculate a proportional reduction by reducing each existing guarantee amount by the percentage represented by the ratio of the withdrawal amount to your Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal. If you make a withdrawal, we will deduct the withdrawal amount pro rata from each of your Sub-accounts (including the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with this benefit). EXAMPLE This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. It is intended to illustrate the proportional reduction of a withdrawal on each guarantee amount under this benefit. Assume the following: .. The Issue Date is December 1, 2010 .. The benefit is elected on December 1, 2010 .. The Account Value on December 1, 2010 is $200,000, which results in an initial guarantee of $200,000 .. An additional guarantee amount of $350,000 is locked in on December 1, 2011 .. The Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal is equal to $380,000 If a withdrawal of $50,000 is taken on December 15, 2011, all guarantee amounts will be reduced by the ratio the total withdrawal amount represents of the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal being taken. Here is the calculation (figures are rounded): .. Account Value before Withdrawal $380,000 .. Equals ratio 13.16% .. All guarantees will be reduced by the above (13.16%) .. Initial guarantee amount $173,680 .. Additional guarantee amount $303,940 Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value We limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account Value if you elect HD GRO II. For purposes of this benefit, we refer to those permitted investment options (other than the AST bond portfolio used with this benefit) as the "Permitted Sub-accounts". HD GRO II uses a predetermined mathematical formula to help manage your guarantees through all market cycles. The formula, and its manner of operation, is the same as that for GRO Plus II. Please see "Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value" in the GRO Plus II section of this prospectus for a discussion of the mathematical formula. Election/Cancellation of the Benefit HD GRO II can be elected on the Issue Date of your Annuity, or on any Valuation Day thereafter as long as the benefit is available, provided that your Account Value is allocated in a manner permitted with the benefit and you otherwise meet our eligibility requirements. You may elect HD GRO II only if the oldest of the Owner and Annuitant is 84 or younger on the date of election. If you currently participate in a living benefit that may be cancelled, you may terminate that benefit at any time and elect HD GRO II. However you will lose all guarantees that you had accumulated under the previous benefit. The initial guarantee under HD GRO II will be based on your current Account Value at the time the new benefit becomes effective on your Annuity. HD GRO II is not available if you participate in any other living benefit. However, HD GRO II may be elected together with any optional death benefit. HD GRO II will terminate automatically upon: (a) the death of the Owner or the Annuitant (in an entity owned contract), unless the Annuity is continued by the surviving spouse; (b) as of the date Account Value is applied to begin annuity payments; (c) as of the anniversary of benefit election that immediately precedes the contractually-mandated latest annuity date, or (d) upon full surrender of the Annuity. If you elect to terminate the benefit, HD GRO II will no longer provide any guarantees. The charge for the HD GRO II benefit will no longer be deducted from your Account Value upon termination of the benefit. 68 If you elect this benefit, and in connection with that election you are required to reallocate to different investment options permitted under this benefit, then on the Valuation Day on which we receive your request in Good Order, we will (i) sell units of the non-permitted investment options and (ii) invest the proceeds of those sales in the permitted investment options that you have designated. During this reallocation process, your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts will remain exposed to investment risk, as is the case generally. The protection afforded by the newly-elected benefit will not arise until the close of business on the following Valuation Day. If you wish, you may cancel the HD GRO II benefit. You may then elect any other currently available living benefit on any Valuation Day after you have cancelled the HD GRO II benefit, provided that your Account Value is allocated in the manner permitted with that new benefit and you otherwise meet our eligibility requirements. Upon cancellation of the HD GRO II benefit, any Account Value allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts used with the formula will be reallocated to the Permitted Sub-Accounts according to your most recent allocation instructions or, in absence of such instructions, pro rata (i.e., in direct proportion to your current allocations). Upon your re-election of HD GRO II, Account Value may be transferred between the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts and the other Sub-accounts according to the predetermined mathematical formula (see "Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value" section for more details). You also should be aware that upon cancellation of the HD GRO II benefit, you will lose all guarantees that you had accumulated under the benefit. Thus, the guarantees under your newly-elected benefit will be based on your current Account Value at the time the new benefit becomes effective. The benefit you elect or re-elect may be more expensive than the benefit you cancel. Special Considerations under HD GRO II This benefit is subject to certain rules and restrictions, including, but not limited to the following: .. Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must be allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. The Permitted Sub-accounts are those described in the Investment Option section. .. Transfers as dictated by the formula will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers allowable under the Annuity. .. Any amounts applied to your Account Value by us on a maturity date will not be treated as "investment in the contract" for income tax purposes. .. As the time remaining until the applicable maturity date gradually decreases, the benefit may become increasingly sensitive to moves to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. .. Only systematic withdrawal programs in which amounts withdrawn are being taken on a pro rata basis from your Annuity's Sub-accounts (i.e., in direct proportion to the proportion that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account Value) will be permitted if you participate in HD GRO II. Thus, you may not elect HD GRO II so long as you participate in a systematic withdrawal program in which withdrawals are not taken pro rata. Similarly, if you currently participate in HD GRO II, we will allow you to add a systematic withdrawal program only if withdrawals under the program are to be taken pro rata. Charges under the Benefit We deduct an annualized charge equal to 0.60% of the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts (including any AST bond portfolio Sub-account) for participation in the HD GRO II benefit. The annualized charge is deducted daily. The charge is deducted to compensate us for: (a) the risk that your Account Value on the maturity date is less than the amount guaranteed and (b) administration of the benefit. DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS TRIGGERS FOR PAYMENT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT The Annuity provides a Death Benefit prior to annuitization. If the Annuity is owned by one or more natural persons, the Death Benefit is payable upon the death of the Owner (or the first to die, if there are multiple Owners). If an Annuity is owned by an entity, the Death Benefit is payable upon the Annuitant's death if there is no Contingent Annuitant. Generally, if a Contingent Annuitant was designated before the Annuitant's death and the Annuitant dies, then the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant and a Death Benefit will not be paid upon the Annuitant's death. The person upon whose death the Death Benefit is paid is referred to below as the "decedent." Where an Annuity is structured so that it is owned by a grantor trust but the Annuitant is not the grantor, then the Annuity is required to terminate upon the death of the grantor if the grantor pre-deceases the Annuitant under Section 72(s) of the Code. Under this circumstance, the Surrender Value will be paid out to the trust and it is not eligible for the death benefit provided under the Annuity. We determine the amount of the Death Benefit as of the date we receive "Due Proof of Death". Due Proof of Death can be met only if each of the following is submitted to us in Good Order: (a) a death certificate or similar documentation acceptable to us (b) all representations we require or which are mandated by applicable law or regulation in relation to the death claim and the payment of death proceeds and (c) any applicable election of the method of payment of the death benefit by at least one Beneficiary (if not previously elected by the Owner). We must be made aware of the entire universe of eligible Beneficiaries in order for us to have received Due Proof of Death. Any given Beneficiary must submit the written information we require in order to be paid his/her share of the Death Benefit. 69 Once we have received Due Proof of Death, each eligible Beneficiary may take his/her portion of the Death Benefit in one of the forms described in this prospectus (e.g., distribution of the entire interest in the Annuity within 5 years after the date of death, or as periodic payments over a period not extending beyond the life or life expectancy of the Beneficiary). Each Beneficiary choosing to continue the Annuity may re-allocate Account Value among the other available Sub-accounts. After our receipt of Due Proof of Death, we automatically transfer any remaining Death Benefit to the AST Money Market Sub-account. However, between the date of death and the date that we transfer any remaining Death Benefit to the AST Money Market Sub-account, the amount of the Death Benefit could be subject to market fluctuations. If we receive Due Proof of Death more than one year after the date of death, we reserve the right to limit the Death Benefit to the Account Value on the date we receive Due Proof of Death (i.e., we would not pay the minimum Death Benefit or any Optional Death Benefit). We reserve the right to waive or extend the one year day period on a non-discriminatory basis. With respect to a Beneficiary Annuity, the Death Benefit is triggered by the death of the beneficial owner (or the Key Life, if entity-owned). However, if the Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity, the Owner is an entity, and the Key Life is already deceased, then no Death Benefit is payable upon the death of the beneficial owner. MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT The Annuity provides a minimum Death Benefit at no additional charge. The amount of the minimum Death Benefit is equal to the greater of: . The sum of all Purchase Payments you have made since the Issue Date of the Annuity until the date of Due Proof of Death, reduced proportionally by the ratio of the amount of any withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and . Your Account Value. OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT One optional Death Benefit is offered for purchase with your Annuity to provide an enhanced level of protection for your beneficiaries. The optional Death Benefit is called the Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit. This optional Death Benefit also is available if your Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity. Investment restrictions apply if you elect the optional Death Benefit. See the chart in the "Investment Options" section of the prospectus for a list of Investment Options available and permitted with the benefit. If subsequent to your election of the optional Death Benefit, we change our requirements as to how your Account Value must be allocated, we will not compel you to re-allocate your Account Value in accordance with our newly-adopted requirements. Key Terms Used with the Highest Anniversary Value Death: . The Death Benefit Target Date for the Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit initially is the later of (a) the anniversary of the Issue Date coinciding with or next following the date the oldest Owner (or Annuitant, if the Annuity is entity-owned) reaches age 80 and (b) the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity. If there is a change of Owner (or Annuitant, if the Annuity is entity-owned) prior to the Death Benefit Target Date, then we will set the Death Benefit Target Date with reference to the age of the oldest new Owner (or Annuitant). However, we will not change the Death Benefit Target Date if the change of Owner (or Annuitant, for an entity-owned Annuity) occurs after the previous Death Benefit Target Date. . The Highest Anniversary Value on the Issue Date is equal to your Account Value. Thereafter, we calculate a Highest Anniversary Value on each anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity ("Annuity Anniversary") up to and including the earlier of the date of death or attainment of the Death Benefit Target Date. On each such anniversary, the Anniversary Value is equal to the greater of (a) the previous Highest Anniversary Value and (b) the Account Value on each such Anniversary. Between such anniversaries, the Highest Anniversary Value is increased by the sum of all Purchase Payments since the prior anniversary date and reduced by any Proportional Withdrawals since the prior anniversary date. . Proportional Withdrawals are determined by calculating the ratio of the amount of the withdrawal to the Account Value as of the date of the withdrawal but immediately prior to the withdrawal. Proportional withdrawals result in a reduction to the Highest Anniversary Value by reducing such value in the same proportion as the Account Value was reduced by the withdrawal as of the date the withdrawal occurred. For example, if your Highest Anniversary Value is $125,000 and you subsequently withdraw $10,000 at a time when your Account Value is equal to $100,000 (a 10% reduction), then we will reduce your Highest Anniversary Value ($ 125,000) by 10%, or $12,500. 70 Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit ("HAV") If an Annuity has one Owner, the Owner must be age 79 or less at the time the Highest Anniversary Value Optional Death Benefit is elected. If an Annuity has joint Owners, the oldest Owner must be age 79 or less upon election. If an Annuity is owned by an entity, the Annuitant must be age 79 or less upon election. Calculation of Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit If the decedent's date of death occurs before the Death Benefit Target Date, the Death Benefit equals the greater of: 1. the greater of the minimum Death Benefit described above, and 2. the Highest Anniversary Value as of the date on which we receive Due Proof of Death. If the Owner dies on or after the Death Benefit Target Date, the Death Benefit equals the greater of: 1. the greater of the minimum Death Benefit described above, and, 2. the Highest Anniversary Value on the Death Benefit Target Date, plus any Purchase Payments since the Death Benefit Target Date, less the effect of any Proportional Withdrawals since the Death Benefit Target Date. This Death Benefit may not be an appropriate feature where the oldest Owner's age (Annuitant if entity owned) is near age 80. This is because the benefit may not have the same potential for growth as it otherwise would, since there will be fewer Annuity anniversaries before the Death Benefit Target Date is reached. The Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit may not be terminated by you once elected. This optional Death Benefit will terminate upon the first to occur of the following: . the date that the Death Benefit is determined, unless the Annuity is continued by a spouse Beneficiary; . upon your designation of a new Owner or Annuitant who, as of the effective date of the change, is older than the age at which we would then issue the Death Benefit (or if we do not then consent to continue the Death Benefit); . upon the Annuity Date; . upon surrender of the Annuity; or . if your Account Value reaches zero. Where an Annuity is structured so that it is owned by a grantor trust but the Annuitant is not the grantor, then the Annuity is required to be surrendered upon the death of the grantor if the grantor pre-deceases the Annuitant under Section 72(s) of the Code. Under this circumstance, the Account Value will be paid out to the Beneficiary and is not eligible for the Death Benefit provided under the Annuity. Upon termination, we cease to assess the fee for the optional Death Benefit. Is there a Death Benefit Suspension Period? If the decedent was not the Owner or Annuitant as of the Issue Date (or within 60 days thereafter) and did not become the Owner or Annuitant due to the prior Owner's or Annuitant's death, any Death Benefit (including any optional Death Benefit) that applies will be suspended for a two-year period as to that person from the date he or she first became Owner or Annuitant. While the two year suspension is in effect, the Death Benefit amount will equal the Account Value. Thus, if you had elected an Optional Death benefit, and the suspension was in effect, you would be paying the fee for the Optional Death Benefit even though during the suspension period your Death Benefit would be limited to the Account Value. After the two-year suspension period is completed the Death Benefit is the same as if the suspension period had not been in force. See the section of the prospectus above generally with regard to changes of Owner or Annuitant that are allowable. Spousal Continuation of Annuity Unless you designate a Beneficiary other than your spouse, upon the death of either spousal Owner, the surviving spouse may elect to continue ownership of the Annuity instead of taking the Death Benefit payment. The Account Value as of the date of Due Proof of Death will be equal to the Death Benefit that would have been payable. Any amount added to the Account Value will be allocated to the Sub-accounts (if you participate in an optional living benefit, such amount will not be directly added to any bond portfolio Sub-account used by the benefit, but may be reallocated by the pre-determined mathematical formula on the same day). Subsequent to spousal continuation, the minimum Death Benefit will be equal to the greater of: 71 . The Account Value on the effective date of the spousal continuance, plus all Purchase Payments you have made since the spousal continuance until the date of Due Proof of Death, reduced proportionally by the ratio of the amount of any withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and . The Account Value on Due Proof of Death of the assuming spouse. Spousal continuation is also permitted, subject to our rules and regulatory approval, if the Annuity is held by a custodial account established to hold retirement assets for the benefit of the natural person Annuitant pursuant to the provisions of Section 408(a) of the Code ("Custodial Account") and, on the date of the Annuitant's death, the spouse of the Annuitant is (1) the Contingent Annuitant under the Annuity and (2) the beneficiary of the Custodial Account. The ability to continue the Annuity in this manner will result in the Annuity no longer qualifying for tax deferral under the Code. However, such tax deferral should result from the ownership of the Annuity by the Custodial Account. Please consult your tax or legal adviser. Federal law only permits a spousal continuance to defer the distribution requirements of the Code to spouses recognized under federal law. Any Optional Death Benefit in effect at the time the first of the spouses dies will continue only if spousal assumption occurs prior to the Death Benefit Target Date and prior to the assuming spouse's 80th birthday. If spousal assumption occurs after the Death Benefit Target Date (or the 80th birthday of the assuming spouse), then any Optional Death Benefit will terminate as of the date of spousal assumption. In that event, the assuming spouse's Death Benefit will equal the basic Death Benefit. We allow a spouse to continue the Annuity even though he/she has reached or surpassed the Latest Annuity Date. However, upon such a spousal continuance, annuity payments would begin immediately. What is the charge for the optional Death Benefit? For elections of the Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit we impose a charge equal to 0.40% per year of the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. We deduct the charge for the benefit to compensate Pruco Life of New Jersey for providing increased insurance protection under the optional Death Benefits. The additional annualized charge is deducted daily against your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts. PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS Alternative Death Benefit Payment Options - Annuities owned by Individuals (not associated with Tax-Favored Plans) Except in the case of a spousal continuation as described above, upon your death, certain distributions must be made under the Annuity. The required distributions depend on whether you die before you start taking annuity payments under the Annuity or after you start taking annuity payments under the Annuity. If you die on or after the Annuity Date, the remaining portion of the interest in the Annuity must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of death. In the event of the decedent's death before the Annuity Date, the Death Benefit must be distributed: . within five (5) years of the date of death; or . as a series of payments not extending beyond the life expectancy of the beneficiary or over the life of the beneficiary. Payments under this option must begin within one year of the date of death. If the Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity, the payment of the Death Benefit must be distributed: . as a lump sum payment; or . as a series of required distributions under the Beneficiary Continuation Option as described below in the section entitled "Beneficiary Continuation Option,", unless you have made an election prior to Death Benefit proceeds becoming due Alternative Death Benefit Payment Options - Annuities Held by Tax-Favored Plans The Code provides for alternative death benefit payment options when an Annuity is used as an IRA, 403(b) or other "qualified investment" that requires minimum distributions. Upon your death under an IRA, 403(b) or other "qualified investment", the designated Beneficiary may generally elect to continue the Annuity and receive Required Minimum Distributions under the Annuity instead of receiving the Death Benefit in a single payment. The available payment options will depend on whether you die before the date Required Minimum Distributions under the Code were to begin, whether you have named a designated beneficiary and whether the Beneficiary is your surviving spouse. . If you die after a designated Beneficiary has been named, the death benefit must be distributed by December 31st of the year including the five year anniversary of the date of death, or as periodic payments not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary (provided such payments begin by December 31st of the year following the year of death). 72 However, if your surviving spouse is the Beneficiary, the death benefit can be paid out over the life expectancy of your spouse with such payments beginning no later than December 31st of the year following the year of death or December 31st of the year in which you would have reached age 70 1/2, whichever is later. Additionally, if the Death Benefit is payable to (or for the benefit of) your surviving spouse, that portion of the Annuity may be continued with your spouse as the owner. If your Beneficiary elects to receive full distribution by December 31st of the year including the five year anniversary of the date of death, 2009 shall not be included in the five year requirement period. This effectively extends this period to December 31st of the year including the six year anniversary date of death. . If you die before a designated Beneficiary is named and before the date Required Minimum Distributions must begin under the Code, the Death Benefit must be paid out by December 31st of the year including the five year anniversary of the date of death. For Annuities where multiple Beneficiaries have been named and at least one of the Beneficiaries does not qualify as a designated Beneficiary and the account has not been divided into separate accounts by December 31st of the year following the year of death, such Annuity is deemed to have no designated Beneficiary. For this distribution requirement also, 2009 shall not be included in the five year requirement period. . If you die before a designated Beneficiary is named and after the date Required Minimum Distributions must begin under the Code, the Death Benefit must be paid out at least as rapidly as under the method then in effect. For Annuities where multiple Beneficiaries have been named and at least one of the Beneficiaries does not qualify as a designated Beneficiary and the account has not been divided into separate accounts by December 31st of the year following the year of death, such Annuity is deemed to have no designated Beneficiary. A Beneficiary has the flexibility to take out more each year than mandated under the Required Minimum Distribution rules. Until withdrawn, amounts in an IRA, 403(b) or other "qualified investment" continue to be tax deferred. Amounts withdrawn each year, including amounts that are required to be withdrawn under the Required Minimum Distribution rules, are subject to tax. You may wish to consult a professional tax advisor for tax advice as to your particular situation. For a Roth IRA, if death occurs before the entire interest is distributed, the Death Benefit must be distributed under the same rules applied to IRAs where death occurs before the date Required Minimum Distributions must begin under the Code. The tax consequences to the Beneficiary may vary among the different Death Benefit payment options. See the Tax Considerations section of this prospectus, and consult your tax advisor. Beneficiary Continuation Option Instead of receiving the Death Benefit in a single payment, or under an Annuity Option, a Beneficiary may take the Death Benefit under an alternative Death Benefit payment option, as provided by the Code and described above under the sections entitled "Payment of Death Benefits" and "Alternative Death Benefit Payment Options - Annuities Held by Tax-Favored Plans." This "Beneficiary Continuation Option" is described below and is available for both qualified Annuities (i.e. annuities sold to an IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA, or 403(b)), Beneficiary Annuities and non-qualified Annuities. This option is different from the "Beneficiary Annuity because the Beneficiary Continuation Option is a death benefit payout option used explicitly for annuities issued by a Prudential affiliate. Under the Beneficiary Continuation Option: . The Beneficiary must apply at least $15,000 to the Beneficiary Continuation Option (thus, the Death Benefit amount payable to each beneficiary must be at least $15,000). . The Annuity will be continued in the Owner's name, for the benefit of the Beneficiary. . Beginning on the date we receive an election by the Beneficiary to take the Death Benefit in a form other than a lump sum, the Beneficiary will incur a Settlement Service Charge which is an annual charge assessed on a daily basis against the average assets allocated to the Sub-accounts. The charge is 1.00% per year. . Beginning on the date we receive an election by the Beneficiary to take the Death Benefit in a form other than a lump sum, the Beneficiary will incur an annual maintenance fee equal to the lesser of $30 or 2% of Account Value. The fee will only apply if the Account Value is less than $25,000 at the time the fee is assessed. The fee will not apply if it is assessed 30 days prior to a surrender request. . The initial Account Value will be equal to any Death Benefit (including any optional Death Benefit) that would have been payable to the Beneficiary if the Beneficiary had taken a lump sum distribution. . The available Sub-accounts will be among those available to the Owner at the time of death, however certain Sub-Accounts may not be available. . The Beneficiary may request transfers among Sub-accounts, subject to the same limitations and restrictions that applied to the Owner. Transfers in excess of 20 per year will incur a $10 transfer fee. . No additional Purchase Payments can be applied to the Annuity. Multiple death benefits cannot be combined in a single Beneficiary Continuation Option. 73 . The basic Death Benefit and any optional benefits elected by the Owner will no longer apply to the Beneficiary. . The Beneficiary can request a withdrawal of all or a portion of the Account Value at any time, unless the Beneficiary Continuation Option was the payout predetermined by the Owner and the Owner restricted the Beneficiary's withdrawal rights. . Upon the death of the Beneficiary, any remaining Account Value will be paid in a lump sum to the person(s) named by the Beneficiary (successor), unless the successor chooses to continue receiving payments through a Beneficiary Continuation Option established for the successor. However, the distributions will continue to be based on the Key Life of the Beneficiary Continuation Option the successor received the death benefit proceeds from. We may pay compensation to the broker-dealer of record on the Annuity based on amounts held in the Beneficiary Continuation Option. Please contact us for additional information on the availability, restrictions and limitations that will apply to a Beneficiary under the Beneficiary Continuation Option. VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT VALUING THE SUB-ACCOUNTS When you allocate Account Value to a Sub-account, you are purchasing units of the Sub-account. Each Sub-account invests exclusively in shares of an underlying Portfolio. The value of the Units fluctuates with the market fluctuations of the Portfolios. The value of the Units also reflects the daily accrual for the Insurance Charge, and if you elected one or more optional benefits whose annualized charge is deducted daily, the additional charge for such benefits. Each Valuation Day, we determine the price for a Unit of each Sub-account, called the "Unit Price." The Unit Price is used for determining the value of transactions involving Units of the Sub-accounts. We determine the number of Units involved in any transaction by dividing the dollar value of the transaction by the Unit Price of the Sub-account as of the Valuation Day. There may be several different Unit Prices for each Sub-account to reflect the Insurance Charge and the charges for any optional benefits. The Unit Price for the Units you purchase will be based on the total charges for the benefits that apply to your Annuity. See the section below entitled "Termination of Optional Benefits" for a detailed discussion of how Units are purchased and redeemed to reflect changes in the daily charges that apply to your Annuity. Example Assume you allocate $5,000 to a Sub-account. On the Valuation Day you make the allocation, the Unit Price is $14.83. Your $5,000 buys 337.154 Units of the Sub-account. Assume that later, you wish to transfer $3,000 of your Account Value out of that Sub-account and into another Sub-account. On the Valuation Day you request the transfer, the Unit Price of the original Sub-account has increased to $16.79 and the Unit Price of the new Sub-account is $17.83. To transfer $3,000, we sell 178.677 Units at the current Unit Price, leaving you 158.477 Units. We then buy $3,000 of Units of the new Sub-account at the Unit Price of $17.83. You would then have 168.255 Units of the new Sub-account. PROCESSING AND VALUING TRANSACTIONS Pruco Life of New Jersey is generally open to process financial transactions on those days that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for trading. There may be circumstances where the NYSE does not open on a regularly scheduled date or time or closes at an earlier time than scheduled (normally 4:00 p.m. EST). Generally, financial transactions requested before the close of the NYSE which meet our requirements will be processed according to the value next determined following the close of business. Financial transactions requested on a non-business day or after the close of the NYSE will be processed based on the value next computed on the next Valuation Day. There may be circumstances when the opening or closing time of the NYSE is different than other major stock exchanges, such as NASDAQ or the American Stock Exchange. Under such circumstances, the closing time of the NYSE will be used when valuing and processing transactions. There may be circumstances where the NYSE is open, however, due to inclement weather, natural disaster or other circumstances beyond our control, our offices may be closed or our business processing capabilities may be restricted. Under those circumstances, your Account Value may fluctuate based on changes in the Unit Values, but you may not be able to transfer Account Value, or make a purchase or redemption request. The NYSE is closed on the following nationally recognized holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas. On those dates, we will not process any financial transactions involving purchase or redemption orders. Pruco Life of New Jersey will also not process financial transactions involving purchase or redemption orders or transfers on any day that: . trading on the NYSE is restricted; . an emergency, as determined by the SEC, exists making redemption or valuation of securities held in the separate account impractical; or . the SEC, by order, permits the suspension or postponement for the protection of security holders. 74 We have arrangements with certain selling firms, under which receipt by the firm in good order prior to our cut-off time on a given Valuation Day is treated as receipt by us on that Valuation Day for pricing purposes. Currently, we have such an arrangement with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. ("CGM"). We extend this pricing treatment to orders that you submit directly through CGM and to certain orders submitted through Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC ("MSSB") where CGM serves as clearing firm for MSSB. Your MSSB registered representative can tell you whether your order will be cleared through CGM. In addition, we currently have an arrangement with Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc. ("Merrill Lynch") under which transfer orders between Sub-accounts that are received in good order by Merrill Lynch prior to the NYSE close on a given Valuation Day will be priced by us as of that Valuation Day. The arrangements with CGM, MSSB, and Merrill Lynch may be terminated or modified in certain circumstances. Initial Purchase Payments: We are required to allocate your initial Purchase Payment to the Sub-accounts within two (2) Valuation Days after we receive all of our requirements at our office to issue an Annuity. If we do not have all the required information to allow us to issue your Annuity, we may retain the Purchase Payment while we try to reach you or your representative to obtain all of our requirements. If we are unable to obtain all of our required information within five (5) Valuation Days, we are required to return the Purchase Payment to you at that time, unless you specifically consent to our retaining the Purchase Payment while we gather the required information. Once we obtain the required information, we will invest the Purchase Payment and issue an Annuity within two (2) Valuation Days. With respect to both your initial Purchase Payment and any subsequent Purchase Payment that is pending investment in our separate account, we may hold the amount temporarily in our general account and may earn interest on such amount. You will not be credited with interest during that period. Additional Purchase Payments: We will apply any additional Purchase Payments on the Valuation Day that we receive the Purchase Payment at our Service Office in Good Order. Scheduled Transactions: Scheduled transactions include transfers under Dollar Cost Averaging, the Asset Allocation Program, Auto-Rebalancing, Systematic Withdrawals, Systematic Investments, required Minimum Distributions, substantially equal periodic payments under section 72(t)/72(q) of the Code, and annuity payments. Scheduled transactions are processed and valued as of the date they are scheduled, unless the scheduled day is not a Valuation Day. In that case, the transaction will be processed and valued on the next Valuation Day, unless (with respect to required Minimum Distributions, substantially equal periodic payments under Section 72(t)/72(q) of the Code, and annuity payments only), the next Valuation Day falls in the subsequent calendar year, in which case the transaction will be processed and valued on the prior Valuation Day. Unscheduled Transactions: "Unscheduled" transactions include any other non-scheduled transfers and requests for Partial Withdrawals or Free Withdrawals or Surrenders. With respect to certain written requests to withdraw Account Value, we may seek to verify the requesting Owner's signature. Specifically, we reserve the right to perform a signature verification for (a) any withdrawal exceeding a certain dollar amount and (b) a withdrawal exceeding a certain dollar amount if the payee is someone other than the Owner. In addition, we will not honor a withdrawal request in which the requested payee is the Financial Professional or agent of record. We reserve the right to request a signature guarantee with respect to a written withdrawal request. If we do perform a signature verification, we will pay the withdrawal proceeds within 7 days after the withdrawal request was received by us in Good Order, and will process the transaction in accordance with the discussion in "Processing And Valuing Transactions" Death Benefits: Death Benefit claims require our review and evaluation before processing. We price such transactions as of the date we receive at our Service Office in Good Order all supporting documentation we require for such transactions. We are generally required by law to pay any death benefit claims from the Separate Account within 7 days of our receipt of your request in Good Order. Transactions in Profund VP Sub-accounts: Generally, purchase or redemption orders or transfer requests must be received by us by no later than the close of the NYSE to be processed on the current Valuation Day. However, any transfer request involving the ProFund VP Sub-accounts must be received by us no later than one hour prior to any announced closing of the applicable securities exchange (generally, 3:00 p.m. Eastern time) to be processed on the current Valuation Day. The "cut-off" time for such financial transactions involving a ProFund VP Sub-account will be extended to 1/2 hour prior to any announced closing (generally, 3:30 p.m. Eastern time) for transactions submitted electronically through Prudential Annuities' Internet website (www.prudentialannuities.com). You cannot request a transaction involving the transfer of units in one of the ProFund VP Sub-accounts between the applicable "cut-off" time and 4:00 p.m. Transactions received after 4:00 p.m. will be treated as received by us on the next Valuation Day. 75 Termination of Optional Benefits: If any optional benefit terminates, we will no longer deduct the charge we apply to purchase the optional benefit. Certain optional benefits may be added after you have purchased your Annuity. On the date a charge no longer applies or a charge for an optional benefit begins to be deducted, your Annuity will become subject to a different charge. 76 TAX CONSIDERATIONS The tax considerations associated with an Annuity vary depending on whether the contract is (i) owned by an individual or non-natural person, and not associated with a tax-favored retirement plan, or (ii) held under a tax-favored retirement plan. We discuss the tax considerations for these categories of contracts below. The discussion is general in nature and describes only federal income tax law (not state or other tax laws). It is based on current law and interpretations, which may change. The information provided is not intended as tax advice. You should consult with a qualified tax advisor for complete information and advice. References to Purchase Payments below relate to your cost basis in your contract. Generally, your cost basis in a contract not associated with a tax-favored retirement plan is the amount you pay into your contract, or into annuities exchanged for your contract, on an after-tax basis less any withdrawals of such payments. Cost basis for a tax-favored retirement plan is provided only in limited circumstances, such as for contributions to a Roth IRA or nondeductible IRA contributions. The discussion includes a description of certain spousal rights under the contract, and our administration of such spousal rights and related tax reporting accords with our understanding of the Defense of Marriage Act (which defines a "marriage" as a legal union between a man and a woman and a "spouse" as a person of the opposite sex). Depending on the state in which your annuity is issued, we may offer certain spousal benefits to civil union couples or same-sex marriages. You should be aware, however, that federal tax law does not recognize civil unions or same-sex marriages. Therefore, we cannot permit a civil union partner or same-sex spouse to continue the annuity upon the death of the first partner within the meaning of the federal tax law. This limits the benefits afforded a civil union partner or same-sex spouse under the annuity's "spousal continuance" provision. Civil union couples and same-sex marriage spouses should consider that limitation before selecting a spousal benefit under the annuity. The discussion below generally assumes that the Annuity Contract is issued to the Contract Owner. For Annuity Contracts issued under the Beneficiary Continuation Option or as a Beneficiary Annuity, refer to the Taxes Payable by Beneficiaries for Nonqualified Annuity Contracts and Required Distributions Upon Your Death for Qualified Annuity Contracts in this Tax Considerations section. NONQUALIFIED ANNUITY CONTRACTS In general, as used in this prospectus, a Nonqualified Annuity is owned by an individual or non-natural person and is not associated with a tax-favored retirement plan. Taxes Payable by You We believe the Annuity is an annuity contract for tax purposes. Accordingly, as a general rule, you should not pay any tax until you receive money under the contract. Generally, annuity contracts issued by the same company (and affiliates) to you during the same calendar year must be treated as one annuity contract for purposes of determining the amount subject to tax under the rules described below. Charges for investment advisory fees that are taken from the contract are treated as a partial withdrawal from the contract and will be reported as such to the contract owner. It is possible that the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) would assert that some or all of the charges for the optional benefits under the contract should be treated for federal income tax purposes as a partial withdrawal from the contract. If this were the case, the charge for this benefit could be deemed a withdrawal and treated as taxable to the extent there are earnings in the contract. Additionally, for owners under age 59 1/2, the taxable income attributable to the charge for the benefit could be subject to a tax penalty. If the IRS determines that the charges for one or more benefits under the contract are taxable withdrawals, then the sole or surviving owner will be provided with a notice from us describing available alternatives regarding these benefits. You must commence annuity payments no later than the first day of the calendar month next following the maximum Annuity date for your Contract. For some of our contracts, you are able to choose to defer the Annuity Date beyond the default Annuity date described in your Contract. However, the IRS may not then consider your contract to be an annuity under the tax law. Taxes on Withdrawals and Surrender If you make a withdrawal from your contract or surrender it before annuity payments begin, the amount you receive will be taxed as ordinary income, rather than as return of Purchase Payments, until all gain has been withdrawn. Once all gain has been withdrawn, payments will be treated as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments until all Purchase Payments have been returned. After all Purchase Payments are returned, all subsequent amounts will be taxed as ordinary income. You will generally be taxed on any withdrawals from the contract while you are alive even if the withdrawal is paid to someone else. Withdrawals under any of the optional living benefits or as a systematic payment are taxed under these rules. If you assign or pledge all or part of your contract as collateral for a loan, the part assigned generally will be treated as a withdrawal. If you transfer your contract for less than full consideration, such as by gift, you will also trigger tax on any gain in the contract. This rule does not apply if you transfer the contract to your spouse or under most circumstances if you transfer the contract incident to divorce. If you choose to receive payments under an interest payment option, or a beneficiary chooses to receive a death benefit under an interest payment option, that election will be treated, for tax purposes, as surrendering your Annuity and will immediately subject any gain in the contract to income tax. Taxes on Annuity Payments A portion of each annuity payment you receive will be treated as a partial return of your Purchase Payments and will not be taxed. The remaining portion will be taxed as ordinary income. Generally, the nontaxable portion is determined 77 by multiplying the annuity payment you receive by a fraction, the numerator of which is your Purchase Payments (less any amounts previously received tax-free) and the denominator of which is the total expected payments under the contract. After the full amount of your Purchase Payments have been recovered tax-free, the full amount of the annuity payments will be taxable. If annuity payments stop due to the death of the annuitant before the full amount of your Purchase Payments have been recovered, a tax deduction may be allowed for the unrecovered amount. Please refer to your Annuity contract for the maximum Annuity Date. Tax Penalty for Early Withdrawal from a Nonqualified Annuity Contract You may owe a 10% tax penalty on the taxable part of distributions received from your Nonqualified Annuity contract before you attain age 59 1/2. Amounts are not subject to this tax penalty if: . the amount is paid on or after you reach age 59 1/2 or die; . the amount received is attributable to your becoming disabled; . generally the amount paid or received is in the form of substantially equal payments not less frequently than annually (please note that substantially equal payments must continue until the later of reaching age 59 1/2 or 5 years and modification of payments during that time period will result in retroactive application of the 10% tax penalty); or . the amount received is paid under an immediate annuity contract (in which annuity payments begin within one year of purchase). Other exceptions to this tax may apply. You should consult your tax advisor for further details. Special Rules in Relation to Tax-free Exchanges Under Section 1035 Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), permits certain tax-free exchanges of a life insurance, annuity or endowment contract for an annuity, including tax-free exchanges of annuity death benefits for a Beneficiary Annuity. Partial surrenders may be treated in the same way as tax-free 1035 exchanges of entire contracts, therefore avoiding current taxation of any gains in the contract as well as the 10% tax penalty on pre-age 59 1/2 withdrawals. In Revenue Procedure 2008-24, the IRS has indicated that where there is a surrender or distribution from either the initial annuity contract or receiving annuity contract within 12 months of the date on which the partial exchange was completed, the transfer will retroactively be treated as a taxable distribution from the initial annuity contract and a contribution to the receiving annuity contract. Tax free exchange treatment will be retained if the subsequent surrender or distribution would be eligible for an exception to the 10% federal income tax penalty, other than the exceptions for substantially equal periodic payments or distributions under an immediate annuity. It is unclear how the IRS will treat a partial exchange from a life insurance, endowment, or annuity contract into an immediate annuity. As of the date of this prospectus, we will accept a partial 1035 exchange from a non-qualified annuity into an immediate annuity as a "tax-free" exchange for future tax reporting purposes, except to the extent that we, as a reporting and withholding agent, believe that we would be expected to deem the transaction to be abusive. However, some insurance companies may not recognize these partial surrenders as tax-free exchanges and may report them as taxable distributions to the extent of any gain distributed as well as subjecting the taxable portion of the distribution to the 10% tax penalty. We strongly urge you to discuss any transaction of this type with your tax advisor before proceeding with the transaction. If an Annuity is purchased through a tax-free exchange of a life insurance, annuity or endowment contract that was purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any Purchase Payments made to the original contract prior to August 14, 1982 will be treated as made to the new contract prior to that date. Generally, such pre-August 14, 1982 withdrawals are treated as a recovery of your investment in the contract first until Purchase Payments made before August 14, 1982 are withdrawn. Moreover, any income allocable to Purchase Payments made before August 14, 1982, is not subject to the 10% tax penalty. Taxes Payable by Beneficiaries The Death Benefit options are subject to income tax to the extent the distribution exceeds the cost basis in the contract. The value of the Death Benefit, as determined under federal law, is also included in the owner's estate. Generally, the same tax rules described above would also apply to amounts received by your beneficiary. Choosing any option other than a lump sum Death Benefit may defer taxes. Certain minimum distribution requirements apply upon your death, as discussed further below in the Annuity Qualification section. Tax consequences to the beneficiary vary depending upon the Death Benefit payment option selected. Generally, for payment of the Death Benefit . As a lump sum payment: the beneficiary is taxed on gain in the contract. . Within 5 years of death of owner: the beneficiary is taxed as amounts are withdrawn (in this case gain is treated as being distributed first). . Under an annuity or annuity settlement option with distribution beginning within one year of the date of death of the owner: the beneficiary is taxed on each payment (part will be treated as gain and part as return of Purchase Payments). 78 Considerations for Contingent Annuitants: We may allow the naming of a contingent annuitant when a Nonqualified Annuity contract is held by a pension plan or a tax favored retirement plan. In such a situation, the Annuity may no longer qualify for tax deferral where the Annuity contract continues after the death of the Annuitant. Reporting and Withholding on Distributions Taxable amounts distributed from an Annuity are subject to federal and state income tax reporting and withholding. In general, we will withhold federal income tax from the taxable portion of such distribution based on the type of distribution. In the case of an annuity or similar periodic payment, we will withhold as if you are a married individual with three (3) exemptions unless you designate a different withholding status. If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is provided, we will automatically withhold using single with zero exemptions as the default. In the case of all other distributions, we will withhold at a 10% rate. You may generally elect not to have tax withheld from your payments. An election out of withholding must be made on forms that we provide. State income tax withholding rules vary and we will withhold based on the rules of your State of residence. Special tax rules apply to withholding for nonresident aliens, and we generally withhold income tax for nonresident aliens at a 30% rate. A different withholding rate may be applicable to a nonresident alien based on the terms of an existing income tax treaty between the United States and the nonresident alien's country. Please refer to the discussion below regarding withholding rules for a Qualified Annuity. Regardless of the amount withheld by us, you are liable for payment of federal and state income tax on the taxable portion of annuity distributions. You should consult with your tax advisor regarding the payment of the correct amount of these income taxes and potential liability if you fail to pay such taxes. Entity Owners Where a contract is held by a non-natural person (e.g. a corporation), other than as an agent or nominee for a natural person (or in other limited circumstances), the contract will not be taxed as an annuity and increases in the value of the contract over its cost basis will be subject to tax annually. Where a contract is issued to a trust, and such trust is characterized as a grantor trust under the Internal Revenue Code, such contract shall not be considered to be held by a non-natural person and will generally be subject to the tax reporting and withholding requirements for a Nonqualified Annuity. Where a contract is structured so that it is owned by a grantor trust but the annuitant is not the grantor, then the contract is required to terminate upon the death of the grantor if the grantor pre-deceases the annuitant under Section 72(s) of the Code. Under this circumstance, the contract value will be paid out to the beneficiary and it is not eligible for the death benefit provided under the contract. Annuity Qualification Diversification And Investor Control. In order to qualify for the tax rules applicable to annuity contracts described above, the assets underlying the Sub-accounts of an Annuity must be diversified, according to certain rules under the Internal Revenue Code. Each portfolio is required to diversify its investments each quarter so that no more than 55% of the value of its assets is represented by any one investment, no more than 70% is represented by any two investments, no more than 80% is represented by any three investments, and no more than 90% is represented by any four investments. Generally, securities of a single issuer are treated as one investment and obligations of each U.S. Government agency and instrumentality (such as the Government National Mortgage Association) are treated as issued by separate issuers. In addition, any security issued, guaranteed or insured (to the extent so guaranteed or insured) by the United States or an instrumentality of the U.S. will be treated as a security issued by the U.S. Government or its instrumentality, where applicable. We believe the Portfolios underlying the variable investment options of the Annuity meet these diversification requirements. An additional requirement for qualification for the tax treatment described above is that we, and not you as the contract owner, must have sufficient control over the underlying assets to be treated as the owner of the underlying assets for tax purposes. While we also believe these investor control rules will be met, the Treasury Department may promulgate guidelines under which a variable annuity will not be treated as an annuity for tax purposes if persons with ownership rights have excessive control over the investments underlying such variable annuity. It is unclear whether such guidelines, if in fact promulgated, would have retroactive effect. It is also unclear what effect, if any, such guidelines might have on transfers between the investment options offered pursuant to this prospectus. We reserve the right to take any action, including modifications to your Annuity or the investment options, required to comply with such guidelines if promulgated. Any such changes will apply uniformly to affected owners and will be made with such notice to affected owners as is feasible under the circumstances. Required Distributions Upon Your Death for Nonqualified Annuity Contracts. Upon your death, certain distributions must be made under the contract. The required distributions depend on whether you die before you start taking annuity payments under the contract or after you start taking annuity payments under the contract. If you die on or after the Annuity Date, the remaining portion of the interest in the contract must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of death. If you die before the Annuity Date, the entire interest in the contract must be distributed within 5 years after the date of death, or as periodic payments over 79 a period not extending beyond the life or life expectancy of the designated beneficiary (provided such payments begin within one year of your death). Your designated beneficiary is the person to whom benefit rights under the contract pass by reason of death, and must be a natural person in order to elect a periodic payment option based on life expectancy or a period exceeding five years. Additionally, if the Annuity is payable to (or for the benefit of) your surviving spouse, that portion of the contract may be continued with your spouse as the owner. For Nonqualified annuity contracts owned by a non-natural person, the required distribution rules apply upon the death of the annuitant. This means that for a contract held by a non-natural person (such as a trust) for which there is named a co-annuitant, then such required distributions will be triggered by the death of the first co-annuitants to die. Changes In Your Annuity. We reserve the right to make any changes we deem necessary to assure that your Annuity qualifies as an annuity contract for tax purposes. Any such changes will apply to all contract owners and you will be given notice to the extent feasible under the circumstances. Qualified Annuity Contracts In general, as used in this prospectus, a Qualified Annuity is an Annuity contract with applicable endorsements for a tax-favored plan or a Nonqualified Annuity contract held by a tax-favored retirement plan. The following is a general discussion of the tax considerations for Qualified Annuity contracts. This Annuity may or may not be available for all types of the tax-favored retirement plans discussed below. This discussion assumes that you have satisfied the eligibility requirements for any tax-favored retirement plan. Please consult your Financial Professional prior to purchase to confirm if this contract is available for a particular type of tax-favored retirement plan or whether we will accept the type of contribution you intend for this contract. A Qualified annuity may typically be purchased for use in connection with: .. Individual retirement accounts and annuities (IRAs), including inherited IRAs (which we refer to as a Beneficiary IRA), which are subject to Sections 408(a) and 408(b) of the Code; .. Roth IRAs, including inherited Roth IRAs (which we refer to as a Beneficiary Roth IRA) under Section 408A of the Code; .. A corporate Pension or Profit-sharing plan (subject to 401(a) of the Code); .. H.R. 10 plans (also known as Keogh Plans, subject to 401(a) of the Code) .. Tax Sheltered Annuities (subject to 403(b) of the Code, also known as Tax Deferred Annuities or TDAs); .. Section 457 plans (subject to 457 of the Code). A Nonqualified annuity may also be purchased by a 401(a) trust or custodial IRA or Roth IRA account, or a Section 457 plan, which can hold other permissible assets. The terms and administration of the trust or custodial account or plan in accordance with the laws and regulations for 401(a) plans, IRAs or Roth IRAs, or a Section 457 plan, as applicable, are the responsibility of the applicable trustee or custodian. You should be aware that tax favored plans such as IRAs generally provide income tax deferral regardless of whether they invest in annuity contracts. This means that when a tax favored plan invests in an annuity contract, it generally does not result in any additional tax benefits (such as income tax deferral and income tax free transfers). Types of Tax-favored Plans IRAs. If you buy an Annuity for use as an IRA, we will provide you a copy of the prospectus and contract. The "IRA Disclosure Statement" and "Roth IRA Disclosure Statement" which accompany the prospectus contain information about eligibility, contribution limits, tax particulars, and other IRA information. In addition to this information (some of which is summarized below), the IRS requires that you have a "free look" after making an initial contribution to the contract. During this time, you can cancel the Annuity by notifying us in writing, and we will refund all of the Purchase Payments under the Annuity (or, if provided by applicable state law, the amount credited under the Annuity, if greater), less any applicable federal and state income tax withholding. Contributions Limits/Rollovers. Subject to the minimum Purchase Payment requirements of an Annuity, you may purchase an Annuity for an IRA in connection with a "rollover" of amounts from a qualified retirement plan, as a transfer from another IRA, by making a single contribution consisting of your IRA contributions and catch-up contributions, if applicable, attributable to the prior year and the current year during the period from January 1 to April 15, or as a current year contribution. In 2009 the contribution limit is $5,000. The contribution amount is indexed for inflation. The tax law also provides for a catch-up provision for individuals who are age 50 and above, allowing these individuals an additional $1,000 contribution each year. The catch-up amount is not indexed for inflation. The "rollover" rules under the Code are fairly technical; however, an individual (or his or her surviving spouse) may generally "roll over" certain distributions from tax favored retirement plans (either directly or within 60 days from the date of these distributions) if he or she meets the requirements for distribution. Once you buy an Annuity, you can make regular IRA contributions under the Annuity (to the 80 extent permitted by law). However, if you make such regular IRA contributions, you should note that you will not be able to treat the contract as a "conduit IRA," which means that you will not retain possible favorable tax treatment if you subsequently "roll over" the contract funds originally derived from a qualified retirement plan or TDA into another Section 401(a) plan or TDA. In some circumstances, non-spouse beneficiaries may directly roll over to an IRA amounts due from qualified plans, 403(b) plans, and governmental 457(b) plans. The rollover rules applicable to non-spouse beneficiaries under the Code are more restrictive than the rollover rules applicable to owner/participants and spouse beneficiaries. Generally, non-spouse beneficiaries may roll over distributions from tax favored retirement plans only as a direct rollover, and if permitted by the plan. Under the Worker, Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, employer retirement plans are required to permit non-spouse beneficiaries to roll over funds to an inherited IRA for plan years beginning after December 31, 2009. An inherited IRA must be directly rolled over from the employer plan or IRA and must be titled in the name of the deceased (i.e., John Doe deceased for the benefit of Jane Doe). No additional contributions can be made to an inherited IRA. In this prospectus, an inherited IRA is also referred to as a Beneficiary Annuity. Required Provisions. Contracts that are IRAs (or endorsements that are part of the contract) must contain certain provisions: .. You, as owner of the contract, must be the "annuitant" under the contract (except in certain cases involving the division of property under a decree of divorce); .. Your rights as owner are non-forfeitable; .. You cannot sell, assign or pledge the contract; .. The annual contribution you pay cannot be greater than the maximum amount allowed by law, including catch-up contributions if applicable (which does not include any rollover amounts); .. The date on which required minimum distributions must begin cannot be later than April 1st of the calendar year after the calendar year you turn age 70 1/2; and .. Death and annuity payments must meet "required minimum distribution" rules described below. Usually, the full amount of any distribution from an IRA (including a distribution from this contract) which is not a rollover is taxable. As taxable income, these distributions are subject to the general tax withholding rules described earlier regarding a Nonqualified Annuity. In addition to this normal tax liability, you may also be liable for the following, depending on your actions: .. A 10% early withdrawal penalty described below; .. Liability for "prohibited transactions" if you, for example, borrow against the value of an IRA; or .. Failure to take a required minimum distribution, also described below. SEPs. SEPs are a variation on a standard IRA, and contracts issued to a SEP must satisfy the same general requirements described under IRAs (above). There are, however, some differences: .. If you participate in a SEP, you generally do not include in income any employer contributions made to the SEP on your behalf up to the lesser of (a) $49,000 in 2009 ($46,000 in 2008) or (b) 25% of your taxable compensation paid by the contributing employer (not including the employer's SEP contribution as compensation for these purposes). However, for these purposes, compensation in excess of certain limits established by the IRS will not be considered. In 2009, this limit is $245,000 ($230,000 for 2008); .. SEPs must satisfy certain participation and nondiscrimination requirements not generally applicable to IRAs; and .. SEPs that contain a salary reduction or "SARSEP" provision prior to 1997 may permit salary deferrals up to $16,500 in 2009 with the employer making these contributions to the SEP. However, no new "salary reduction" or "SARSEPs" can be established after 1996. Individuals participating in a SARSEP who are age 50 or above by the end of the year will be permitted to contribute an additional $5,500 in 2009. These amounts are indexed for inflation. These Annuities are not available for SARSEPs. You will also be provided the same information, and have the same "free look" period, as you would have if you purchased the contract for a standard IRA. ROTH IRAs. The "Roth IRA Disclosure Statement" contains information about eligibility, contribution limits, tax particulars and other Roth IRA information. Like standard IRAs, income within a Roth IRA accumulates tax-free, and contributions are subject to specific limits. Roth IRAs have, however, the following differences: .. Contributions to a Roth IRA cannot be deducted from your gross income; .. "Qualified distributions" from a Roth IRA are excludable from gross income. A "qualified distribution" is a distribution that satisfies two requirements: (1) the distribution must be made (a) after the owner of the IRA attains age 59 1/2; (b) after the owner's death; (c) due to the owner's disability; or (d) for a qualified first time homebuyer distribution within the meaning of Section 72(t)(2)(F) of the Code; and (2) the distribution must be made in the year that is at least five tax years after the first year for which a contribution was made to any Roth IRA established for the owner or five years after a rollover, transfer, or conversion was made from a traditional IRA 81 to a Roth IRA. Distributions from a Roth IRA that are not qualified distributions will be treated as made first from contributions and then from earnings and earnings will be taxed generally in the same manner as distributions from a traditional IRA. .. If eligible (including meeting income limitations and earnings requirements), you may make contributions to a Roth IRA after attaining age 70 1/2, and distributions are not required to begin upon attaining such age or at any time thereafter. Subject to the minimum Purchase Payment requirements of an Annuity, if you meet certain income limitations you may purchase an Annuity for a Roth IRA in connection with a "rollover" of amounts of another traditional IRA, conduit IRA, SEP, SIMPLE-IRA or Roth IRA by making a single contribution consisting of your Roth IRA contributions and catch-up contributions, if applicable, attributable to the prior year and the current year during the period from January 1 to April 15 of the current year, or with a current contribution. The Code permits persons who meet certain income limitations (generally, adjusted gross income under $100,000) who are not married filing a separate return and who receive certain qualifying distributions from such non-Roth IRAs, to directly rollover or make, within 60 days, a "rollover" of all or any part of the amount of such distribution to a Roth IRA which they establish. Beginning January 2008, an individual receiving an eligible rollover distribution from an employer sponsored retirement plan under sections 401(a) or 403(b) of the Code can directly roll over contributions to a Roth IRA, subject to the same income limits. This conversion triggers current taxation (but is not subject to a 10% early distribution penalty). Once an Annuity has been purchased, regular Roth IRA contributions will be accepted to the extent permitted by law. In addition, an individual receiving an eligible rollover distribution from a designated Roth account under an employer plan may roll over the distribution to a Roth IRA even if the individual is not eligible to make regular contributions to a Roth IRA. Until 2010, participants with an adjusted gross income greater than $100,000 are not permitted to roll over funds from an employer plan , other than a Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b) distribution, to a Roth IRA. Non-spouse beneficiaries receiving a distribution from an employer sponsored retirement plan under sections 401(a) or 403(b) of the Code can also directly roll over contributions to a Roth IRA, subject to the same income limits. However, it is our understanding of the Code that non-spouse beneficiaries cannot "rollover" benefits from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. TDAs. You may own a Tax Deferred Annuity (also known as a TDA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (TSA), 403(b) plan or 403(b) annuity) generally if you are an employee of a tax-exempt organization (as defined under Code Section 501(c)(3)) or a public educational organization, and you may make contributions to a TDA so long as your employer maintains such a plan and your rights to the annuity are nonforfeitable. Contributions to a TDA, and any earnings, are not taxable until distribution. You may also make contributions to a TDA under a salary reduction agreement, generally up to a maximum of $16,500 in 2009. Individuals participating in a TDA who are age 50 or above by the end of the year will be permitted to contribute an additional $5,500 in 2009. This amount is indexed for inflation. Further, you may roll over TDA amounts to another TDA or an IRA. You may also roll over TDA amounts to a qualified retirement plan, a SEP and a 457 government plan. A contract may generally only qualify as a TDA if distributions of salary deferrals (other than "grandfathered" amounts held as of December 31, 1988) may be made only on account of: .. Your attainment of age 59 1/2; .. Your severance of employment; .. Your death; .. Your total and permanent disability; or .. Hardship (under limited circumstances, and only related to salary deferrals, not including earnings attributable to these amounts). In any event, you must begin receiving distributions from your TDA by April 1st of the calendar year after the calendar year you turn age 70 1/2 or retire, whichever is later. These distribution limits do not apply either to transfers or exchanges of investments under the contract, or to any "direct transfer" of your interest in the contract to another employer's TDA plan or mutual fund "custodial account" described under Code Section 403(b)(7). Employer contributions to TDAs are subject to the same general contribution, nondiscrimination, and minimum participation rules applicable to "qualified" retirement plans. Caution: Under recent IRS regulations we can accept contributions, transfers and rollovers only if we have entered into an information-sharing agreement, or its functional equivalent, with the applicable employer or its agent. In addition, in order to comply with the regulations, we will only process certain transactions (e.g, transfers, withdrawals, hardship distributions and, if applicable, loans) with employer approval. This means that if you request one of these transactions we will not consider your request to be in good order, and will not therefore process the transaction, until we receive the employer's approval in written or electronic form. Required Minimum Distributions and Payment Options If you hold the contract under an IRA (or other tax-favored plan), required minimum distribution rules must be satisfied. This means that generally payments must start by April 1 of the year after the year you reach age 70 1/2 and must be made for each year thereafter. For a TDA or a 401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than 5% owner of the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred to retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the Owner's lifetime. The amount of the payment must at least equal the minimum required under the IRS rules. Several choices are available for calculating the minimum amount. More information on the mechanics of this calculation is available on request. 82 Please contact us at a reasonable time before the IRS deadline so that a timely distribution is made. Please note that there is a 50% tax penalty on the amount of any required minimum distribution not made in a timely manner. Required minimum distributions are calculated based on the sum of the Account Value and the actuarial value of any additional death benefits and benefits from optional riders that you have purchased under the contract. As a result, the required minimum distributions may be larger than if the calculation were based on the Account Value only, which may in turn result in an earlier (but not before the required beginning date) distribution of amounts under the Annuity and an increased amount of taxable income distributed to the Annuity owner, and a reduction of death benefits and the benefits of any optional riders. You can use the Minimum Distribution option to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules for an Annuity without either beginning annuity payments or surrendering the Annuity. We will distribute to you the required minimum distribution amount, less any other partial withdrawals that you made during the year. Such amount will be based on the value of the contract as of December 31 of the prior year, but is determined without regard to other contracts you may own. If you have previously elected the Minimum Distribution Option to satisfy your required minimum distributions, we will continue to make such distributions to you in 2009 based on this methodology, unless you tell us not to make a 2009 distribution. Although the IRS rules determine the required amount to be distributed from your IRA each year, certain payment alternatives are still available to you. If you own more than one IRA, you can choose to satisfy your minimum distribution requirement for each of your IRAs by withdrawing that amount from any of your IRAs. If you inherit more than one IRA or more than one Roth IRA from the same owner, similar rules apply. Required Distributions Upon Your Death for Qualified Annuity Contracts Upon your death under an IRA, Roth IRA, 403(b) or other employer sponsored plan, the designated beneficiary may generally elect to continue the contract and receive required minimum distributions under the contract instead of receiving the death benefit in a single payment. The available payment options will depend on whether you die before the date required minimum distributions under the Code were to begin, whether you have named a designated beneficiary and whether that beneficiary is your surviving spouse. .. If you die after a designated beneficiary has been named, the death benefit must be distributed by December 31st of the year including the five year anniversary of the date of death, or as periodic payments not extending beyond the life or life expectancy of the designated beneficiary (as long as payments begin by December 31st of the year following the year of death). However, if your surviving spouse is the beneficiary, the death benefit can be paid out over the life or life expectancy of your spouse with such payments beginning no later than December 31st of the year following the year of death or December 31st of the year in which you would have reached age 70 1/2, whichever is later. Additionally, if the contract is payable to (or for the benefit of) your surviving spouse, that portion of the contract may be continued with your spouse as the owner. If you die before a designated beneficiary is named and before the date required minimum distributions must begin under the Code, the death benefit must be paid out by December 31st of the year including the five year anniversary of the date of death. For contracts where multiple beneficiaries have been named and at least one of the beneficiaries does not qualify as a designated beneficiary and the account has not been divided into separate accounts by December 31st of the year following the year of death, such contract is deemed to have no designated beneficiary. A designated beneficiary may elect to apply the rules for no designated beneficiary if those would provide a smaller payment requirement. For this distribution requirement also, 2009 shall not be included in the five year requirement period. .. If you die before a designated beneficiary is named and after the date required minimum distributions must begin under the Code, the death benefit must be paid out at least as rapidly as under the method then in effect. For contracts where multiple beneficiaries have been named and at least one of the beneficiaries does not qualify as a designated beneficiary and the account has not been divided into separate accounts by December 31st of the year following the year of death, such contract is deemed to have no designated beneficiary. A designated beneficiary may elect to apply the rules for no designated beneficiary if those would provide a smaller payment requirement. A beneficiary has the flexibility to take out more each year than mandated under the required minimum distribution rules. Until withdrawn, amounts in a Qualified Annuity contract continue to be tax deferred. Amounts withdrawn each year, including amounts that are required to be withdrawn under the required minimum distribution rules, are subject to tax. You may wish to consult a professional tax advisor for tax advice as to your particular situation. For a Roth IRA, if death occurs before the entire interest is distributed, the death benefit must be distributed under the same rules applied to IRAs where death occurs before the date required minimum distributions must begin under the Code. Tax Penalty for Early Withdrawals from Qualified Annuity Contracts You may owe a 10% tax penalty on the taxable part of distributions received from an IRA, SEP, Roth IRA, TDA or qualified retirement plan before you attain age 59 1/2. Amounts are not subject to this tax penalty if: .. the amount is paid on or after you reach age 59 1/2 or die; 83 .. the amount received is attributable to your becoming disabled; or .. generally the amount paid or received is in the form of substantially equal payments not less frequently than annually. (Please note that substantially equal payments must continue until the later of reaching age 59 1/2 or 5 years. Modification of payments during that time period will result in retroactive application of the 10% tax penalty.) Other exceptions to this tax may apply. You should consult your tax advisor for further details. Withholding We will withhold federal income tax at the rate of 20% for any eligible rollover distribution paid by us to or for a plan participant, unless such distribution is "directly" rolled over into another qualified plan, IRA (including the IRA variations described above), SEP, 457 government plan or TDA. An eligible rollover distribution is defined under the tax law as a distribution from an employer plan under 401(a), a TDA or a 457 governmental plan, excluding any distribution that is part of a series of substantially equal payments (at least annually) made over the life expectancy of the employee or the joint life expectancies of the employee and his designated beneficiary, any distribution made for a specified period of 10 years or more, any distribution that is a required minimum distribution and any hardship distribution. Regulations also specify certain other items which are not considered eligible rollover distributions. For all other distributions, unless you elect otherwise, we will withhold federal income tax from the taxable portion of such distribution at an appropriate percentage. The rate of withholding on annuity payments where no mandatory withholding is required is determined on the basis of the withholding certificate that you file with us. If you do not file a certificate, we will automatically withhold federal taxes on the following basis: .. For any annuity payments not subject to mandatory withholding, you will have taxes withheld by us as if you are a married individual, with 3 exemptions .. If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is provided, we will automatically withhold using single with zero exemptions as the default; and .. For all other distributions, we will withhold at a 10% rate. We will provide you with forms and instructions concerning the right to elect that no amount be withheld from payments in the ordinary course. However, you should know that, in any event, you are liable for payment of federal income taxes on the taxable portion of the distributions, and you should consult with your tax advisor to find out more information on your potential liability if you fail to pay such taxes. There may be additional state income tax withholding requirements. ERISA Requirements ERISA (the "Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974") and the Code prevent a fiduciary and other "parties in interest" with respect to a plan (and, for these purposes, an IRA would also constitute a "plan") from receiving any benefit from any party dealing with the plan, as a result of the sale of the contract. Administrative exemptions under ERISA generally permit the sale of insurance/annuity products to plans, provided that certain information is disclosed to the person purchasing the contract. This information has to do primarily with the fees, charges, discounts and other costs related to the contract, as well as any commissions paid to any agent selling the contract. Information about any applicable fees, charges, discounts, penalties or adjustments may be found in the applicable sections of this prospectus. Information about sales representatives and commissions may be found in the sections of this prospectus addressing distribution of the Annuity. Other relevant information required by the exemptions is contained in the contract and accompanying documentation. Please consult with your tax advisor if you have any questions about ERISA and these disclosure requirements. Spousal Consent Rules for Retirement Plans - Qualified Contracts If you are married at the time your payments commence, you may be required by federal law to choose an income option that provides survivor annuity income to your spouse, unless your spouse waives that right. Similarly, if you are married at the time of your death, federal law may require all or a portion of the Death Benefit to be paid to your spouse, even if you designated someone else as your beneficiary. A brief explanation of the applicable rules follows. For more information, consult the terms of your retirement arrangement. Defined Benefit Plans and Money Purchase Pension Plans. If you are married at the time your payments commence, federal law requires that benefits be paid to you in the form of a "qualified joint and survivor annuity" (QJSA), unless you and your spouse waive that right, in writing. Generally, this means that you will receive a reduced payment during your life and, upon your death, your spouse will receive at least one-half of what you were receiving for life. You may elect to receive another income option if your spouse consents to the election and waives his or her right to receive the QJSA. If your spouse consents to the alternative form of payment, your spouse may not receive any benefits from the plan upon your death. Federal law also requires that the plan pay a Death Benefit to your spouse if you are married and die before you begin receiving your 84 benefit. This benefit must be available in the form of an annuity for your spouse's lifetime and is called a "qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity" (QPSA). If the plan pays Death Benefits to other beneficiaries, you may elect to have a beneficiary other than your spouse receive the Death Benefit, but only if your spouse consents to the election and waives his or her right to receive the QPSA. If your spouse consents to the alternate beneficiary, your spouse will receive no benefits from the plan upon your death. Any QPSA waiver prior to your attaining age 35 will become null and void on the first day of the calendar year in which you attain age 35, if still employed. Defined Contribution Plans (including 401(k) Plans and ERISA 403(b) Annuities). Spousal consent to a distribution is generally not required. Upon your death, your spouse will receive the entire Death Benefit, even if you designated someone else as your beneficiary, unless your spouse consents in writing to waive this right. Also, if you are married and elect an annuity as a periodic income option, federal law requires that you receive a QJSA (as described above), unless you and your spouse consent to waive this right. IRAs, non-ERISA 403(b) Annuities, and 457 Plans. Spousal consent to a distribution usually is not required. Upon your death, any Death Benefit will be paid to your designated beneficiary. Additional Information For additional information about federal tax law requirements applicable to IRAs and Roth IRAs, see the IRA Disclosure Statement or Roth IRA Disclosure Statement, as applicable. Gifts And Generation-skipping Transfers If you transfer your contract to another person for less than adequate consideration, there may be gift tax consequences in addition to income tax consequences. Also, if you transfer your contract to a person two or more generations younger than you (such as a grandchild or grandniece) or to a person that is more than 37 1/2 years younger than you, there may be generation-skipping transfer tax consequences. Company Income Taxes We will pay company income taxes on the taxable corporate earnings created by this Annuity. While we may consider company income taxes when pricing our products, we do not currently include such income taxes in the tax charges you pay under the Annuity. We will periodically review the issue of charging for these taxes. In calculating our corporate income tax liability, we may derive certain corporate income tax benefits associated with the investment of company assets, including separate account assets, which are treated as company assets under applicable income tax law. These benefits reduce our overall corporate income tax liability. We do not pass these tax benefits through to holders of the separate account annuity contracts because (i) the contract owners are not the owners of the assets generating these benefits under applicable income tax law and (ii) we do not currently include company income taxes in the tax charges you pay under the contract. OTHER INFORMATION PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT Pruco Life of New Jersey. Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey (Pruco Life of New Jersey) is a stock life insurance company organized in 1982 under the laws of the State of New Jersey. It is licensed to sell life insurance and annuities in New Jersey and New York, and accordingly is subject to the laws of each of those states. Pruco Life of New Jersey is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential Insurance Company of America (Prudential), a New Jersey stock life insurance company that has been doing business since 1875. Prudential is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential Financial), a New Jersey insurance holding company. As Pruco Life of New Jersey's ultimate parent, Prudential Financial exercises significant influence over the operations and capital structure of Pruco Life of New Jersey and Prudential. However, neither Prudential Financial, Prudential, nor any other related company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that Pruco Life of New Jersey may owe under the Annuity. Pruco Life of New Jersey incorporates by reference into the prospectus its latest annual report on Form 10-K filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) since the end of the fiscal year covered by its latest annual report. In addition, all documents subsequently filed by Pruco Life of New Jersey pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act also are incorporated into the prospectus by reference. Pruco Life of New Jersey will provide to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the information that has been incorporated by reference into the prospectus but not delivered with the prospectus. Such information will be provided upon written or oral request at no cost to the requester by writing to Pruco Life of New Jersey Insurance Company, One Corporate Drive, Shelton, CT 06484 or by calling 800-752-6342. Pruco Life of New Jersey files periodic reports as required under the Exchange Act. The public may read and copy any materials that Pruco Life of New Jersey files with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC 85 maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy, and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (see http://www.sec.gov). Our internet address is http://www.prudentialannuities.com. Pruco Life of New Jersey conducts the bulk of its operations through staff employed by it or by affiliated companies within the Prudential Financial family. Certain discrete functions have been delegated to non-affiliates that could be deemed "service providers" under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The entities engaged by Pruco Life of New Jersey may change over time. As of December 31, 2008, non-affiliated entities that could be deemed service providers to Pruco Life of New Jersey and/or another insurer within the Prudential Annuities business unit consisted of the following: Alliance-One Services Inc. (administration of variable life policies) located at 55 Hartland Street East Hartford CT 06108, Ascensus (qualified plan administrator) located at 200 Dryden Road, Dresher, PA 19025, Blue Frog Solutions, Inc. (order entry systems provider) located at 555 SW 12th Ave, Suite 202 Pompano Beach, FL 33069, Broadridge Investor Communication Solutions, Inc. (proxy tabulation services), 51 Mercedes Way, Edgewood, NY 11717, EBIX Inc. (order-entry system) located at 5 Concourse Parkway Suite 3200 Atlanta, GA 30328, Diversified Information Technologies Inc. (records management) located at 123 Wyoming Avenue Scranton, PA 18503, Fosdick Fulfillment Corp. (fulfillment of prospectuses and marketing materials) located at 26 Barnes Industrial Park Road North Wallingford, CT 06492, Insurance Technologies (annuity illustrations) located at 38120 Amrhein Ave., Livonia, MI 48150, Lason Systems Inc. (contract printing and mailing) located at 1305 Stephenson Highway Troy, MI 48083, Morningstar Associates LLC (asset allocation recommendations) located at 225 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606, Pershing LLC (order-entry systems provider) located at One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399, Personix (printing and fulfillment of confirmations and client statements) located at 13100 North Promenade Boulevard Stafford, TX 77477, RR Donnelley Receivables Inc. (printing annual reports and prospectuses) located at 111 South Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606-4301, Stanton Group (qualified plan administrator) located at Two Pine Tree Drive Suite 400 Arden Hills, MN 55112 Attention: Alerus Retirement Solutions, State Street (accumulation unit value calculations) located at State Street Financial Center One Lincoln Street Boston, Massachusetts 02111, The Harty Press, Inc. (printing and fulfillment of marketing materials) located at 25 James Street New Haven, CT 06513, VG Reed & Sons Inc. (printing and fulfillment of annual reports) located at 1002 South 12th Street Louisville, KY 40210, William B. Meyer (printing and fulfillment of prospectuses and marketing materials) located at 255 Long Beach Boulevard Stratford, CT 06615. The Separate Account. We have established a separate account, the Pruco Life of New Jersey Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account (separate account), to hold the assets that are associated with the variable annuity contracts. The separate account was established under New Jersey law on May 20, 1996, and is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust, which is a type of investment company. The assets of the separate account are held in the name of Pruco Life of New Jersey and legally belong to us. These assets are kept separate from all of our other assets and may not be charged with liabilities arising out of any other business we may conduct. Income, gains, and losses, whether or not realized, for assets allocated to the Separate Account are, in accordance with the Annuity, credited to or charged against the Separate Account without regard to other income, gains, or losses of Pruco Life of New Jersey. More detailed information about Pruco Life of New Jersey, including its audited consolidated financial statements, is provided in the Statement of Additional Information. We may offer new Sub-accounts, eliminate Sub-accounts, or combine Sub-accounts at our sole discretion. We may also close Sub-accounts to additional Purchase Payments on existing Annuities or close Sub-accounts for Annuities purchased on or after specified dates. We will first notify you and receive any necessary SEC and/or state approval before making such a change. If an underlying mutual fund is liquidated, we will ask you to reallocate any amount in the liquidated fund. If you do not reallocate these amounts, we will reallocate such amounts only in accordance with SEC pronouncements and only after obtaining an order from the SEC, if required. We reserve the right to substitute underlying portfolios, as allowed by applicable law. If we make a fund substitution or change, we may change the Annuity contract to reflect the substitution or change. We do not control the underlying mutual funds, so we cannot guarantee that any of those funds will always be available. If you are enrolled in a Dollar Cost Averaging, Asset Rebalancing, or comparable programs while an underlying fund merger, substitution or liquidation takes place, unless otherwise noted in any communication from us, your Account Value invested in such underlying fund will be transferred automatically to the designated surviving fund in the case of mergers, the replacement fund in the case of substitutions, and an available Money Market Fund in the case of fund liquidations. Your enrollment instructions will be automatically updated to reflect the surviving fund, the replacement fund or a Money Market Fund for any continued and future investments. Service Fees Payable to Pruco Life of New Jersey Pruco Life of New Jersey and/or our affiliates receive substantial and varying administrative service payments, Rule 12b-1 fees, and "revenue sharing" payments from certain underlying Portfolios or related parties. Rule 12b-1 fees compensate our affiliated principal underwriter for distribution, marketing, and/or servicing functions. Administrative services payments compensate us for providing administrative services with respect to Annuity Owners invested indirectly in the Portfolio, which include duties such as recordkeeping shareholder services, and the mailing of periodic reports. We receive administrative services fees with respect to both affiliated 86 underlying Portfolios and unaffiliated underlying Portfolios. The administrative services fees we receive from affiliates originate from the assets of the affiliated Portfolio itself and/or the assets of the Portfolio's investment advisor. In recognition of the administrative services provided by the relevant affiliated insurance companies, the investment advisors to certain affiliated Portfolios also make "revenue sharing" payments to such affiliated insurance companies. In any case, the existence of these fees tends to increase the overall cost of investing in the Portfolio. In addition, because these fees are paid to us, allocations you make to these affiliated underlying Portfolios benefit us financially. We collect these payments and fees under agreements between us and a Portfolio's principal underwriter, transfer agent, investment advisor and/or other entities related to the Portfolio. The 12b-1 fees and administrative services fees that we receive may vary among the different fund complexes that are part of our investment platform. Thus, the fees we collect may be greater or smaller, based on the Portfolios that you select. In addition, we may consider these payments and fees, among a number of factors, when deciding to add or keep a Portfolio on the "menu" of Portfolios that we offer through the Annuity. Please see the table entitled "Underlying Mutual Fund Portfolio Annual Expenses" for a listing of the Portfolios that pay a 12b-1 fee. With respect to administrative services fees, the maximum fee that we receive is equal to 0.75% of the average assets allocated to the Portfolio(s) under the Annuity. We expect to make a profit on these fees. In addition, an investment advisor, sub-advisor or distributor of the underlying Portfolios may also compensate us by providing reimbursement, defraying the costs of, or paying directly for, among other things, marketing and/or administrative services and/or other services they provide in connection with the Annuity. These services may include, but are not limited to: sponsoring or co-sponsoring various promotional, educational or marketing meetings and seminars attended by distributors, wholesalers, and/or broker dealer firms' registered representatives, and creating marketing material discussing the contract, available options, and underlying Portfolios. The amounts paid depend on the nature of the meetings, the number of meetings attended by the advisor, sub-advisor, or distributor, the number of participants and attendees at the meetings, the costs expected to be incurred, and the level of the advisor's, sub-advisor's or distributor's participation. These payments or reimbursements may not be offered by all advisors, sub-advisors, or distributors, and the amounts of such payments may vary between and among each advisor, sub-advisor, and distributor depending on their respective participation. During 2008, with regard to amounts that were paid under these kinds of arrangements described immediately above, the amounts ranged from approximately $750 to approximately $1,138,481. These amounts may have been paid to one or more Prudential-affiliated insurers issuing individual variable annuities. LEGAL STRUCTURE OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS Each underlying mutual fund is registered as an open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act. Shares of the underlying mutual fund Portfolios are sold to separate accounts of life insurance companies offering variable annuity and variable life insurance products. The shares may also be sold directly to qualified pension and retirement plans. Voting Rights We are the legal owner of the shares of the underlying mutual funds in which the Sub-accounts invest. However, under SEC rules, you have voting rights in relation to Account Value maintained in the Sub-accounts. If an underlying mutual fund portfolio requests a vote of shareholders, we will vote our shares based on instructions received from Owners with Account Value allocated to that Sub-account. Owners have the right to vote an amount equal to the number of shares attributable to their contracts. If we do not receive voting instructions in relation to certain shares, we will vote those shares in the same manner and proportion as the shares for which we have received instructions. This voting procedure is sometimes referred to as "mirror voting" because, as indicated in the immediately preceding sentence, we mirror the votes that are actually cast, rather than decide on our own how to vote. In addition, because all the shares of a given mutual fund held within our separate account are legally owned by us, we intend to vote all of such shares when that underlying fund seeks a vote of its shareholders. As such, all such shares will be counted towards whether there is a quorum at the underlying fund's shareholder meeting and towards the ultimate outcome of the vote. Thus, under "mirror voting", it is possible that the votes of a small percentage of contract holders who actually vote will determine the ultimate outcome. We will furnish those Owners who have Account Value allocated to a Sub-account whose underlying mutual fund portfolio has requested a "proxy" vote with proxy materials and the necessary forms to provide us with their voting instructions. Generally, you will be asked to provide instructions for us to vote on matters such as changes in a fundamental investment strategy, adoption of a new investment advisory agreement, or matters relating to the structure of the underlying mutual fund that require a vote of shareholders. Advanced Series Trust (the "Trust") has obtained an exemption from the Securities and Exchange Commission that permits its co-investment advisers, AST Investment Services, Inc. and Prudential Investments LLC, subject to approval by the Board of Trustees of the 87 Trust, to change sub-advisors for a Portfolio and to enter into new sub-advisory agreements, without obtaining shareholder approval of the changes. This exemption (which is similar to exemptions granted to other investment companies that are organized in a similar manner as the Trust) is intended to facilitate the efficient supervision and management of the sub-advisors by AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and the Trustees. The Trust is required, under the terms of the exemption, to provide certain information to shareholders following these types of changes. We may add new Sub-accounts that invest in a series of underlying funds other than the Trust. Such series of funds may have a similar order from the SEC. You also should review the prospectuses for the other underlying funds in which various Sub-accounts invest as to whether they have obtained similar orders from the SEC. Material Conflicts It is possible that differences may occur between companies that offer shares of an underlying mutual fund portfolio to their respective separate accounts issuing variable annuities and/or variable life insurance products. Differences may also occur surrounding the offering of an underlying mutual fund portfolio to variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts that we offer. Under certain circumstances, these differences could be considered "material conflicts," in which case we would take necessary action to protect persons with voting rights under our variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies against persons with voting rights under other insurance companies' variable insurance products. If a "material conflict" were to arise between owners of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by us we would take necessary action to treat such persons equitably in resolving the conflict. "Material conflicts" could arise due to differences in voting instructions between owners of variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts of the same or different companies. We monitor any potential conflicts that may exist. Confirmations, Statements, and Reports We send any statements and reports required by applicable law or regulation to you at your last known address of record. You should therefore give us prompt notice of any address change. We reserve the right, to the extent permitted by law and subject to your prior consent, to provide any prospectus, prospectus supplements, confirmations, statements and reports required by applicable law or regulation to you through our Internet Website at www.prudential.com or any other electronic means, including diskettes or CD ROMs. We send a confirmation statement to you each time a transaction is made affecting Account Value, such as making additional Purchase Payments, transfers, exchanges or withdrawals. We also send quarterly statements detailing the activity affecting your Annuity during the calendar quarter, if there have been transactions during the quarter. We may confirm regularly scheduled transactions, including, but not limited to the Annual Maintenance Fee, Systematic Withdrawals (including 72(t)/72(q) payments and Required Minimum Distributions), electronic funds transfer, Dollar Cost Averaging, auto rebalancing, and the Custom Portfolios Program in quarterly statements instead of confirming them immediately. You should review the information in these statements carefully. You may request additional reports. We reserve the right to charge $50 for each such additional report, but may waive that charge in the future. We will also send an annual report and a semi-annual report containing applicable financial statements for the portfolios to Owners or, with your prior consent, make such documents available electronically through our Internet Website or other electronic means. DISTRIBUTION OF ANNUITIES OFFERED BY PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc. (PAD), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Annuities, Inc., is the distributor and principal underwriter of the Annuity offered through this prospectus. PAD acts as the distributor of a number of annuity and life insurance products. PAD's principal business address is One Corporate Drive, Shelton, Connecticut 06484. PAD is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Each Annuity is offered on a continuous basis. PAD enters into distribution agreements with broker/dealers who are registered under the Exchange Act and with entities that may offer the Annuity but are exempt from registration (firms). Applications for the Annuity are solicited by registered representatives of those firms. Such representatives will also be our appointed insurance agents under state insurance law. In addition, PAD may offer the Annuity directly to potential purchasers. Commissions are paid to firms on sales of the Annuity according to one or more schedules. The registered representative will receive a portion of the compensation, depending on the practice of his or her firm. Commissions are generally based on a percentage of Purchase Payments made, up to a maximum of ___% for the Choice Series. Alternative compensation schedules are available that provide a lower initial commission plus ongoing annual compensation based on all or a portion of Account Value. We may also provide compensation to the distributing firm for providing ongoing service to you in relation to the Annuity. Commissions and other compensation paid in relation to the Annuity do not result in any additional charge to you or to the separate account. Compensation varies by Annuity product, and such differing compensation could be a factor in which Annuity a Financial Professional recommends to you. In addition, in an effort to promote the sale of our products (which may include the placement of Pruco Life of New Jersey and/or the Annuity on a preferred or recommended company or product list and/or access to the firm's registered representatives), we or PAD may enter into compensation arrangements with certain broker/dealers firms with respect to certain or all registered representatives of such 88 firms under which such firms may receive separate compensation or reimbursement for, among other things, training of sales personnel and/or marketing and/or administrative services and/or other services they provide to us or our affiliates. These services may include, but are not limited to: educating customers of the firm on the Annuity's features; conducting due diligence and analysis; providing office access, operations and systems support; holding seminars intended to educate registered representatives and make them more knowledgeable about the Annuity; providing a dedicated marketing coordinator; providing priority sales desk support; and providing expedited marketing compliance approval and preferred programs to PAD. We or PAD also may compensate third-party vendors, for services that such vendors render to broker-dealer firms. To the extent permitted by the FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations, PAD may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the forms of cash or non-cash compensation. These arrangements may not be offered to all firms and the terms of such arrangements may differ between firms. In addition, we or our affiliates may provide such compensation, payments and/or incentives to firms arising out of the marketing, sale and/or servicing of variable annuities or life insurance offered by different Prudential business units. The list below identifies three general types of payments that PAD pays which are broadly defined as follows: .. Percentage Payments based upon "Assets under Management" or "AUM": This type of payment is a percentage payment that is based upon the total assets, subject to certain criteria in certain Pruco Life of New Jersey products. .. Percentage Payments based upon sales: This type of payment is a percentage payment that is based upon the total amount of money received as Purchase Payments under Pruco Life of New Jersey annuity products sold through the firm (or its affiliated broker-dealers). .. Fixed Payments: These types of payments are made directly to or in sponsorship of the firm (or its affiliated broker-dealers). Examples of arrangements under which such payments may be made currently include, but are not limited to: sponsorships, conferences (national, regional and top producer), speaker fees, promotional items and reimbursements to firms for marketing activities or services paid by the firms and/or their registered representatives. The amount of these payments varies widely because some payments may encompass only a single event, such as a conference, and others have a much broader scope. In addition, we may make payments periodically during the relationship for systems, operational and other support. The list below includes the names of the firms (or their affiliated broker/dealers) that we are aware (as of December 31, 2008) received payment with respect to Prudential Annuities' annuity business generally during 2008 (or as to which a payment amount was accrued during 2008). The firms listed below include those receiving payments in connection with marketing of products issued by Pruco Life Insurance Company and Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey. Your registered representative can provide you with more information about the compensation arrangements that apply upon the sale of the contract. During 2008, the least amount paid, and greatest amount paid, were $1,578 and $1,376,472, respectively. The firms listed below are those that received payments during 2008 with respect to Pruco Life and Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey annuities. This Annuity also is distributed by other selling firms that previously were appointed only with our affiliate Prudential Annuities Life Assurance Corporation ("PALAC"). Such other selling firms may have received compensation similar to the types discussed above with respect to their sale of PALAC annuities. Name of Firm: A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. Advantage Capital AIG Financial Advisors, Inc. American General Securities Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. Financial Network Investment Corp. FSC Securities Corp. ING Financial Partners, Inc. Merrill Lynch Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated Multi-Financial Securities Corp. PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc. Pruco Securities LLC Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Raymond James Financial Services Royal Alliance Associates, Inc. Stifel Nicolaus & Co., Inc. UBS Financial Services, Inc. Wachovia Securities, Inc. Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC Wells Fargo Investments, LLC 89 You should note that firms and individual registered representatives and branch managers with some firms participating in one of these compensation arrangements might receive greater compensation for selling the Annuity than for selling a different annuity that is not eligible for these compensation arrangements. While compensation is generally taken into account as an expense in considering the charges applicable to a contract product, any such compensation will be paid by us or PAD and will not result in any additional charge to you. Your registered representative can provide you with more information about the compensation arrangements that apply upon the sale of the Annuity. On July 1, 2003, Prudential Financial combined its retail securities brokerage and clearing operations with those of Wachovia Corporation ("Wachovia") and formed Wachovia Securities, a joint venture currently headquartered in St. Louis, Missouri. On October 1, 2007, Wachovia completed the acquisition of A.G. Edwards, Inc. ("A.G. Edwards") and on January 1, 2008 contributed the retail securities brokerage business of A.G. Edwards to the joint venture. Wachovia's contribution of this business entitled Prudential Financial to elect a "lookback" option (which Prudential Financial elected) permitting Prudential Financial to delay for a period of two years ending on January 1, 2010, the decision on whether or not to make payments to avoid or limit dilution of its 38% ownership interest in the joint venture or, alternatively, to "put" its joint venture interests to Wachovia based on the appraised value of the joint venture, excluding the A.G. Edwards business, as of January 1, 2008, the date of the combination of the A.G. Edwards business with Wachovia Securities. On October 3, 2008, Wachovia and Wells Fargo & Company ("Wells Fargo") announced that they had entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, pursuant to which Wachovia would be merged into Wells Fargo, which would succeed to Wachovia's rights and obligations under the joint venture arrangements. As reported by Wells Fargo, this merger was completed on December 31, 2008. Wachovia Securities is now using the Wells Fargo Advisors name. On June 17, 2009, Prudential Financial provided notice to Wells Fargo of its exercise of its "lookback" option put rights. Under the terms of the joint venture agreements, the Company expects that the closing of the put transaction will occur on or about January 1, 2010. Wachovia and Wachovia Securities are key distribution partners for certain products of Prudential Financial affiliates, including mutual funds and individual annuities that are distributed through their financial advisors, bank channel and independent channel. In addition, Prudential Financial is a service provider to the managed account platform and certain wrap-fee benefits offered by Wachovia Securities. This Annuity is sold through firms that are unaffiliated with us, and also is sold through an affiliated firm called Pruco Securities LLC. Pruco Securities, LLC is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial that sells variable annuities and variable life insurance (among other products) through its registered representatives. Pruco Securities LLC also serves as principal underwriter of certain variable life insurance contracts issued by subsidiary insurers of Prudential Financial. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The financial statements of the Separate Account and Pruco Life of New Jersey are included in the Statement of Additional Information. INDEMNIFICATION Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS Pruco Life of New Jersey is subject to legal and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of its businesses, including class action lawsuits. Legal and regulatory actions may include proceedings relating to aspects of the businesses and operations that are specific to Pruco Life of New Jersey and that are typical of the businesses in which Pruco Life of New Jersey operates. Class action and individual lawsuits may involve a variety of issues and/or allegations, which include sales practices, underwriting practices, claims payment and procedures, premium charges and policy servicing. Pruco Life of New Jersey may also be subject to litigation arising out of its general business activities, such as investments and third party contracts. In certain of these matters, plaintiffs may seek large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive or exemplary damages. Commencing in 2003, Prudential Financial received formal requests for information from the SEC and the New York Attorney General's Office ("NYAG") relating to market timing in variable annuities by certain American Skandia entities. In connection with these investigations, with the approval of Skandia, an offer was made by American Skandia to the SEC and NYAG, to settle these matters by paying restitution and a civil penalty of $95 million in the aggregate. In April 2009, AST Investment Services, Inc., formerly named American Skandia Investment Services, Inc. ("ASISI"), reached a resolution of the previously disclosed investigations by the SEC and the NYAG into market timing related misconduct involving certain variable annuities. The settlements relate to conduct that generally occurred between January 1998 and September 2003. ASISI is an affiliate of Pruco Life of New Jersey and serves as investment manager for certain investment options under Pruco Life of New Jersey's variable life insurance and annuity products. Prudential Financial acquired ASISI from Skandia Insurance Company Ltd. (publ) ("Skandia") in May 2003. Subsequent to the acquisition, Prudential Financial implemented controls, procedures and measures designed to protect customers from the types of activities involved in these 90 investigations. These settlements resolve the investigations by the above named authorities into these matters, subject to the settlement terms. Under the terms of the settlements, ASISI has paid a total of $34 million in disgorgement and an additional $34 million as a civil money penalty. These amounts will be paid into a Fair Fund administered by the SEC to compensate those harmed by the market timing related activities. In the settlements, ASISI has agreed to retain, at its ongoing cost and expense, the services of an Independent Distribution consultant acceptable to the Staff of the SEC to develop a proposed plan for the distribution of Fair Fund amounts according to a methodology developed in consultation with and acceptable to the Staff. As part of these settlements, ASISI has undertaken that by the end of 2009 it will undergo a compliance review by an independent third party, who shall issue a report of its findings and recommendations to ASISI's Board of Directors, the Audit Committee of the Advanced Series Trust Board of Trustees and the Staff of the SEC. In addition, ASISI has agreed, among other things, to continue to cooperate with the SEC and NYAG in any litigation, ongoing investigations or other proceedings relating to or arising from their investigations into these matters. Under the terms of the purchase agreement pursuant to which Prudential Financial acquired ASISI from Skandia, Prudential Financial was indemnified for the costs of the settlements. Pruco Life of New Jersey's litigation and regulatory matters are subject to many uncertainties, and given their complexity and scope, their outcomes cannot be predicted. It is possible that results of operations or cash flow of Pruco Life of New Jersey in a particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by an ultimate unfavorable resolution of pending litigation and regulatory matters depending, in part, upon the results of operations or cash flow for such period. In light of the unpredictability of Pruco Life of New Jersey's litigation and regulatory matters, it is also possible that in certain cases an ultimate unfavorable resolution of one or more pending litigation or regulatory matters could have a material adverse effect on Pruco Life of New Jersey's financial position. Management believes, however, that, based on information currently known to it, the ultimate outcome of all pending litigation and regulatory matters, after consideration of applicable reserves and rights to indemnification, is not likely to have a material adverse effect on Pruco Life of New Jersey's financial position. CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The following are the contents of the Statement of Additional Information: .. Company .. Experts .. Principal Underwriter .. Allocation of Initial Purchase Payment .. Determination of Accumulation Unit Values Financial Statements HOW TO CONTACT US You can contact us by: .. calling our Customer Service Team at 1-888-PRU-2888 during our normal business hours, .. writing to us via regular mail at Prudential Annuity Service Center, P.O. Box 7960, Philadelphia, PA 19176. NOTE: Failure to send mail to the proper address may result in a delay in our receiving and processing your request. .. accessing information about your Annuity through our Internet Website at www.prudential.com. You can obtain account information by calling our automated response system and at www.prudential.com, our Internet Website. Our Customer Service representatives are also available during business hours to provide you with information about your account. You can request certain transactions through our telephone voice response system, our Internet Website or through a customer service representative. You can provide authorization for a third party, including your attorney-in-fact acting pursuant to a power of attorney, to access your account information and perform certain transactions on your account. You will need to complete a form provided by us which identifies those transactions that you wish to authorize via telephonic and electronic means and whether you wish to authorize a third party to perform any such transactions. Please note that unless you tell us otherwise, we deem that all transactions that are directed by your Financial Professional with respect to your Annuity have been authorized by you. We require that you or your representative provide proper identification before performing transactions over the telephone or through our Internet Website. This may include a Personal Identification Number (PIN) that will be provided to you upon issue of your Annuity or you may establish or change your PIN by calling our automated response system and at www.prudential.com, our Internet Website. Any third party that you authorize to perform financial transactions on your account will be assigned a PIN for your account. 91 Transactions requested via telephone are recorded. To the extent permitted by law, we will not be responsible for any claims, loss, liability or expense in connection with a transaction requested by telephone or other electronic means if we acted on such transaction instructions after following reasonable procedures to identify those persons authorized to perform transactions on your Annuity using verification methods which may include a request for your Social Security number, PIN or other form of electronic identification. We may be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions if we did not follow such procedures. Pruco Life of New Jersey does not guarantee access to telephonic, facsimile, Internet or any other electronic information or that we will be able to accept transaction instructions via such means at all times. Regular and/or express mail will be the only means by which we will accept transaction instructions when telephonic, facsimile, Internet or any other electronic means are unavailable or delayed. Pruco Life of New Jersey reserves the right to limit, restrict or terminate telephonic, facsimile, Internet or any other electronic transaction privileges at any time. 92 APPENDIX A - ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES As we have indicated throughout this prospectus, the Annuity is a contract that allows you to select or decline any of several features that carries with it a specific asset-based charge. We maintain a unique unit value corresponding to each combination of such contract features. Because the Annuity is new, no historical unit values are depicted here. However, such historical unit values will be set forth in subsequent amendments to this prospectus. A-1 APPENDIX B - FORMULA FOR HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT AND SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT TRANSFERS OF ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT TERMS AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCED IN THE CALCULATION FORMULAS: .. C\\u\\ - the upper target is established on the effective date of the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit (the "Effective Date") and is not changed for the life of the guarantee. Currently, it is 83%. B-1 .. Cu\\s\\ - The secondary upper target is established on the Effective Date of the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus/Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit and is not changed for the life of the guarantee. Currently it is 84.5% .. C\\t\\ - the target is established on the Effective Date and is not changed for the life of the guarantee. Currently, it is 80%. .. C\\l\\ - the lower target is established on the Effective Date and is not changed for the life of the guarantee. Currently, it is 78%. .. L - the target value as of the current Valuation Day. .. r - the target ratio. .. a - factors used in calculating the target value. These factors are established on the Effective Date and are not changed for the life of the guarantee. (See below for the table of "a" factors .. V\\v\\ - the total value of all Permitted Sub-accounts in the Annuity. .. V\\F\\ - the Account Value of all elected Fixed allocations in the Annuity. .. B - the total value of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account. .. P - Income Basis. Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Income Basis is equal to the Protected Withdrawal Value calculated as if the first Lifetime Withdrawal were taken on the date of calculation. After the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Income Basis is equal to the greater of (1) the Protected Withdrawal Value on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, increased for additional Purchase Payments, and adjusted proportionally for Excess Income *, and (2) the Protected Withdrawal Value on any Annuity Anniversary subsequent to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, increased for subsequent additional Purchase Payments and adjusted proportionately for Excess Income* and (3) any highest daily Account Value occurring on or after the later of the immediately preceding Annuity anniversary, or the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, and prior to or including the date of this calculation, increased for additional Purchase Payments and adjusted for withdrawals, as described herein. .. T - the amount of a transfer into or out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account. .. T\\M\\ - the amount of a monthly transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio. * Note: Lifetime Withdrawals of less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount do not reduce the Income Basis. DAILY TARGET VALUE CALCULATION: On each Valuation Day, a target value (L) is calculated, according to the following formula. If the variable Account Value (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) is equal to zero, no calculation is necessary. Target Values are subject to change for new elections of this benefit on a going-forward basis. L = 0.05 * P * a DAILY TRANSFER CALCULATION: The following formula, which is set on the Benefit Effective Date and is not changed for the life of the guarantee, determines when a transfer is required: Target Ratio r = (L - B) / (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\). .. If on the third consecutive Valuation Day r > Cu and r (less or =) Cu\\s\\ or if on any day r > Cu\\s\\, and transfers have not been suspended due to the 90% cap rule, assets in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Fixed Allocations, if applicable,are transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account. .. If r < C\\l\\, and there are currently assets in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account (B > 0), assets in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account are transferred to the Permitted Sub-accounts as described above. 90% Cap Rule: If, on any Valuation Day this benefit remains in effect, a transfer into the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account occurs that results in 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account, any transfers into the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account will be suspended, even if the formula would otherwise dictate that a transfer into the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account should occur. Transfers out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account and into the elected Sub-accounts will still be allowed. The suspension will be lifted once a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account occurs either due to a Daily or Monthly Transfer Calculation. Due to the performance of B-2 the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account and the elected Sub-accounts, the Account value could be more than 90% invested in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account. .. The following formula, which is set on the Benefit Effective Date and is not changed for the life of the guarantee, determines the transfer amount: T = Min (MAX (0, (0.90 * (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\ + B)) - B), Money is transferred from the Permitted [L - B - (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) * C\\t\\] / (1 - C\\t\\)) Sub-accounts and the Fixed Allocations to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account T = {Min (B, - [L - B - (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) * C\\t\\] / (1 - C\\t\\))} Money is transferred from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub- accounts Monthly Transfer Calculation On each monthly anniversary of the Annuity Issue Date and following the daily Transfer Calculation above, the following formula determines if a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-Account will occur: If, after the daily Transfer Calculation is performed, {Min (B, .05 * (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\ + B))} (less than) (C\\u\\ * (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) - L + B) / (1 - C\\u\\), then T\\M\\ = {Min (B, .05 * (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\ + B))} Money is transferred from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts. "a" Factors for Liability Calculations (in Years and Months since Benefit Effective Date)* Months Years 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ------ ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- 1 15.34 15.31 15.27 15.23 15.20 15.16 15.13 15.09 15.05 15.02 14.98 14.95 2 14.91 14.87 14.84 14.80 14.76 14.73 14.69 14.66 14.62 14.58 14.55 14.51 3 14.47 14.44 14.40 14.36 14.33 14.29 14.26 14.22 14.18 14.15 14.11 14.07 4 14.04 14.00 13.96 13.93 13.89 13.85 13.82 13.78 13.74 13.71 13.67 13.63 5 13.60 13.56 13.52 13.48 13.45 13.41 13.37 13.34 13.30 13.26 13.23 13.19 6 13.15 13.12 13.08 13.04 13.00 12.97 12.93 12.89 12.86 12.82 12.78 12.75 7 12.71 12.67 12.63 12.60 12.56 12.52 12.49 12.45 12.41 12.38 12.34 12.30 8 12.26 12.23 12.19 12.15 12.12 12.08 12.04 12.01 11.97 11.93 11.90 11.86 9 11.82 11.78 11.75 11.71 11.67 11.64 11.60 11.56 11.53 11.49 11.45 11.42 10 11.38 11.34 11.31 11.27 11.23 11.20 11.16 11.12 11.09 11.05 11.01 10.98 11 10.94 10.90 10.87 10.83 10.79 10.76 10.72 10.69 10.65 10.61 10.58 10.54 12 10.50 10.47 10.43 10.40 10.36 10.32 10.29 10.25 10.21 10.18 10.14 10.11 13 10.07 10.04 10.00 9.96 9.93 9.89 9.86 9.82 9.79 9.75 9.71 9.68 14 9.64 9.61 9.57 9.54 9.50 9.47 9.43 9.40 9.36 9.33 9.29 9.26 15 9.22 9.19 9.15 9.12 9.08 9.05 9.02 8.98 8.95 8.91 8.88 8.84 16 8.81 8.77 8.74 8.71 8.67 8.64 8.60 8.57 8.54 8.50 8.47 8.44 17 8.40 8.37 8.34 8.30 8.27 8.24 8.20 8.17 8.14 8.10 8.07 8.04 18 8.00 7.97 7.94 7.91 7.88 7.84 7.81 7.78 7.75 7.71 7.68 7.65 19 7.62 7.59 7.55 7.52 7.49 7.46 7.43 7.40 7.37 7.33 7.30 7.27 20 7.24 7.21 7.18 7.15 7.12 7.09 7.06 7.03 7.00 6.97 6.94 6.91 B-3 21 6.88 6.85 6.82 6.79 6.76 6.73 6.70 6.67 6.64 6.61 6.58 6.55 22 6.52 6.50 6.47 6.44 6.41 6.38 6.36 6.33 6.30 6.27 6.24 6.22 23 6.19 6.16 6.13 6.11 6.08 6.05 6.03 6.00 5.97 5.94 5.92 5.89 24 5.86 5.84 5.81 5.79 5.76 5.74 5.71 5.69 5.66 5.63 5.61 5.58 25 5.56 5.53 5.51 5.48 5.46 5.44 5.41 5.39 5.36 5.34 5.32 5.29 26 5.27 5.24 5.22 5.20 5.18 5.15 5.13 5.11 5.08 5.06 5.04 5.01 27 4.99 4.97 4.95 4.93 4.91 4.88 4.86 4.84 4.82 4.80 4.78 4.75 28 4.73 4.71 4.69 4.67 4.65 4.63 4.61 4.59 4.57 4.55 4.53 4.51 29 4.49 4.47 4.45 4.43 4.41 4.39 4.37 4.35 4.33 4.32 4.30 4.28 30 4.26 4.24 4.22 4.20 4.18 4.17 4.15 4.13 4.11 4.09 4.07 4.06** * The values set forth in this table are applied to all ages. ** In all subsequent years and months thereafter, the annuity factor is 4.06 B-4 APPENDIX C: FORMULA FOR HIGHEST DAILY GRO II and GRO Plus II THE FOLLOWING ARE THE TERMS AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCED IN THE TRANSFER CALCULATION FORMULA: . AV is the current Account Value of the Annuity . V\\V\\ is the current Account Value of the elected Sub-accounts of the Annuity . V\\F\\ is the current Account Value of amounts held in any Fixed allocations . B is the total current value of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account . Cl is the lower target value. Currently, it is 79%. . Ct is the middle target value. Currently, it is 82%. . Cu is the upper target value. Currently, it is 85%. . T is the amount of a transfer into or out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account . For each guarantee provided under the benefit, . Gi is the guarantee amount . Ni is the number of days until the maturity date . di is the discount rate applicable to the number of days until the maturity date. It is determined with reference a benchmark index, reduced by the Discount Rate Adjustment and subject to the discount rate minimum. The discount rate minimum, beginning on the effective date of the benefit, is three percent, and will decline monthly over the first twenty-four months following the effective date of the benefit to one percent in the twenty-fifth month, and will remain at one percent for every month thereafter. Once selected, we will not change the applicable benchmark index. However, if the benchmark index is discontinued, we will substitute a successor benchmark index, if there is one. Otherwise we will substitute a comparable benchmark index. We will obtain any required regulatory approvals prior to substitution of the benchmark index. The formula, which is set on the effective date and is not changed while the benefit is in effect, determines, on each Valuation Day, when a transfer is required. The formula begins by determining the value on that Valuation Day that, if appreciated at the applicable discount rate, would equal the guarantee amount at the end of each applicable guarantee period. We call the greatest of these values the "current liability (L)." L = MAX (Li), where Li = Gi / (1 + di) /(Ni/365)/ Next the formula calculates the following formula ratio: r = (L - B) / (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) If the formula ratio exceeds an upper target value, then all or a portion of the Account Value will be transferred to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the current liability subject to the rule that prevents a transfer into that AST bond portfolio Sub-account if 90% or more of Account Value is in that Sub-account (90% cap). If at the time we make a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the current liability there is Account Value allocated to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account not associated with the current liability, we will transfer all assets from that AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the current liability. The formula will transfer assets into the AST bond portfolio Sub-account if r > Cu, subject to the 90% cap. The transfer amount is calculated by the following formula: T = {Min (MAX(0, (.90 * (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\ + B)) - B), [L - B - (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) * Ct] / (1 - Ct))} If the formula ratio is less than a lower target value and there are assets in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, then the formula will transfer assets out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account into the elected Sub-accounts. The formula will transfer assets out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account if r * Cl and B ** 0. C-1 The transfer amount is calculated by the following formula: T = {Min (B, - [L - B - (V\\V\\ + V\\F\\) * Ct] / (1 - Ct))} If following a transfer to the elected Sub-accounts, there are assets remaining in an AST bond portfolio Sub-account not associated with the current liability, we will transfer all assets from that AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the current liability. If transfers into the AST bond portfolio Sub-account are restricted due to the operation of the 90% cap `, then we will not perform any intra-AST bond portfolio Sub-account transfers. However, if assets transfer out of an AST bond portfolio Sub-account and into the elected Sub-accounts due to the maturity of the AST bond portfolio, by operation of the formula, assets may subsequently transfer to another AST bond portfolio Sub-account that is associated with a future guarantee, subject to the 90% cap rule. [postcard to request SAI to be added at end of prospectus] C-2